Special Libraries Worldwide: A Collection of Papers Prepared for the Section of Special Libraries 9783111356600, 9783794044214

Citation preview

•QDËJH]

INTERNATIONAL FEDERATION O F LIBRARY ASSOCIATIONS F E D E R A T I O N I N T E R N A T I O N A L E DES A S S O C I A T I O N S DE B I B L I O T H É C A I R E S INTERNATIONALER VERBAND DER

BIBLIOTHEKAR-VEREINE

F E D E R A Z I O N E I N T E R N A Z I O N A L E D E L L E A S S O C I A Z I O N I DI B I B L I O T E C A R I F E D E R A C I Ó N I N T E R N A C I O N A L DE A S O C I A C I O N E S DE B I B L I O T E C A R I O S M E J K f l y H A P O f l H A H «UEflEPAUMH B M B J I M O T E H H b l X A C C O U M A U M H

I FLA Publications 1

Special Libraries Worldwide A collection of papers prepared for the Section of Special Libraries Edited by Giinther Reichardt

Verlag Dokumentation, Pullach/München 1974

IFLA Publications edited by W.R.H. Koops and P. Havard-Williams

The articles of this collection were originally prepared as working papers by representatives of well-known special libraries and of various special libraries associations throughout the world. The coloured character with regard to style and goal of the single papers most of which published in the English version has not been changed. They are arranged in reference to the different activities of the special libraries in the world. An author index, an alphabetical geographical index and a detailed subject index are attached at the end of the collection. All papers excepting the Introduction by Karl A. Baer and the view about the Future of Special Libraries were presented to the Sessions of the Special Libraries Section of IFLA from 1965 till 1970. Recommended catalogue entry: International Federation of Library Associations. Special Libraries Worldwide. Ed. by Günther Reichardt. Pullach/München: Verlag Dokumentation 1974. - 360 p; 21 cm (IFLA Publications. 1.) ISBN 3-7940-4421-5

Publisher: Verlag Dokumentation Saur KG, Pullach bei München D-8023 Pullach, POB 148, Federal Republic of Germany W 1974 by International Federation of Library Associations, The Hague, The Netherlands Printed by grafik + druck GmbH & Co., München, Federal Republic of Germany Bound by Thomas-Buchbinderei GmbH, Augsburg ISBN 3-7940-4421-5

To get to the sources You must swim against the stream. Stanislaw Jerzy Lec

CONTENTS

A. Generalities 1. Introduction. By Karl A. Baer, President of the Special Libraries Section, IFLA from 1963 to 1970 2. The Future of special libraries. By Günther Reichardt

11 12

B. Special Libraries Section in IFLA 1. Statutes 1.1 Special libraries in IFLA; a brief history. By Karl A. Baer

19 21

2. Subsections 2.1 A stronomical L ibraries The Library of the Astronomical Observatory in Rome. B.y G. Grassi Conti

26

2.2 Geography and Map Libraries Computerized map cataloging project. By Walter W. Ristow and David K. Carrington Geography and map libraries in Denmark. By lb Rdnne Kejlbo Reference work in a map library. By Helen Walljs Recent regional atlas productions in Canada and their educational impact. By H.L.P. Stibbe Reflections about the organization of a special library on "space cartography". By Karl Heinz Meine Information activities of the V.l. Lenin State Library of the USSR in the field of cartography. By A. V. Kozlova 2.3 Social Science Libraries Organization Social research libraries, development and planning. By K.I.L.M.Peters . . . Social research libraries, as a force in integrated educational planning and national development. By K.I.L.M.Peters Special libraries and education in the United States. By Lillian A. Hamrick

31 38 45 49 56 62 66 74 89

C. The Activities of Special Libraries in 23 Countries of the World C 1 Australia Scientific information in Australia. By William Hartley Special libraries in Australia. History. By Lesle Symes C 2. Brazil Special libraries and information centers in Brazil and in Latin America. Abstract. By A.L.C. Vincentini C 3. Bulgaria Libraries and scientific information in Bulgaria. By Elena Savova C 4. Burundi Special libraries. By F.J. Leroy

93 98

101 102 106 7

C 5. Canada Notes on special libraries in Canada. By E.J. Spicer 107 C 6. Czechoslovakia Organization and financing of the special libraries network in Czechoslovakia. By Vera Kratochvilova 112 C I.Dahomey Special libraries in Dahomey. By C.E. D'Oliveira 120 C 8. Federal Republic of Germany Eastatom — a new route to unknown research literature. By Günther Reichardt 122 Report on the 11th Working-Conference of the Association of Special Libraries of the Federal Republic of Germany held in Stuttgart from 15th to 17th March, 1967. By Franz Hodes 125 Special libraries and documentation centers. By Günther Reichardt 127 C 9. Ghana Ghana. ByB.A.Osekre 130 C 10. Great Britain Special library and information services. Activities in Great Britain during 1965. By Donald Mason 131 Activities in the special, library and information services field during 1966. By Donald Mason 134 The Organization of special libraries in the United Kingdom. By Donald Mason 137 C 11. Hungary Medical librarianship in Hungary. By A. Székely 144 Agricultural library services in Hungary. By Gy. Walleshausen 148 C 12 .Italy Special libraries in Italy. By Maria Valenti and Maria Pia Carosella 152 C 13 .Japan Special Libraries Association in Japan. By I. Hatsukade 160 Current information activity in the pharmaceutical sciences. By Yosoji Ito 161 C 14. Malaysia Malaysian Library Association. By J.S. Soosai 164 C 15. Netherlands Special libraries and documentation in the Netherlands. By F.P. Koumans . 165 C 16 .Poland Technical libraries in Poland. By Anna Lech 167 C 17. Romania Development of scientific information in Romania. By Ovidiu Popescu . . . 172 C 18. South Africa Scientific and technical information services in the Republic of South Africa. By D.G. Kingwill

8

177

C 19. Soviet Union The Role of scientific and technical libraries and technical creative work of the Soviet people. By N. I. Tyshkevich The Technical libraries in the scientific and technical information system of the USSR. By E.N. Morozov Assistance given by academic libraries of the Soviet Union to scientific institutions and scholars in the field of social sciences. By I.A. Khodosh Agricultural libraries in the USSR. By A.M. Bochever The Activities in the field of information and documentation of special research libraries of the Soviet Union. By G.V. Matveyeva

203

C 20. Switzerland The Activities of an industrial library and its contribution to general educational needs. By Bernhard Stiideli

207

184 188 193 198

C 21. Taiwan A List of representative special libraries in Taiwan. By Chien-Chang Lan . . . 214 C 22. USA The National Agricultural Library. By John Sherrod 218 C 23. Zambia Special libraries in Zambia. By Barrie Reynolds

223

D. Bibliographical Activities of Special Libraries Björn V. Tell ABACUS — AB Atomenergy Computerized User-oriented Services; frame-work for computerized bibliographical work Arthur E. Gropp Bibliographical activities of special libraries in Latin America G. V. Matveyeva Bibliographical activities of the All-Union Library of Foreign Literature in Moscow K.I.L.M. Peters Bibliographical work in ministerial libraries and information centers (MILIC) K.I.L.M. Peters Co-operation problems of a current educational bibliographical information system Heinz SiegeI Bibliographical activities of special libraries of the Federal Republic of Germany Günther Reichardt Selective list of special bibliographies E.J. Coates Computerization of British Technology Index: man-machine collaboration in the production of indexes

225 232

256 261

273 283 290

293

9

F. W. Lancaster MEDLARS: a multipurpose information system

311

Erkki Hakulinen New bibliographical activities in the Library of the Royal Caroline Institute W. Archangelskaja Soviet libraries and information activity in the field of the economic sciences

319

Helmut Schulze Special libraries and special bibliography in the German Democratic Republic

322

317

E. Training of Special Librarians M.P. Gastfer Differentiated library training M.P. Gastfer The Training of personnel for technical libraries in the USSR Günther Reichardt Training and prospects of the staff of the special libraries in the Federal Republic of Germany L.E. Mukwato Training of librarians in East Africa

331 339

343 345

F. Indices Author Index Geographical Index Subject Index

10

352 353 356

A. GENERALITIES

1

Introduction

By Karl A. Baer

President of the Special Libraries Section in IFLA 1963-1970 This book is the culmination of several years' work done by the Special Libraries Section of the International Federation of Library Associations. The history of the Section goes back to the creation of a Subcommittee on Special Libraries, which was organized in 1935. Work in this field within the framework of IFLA however, came to a standstill in 1951 when Miss E.M.R. Ditmas, the Subcommittee's guiding light since the war, resigned her position as Director of Aslib. The group was revived as the Special Libraries Section in the year 1963, and has been active ever since. In order to give proper representation to special interests, sub-sections have been created and are active in the fields of astronomy, geography, and economics (social sciences). The Special Libraries Section has been acting as a kind of holding company of these sub-sections, and encouraged their work. The Section itself furthered its work largely by the publication of INSPEL, a quarterly which has been published since 1966, and is now indexed and/or abstracted in all major indexing and abstracting journals of the world. Ever since its beginning, the main contents of INSPEL have been original contributions from special librarians all over the world. With many of the issues of INSPEL now being out of print, and with no other source of world-wide information in this field available, there appears to be a need for republication of selected papers in one generally accessible collection. Dr. Günther Reichardt of the Zentralbibliothek der Kernforschungsanlage at Jülich, with the assistance of Mme. Galina Matveyeva of the All-Union State Library of Foreign Literature at Moscow, has undertaken the job of selecting and editing. It is my privilege as Past President of the Special Libraries Section and Editor of INSPEL to introduce this volume, which should be helpful to every one of us special librarians in widening our horizons, and seeing the work which we are doing every day, in a larger perspective.

11

2

The Future of special libraries

By Günther Reichardt Central Library, Nuclear Research Centre at Jülich, Germany*

As to research Libraries, Verner W. Clapp (1) holds the view, "that the research use of library materials can and must play an increasing important role for the conduct of human affairs. It follows that the research library of the future must increasingly find ways to promote and to facilitate such use". Clapp characterizes the position of the research libraries in this way, that today "the libraries realize from their experience how inconvenient and frustrating it is to tap that wealth". Therefore, he asks: "This must be a challenge; how do we put the research library of the future to greater use? " ; consequently, to complete his book he outlined a "program for solution". The demand for better utilization of resources is not a necessary part of an investigation into the future of the special libraries, since special libraries have always been concerned with literature as practical "merchandise", chiefly in the field of science. Cimelia will not be collected, together with famous attractive speeches; artistic sociological stylistic-criticism will be sceptical and refused. So-called supertemporal literature - leather-bound and gilt-edged - will not be found in special libraires. The literature in special libraries, although written by the scientific elite, does not isolate ifself in the ivory tower, but searches for scientific international criticial resonance, and appeals to mediate facts, data, measurements, theories, technologies and, therefore, will be similar to commodity. "The success of the information process depends upon the treatment of information about either the goals to be achieved or the progress of the system in achieving them." (2) In general, the existance of a special library is based on the established fact, that the library and its literature will be used since the effective use of the library collections is essential for the existence of a special library. Therefore, any projection of the future development of special libraries must be based on a thorough analysis of the actual situation and will be defined substantially by a recognition of the progressive factors, on which the further development will depend, and the immediate establishment of this factor becomes possible and the reason for our confidence. Which role should special libraries play in the last quarter of the Twentieth-century? The question remains unanswered; it is pressing because "the future of the next thirty years will be full of developments and varieties, which will remodel the image * Retired in April 1974 1)

Clapp, Verner W.: The Future of the Research Library. Urbana, University Illinois Press.

2)

Revans, R.W.: "The Structure of Disorder". Survey of Cybernetics. London, Iliffe Books. 1969. p. 337.

12

1964. p. 55.

of the world more strongly than what has happened during the past century and a series of centuries. There are good reasons for this assumption." (3) Herewith the subjective and objective factors that are t o be distinguished in a coordination-system for the f u t u r e development curve, in order to present a projection and make the right decisions possible for today.

A) The subjective factors The subjective factors of the development projection are defined especially through the position of the special library within the enterprise, of which it is part. That does not mean a special position, but tight integration and close involvement in management. Both factors depend on the library; they are able of offer yesterday's literature to meet the requirements of today, and also t o help in managing current projects. Special libraries must develop, in the librarian's special professional field, experimental work-regulations, that will relate to the utilization of the literature for the projects of management, and that will contain in addition t o the familiar general library standards, special rules and procedures. Furthermore, market-investigation, the establishment of a "reader-profile" f r o m the view point of a readersurvey and current analysis of users' problems will also have to be untertaken, then the special library may succeed where other libraries fail; it may achieve an "effect-supervision". The justification of the existence of a library will also have to be considered from the point of view of its efficiency. The general answer that every library serves education and science for research and teching purposes is futile talk. Even high circulation statictics does not demonstrate evidence for high efficiency, because they generally do not exceed twenty per cent of the library holdings. Libraries are engaged in many activities; as Dieter E. Zimmer states about German philological sciences, they are "absolute incestuous: Most of what they bring forth, will neither be recognized, nor even applied indirectly. It is an apparatus, which is used according to its own will, and no-one thinks of its use." (4) For " t h e essence of the system is the information that is uses. The key of automation is a success in understanding the use of i n f o r m a t i o n . " (5) In the Federal Republic, the German Research Association has alsready progressed in the investigation of university libraries, through the expertise of Dr. von Kortzfleisch. (6)

3)

Weizsäcker, Carl-Friedrich F r h . : " D i e Kernenergie als wichtigste Energiequelle für die letzten J a h r z e h n t e unseres J a h r h u n d e r t s " . Die B A S F . V o l . 19. No. 4 . 1969. p. 22.

4)

Z i m m e r , Dieter E.: " E i n e f r u s t r i e r t e Disziplin". Die Zeit. F e b . 2 0 t h , 1970. p. 13.

5)

Revans, R.W.: " T h e S t r u c t u r e of D i s o r d e r " . Survey of C y b e r n e t i c s . L o n d o n . Iliffe Books. 1969. p. 3 3 6 , 3 4 5 .

6)

Kortzfleisch, H e r m a n n : Bericht über die O r g a n i s a t i o n s - U n t e r s u c h u n g der Bayerischen S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k . 1965. - G u t a c h t e n über R a t i o n a l i s i e r u n g s m ö g l i c h k e i t e n in wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken. 1 9 6 7 .

13

Another criterion for the achievements of a scientific library would be quality and quantiy of the librarians' own publications. Data as to the bibliographic performance of special libraries in USA and in the Federal Republic of Germany are presented by the surveys of Karl A. Baer (7) and Heinz Siegel. (8) In addition articles in the periodical publications of special library organizations, chiefly in INSPEL, present evidence of the achievements of special libraries. There exists also a third criterion for surveying special libraries' achievements in regard to users and better utilization: 1. Have your weekly acquisition checked by the readers. " A researcher will call an item 'useful' even if it does not cause him to take some action, but only has some significance for him." (9) If all new acquisitions are made for certain readers, efficiency will become visible and measurable on the basis of the ratio of the acquisition figures to the circulation figures. 2. Success can also be recognized through the figures of bibliographic references cited from the publications of an industry or research institute: E.g. in the publications of the Nuclear Research Centre at Jülich, during a period of ten years, fiftyfive per cent of the purchased literature has been cited; besides the non-quotable part of the substructure of the library, in the form of encyclopedias, dictionaires, and other reference books (eight per cent), textbooks (twelve per cent), bibliographies and reports (twelve per cent), and other law and economic sciences references (eight per cent), of which every imprint must be purchased. Therefore the library's total efficiency amounts to fifty-five per cent plus forty per cent i.e. ninty-five per cent. 3. Through the feed-back-reaction of readers, through bibliographical research and other bibliographical information received, the effeciency of a library may be recognized. Quantitative measurement will be difficult, for such assistance is often not recognized by the reader. In the preparation of lectures, or of the registration of a patent, in the preparatory work for a comparative study about the economic value of different energy sources from native and foreign countries, on the development of a new material and of new technical treatments, and in the preparation of new research projects, good bibliographical work could become a gold mine. Michel Ducas, president of the Committee of "Information et Documentation" of the ANRT, (10) shows the difficulty of terminology: " I t is a sociological pro7)

Baer, Karl A.: "Bibliography in t h e Special Libraries of t h e United States; A Nonstatistical Survey". International Library Review. Vol. 2. 1970. p. 85 - 100.

8)

Siegel, Heinz: "Bibliographische Tätigkeiten von Spezialbibliotheken der Bundesrepublik D e u t s c h l a n d " . INSPEL. Vol.4. No. 1. 1969. p. 13 - 18.

9)

Kegan, Daniel L.: "Measures of t h e Usefulness of Written Technical I n f o r m a t i o n to Chemical Researcher". J o u r n a l of t h e American Society for I n f o r m a t i o n Science. Vol.21. N o . 3. 1970. p. 179.

14

blem, in which group communication and limitation of vocabularies play an initial role." It is not enough, to have an idea; one must realize and accomplish it, a survey is required, that can only be accomplished with the assistance of special scientific literature, and this again must be based on the rationalization of special librarians and on the interpolation of practical methods of special libraries. In general, the bibliographical research, which has arisen from the requirements of the readers, in the Central Library of the Nuclear Research Centre at Jiilich is estimated on the basis of the following standards: — ten per cent are familiar titles, — ten per cent are marginal literature and uninteresting titles, — eighty per cent are good and useful titles. Consequently, it is difficult to find a precise standardized efficiency factor, because " t h e extent of the received information depends u p o n the storing size of the receiver. One describes graphically the dependence of information storage on thesaurus, the curve appears as the positive halfwave of a sinecurve. The maximum corresponds to the receiver, whose thesaurus is just so extensively developed that it can admit the received information." (11) Therefore, the extent of the information will be determined essentially through the thesaurus' variation grade of receiver, which obtains information based on bibliographical research, or a bibliographical reference. Daniel L. Kegan of the Department of Industrial Engineering and Mangement Sciences of the Technological Institute at Evanston, Illinois, identifies even certain factors determining the effectiveness of a bibliographical researcher: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

more access to a secretary, more bookshelves and file drawers, more privacy, higher status, more expertise.

"This researcher will use a higher proportion of items than will a researcher with fewer of these attributes." (12)

10)

Ducas, Michel: " L a science de l ' i n f o r m a t i o n et l ' a d m i n i s t r a t i o n de la r e c h e r c h e " . Chimie et I n d u s t r i e . Genie C h i m i q u e . Vol. 103. No. 5. 1970. p. 7.

11)

Churgin, J.: F o r m e l n - u n d was d a n n ? (Translation of N u i c h t o ? ). V E B Verl. T e c h n i k . Berlin 1970. p. 2 1 1 .

12)

Kegan. Daniel L.: "Measures of t h e Usefulness of Written T e c h n i c a l I n f o r m a t i o n t o Chemical R e s e a r c h e r s " . J o u r n a l of t h e A m e r i c a n S o c i e t y f o r I n f o r m a t i o n Science. Vol. 21. N o . 3. 1 9 7 0 . p. 182.

15

Kegan calls it an urgent necessity — as does W.C. Moor (13) — that the future investigation be based on individual qualities of the reader, in order to understand and to predetermine the complex requirements and the readers' behaviour. "From a welter of individual studies and individual relationship, it would soon be possible to form an integrated theory of why, when, and how a researcher uses which aspects of his information environment, and why he does not use other aspects of that environment." (14) At this time, those factors which should be disregarded are literature and bibliographical information which are required only for "ornamentation" and in response to the company's subjective preferences. Robert Escarpit also considers active reading which is active information-reception to be the essential bibliographical phenomenon: "A ce moment-là s'est posé immédiatement un nouveau problème puisque, dans le temps comme dans l'espace, celui qui exprime n'est plus là pour recevoir le feedback, la réinjection, l'écho. Le proplème c'est celui du transport de la pensée, le problème de vaincre l'espace." (15) Only special experience in information-transmission, which guarantees an operational energy-transport from brain to brain, is appropriate to render the future of special libraries more secure and to give them a decisive voice in the concert of all libraries and documentation-centres. B) The objective factors The future of libraries may depend upon many factors of which we are not yet aware. However, there are some factors which are known, among them the continuing progress of technology, science and economies. The first belongs to the continuous tendency of specialization in all sciences through the changing precise environment of research, industry and economics; the industries will be special industries, the professions will be special professions; research will be special research, and likewise the new libraries will be special libraries. Due to the specialization of sciences and knowledge which is connected with the demands of today, it is essential to recognize the microstructure, to discover the microcosmos, to seize and select the miniature data in all fields. For these new tasks, there is no place for generalization, which would undoubtedly, result in errors and the defective simplification. The contest to generalization is in common with the contest of the ideologists and agnostics against the arranged reality which is colourful, divided, full of single destinies and fixed details. The danger of the generalization is a death sickness, which imposes necessary truth under the curtain of ideology, dogmatics and orthodoxy. This library, because of its specialization, is free from 13)

Moor, W.C.: "An empirical Study of the relationship between personality traits of research and development personnel and dimensions of information systems and sources". Doctoral dissertation. Northwestern Univ., June 1969.

14)

Kegan, loc. cit., p. 185.

15)

Escarpit, Robert: "Lecture passive et lecture active". Bulletin des Bibliothèques de France. Vol. 14. N o . 9 / 1 0 . 1969. p. 3 6 2 -

16

this threat, as it is necessary for the fact of its own professional limitation to have the tolerance for the other subject fields. He w h o questions the f u t u r e role of the special libraries until the turn of this century, questions only the progress of the sciences as the main factor in the change of the world. This question will be especially complicated, because a well outlined form of the literature-ensemble for a long time has been broken up and dissolved in the developments. All the buildings, where the entirety of all sciences is arranged on different floors, sooner or later will be t o o small, as the individual floor is expanded in a completely different way. This growth must be taken into consideration for the users and for significant, practical usage, therefore, only in such a library, where one can turn a glance to the limited special subject items, an adequate literature for the development of sciences can always be expected. The criticism of all the universal classifications therefore 'gets through to the right', which remains silent, however, as the classification succeeds in one subject through the network of continuously improved structure and m e t h o d s , to the individual data which push the individual science, and this operates as a signal in its storage instruments. Therefore, the signal and the related data must be so arranged and applied that they can bear the development-process of sciences until the turn of this century. The growth of science, which is the growth of the various special sciences, will be included in its analytical regulation-structure. Experience shows that the results of investigations in new scientific fields could only be collected and evaluated properly in appropriate special libraries; for example, memory research, cybernetics, industrial economics, cost-usage-analysis, demography, econometry, arteriosclerosis research, transport-phenomena in solid state research, semiconductor-electronics, high temperature-synthetic materials, low temperaturephysics, electronic storage, oceanographic research, receptor physiology, molecular biology, etc. etc. The scientists' requests can only be handled in the special libraries where no vested interest exists in either the solutions of problems, or in the operational completion of a question, but chiefly in the arrangement and establishment of defined problems, viz. in the analysis and dissection of facts. For the goal of an effective informationmediation is a (16) necessary limitation on the volume of information of a defined theme. If the volume of information which reaches the entrance of an information channel in one unit of time is greater than the channel capacity. All of the information will not be able t o pass through the channel. That assertion is obvious, because a disturbed channel system will make correct information-mediation impossible.

16)

Schulz. G e r h a r d : "Welche Z u k u n f t hat die Universität? " Was wird aus der Universität? Tübingen. R a i n e r W u n d e r l i c h Verl., 1969. p. 207 - 2 6 6 .

17

Therefore, a codex apparently contains all of the d o u b t f u l , questionable, and questio nable and question expected signals.

The information contained in a special library is not mass or energy; informationmediation has also dealt with them, especially the methods of information technique of set theory, of permeability and establishment of codes, as well as of the key to the symbol used and of diagnostics. That is meaningful and characteristic, since the information of special libraries refers not only to historical data of the past, but has also the value that it can be searched and stored, for it will combine the needs, and problems of today with future problems and projects. Only special subject approaches that bring readers and special libraries together, can save us the immense expenses of infinite general collections, of giant storage buildings, or of the paper monuments, that are never requested or used. The tasks of the special libraries in the coming decades should be: 1. the development of a theory of an error-recognizing and error-correcting code for practical use; 2. a contribution to the prompt acknowledgment of the shadow preceding the threatening catastrophe; 3. last but not least, the improvement of libraries, so as to m a k e better use of librarians' activities, by providing impressive current information.

18

B. SPECIAL LIBRARIES SECTION IN IFLA

1 STATUTES I. (1)

(2)

II. (1)

(2) (3)

III. (1) (2) (3)

(4)

IV. (1)

(2)

Name and objectives The name of the Section shall be Special Libraries Section of the International Federation of Library Associations (Section des Bibliothèques Spécialisées; Sektion der Spezialbibliotheken). Objectives of the Section shall be to p r o m o t e special librarianship, viz. the usefulness and efficiency of special libraries ( i n f o r m a t i o n centers), to stimulate research, and to f u r t h e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n and cooperation within the f r a m e w o r k of the parent organization. Membership and dues Membership in the Section shall be open to special libraries and institutions as well as associations and professional organizations interested in the welfare of special libraries. Every member has one vote. Dues may be assessed by a simple majority of the membership u p o n r e c o m m e n d a t i o n of the Executive Board. The Executive Board The Executive Board shall consist of the President, the Vice President, the Secretary-Treasurer, the Editor of INSPEL, and three Directors. The members of the Executive Board shall be elected for three years, and shall be eligible for re-election once. Meetings of the Executive Board shall be held in connection with the annual meetings of IFLA, and the Secretary-Treasurer shall act as Recording Secretary. Vacancies shall be filled by majority vote of the Executive Board at the next IFLA meeting, except that a vacancy in the office of President shall be filled by the Vice President until the office can be filled by an election to be held at the next IFLA meeting. Committees and sections Committees may be appointed to p e r f o r m i m p o r t a n t projects. The President shall be the ex officio chairman of any working committee unless he delegates his authority to another members. Sub-sections in special subject fields may be established by majority vote and with the consent of the Executive Board of I F L A .

19

V. (1) (2) VI.

20

(1)

Meetings The regular meetings o f the Section will be held at the time o f the annual meetings of IFLA. Special meetings may be called as determined by the Executive Board. Amendment of the statutes The statutes may be amended in the following manner: Any proposed amendment must be submitted to a Membership Meeting and may be adopted by a two-thirds vote at the next following Membership Meeting.

1.1 Special libraries in IFLA; a brief history* By

Kail A. Baer

History is philosophy teaching by examples (Dionysius) In 1929, the International Library and Bibliographical Committee, in which by then more than 20 countries were represented, was renamed International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA). Six years later IFLA was entrusted with the arrangements of one of the most important meetings in the history of international librarianship, the so-called Second (1) International Congress of Libraries and Bibliography, held at Madrid and Barcelona. One of the six new interest groups created by that Congress was concerned with special libraries. It was the wish of the Congress that " a permanent Sub-Committee be organized in which the libraries specializing in up-to-date documentation (documentations d'actualité) would be represented". This Sub-Committee was to include particularly, parliamentary and administrative as well as commercial and industrial libraries. It was intended to establish and maintain contact among these various libraries between the meetings of the International Committee. It is noteworthy also that the group was designated to maintain liaison with the International Institute of Documentation (now International Federation for Documentation; F.I.D.) and the Union des Organismes de Documentation in those countries where such organizations existed and "pursued an analogous goal". M. E. Lancaster-Jones, Deputy Librarian of the Science Museum in London, and a member of the Aslib Council, was elected President of the Sub-Committee. The Sub-Committee (which by now included H. W. Carver, Engineering Society Library, New York, S. V. Frauendorfer, International Institute of Agriculture, Rome, F. Donker Duyvis, Nederlandsch lnstituut voor Documentatie en Registratuur, The Hague, and Dr. A. Predeek, Bibliothek der Technischen Hochschule, Berlin) rendered its first report at Warsaw in 1936. It concerned itself, in general, with "questions of the collaboration of libraries, centres of documentation, and specialists in the assembly, maintenance, utilization, and dissemination of information concerning publications and documents of importance to specialists in various fields". It acknowledged the importance of guidance for scientific and technical workers "in the form of analyses, abstracts, reviews and summaries of progress". Still, it was felt rather strongly at that time that "the acquisition and preservation of publications must remain primary functions In any scheme of a network of information." *

(1)

S o u r c e s used: L. Brummel: The I n t e r n a t i o n a l Organisation of Librarianship. Bibliotheekleven 1962, 4 8 : 5 0 5 - 5 2 5 (Translated by Karl A. Baer). Washington, 1965. I n t e r n a t i o n a l F e d e r a t i o n of Library Associations. Council. Actes (Proceedings) I N S P E L , I n t e r n a t i o n a l J o u r n a l o f Special Libraries. 1 9 6 5 - 1 9 7 0 . This c o u n t considers the 1 9 2 9 Meeting at R o m e : t h e First World Congress of Libraries and Bibliography.

21

The Committe defined three main problems of the special librarian: "Firstly, the provision of adequate bibliographies of articles and reports; secondly, the provision of abstracts and digests; thirdly, the provision of summaries of progress amd of the stage of knowledge reached at a given date"; these problems were considered to be the main concern of the Sub-Committee. Finally, the Sub-Committee took a rather jaundiced look at the available indexing and abstracting services, deploring "redundant duplication" combined with incomplete coverage. It advised steps toward rationalization of information services; particularly, one simple plan, viz. to have "national supply services", which would concern themselves each with its own literature, i.e. national bibliographies; such a solution of the problem of original supply was thought to reduce the problems of bibliography to "mere mechanical routine". In 1937, Lancaster-Jones reported particularly on progress made in the field of subject bibliography; in regard to one publication, the Bibliographie Géodésique Internationale, he voices a characteristic complaint: an "anomalous" decimal system was used with resulting "confusion and ambiguity". He continues: "The Sub-Committee feels that, in this matter, there has been a regrettable lack of liaison between the Association and the Institut International de Documentation." Such a lack of .cooperation and coordination among international organizations in the library and information field is, unfortunately, still a major impedimentum in international library activities. Recommendations were made in regard to the compilation of international lists of periodicals, viz. that, for "each item in the list, (a) the place (country) in which it is published, (b) the subject or subjects with which it deals", be indicated. It was also recommended that the arrangement of the titles in an extensive list should be according to national groups in the first instance. We may say that these recommendations are as valid today as they were when they were first suggested. Inasmuch as the activity of any organization bears the imprint of its leader, a few words about Lancaster-Jones (2): Closely connected with the British Society for International Bibliography, he was responsible for the reports of the F.I.A.B. Sub-Committee on special libraries and information centers which were published in the Actes du Comité International des Bibliothèques from 1936 to 1939, and on which part of this history is based. His approach to bibliography was strongly influenced by the mathematical trend of his intellect. "He made valuable statistical investigation . . . the results of which provided the data from which Bradford deduced his law of scattering and were reflected in his own papers." He took (2)

22

A chapter closes: Bradford, Polland and Lancaster-Jones, by E. M. R. Ditmas. College and Research Libraries, 1949, 11 (10): 332-227.

a lively interest in the possibilities o f m i c r o f i l m , and wrote a number o f papers in this fields. His premature death in 1 9 4 5 was a loss n o t only t o d o c u m e n t a t i o n in general, b u t to international c o o p e r a t i o n in the special library field which he first advocated and supported steadfastly. At Brussels, in 1 9 3 8 the S u b - C o m m i t t e e e x a m i n e d a project presented by Mr. T h e o d o r e Hannes, o f Geneva, for the c o m p i l a t i o n o f an international guide to technical periodicals, and decided that since and technology are international in scope, there is a case for the p r o d u c t i o n o f international guides in these subjects. It was considered that " t h e f o r t h c o m i n g edition o f the List o f Current Periodicals in the Science Library, L o n d o n , could serve as a preliminary basis o f production o f a m o r e complete l i s t . " As early as 1 9 3 9 , however, the Hannes p r o j e c t was abandoned; its originator had decided that he was unable t o continue his investigations. In all other respects, the report - like the earlier ones - is largely n o t concerned with any plans the S u b - C o m m i t t e e may hope to carry o u t , but rather with surveys and criticism o f what others are doing, and with suggestions for the improvement o f bibliographical, abstracting and indexing services. This was indeed, a proper activity for a small group o f recent origin, which had n o t yet - and could not yet have - reached maturity. Practical results o f the influence and good work o f the new international group did not fail to appear: e.g:, in the fact that it was instrumental in bringing about a successful compromise b e t w e e n the apparently conflicting views o f the specialists o f the International F o r e s t r y Union and the I.I.D. as well as between the I.I.D. and the International Meteorological Association. In each o f these two cases, the Institut adapted its classification to the views o f the specialists concerned, with advantage to itself. In general, the suggestions and criticisms o f the S u b - C o m m i t t e e contributed much to the successful reorganization o f the I.I.D. in 1 9 3 7 and its phenomenal growth as F . I . D . thereafter. After the big hiatus o f World War II, the S u b - C o m m i t t e e was in the hands o f Miss E. M. R . Ditmas. ( 3 ) The daughter o f an o f f i c e r in the Indian Army, she was first educated at the Royal S c h o o l for O f f i c e r s ' Daughters at B a t h , and her early interests were Egyptian archaeology and medieval romance. It was the gain o f the library procession that, as she ruefully remarks, " i n those days there were no openings for unmarried young women in field a r c h a e o l o g y " : with Honours Degree in English Language and Literature ( O x f o r d ) , she turned first to teaching and, upon coming t o London, became - one might say, out o f a blue sky - General Secretary o f the Association o f Special Libraries and Information Bureaux, better known as Aslib. It was with the strong support o f Aslib that the S u b - C o m m i t t e e resumed its activities.

(3)

T h e following data are based on a personal c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f 4 March 1 9 7 0 ; I am greatly obliged to her for advice and assistance.

23

Miss Ditmas prepared the first post-war report, a survey o f the state o f the art, for the 1947 meeting. Entitled, interestingly enough, " S p e c i a l Libraries and Centres o f Documentation, 1 9 4 7 " , the report stresses " t h e necessity o f organization in handling i n f o r m a t i o n . " The Sub-Committee felt that the war had emphasized the need for international cooperation in bibliographical services. It also took note of the fact that " t h r o u g h its connections with industry and c o m m e r c e , scientific research librarianship is intimately linked with national p r o s p e r i t y . " In 1947, one of the main problems in the field o f acquisitions was the transfer o f currency between countries, which was complicated by manifold rules and regulations; as this problem was not restricted to special libraries, the Secretary of I F L A adopted it, and I F L A developed a m o s t useful activity in this area. At the same time, however, the International Committee terminated the SubCommittee for Special Libraries, ( 4 ) in consequence of repeated requests of the members, not to keep subcommittees alive " a t any p r i c e " . In his historical paper, Brummel remarks: " T h e question may well arise whether it was wise to make that d e c i s i o n . " ( 5 ) While this ended the Sub-Committee's activities de iure, it evidently continued to lead an in limbo existence. In 1948, Miss Ditmas presented a short report, and in 1 9 5 0 the program o f the L o n d o n Meeting provided for a session. The Actes report that it was then "recons t i t u t e d " ; its declared aim was to f o r m a link between those national or international library associations which have been or may be created on the basis of subj e c t specialisation and to provide a meeting ground for the discussion of common problems. But, in the following year, Miss D i t m a s , the Sub-Committee's guiding light since the war, resigned her position as Director of Aslib and thus the representation of Special Libraries within the International C o m m i t t e e ended de facto. We shall quote Brummel once more: "It would have been better, particularly in view of the new I F L A policy, not to leave any stone unturned to establish ties with this important category of libraries, the activities o f which fall but partly unter F I D . " ( 6 ) Actually, it was impossible - particularly since the International C o m m i t t e e had enlarged its scope and aims, signifying the change outwardly by b e c o m i n g the International Federation of Library Associations - that Special Libraries as such could be excluded from its activities in the long run. The first voice calling for a change was heard in 1953 when Mr. Hemlin complained about the fact,"dass zwar Parlamentsbibliotheken, Krankenhausbibliotheken und andere Spezial-Interessen in der I F L A vertreten sind, technische Bibliotheken aber der Sphäre der F I D zugerechnet werden. Diese behandelt j e d o c h Fragen von einem anderen Gesichtspunkt aus als die Bibliotheken, und er fragt sich, w o die Interessen der technischen Bibliotheken in Fragen wie z.B. der Klassifikation, sofern sie nicht die (4)

B r u m m e l . op. cit.. p. 15.

(5)

Ibid.

(6)

Ibid.

24

DK betrifft, vertreten werden k ö n n e n . " This suggestion was given serious consideration by the President: "Il y a évidemment une lacune dans l'organisation de la FIAB en ce qui concerne la représentation des bibliothèques techniques, d'autant plus que la FIAB a décidé l'an passé à Copenhague (7) d'abolir sa Sous-commission des bibliothèques spécialisées. Depuis que le Bureau a eu connaissance de la proposition de M. Hemlin, il l'a donc étudiée avec intérêt, en soulignant aussi cependant la nécessité d'un accord préalable avec la FID pour délimiter les terrains respectifs afin d'éviter tout double emploi."

(7)

It seems to be impossible to determine the exact years of the existence, termination, reconstitution, etc. of the Sub-Committee f r o m the Actes or other sources with certainty.

25

2

SUBSECTIONS

2.1 Astronomical Libraries The Library of the Astronomical Observatory in Rome By G. Grassi Conti

Bibliothèque de L'Observatoire Astronomique de Rome J ' ai 1' h o n n e u r de vous présenter, en n o m nom personnel comme au nom du directeur de 1' Observaroire Astronomique de R o m e , la bibliothèque de notre Institut. Elle se divise en deux parties. La première comprend les textes rares et les livres anciens; elle constitue l'un des attraits principaux de notre Muse'e. La seconde comprend des ouvrages, des revues et des mémoires, remontant à une époque relativement récente et parfois à l'actualité la plus brûlante. Le noyau de notre Musée est représenté par un legs d'Arthur Wofynski, le savant polonais qui a légué à l'Etat italien tous les vestiges de Copernic qu'il avait recueillis pendant des années de recherches inlassables. Cette collection s'est enrichie grâce à des dons et à des souscriptions de citoyens polonais, en général des artistes, qui ont fait parvenir des bustes, des tableaux, des médailles et surtout des ouvrages concernants Copernic au nouveau Musée Ce premier noyau s'est élargi sous l'impulsion de Pietro Tacchini, qui dirigeait l'Observatoire du Collegio R o m a n o . C'est en effet dans les locaux de ce dernier que 1' on avait installé le Musée Copernic. Pietro Tacchini était un savant, mais aussi un amateur d'art. Il introduisit dans le Musée nombre de textes rares et d'objets précieux, toujours à caractère astronomique. En 1882 son Musée devint officiellement le "Musée Copernic d'astronomie". Quand l'Observatoire du Collegio R o m a n o f u t supprime', en 1923, le Musée f u t absorbé par l'Observatoire astronomique de R o m e et transféré dans les locaux actuels de la Villa Mellini, sur le Mont Marius. Les J o y a u x les plus précieux, qui ornent la partie ancienne de notre bibliothèque, ce sont, sans contredit, les oeuvres de Copernic. Nous possédons la premiere édition de 1' oeuvre qui a fait la gloire du grand astronome polonais, "De Rivolutionibus Orbium Coelestium", parue en 1543 a Nuremberg et relié en parchemin. Nous avons la deuxième édition imprimée à Baie en 1566, elle aussi reliée en parchemin. Enfin la quatrième édition publiée en 1854 à Varsovie, qui comprend en outre la "Narratio prima" de Rethico, les " L e t t r e s de T h e o p h y l a c t o " , la dissertation "De monete cudende ratione", toutes les lettres de Copernic et le poème " S e p t e m sidera". Parmi toutes les oeuvres qui se rapportent à Copernic, il en est une, éminemment

26

précieuse, il s'agit d'un manuscrit de la main de l'astronome sur des sujets de droit canon, intitule "Notabilia Cancelleriae". Toujours du XVIième siècle, nous possédons encore 125 ouvrage, parmi lesquels on peut noter: -

Introductione de De S a c r o Bosco, daté de 1505 Almagestum et De J u d i c i i s de Ptolemée, remontant respectivement à 1528 et à 1535. Astronomia de T y c h o Brahe, publié en 1572 Prodromus de Johannes Kepler, daté de 1596, etc.

Remontant au XVIIième siècle, nous avons 203 volumes. Citons, en particulier, les premières éditions de Galileo Galilei: "Sidereus Nuntius" de 1606, "Discorso" de 1632, " S t o r i a " de 1613, "Il S a g g i a t o r e " de 1623 et " S i s t e m a " de 1631. Des Traites, parus à la m ê m e é p o q u e , expliquent la théorie de Copernic, par e x e m p l e le volume du P. Antonio Magino "Novae Coelestium . . .", publié à Venise en 1589 et à Mayence en 1608. Du grand astronome Johannes Kepler nous avons " E p i t o m e astronomiae copernicanae" en trois exemplaires: l'édition de 1635 publiée à F r a n c f o r t , une édition publiée à Linz en 1618 et une autre, publiée elle aussi à Linz en 1622. Nous avons des biographies importantes de 1' astronome polonais, entre autres une en latin de 1625 écrite par S t a r o w o l s k i , une de Gassendi ( 1 6 5 5 ) , de Flammarion ( 1 8 7 2 ) , de Polkowski ( 1 8 7 3 ) . de Prowe ( 1 8 8 3 ) et de Müller ( 1 8 9 8 ) . Dans la collection Copernic on trouve des atlas célestes fort rares. Le plus apprécié est celui de 1' astronome Hevelius, intitulé " F i r m a m e n t u m Sobiescianum", paru en 1687, qui contient des tables et des dessins concernant les constellations célestes. A cote'des vestiges de Copernic, notre bibliothèque contient une foule de livres dus à Kepler, T y c h o Brahe', N e w t o n , Gassendi, Kircher, Stoeffler, Clavius, Scheiner, Mercator, Hevelius, R i c c i o l i e t beaucoup d'autres. Les plus précieux, ce sont 4 incunables du XVième siècle et un manuscrit sur parchemin du X l V i è m e siècle, intitulé "De S p h a e r a " , fort bien conservé, ou se trouvent des tables m a t h é m a t i q u e s et astronomiques. Au total, la section ancienne de notre bibliothèque compte environ 5 . 0 0 0 volumes. Tout ce qui a trait à Copernic a été déjà présenté au public italien pendant une exposition des vestiges de Copernic. Celle-ci s'est déroulé à Rome au siege de L ' A c a d é m i e Nationale des „ L i n c e i " et elle a obtenu un succès unanime auprès du public et de la critique. Encouragés par cette première experience, nous la présenterons de nouveau, sous une forme complètement rénovée, pendant un S y m p o s i u m qui aura lieu à R o m e en 1973, pour honorer le 5ième centenaire de la naissance de Copernic.

27

Deux raisons surtout m'ont poussé à vous présenter la partie ancienne de la bibliothèque qui se trouve dans 1' Observatoire auquel j'appartiens: 1) faire connaître à nos collègues le matériel, rare ou non, dont dispose l'Observatoire de Rome, afin que tout le monde sache ce que l'on peut y trouver; 2) amorcer l'initiative d'un catalogue unique de toutes les oeuvres rares concernant l'astronomie qui existent au monde ou, pour l'instant, en Europe. Cette entreprise est devenue indispensable pour tous ceux qui entreprennent des recherches P. la fois historiques et scientifiques dans ce domaine. Sinon tout ce matériel précieux, patiemment accumulé, perd une bonne part de son rayonnement scientifique à l'exterieur et finit par s'etioler en vase clos. Dans sa section moderne, notre bibliothèque est hautement spécialisée. Elle est au courant des dernières nouveautés, tout en se rattachent à la partie ancienne par le truchement d ' a s t r o n o m e s et de mathématiciens illustres comme Bessel, F. Struve, Poincaré, Laplace, Tisserand, Delaunay, Schiaparelli, Flammarion, Secchi, Arago, dont nous possédons toutes les oeuvres. On y trouve des traités d ' a s t r o n o m i e , astrophysique, mathématiques, physique, geodesie, électronique, optique, etc. couvrant la production mondiale dans tous ces secteurs de la recherche. A côté des monographies, on compte un recueil imposant de périodiques qui paraissent dans le monde entier. Fait important, certaines de ces collections sont complètes, si bien que la bibliothèque moderne revêt un caractère historique achevé. A titre d'exemple, je cite le "Nautical Almanac" depuis 1801; la "Connaissance des Temps" depuis 1761 ; le "Bureau des Longitudes" à partir de 1796; les "Annales" de l'Observatoire central de St.-Pétersbourg depuis 1800; les "Annales" de l'Oberservatoire de Paris depuis 1800; le "Monthly Notices" depuis 1831; „Astronomische Nachrichten" depuis 1823; "Astronomical Journal" depuis 1849; "Astronomischer Jahresbericht" depuis 1899; les "Memoirs" de la Royal Astronomical Society de Londres, à partir de 1825, etc. La section moderne compte au total 15.000 volumes. Elle possède les collections de "reprints" provenantes de presque touts les observatoires du monde. Elle est abonnée à 50 périodiques concernants l'astronomie, la physique, les mathématiques, et en reçoit plus de 100 en hommage. Des travaux de réfection ont été effectués dans tout l'édifice principal de l'Observatoire astronomique de Rome. Les salles consacrées à la bibliothèque on été, elles aussi, remises à neuf et les étagères ont été remplacées par d'autres, plus rationnelles. A cette occasion une bonne partie des livres a été transférée dans la nouvelle bibliothèque de Monte Porzio Catone, près de Rome, ou se trouve un autre siège de 1' Observatoire. Dans les locaux du Mt. Maruis on a maintenu seulement la partie la plus récente des ouvrages, c'est-à-dire des traités scientifiques d ' a c t u a l i t é et des périodiques à partir de 1930. Il en a dérivé une conséquence. Le classement précédent était à peu près fixe. Faute d'espace, les livres étaient rangés dans des armoires disséminées le long des locaux dont dispose 1' Observatoire. Nous avons du, par conséquent, nous orienter vers un

28

nouveau classement, mobile cette fois, selon les matières. N o u s n'avons cependant pas e n c o r e mis au point le nouveau catalogue, car n o u s aimerions donner au chercheur un panorama c o m p l e t et imme'diat de t o u t ce qui l'interesse dans tel ou tel secteur, lorsqu'il se penche sur le fichier approprie'. Certes un c o u p d'oeil d'ensemble sur t o u t s les volumes dont on dispose dans chaque secteur est peut-être plus e f f i c a c e q u ' u n e analyse des fiches, m ê m e s'il impose une recherche plus longue et plus fatigante. Il est vrai que l'un n ' e m p ê c h e pas l'autre. J e souhaite de tout coeur que cette intéressante réunion nous fournisse une idée précise du système le meilleur. C'est là un p r o b l è m e dont dépend la souplesse nécessaire d'une bibliothèque qui, é v i d e m m e n t , n'est pas c o n c u e c o m m e t o u t e s les autres. Nous craignons que le classement décimal universel soit trop éparpillé, surtout quand on ne sait pas le manier à la p e r f e c t i o n , car il peut éveiller des incertitudes sur la répartition des traités dans les différentes matières. Peut-être pourrait-on s'orienter vers un systeme décimal plus s c h é m a t i q u e ou, de toute façon, plus simple, de façon à tenir c o m p t e des caractéristiques et des objectifs propres à une bibliothèque de ce genre.

Disegno di Classificazione decimale per i A -

ASTRONOMIA

A.l A.2 A.3 A.4 A.5 A.6 A.7 A.8

-

B -

ASTROFISICA

-

Astronomia divulgativa Trattati generali Astronomia sferica Astronomia pratica Astronomia teorica Meccanica celeste Dinamica e statistica stellare Cataloghi c Atlanti celesti

B. 1 Trattati generali B. 2 Radioastronomia B. 3 - Sistema solare B.4 Pianeti, meteore e c o m e t e B. 5 - Il Sole: B.51 - Generale B . 5 2 - Eclissi B . 5 3 - Relazione Sole-Terra B. 6 - Sistema galattico e sistemi estragalattici B. 7 - Cosmologia

C -

MATEMATICA

C. 1 C. 2 C. 3 C.4

- Generalità, varie - M a t e m a t i c a elementare - Analisi e g e o m e t r i a analitica - Calcolo n u m e r i c o : C.41 - Generalità, varie C . 4 2 - Teoria delle osser- vazioni C . 4 3 - Istruzioni per l'uso di m a c c h i n e calcolatrici C. 5 - Tavole n u m e r i c h e : C.51 - Logaritmico-trigonometriche C . 5 2 - M a t e m a t i c h e e varie

29

D - FISICA E CHIMICA D. 1 D.2 D.3 D.4 D.5 D.6 D.7 D.8

Generalità e varie Trattati generali Meccanica Termodinamica Elettromagnetismo Elettronica Relatività Ottica: D.81 - Generale D.82 - Strumentale D.83 - Astronomica D.84 Fotografia D.9 - Fisica atomica e spettroscopia: D.91 - Fisica atomica e nucleare D.92 - Spettroscopia generale D.93 - Spettroscopia atomica e molecolare D.94 - Tabelle atomiche e molecolari D.95 - Tabelle astrofisiche

30

-

E - GEOFISICA

E. 1 E. 2 E. 3 E. 4

-

Generalità e varie Geodesia Meteorologia ed alta atmosfera Razzi e satelliti artificiali

STORIA, ENCICLOPEDIE, COLLEZIONI, DIZIONARI F.l F. 2 F. 3

F.4

Opere storiche riguardanti la scienza Enciclopedie scientifiche Collezioni scientifiche: F.31 F.32 F.33 Dizionari

2.2 Geography and Map Libraries Computerized map cataloging project* By Walter W. Ristow and David K. Carrington

The Library of Congress, Washington

In the limited time available for reading this paper, it will be possible to report only briefly on the current status of the Library of Congress Computerized Map Cataloging Project. Within the next six or eight months we hope to publish, in one of the professional library journals, a more comprehensive account. With holdings of three and a quarter million maps and charts and more than 30,000 atlases, the Library of Congress Geography and Map Division has custody of the world's largest and most comprehensive cartographic reference collection. The annual increment averages about 100,000 maps and 1,400 atlases. Approximately two-thirds of the maps and charts are sheets of large- and medium-scale official and non-official sets and series. The remainder, numbering perhaps a million and a quarter sheets, are single-sheet general thematic maps of the world and its various divisions and subdivisions. Between 25,000 and 30,000 single-sheet maps are added to the collections each year. It is these maps, primarily, with which this paper deals. In his 1899 annual report, less than two years after the Division was established, Philip Lee Phillips emphasized "that the immense collection (which included some 50,000 maps and 1,600 atlases) should be classified, cataloged and accessible at a moment's notice." Although he repeated his appeal in subsequent reports, Phillips never had adequate staff to achieve his stated objective. To control his growing cartographic collection he, therefore, devised a substitute for cataloging. The procedure, designated as "titling" consisted of lettering by hand, on the paper cover in which each map was inserted, abbreviated descriptive data. "Titled" maps were filed in a classified geographical-administrative-subject-date arrangement. No card catalog or shelflist were maintained, and the classified map file provided the only approach to the individual maps. In recent decades some minor modifications have been made to Phillips' "titling" procedures. Thus, some 15 years ago, hand-lettering was discontinued in favor of typing descriptive data on three- by five-inch slips, which are affixed to the cover, or to the verso of the map itself. For laminated or mounted maps, covers were, in most instances, laminated. Although most single-sheet maps are still controlled under the basic "titling", classification, and filing procedures devised by P. L. Phillips, some progress has been made, from time to time, toward the objective of providing more orthodox *

Presented at the meeting of the Special Libraries Section, Copenhagen, 26 August 1969.

31

cataloging and classification controls for maps. Thus, in 1941, the then Chief, Col. Lawrence Martin, reported that "the Division of Maps is now squarely launched on its project of cataloging its maps. By virtue of the creation of a new position of map cataloger, we are able to amplify our existing classification scheme for maps and the rules for cataloging them. We are beginning the cataloging with our early maps of the United States." It is perhaps worth nothing that the "rules for cataloging" referred to by Martin, subsequently were incorporated into the Rules for Descriptive Cataloging in the Library of Congress, published in 1949. With some modifications they also constitute the rules for atlases and maps in Anglo-American Cataloging Rules, published in 1967 by the American Library Association. The classification, developed in the then Division of Maps, was published by the Library of Congress in 1946, in a preliminary, mimeographed edition, as Classification Class G Maps G31609999. A printed edition of the complete Classification Class G was published in 1954. It was reprinted in 1966, with an appended supplement: "Additions and changes to January 1966." Notwithstanding Martin's optimism in 1941, the one map cataloger was able to catalog but a fraction of the map accessions and collections. Although selected groups of maps have been cataloged and classified since 1941, the number that have received such treatment comprises perhaps less than three percent of the total thematic map holdings. "Titling", together with Philipps' classified filing arrangement, provided reasonably good controls when the collection was small. As the maps multiplied, however, the lack of a comprehensive catalog placed increasingly greater burdens upon the reference staff. The first concrete steps toward remedying the situation were taken some six years ago when a recommendation was made to discontinue "titling" single-sheet maps and substitute full cataloging, with automated or semiautomated procedures. Following a series of conferences and consultations, administrative approval was granted, in 1966, to submit a proposal to the Council on Library Resources. In December 1967, the Council approved a grant to the Geography and Map Division in support of a project to develop automated procedures for cataloging singlesheet, or thematic, maps. The grant was originally made for calendar year 1968. Because of recruiting difficulties, and other unavoidable delays, the developmental period was extended through June 1969, with no supplemental funds. Work actually got under way in February 1968, when the Project Coordinator entered on duty. Some preliminary studies had, however, been initiated some four months earlier when the Library's Information Systems Office assigned a Computer Systems Analyst to work with Geography and Map Division personnel. In seeking to develop a computerized map cataloging system, the Geography and Map Division, as an integral unit of the Library of Congress, was subject to cer32

tain constraints, and, in turn, enjoyed a number of benefits. In recognition of these conditions, the following guidelines were established early in the project: (a) that the map cataloging project would conform with the general rules and procedures followed by the Library of Congress in cataloging monographs, serials, and other reference materials, (b) that the system be primarily designed, however, to meet the processing, storage, preservation, retrieval, and reference requirements of the Geography and Map Division, (c) that, insofar as possible and practical, the system be flexible enough to meet the requirements of map collections in public, university, and institutional libraries, (d) that, the computerized system for controlling maps be compatible with the Library of Congress' basic automation program, and (e) that the system have capabilities for storage and retrieval, and for producing such possible products as periodic accessions lists, book shelflists, book catalogs with various headings, saleable computer tapes, etc. To achieve the objectives set forth in the guidelines, several basic decisions were made. Subject to possible modifications, pertinent to describing cartographic materials, it was decided to follow the Anglo-American Cataloging Rules for description and entry. This decision was made with due consideration to strong criticism of the AA Rules by many professional map librarians, and the expressed preference, by many of them, for an area main entry. Notwithstanding such preferences, there exists today no widely-utilized code of map cataloging rules which is based on area main entry. More importantly in our decision, however, was recognition of the fact that the "main e n t r y " concept has little significance in a computerized system, for a map can be retrieved with equal ease under any of a multiple headings. Moreover, standardization of procedures becomes increasingly important in a computerized system, if economies are to be achieved. In brief, in our opinion, the advantages to be derived from following cataloging rules that have had wide acceptance by librarians far outweighed any real, or assumed, limitations of those rules. It was further decided to classify and file the maps, cataloged under the computerized procedures, according to the Library of Congress Classification Class C. This decision was made with full recognition of the limitations of the classification, but with the expectation that recommendations for revisions and expansions to the schedule will be made, if deemed desirable. When the Geography and Map Division project began, the Library of Congress already had several automation programs underway. Most pertinent to our needs, it was decided after careful study, was the Machine-Readable Cataloging Project, identified by its acronym MARC. The MARC System, which was designed by the Library's Information Systems Office, is a generalized system which is capable of processing different forms of material. It utilizes the MARC Processing Format, 33

which has been specifically designed for the computer system at the Library of Congress. The MARC Communications Format is derived from the MARC Processing Format and was designed to be used with all types of hardware. In a foreword to the report on the MARC Pilot Project, published in 1968, the Librarian noted that "the Library of Congress early recognized that the widespread application of computer technology to libraries could come about only if bibliographic data in machine-readable form could be distributed with precision and at reasonable cost." In June 1965 the Library issued, in a preliminary edition, A Proposed Format for a Standardized Machine-Readable Catalog Record. With Council on Library Resources support, the Library of Congress sponsored, in cooperation with 16 other libraries, the MARC Pilot Project to test the feasibility of the MARC format. The report on the MARC Pilot Project, previously cited, details the accomplishments of the Project. Before the Pilot Project had ended, personnel of the Library's Information Systems Office were working on a revision of the MARC format, based on experience gained. The revised format, designated MARC II, has been adopted by the three national libraries of the United States, and major library associations have approved it as a standard for the communication of machine-readable bibliographic descriptions for all forms of material, i.e. monographs, maps, serials, etc. Following careful study of the MARC II format, it was decided to utilize it in the Library's computerized map cataloging project. Accordingly, Geography and Map Division personnel, working with computer systems analysts from the Information Systems Office, designed the content designators, i.e. the inputs, for machine identification of data elements, and the content, i.e. the data itself, for recording map data. The system which has been developed, a relatively simple one, is a document retrieval system rather than an information retrieval system. The former type of system provides access to individual maps, from which the researcher personally extracts the information he may desire. A system to retrieve specific information from pertinent maps (or other documents) requires a higher level of sophistication and far greater financial support. Our needs, and those of most of our clients, we believe, can be met by the document retrieval system we have developed. Descriptive and subject cataloging procedures utilized in the computerized system do not differ greatly from those followed in cataloging maps manually. In a computerized system implicit data recorded by the cataloger must be explicitly identified to be read and interpreted by the computer. The MARC system provides a medium by means of which the cataloger's record is converted to machinereadable form. To facilitate the conversion process, data are entered on a speciallydesigned worksheet in a carefully prescribed order and arrangement. Contributory to designing the worksheet was the identification of data elements, essential to describing maps. Variable field data elements, e.g.author, title, im34

p r i n t , collation, series s t a t e m e n t , etc., are essentially t h e same as those developed f o r m o n o g r a p h s , and p o s e d f e w problems. I d e n t i f y i n g fixed-field data elements f o r singlesheet m a p s was a m o r e difficult a n d time c o n s u m i n g task. S o m e fifteen fixed-field e l e m e n t s were identified. They i n c l u d e , a m o n g o t h e r s , date or dates of p u b l i c a t i o n , publishing c o u n t r y , base e l e m e n t s (e.g. p r o j e c t i o n , prime meridian), relief t y p e , language, secondary area, subject codes, etc. Data e l e m e n t s are c o d e d by using alphabetical and numerical c h a r a c t e r s in c o m b i n a t i o n . A w o r k s h e e t w a s required which would ( a ) g e n e r a t e a p e r m a n e n t record which, when a f f i x e d t o t h e m a p , or the m a p folder, w o u l d serve as a filing and retrieval slip, ( b ) provide a readable copy f r o m w h i c h an i n p u t o p e r a t o r could transfer the bibliographic d a t a t o p a p e r or magnetic tape, and ( c ) serve as a t e m p o r a r y shelflist record for the m a p cataloging unit. These objectives were realized by designing a three-part f o r m , which is printed on pressure sensitive p a p e r t o eliminate the need for c a r b o n p a p e r . Samples of the w o r k s h e e t , in blank and c o m p l e t e d f o r m , will be f o u n d in the p a c k e t s which y o u have received. A f t e r the d a t a has been e n t e r e d on the w o r k s h e e t , the f o u r b y six-inch white ribb o n c o p y is s t r i p p e d o f f and is affixed to the m a p as a filing and retrieval slip. On the yellow c o p y t h e M A R C Editor e n t e r s t h e tags, indicators, delimiters, subfield codes, a n d o t h e r retrieval data. F r o m this e d i t e d sheet t h e i n p u t o p e r a t o r transfers the d a t a t o tape. T h e pink c o p y is filed in the cataloging unit shelfiist. In the u p p e r right h a n d c o r n e r of the c o m p l e t e d w o r k s h e e t copies y o u will n o t e the letters GM f o l l o w e d by 69- plus a sequential n u m b e r . This c o n t r o l n u m b e r is a u n i q u e identifier which can be used in m a c h i n e searching, sorting, and file main t e n a n c e . It is also utilized t o m o n i t o r w o r k p r o d u c t i o n in the cataloging u n i t , t o c o n t r o l m a p s sent t o the preservation unit a n d , a f t e r the m a p reaches the files, t o record interlibrary loans. Bibliographic d a t a ist arranged on the w o r k s h e e t so as t o separate fields of inform a t i o n . T h e clean, highly legible c o p y , facilitates d a t a review and tagging. The m a n u s c r i p t n u m e r a l s in the l e f t hand c o l u m n , o n y o u r sample w o r k s h e e t , are the M A R C tags, w h i c h are the labels used f o r m a c h i n e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of the various bibliographic e l e m e n t s . In the enclosures, at the b o t t o m of the f o r m , are recorded the fixed-field d a t a elements. The n u m b e r 0 0 8 , p r i n t e d t o the left of the b o x e s , is the M A R C tag which identifies fixed-field d a t a . A d a t a p r e p a r a t i o n manual, entitled Maps, A M A R C F o r m a t , guides the MARC Editor. It is an a d a p t a t i o n and m o d i f i c a t i o n of the M A R C Data Preparation Manual, used f o r m o n o g r a p h s . Needless to say. Maps, A M A R C F o r m a t ist still in a preliminary e d i t i o n , and subject to f u r t h e r revision. T h e c o p y I have here is one of a small n u m b e r of Xerox r e p r o d u c t i o n s m a d e f r o m the original typescript. C u r r e n t l y we are using a Dura Mach 10 k e y p u n c h to t r a n s f e r d a t a t o p u n c h e d paper tape, which is s u b s e q u e n t l y converted t o m a g n e t i c tape. Within the n e x t m o n t h or t w o we e x p e c t to substitute for the Dura the c o m b i n e d electric type-

35

writer and magnetic tape recording unit (the IBM MT/ST) which will eliminate the paper tape step. F r o m the keypunch unit tapes are forwarded, for machine processing to the Data Processing Office. The Library of Congress has an IBM 360/40, 128K core storage system. Computer programs are written in 3 6 0 Assembly language for use with the Disk Operating System. Machine processing of the tape includes (a) updating the current map master file of MARC formatted citations, (b) printing a dated index of the master file, and (c) printing the processed transaction records for proofing. This final step produces the MARC System Log Display, which is used by the Geography and Map Division MARC Editors t o identify punching and machine errors. Following data correction and verification, data enters the second processing stage, which is referred to as the catalog production cycle. In this step the appropriate data elements are sorted to produce the author, subject, and shelflist catalogs. By June 30, 1969, the termination of the 18 m o n t h CLR grant period, Geography and Map Division catalogers had cataloged some 1600 maps utilizing the MARC worksheet for maps. F r o m the first 9 0 0 records sample book catalogs arranged by author, subject, and call number, were produced. Selected computer printout describing maps of several states were also prepared. Pages f r o m the sample catalogs are included in your packets. I emphasize that the catalogs produced thus far are of a preliminary nature and are subject to further refinement and editing. Moreover, they represent but one type of product. The computerized map cataloging project also has the capability of producing periodic accessions lists, catalog cards, demand printouts by area, subject and date, in various combinations, and saleable magnetic tape. To determine what products of the system will be desired, the Geography and Map Division will, within the coming months, send questionnaires to map libraries in various countries. The returns f r o m the survey will guide the Library in setting up a service, similar to the existing MARC Distribution Service for monographs, and including the compilation of bibliographic tools, i.e. book catalogs, accessions lists, bibliographies, etc. While we believe we have developed a workable system for the automated control of single-sheet maps, there remain many unresolved problems and undeveloped opportunities. In c o m m o n with the MARC program for monographs, map input has thus far been limited to English-language titles. We hope within the next year to add some foreign language titles to the program. Only current accessions of single-sheet maps have thus far been cataloged. It is hoped that, at some future date, we may be able to catalog, on a selective basis, some of the valuable historical maps in the Library's cartographic collections. Extending MARC procedures to series of large- and medium-scale official and non-official surveys is also a goal for future development.

36

Not all of these objectives will be achieved within the next year. Some may not be accomplished within the decade. All are, however, within the capabilities of the MARC program for maps.

37

Geography and map libraries in Denmark* By lb R^nne Kejlbo

The Royal Library, Copenhagen In the Middle Ages, the centres of learning of Europe were practically all attached to the church. It is therefore not surprising that the first Dane, Claudius Clavus, who influenced the learned world so much in its opinion of the geography of the Scandinavian countries, was an ecclesiastic. Clavus' works — written in the first half of the 15th century as supplement to Ptolemaio's works — may be characterized as an interpretation of the Northerners' voyages in the North Atlantic Sea whether this was deliberate on the part of Clavus or not, Clavus' descriptions of the Scandinavian countries and Greenland did for a long time manifest themselves in the geographical views among the scholars of Europe. The next Dane to supply the European scholars with new geographical information on Scandinavia, or rather Denmark, was Marcus Jordan (1521 - 95), professor of mathematics at the Copenhagen University. Through Duke Henrik Rantzau he got into touch with among others, the publishers Georg Braun and Ortelius; in this context it is worth mentioning that the oldest existing printed map of Denmark is in Georg Braun's Civitates orbis terrarum, 4th vol, 1587. The map, the only one in this book, is dated 1585. Simultaneously with Marcus Jordan, another Dane devoted his time to cartography, namely Tycho Brahe. An evidence of his studies is his map of the island of Ven in his work "Epistolarum astronomicarum libri", 1596, a map which is based on triangulations. Unfortunalety, Tycho Brahe did not complete the triangulation net of all Denmark, as he had intended to. In the years from 1600 to about the middle of the 18 th century, various efforts were made to procure a national map in print, but without much success. Nothing epoch-making happened till 1742, however, when The Royal Danish Society was formed. Thanks to this society, the first mapping of Denmark on a scientific base was initiated. The surveying took place from 1757 to 1820. Geography as subject in Denmark The Copenhagen University was founded in 1479, but about 150 years passed, however, before scientific disciplines were taught here, and the first were geography and botany. The first professor of geography was appointed in 1635, but geography was then taught together with history, and the first professor allowed to concentrate on geography, only, was not appointed till 1888. Education of geographers nowadays takes place at the Copenhagen University, and also at the *

38

Presented at the meeting of the Special Libraries Section, Copenhagen, 26 August 1969.

university of Aarhus where the first professor of geography was appointed in 1943. Today there are three chairs of geography at the Copenhagen University and two at the university of Aarhus. As far as examination requirements are concerned, the Danish geographer may be compared with the British Master of Science. There is no bachelor degree of geography in Denmark. Libraries attached to the geographical research Several Danish libraries have geographical literature, and the two main libraries in Copenhagen are: The Royal Library, which is the main library for human geography and maps, and the University Library, 2nd section, which provides literature for physical geography. Furthermore, mention should be made of the library of the Royal Veterinary and Agricultural High School, 1. which possesses a collection of agricultural-geographical literature, and the libraries of the Statistical Department, 2. the Copenhagen School of Economics & Business 3. and Denmark's Technical Library, 4. which possess literature of importance to the study of commercial geography. Finally should be mentioned the Geographical Institute of Copenhagen, which has a large library of literature covering all aspects of the geographical research. In Aarhus, Jutland, The State Library is the main library of geography. The University Library of Copenhagen The first important library to the geographical research was the University Library founded in 1482 and housed above the vaults of the Trinity Church at the Round Tower of Copenhagen. During the Big Fire of Copenhagen in 1728, the church was burnt, and the library almost completely destroyed. After the rebuilding of the church, it was however re-established, and in 1861 it was moved to a new building near the university. In 1927 the University Library became Denmark's main library of natural sciences and medicine, and in 1938 the literature of these two disciplines was moved to a building erected in 1935 to 1937. The name of the library was now: the University Library, 2nd Section, situated N^rre allé 49, Copenhagen. Later, the university sections of natural sciences and medicine were built near this library. As for physical geography, it would be natural to apply first to the University Library, 2nd Section, among other things because this library has a union catalogue of the literature of a large part of the special university libraries, f r o m many of which literature is only available through the University Library, 2nd Section. The Royal Library,(Det Kongelige Bibliotek) 8 Christians Brygge, Copenhagen K As mentioned before, The Royal Library is the main library of human geography and maps. It is Denmark's national library and the state library of humanities and sciences. It was founded in 1657 by Frederik III, and housed in the Castle of 39

Copenhagen until 1673 when it got its own building, in which it remained until 1906. In 1697 The Royal Library became copyright library for all that was printed in Denmark. November 15 th 1793 the library became a public library. Until then it had only been accessible to the court and a few scientists. In 1906 the library was moved to its present building. The total stock of books is now about two million, of which the Danish section is a third.

The Geographical Library (Det Kongelige Danske Geografiske Selskabs Bibliotek) 68 Haraldsgade, Copenhagen 0 The first geographical society in the world was formed in 1821, namely "Société de Géographie" in Paris. One of the founders was the Dane, Malthe Conrad Bruun ( 1 7 7 5 - 1826). For political reasons he had been exiled from Denmark after which he settled down in France where he published his important and epochmaking work: "Précis de la Géographie Universelle, 1810 - 29". From then on, societies were formed all over Europe, and in 1876 the Royal Geographical Society was founded in Copenhagen. This society and its publication of the Geographical Periodical became the basis of a geographical library, and the mentioned periodical became exchange object with other geographical societies in Europe. Very soon the considerable acquisition resulted in lack of space however. Through the obligingness of the Topographical Dept. of the Ordnance Survey, a room in the top storey of the Victualling Yard (Proviantgârden) was made available to the society in 1877. This room, however, was unfit for lending service, and in order t o make u p for this deficiency, professor O. Olufsen offered to lend a r o o m of his private apartment. In 1907 the society moved to 135 Gothersgade. and in 1909 it ventured to open a library with reading room and conversation room in one of the finest buildings of Copenhagen, at the corner of the King's New Square (Kongens Nytorv) in the center of town. The society stayed there until 1923, and then moved to 27 Amaliegade where it was housed till 1933. The next address of the library was National Museum where it was closely connected to the Ethnographical Collections. In 1956 the library was transferred to the geographical laboratory. It is, however, still the property of the Geographical Society, but is being used as part of the Geographical Institute. - All new book acquisitions are available in the reading room to scientists and students, to the members of the society, and as a matter of fact, to all w h o need ist. The Geographical Society receives about 5 0 0 periodicals a year plus monographs, etc.

The State Library in Aarhus (Statsbiblioteket, Aarhus) The State Library is the main library of physiography and human geography to the Geographical Institute in Aarhus. The State Library was established in 1902, and the holdings consisted mainly of duplicates of Danish literature f r o m the Royal Library, and in addition to that, several considerable Danish private collections. Since 1902 the State Library has been deposit library for all Danish literature being printed. As far as foreign literature is concerned, it is the duty of the

40

State Library in its capacity of library t o the Aarhus University, to provide all literature necessary in the university work, and in its capacity of research to acquire literature of interest t o the borrowers of the State-supported library.

The Map and Prints Department of the Royal Library (Det Kongelige Biblioteks Kort- og Billedafdeling), 8 Christians Brygge, Copenhagen K The Royal Library possesses Denmark's largest collection of maps, and ever since its f o u n d a t i o n in the sixteen hundred and seventies, atlases and maps have been deposited here. It was not till 1902 it was decided to establish a separate maps and prints department. The nucleus of the collection of maps and atlases was first and foremost the library's own holdings. The maps were not catalogued, however, so it is easy t o imagine how difficult it must have been for researchers to find out if the particular items of interest were there. Of atlases in the library's collection there are two of special value as far as quality and quantity are concerned, namely Frederik the F i f t h ' s Atlas and Atlas Major. In both of them there are many unique maps. Frederik the Fifth's Atlas was compiled under King Frederik the Fifth ( 1 7 4 6 - 66), and consisted of maps and prospects in loose leaves prints as well as drawings owned by the King. After everything had been bound, ii made an atlas of 55 volumes consisting of 3,535 sheets. - Atlas Major ist very much like Frederik the Fifth's Atlas, but contains less drawings. When the Maps and Prints Department was established, several other atlases were transferred f r o m the magazines of The Royal Library, and all important cartographers are represented through one or several works. From the very beginning the collection was large and representative, and soon it became Denmark's largest collection of maps, partly through acquisition and partly through transfers of maps and atlases f r o m other institutions. Also gifts contributed to the growth of the collection. Thus consul I. F. Erichsen presented in 1911 The Royal Library with about 20,000 sheets comprising maps, topographical sheets, portraits, etc., everything in very fine condition. In 1 9 1 0 - 1 9 1 1 the Department received about 1,200 maps and drawings from the collection of the Corps of Royal Engineers, mostly consisting of fortifications, and among these many foreign ones. They are all maps drawn by hand, and many of them extremely high historical value in which many scientists have found an unique sources material. The Hydrographic Department (S^kortarkivet) has also contributed with valuable maps, for instance Hans Resen's original map from 1605, which are of paramount importance to the exploration history in the North Atlantic area. Resen's map was given by the Hydrographic Department in 1908 together with 5,000 other maps. The same institution has later presented The Royal Library with several important maps. In 1918 the library received f r o m the " C o m m i t t e e for the Denmark E x p e d i t i o n " the maps that claimed so many victims, namely the original sketch maps of the 41

north-eastern parts of Greenland. The maps were drawn by H^eg Hagen in 1907 during the sledge expedition with Mylius Erichsen and J^rgen Br^nlund, and completed the mapping previously commenced from the west. As you may know, the sledge party never got back to their ship, but perished. The sketch maps were found near the body of Jtfrgen Brtfnlund. Other institutions and private persons than those mentioned above, have donated maps and atlases, and thus contributed to the growth o f the holdings of the Maps and Prints Department. The collections of the department today are being increased through legal deposit, gifts and acquisitions, and the field o f acquisition comprises so to speak all categories of cartographical material. The maps were previously arranged alphabetically, but about ten years ago the Department started to use a different method of cataloguing, namely a kind of decimal system according to which each catalogue card has a location mark, for instance: 1111,2-5-1968. The location mark consists of three groups: the first group ( 1 1 1 1 , 2 ) indicates the region, for instance a state. The second group (5) indicates the subject, and in this particular case it shows that it is a geological map. The third group ( 1 9 6 8 ) states the year the map was made. In addition to the maps kept in the Maps and Prints Department, the Manuscript Department of The Royal Library has a collection of maps. The map collection of the National Archives (Rigsarkivets Kortsamling), Rigsdagsgirden, Copenhagen K The map collection of the National Archives is mainly based on transfers from various institutions. The map material for Southern Jutland and Holstein is particularly comprehensive, and the maps of these areas principally come from the Exchequer. In the years 1822 and 1823 the Customs Department (Generaltoldkammeret) and the Harbour Boards (Havnekommissionerne) contributed maps of Danish towns and harbours, and the Colonial Office maps o f former Danish colonies. Deposits from the Ministry of War consist mainly of maps of fortifications. Above mentioned maps are kept in a "map collection" of which there is a card index. The maps are arranged according to the provenance principle. Apart from the maps in the "map collection" there are of course maps as enclosures to many of the documents kept in the National Archives. Few o f them are registered, however, so the maps must be sought among the documents, which of course makes it difficult for the searchers. The map collection of the Land Registry, the Archives of the Land Registry (Matrikeldirektoratets Arkiv), 13 Titangade, Copenhagen N The map collection of the Land Registry contains material of great importance to the topographical research. The first registration with mapping was commenced in 1806 to 1807, and already existing map material was included in the registra-

42

tion. The major part of it dated back to the Enclosure Movement, during which maps in two copies had been made up in accordance with a government circular of 1781. One copy was kept at the Exchequer, and from there they were transferred to the archives of the Land Registry. Cadastral maps of the Danish towns were n o t prepared till 1863, however. Apart from the map with direct connection t o the registration, the Land Registry has a collection of special maps of railways and roads. The chart collection of the Royal Hydrographic Department (Det Kongelige S^kortarkivs Kortsamling), 19 Esplanaden, Copenhagen K The Royal Hydrographic Department, which is a map printing institution, also keeps a chart collection, and there is a printed catalogue f r o m 1895 of the old part of this collection: The antique chart collection of the Royal Hydrographic Department 1895 (S^kaart-Archivets Antike Kaartsamling 1895). It should be added, however, that a considerable part of the charts mentioned in the catalogue have been transferred to the National Archives and the Royal Library. Some of the most interesting charts of this collection, are the first surveyings of Danish waters undertaken by Jens S^rensen, the famous cartographer. The charts were never printed, but exist as drawings. In Johannes Knudsen's work: Jens S^rensen, Stfkortdirekttfr, Copenhagen 1918, p. 250-260, there is a list of the charts made by Jens S^rensen. The map collection of the Geodetic Institute (Geodaetisk Instituts Kortsamling) Proviantgafden, 7 Rigsdagsgirden, Copenhagen K This institution which is in charge of the Danish topographical surveying and publication of Danish topographical maps, has a map collection containing the original maps and copper plates for the map printing of the Royal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters, and also various historical maps as well as modern maps acquired through exchange with foreign map printing institutions. The private library of His Majesty the King of Denmark (Hans Majestaet Kongens H&ndbibliotek), Christiansborg, Copenhagen K The collection is not open to the public, but special permission can be obtained by scientists. The private library of His Majesty the King of Denmark possesses a collection of maps and atlases. Of atlases in the library's collection there is one of special value, namely "Juliane Marie Atlas" which formerly belonged to Queen Juliane Marie (1729 - 96). Queen Juliane Marie, a daughter of Duke Ferdinand of Braunschweig-Wolfenbuttel. was married in 1752 to the Danish King Frederik the Fifth. Juliane Marie Atlas consists of 37 volumes, bound in the same way as Frederik the Fifth's Atlas in the Royal Library. (Literature: H. F. Kiaer, The "Juliane Marie Atlas" in Copenhagen. Imago Mundi, vol. XX, Amsterdam 1966, p. 82-84). 43

The map collections of the Military Archives The Military Archives keep an abundant map material of great importance to many researchers, for instance excellent maps of several towns which have had fortifications, as well as manoevre maps and maps of war seats, many of which have useful topographical information. The maps also show that many of the officers have been fine cartographers. The following military archives should be mentioned: The Army Archives (Haerens Arkiv), 4 Slotholmsgade, Copenhagen K In the Army Archives there are about 10,000 maps, not only of Danish areas, but also several of other European localities. Card index of the maps is available. The Drawing Archives of the Artillery, (Artellerits Tegnearkiv) Museum of Arms and Uniforms (T^jhusmuseet), 3 T^jhusgade, Copenhagen K The Drawing Archives of the Artillery hold a series of plans of Norwegian and southern Swedish fortifications from the second half of the 17 th century. Most of them are copies, but many of them give useful information about buildings, street names, etc. Card index ist available. The Navy Library (Marinens Bibliotek), 62 B Ovengade Oven Vandet, Copenhagen K The Navy Library has several excellent charts all of which are catalogued. The State Library in Aarhus (Statsbiblioteket) Universitetsparken, Aarhus The only large general map collection outside Copenhagen is in the State Library of Aarhus. It was established in 1902, and is first and foremost based upon duplicates from The Royal Library in Copenhagen. The State Library of Aarhus moved in 1962, and only then did the map collection get under proper conditions, and the collection is now being rearranged and catalogued. The map collection in Aarhus also receives copies of all maps being printed through legal deposit. Apart from the map collections mentioned above, you will find map material in the museums and archives of most Danish towns. The major part of the maps of these collections are local interest, however, and first and foremost of interest to the searcher wanting topographical material about a particular Danish town and its surroundings. (1)

Den kgl. Veterinaer- og Landboh^jskoles Bibliotek

(2)

Statistik Departements Bibliotek

(3)

Handelsh^jskolens Bibliotek

(4)

Danmarks Teknikse Bibliotek

44

Reference work in a map library* By Helen Wallis British Museum, London In a lecture delivered to the Smithsonian Institution in 1856 " o n a collection of the charts and maps of America" and published in the Annual Report for that year, J. G. Kohl lamented that "geography . . . has been a plant of very tardy growth". He elaborated this theme: "If geography itself was neglected until our days, the history of geography must, of course, have been utterly u n k n o w n . . . I f . . . the history of geography has been utterly u n k n o w n , then I must add, that most essential part of it, the history of geographical maps, has scarcely ever been thought o f . " On the continent of Europe, two major libraries had already been contemplating the advantages of building up their map collections. On 12 th October, 1831, in a letter to Forshall (Secretary of the British Museum), Anthony Panizzi, later the Principal Librarian, suggested an international exchange for maps and charts "so as to avoid the heavy expense of buying all these important items", and proposed the speedy cataloguing of the collection, and the appointment of temporary assistant on this catalogue. On 14th December 1837 he asked for £ 1.000 " t o form a geographical collection which might be called c o m p l e t e " , and recommended the employment of a special bookseller to assist in this purchasing. Similarly, in France, Jomard set out in a memoir published in 1848 the arguments for " u n dépót générale de géographie". Unfortunately, a previous ordinance on 14th November 1832 had perpetrated the " e n o r m o u s aberration" of making the map collection a part of the print collection. Geography was annexed to prints, and Jomard set out to correct this error. T o return to the New World, some 3 0 years after Kohl gave his address, H. C. Badger was entrusted with the magnificent collection of Harvard College Library. He described the experience eight years later (Library Journal, September 1892), as Dr. Ristow has recently reminded us, under the memorable title " F l o u n d e r i n g among the maps". Many map curators have been floundering since then, and the situation is not unfamiliar even today. Map collections are still treated in some quarters as the Cinderella of the library departments, and map curators have to accustom themselves to self-education in the special techniques of their trade. In the 1904 edition of Cutler's Rules for Cataloguing, Phillips, Chief of the Geography and Map Division of the Library of Congress, stated that "the cataloguing of maps and atlases differs very little from the cataloguing of books." Correcting this misapprehension has taken several generations. The differences in reference work with maps and with books needs also to be recognized. Even the title of this paper perpetuates the idea of the map as a form of b o o k , for as Dr. Skelton pointed out at the Annual Symposium of the British Cartographic Society in 1965, in *

Presented at the meeting of the Special Libraries Section, Copenhagen, 26 August 1969.

45

the session "What is a Map Library? ", the term map library is a misnomer, since the word "library" can only be applied to books, not to maps. The term map collection is better, but it carries a connotation of a repository rather than an active organization in the form of a map room. The first and most basic need then is a catalogue, appropriate to maps as graphic documents more akin in some aspects to prints than to books. It is normal for the catalogue to be geographical, with main entries under geographical area or loacation, although it may conveniently include author entries as well. Most map curators would agree that enquiries for maps of particular areas are the most common form of enquiry. When an enquirer asks the reading room staff "can I trace a b o o k " of which neither the author, title, publisher nor date is known, this question is added to the list of odd enquiries. But this is a normal situation in a map room. Maps commonly have no authors, no real title, and only too often they have no date. Even if they have some or all of these, the reader himself does not start with this information. He may start with a general enquiry about maps of Virginia in the eighteenth century. We have then to guide him to the appropriate parts of the catalogue. Alternatively, a visitor has a map with n o date or author, and we have to set.him off on a detective's trail to identify it. It follows that readers tend to need more help in a map room than in a general library where a high percentage of readers come to look at books whose existence they already know about. The map catalogue must also take account of chronology, so that the reader can follow runs of editions. This is especially important for early atlases. He must be able to compare maps physically in juxtaposition. Here we come to a major problem in the development of map collections. Few libraries can set out to be comprehensive for their own area, still less for foreign territories. Hence the need for concentration rather than decentralization, for certain comprehensive collections, supplemented by special collections in other libraries, rather than a scattering of map collections about the country. There will be many libraries with map collections which will properly remain subordinate to the collections of books. The advantages of a comprehensive cover are evident in the Map Room of the British Museum where, for example, we have all editions of the Ordnance Survey maps for the British Isles. This forms an invaluable historical and current archive. The reader has now selected from the catalogue the maps which he wishes to consult, and the members of staff may leave him to work on his own. Many enquiries are not so simple. As tools for the use of maps, a collection of reference books is indispensable for staff as well as students. The first task may be to direct the reader to the relevant section of these shelves. The development of the science of carto-bibliography has enormously helped both students and staff of the map room. Imago Mundi, as the only learned journal in the history of cartography, The Map Collectors' Circle, as a more popular work aimed more for collectors, Chubb's The Printed Maps in the Atlases of Great Britain, and Dr. Skelton's revised edition now appearing in the Map Collectors' Circle, Philips' A List of Geo46

graphical Atlases in the Library o f Congress, Koeman's Atlantes Neerlandici, the Theatrum Orbis Terranim facsimiles with their bibliographical introductions, these are just a few of the works on early maps and atlases which provide ready reference. For current productions the Bibliographie Cartographique Internationale, the Royal Geographical Society's New Geographical Literature and Maps, Hungary's Cartactual, the R-V Catalogue, and the accessions lists of libraries, are all essential to keep abreast of modern cartography. Yet it is still very difficult to answer such a question as "What ist the best recent economic map of Ruritania? " The map curator himself is faced with this in his procurement programme, apart from the need to have an answer to an enquiry in the students' room. A work which many map librarians will welcome has just appeared: C. B. Muriel Lock's Modern Maps and Atlases, an outline guide to twentieth-century production, London, Clive Bingley, 1969. Running to 6 1 9 pages, it is a companion to Mrs. Lock's 'Geography', a reference handbook. As map curators, we must commend the initiative of the author, a distinguished exponent of the bibliography of a comprehensive handbook of modern cartography. Union lists, carto-bibliographies, and h a n d b o o k s such as this enormously help the m a p curator in his reference w o r k . He m a y e m b a r k on one himself, or contribute to o n e , as part of his daily or extra-mural duties. He will also be anxious to encourage and assist those sterling spirits w h o u n d e r t a k e such tasks. The map curator may well regard it as reasonable to employ staff time filling in a postal questionnaire for a bibliography. Or he will make his resources easily available if the a u t h o r is on the spot. A d i f f e r e n t problem arises when an enquirer sends in an encyclopaedic question: "Please could you send me i n f o r m a t i o n about Greenland. My friend is going on an expedition t h e r e . " We are all familiar with such questions. O f t e n enough the^ c o m e f r o m very y o u n g students at a training college, writing a thesis on this or that. Normally one has to r e f o r m u l a t e the question to reduce it to an answerable f o r m , and it is essential, of course, to see that the enquirer does his own work. He must be told kindly but firmly that i n f o r m a t i o n handed on a plate does no thesis any good. The digestion and organization of facts is something only an author can d o himself. The most difficult questions these days come not so much f r o m the enthusiastic amateur as f r o m certain hard-bitten publishers w h o submit lists of 4 0 or 5 0 illustrations needed to illustrate Professor X's b o o k . Many will be cited f r o m secondary sources, and to find the originals needed for reproduction may take some hours and may involve the handling of thousands of p o u n d s work of b o o k s when it comes to p h o t o g r a p h y . Facsimiles may help, and the best answer is a set of official negatives on popular subjects, properly indexed. Yet staff time may not be available for this. Once this work is done, such reference lists pay dividends. Our 35 m m slide lists for maps at the British Museum have answered many enquiries f r o m people e m b a r k i n g on lecture series. Building u p a corpus of readily available information and records is certainly a

47

very important part of a map curator's work - as of a librarian's. The old days when a librarian hoarded his knowledge to make himself indispensable fortunately have passed. Letters involving research are subject-indexed, card indexes are maintained on cartographers and publishers. Catalogues of other collections must be available so that if your own library does not possess the maps in question, the enquirer can be directed to the collection where they are to be found. Advice on the use of maps as evidence is also a very important part of our work. We must know how modern maps are made, and how early maps were made. We must be able to explain the history of an engraved plate, so that the enquirer appreciates that Saxton's map of England and Wales, 1583, re-issued c. 1760, is basically an Elizabethan map with a facelift. We may need to show that the claim "From the best authorities" or "From the latest surveys" is in effect an admission that the work is a secondhand compilation from other people's work. I myself, and the academic members of my staff have sometimes been called upon to give cartographic assistance in legal cases. It is very important to convince the legal experts that some maps are good testimony, as original surveys of reasonable accuracy; in this class are the Surveyors' Drawing of the Ordnance Survey; others, like the eighteenth-century English county surveys, are of varying accuracy and the commercial county map " f r o m the latest authorities", is usually of no independent value at all. The tithe maps in these cases nearly always turn out to be the most controversial part of the evidence, since their purpose was to show owner ship, not topography. The purpose for which a map was made is therefore an important consideration. The question then arises, what is the correct training for a map librarian who has to handle this type of reference work. The Library Association in Great Britain includes an option in Part II of their qualifying examination for Associateship "Bibliography and Librarianship of Geography", but, as Mrs. Lock says, even keen students can obtain only an elementary introduction to knowledge of the contents of early and modern maps and atlases, and the best ways of preserving them. In January ASLIB and the British Cartographic Society ran a joint course on "Work with maps", which met with an enthusiastic response. The Map Curators' Group of the British Cartographic Society, the Association of Canadian Map Libraries, and the Geography and Maps Division of the Special Libraries Association in the United States, are all welcome developments of recent years. Diploma courses in cartography also include map librarianship. For really competent reference work the map curator must remain in close contact with the cartographic organizations, national and international. Knowledge about maps acquired from books is no substitute for the handling of maps themselves. In the last resort, long experience with maps is the best education. But this does not invalidate the need for map curators to establish their vocation as a profession. The new subsection under the auspices of 1 FLA which brings us together here is a major step forward in the long struggle to obtain official recognition for the fact that map librarianship has come of age.

48

Recent regional atlas productions in Canada and their educational impact* By H. L. P. Stibbe

University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada I. A short review of atlas production in Canada Canada does n o t have a history of prolific atals p r o d u c t i o n c o m p a r e d t o s o m e of the European countries. One of the first truly Canadian atlases p r o d u c e d in Canada was The New S t a n d a r d Atlas of the D o m i n i o n of Canada ( 1 ) published by Walker and Miles, Montreal and T o r o n t o , 1875. ( 2 ) This atlas was initiated and p r o d u c e d by private enterprise. The publishers state in the preface that the atlas could n o t have been p r o d u c e d w i t h o u t the assistance of the G o v e r n m e n t of the D o m i n i o n of Canada, and where necessary f r o m Provincial G o v e r n m e n t s , w h o f u r n i s h e d a trem e n d o u s a m o u n t of original data i n c o r p o r a t e d in the atlas. The atlas c o n t a i n s in addition to the m a p s of the Dominion of C a n a d a , a section of general m a p s covering the world and continents. The atlas was published at a time w h e n immigration i n t o the western areas, which were purchased f r o m the H u d s o n Bay C o m p a n y in 1870, was just taking off at an increased rate, culminating in the period 1 9 0 1 - 1 9 2 0 . Perhaps the f i r m directed this w o r k t o w a r d s p o t e n t i a l immigrant m a r k e t . I d o n o t k n o w whether this publishing firm actually ever gained any p r o f i t f r o m the atlas, b u t such a publishing feat by private enterprise has never occurred again since. In 1906 the first official National Atlas was published by the Federal G o v e r n m e n t . The first edition of the Atlas of Canada ( 3 ) was compiled and p r o d u c e d by the then D e p a r t m e n t of the Interior u n d e r the direction of J a m e s White, a geographer. The Atlas was printed in T o r o n t o by the T o r o n t o Lithographic C o m p a n y Ltd. Since the first edition appeared, this w o r k has been reissued in an enlarged and partly revised second edition in 1915 and a completely revised third e d i t i o n in 1957. The f o u r t h edition of this great w o r k is already partly available in loose leaf f o r m . The atlas will be completed shortly. The three works described above represent perhaps the best cross section of the best of Canadian national atlas p r o d u c t i o n s . T h e y were, and are excellent quality * (1) ( 2)

( 3)

Presented at the meeting of the Geography and Map Libraries Sub-Section, Moscow, 3 September 1970. Walker & Miles, The New Standard Atlas of the Dominion of Canada. . . (Montreal & Toronto, Walker & Miles, Publishers, 1875), Ivi, 179, x p. The atlases considered in this historical review are only those which are produced and published in Canada by Canadian publishers or government agencies from original Canadian source data. Department of the Interior (of Canada), Atlas of Canada (Ottawa 1906), 21, 83 pi.

49

productions. T h e y all contain special or thematic maps. The degree of detail s h o w n , however, due t o the small scale which in w o r k s of this nature had t o be maintained, is n o t very great. The Atlas of the Maritime Provinces of the D o m i n i o n of Canada . . . ( 4 ) published in 1878 and The New Topographical Atlas of the Province of O n t a r i o , Canada (5) published in 1879 have t o be n o t e d as the t w o earliest regional atlases p r o d u c e d . Other early atlases which should be classified u n d e r " r e g i o n a l " are the so-called C o u n t y Atlases. These C o u n t y Atlases are quite u n i q u e l y N o r t h American. T h e y began to appear in the United States a r o u n d 1864, and the idea was i m p o r t e d i n t o Canada. In Canada they began to appear in 1874 and by 1881 p r o d u c t i o n had virtually ceased. The m a p s in these atlases were cadastral in n a t u r e , with names of the owners of the p r o p e r t y w r i t t e n in. Also included in m a n y of the atlases were views, pictures and portraits of p r o m i n e n t personages, local historical and biographical sketches, etc. The C o u n t y Atlases, (some 4 2 are listed in the publication C o u n t y Atlases of Canada, a Descriptive Catalogue) are therefore of i m p o r t a n c e , n o t only as historical d o c u m e n t s , b u t as a view i n t o Canada's past, because they give us an idea of t o w n and c o u n t r y life in the more settled areas of Canada of the 1870's. Up t o 1906 any atlases p r o d u c e d were initiated and published by private enterprise. This trend was reversed by 1906 with the publication of the Atlas of Canada by the Federal G o v e r n m e n t . Between 1906 and the 1940's Canada experienced a period of relative sterility as far as atlas p r o d u c t i o n s were c o n c e r n e d . In the 1940's, 1950's, and in the 1960's u p t o a b o u t 1965 almost all atlases which were p r o d u c e d were e f f o r t s by Provincial or Federal G o v e r n m e n t s . A trend towards the p r o d u c t i o n of regional subject atlases or atlases which were project or resource oriented was initiated with the e x c e p t i o n of the later editions of the Atlas of Canada. I am sorry to state that the excellence of the atlas p r o d u c t i o n prior t o the 1940's was not maintained in these newer p r o d u c t i o n s . Examples of such atlases are the O n t a r i o Resources Atlas, ( 6 ) n o w in its f o u r t h edition. This atlas was first p r o d u c e d in 1945 u n d e r the name O n t a r i o Forest Atlas. It has n o w exp a n d e d to the e x t e n t that the plates give some general physical geographic background i n f o r m a t i o n in addition to the plates dealing purely with resources. It was p r o d u c e d by the Provincial G o v e r n m e n t of O n t a r i o , D e p a r t m e n t of Lands and Forests. It is a relatively small sized atlas ( 2 2 x 28 c m ) b o u n d with a plastic spiral back in s o f t covers. The plates are in six colors and the cartography is unsophisticated. ( 4) ( 5) ( 6)

50

A. D. & W. B. Roe, Atlas of the Maritime Provinces of the Dominion of Canada, with Historical and Geological Descriptions (St. John, N. B., Roe Brothers, 1878), 97 p. Miles and Company, The New Topographic Atlas of the Province of Ontario, Canada (Toronto, Miles & Co., 1879), 130 p. Department of Lands and Forests of Ontario. Ontario Resources Atlas. 4th ed. (Toronto. 1963), 3 p., 33 leaves of col. maps.

The Climatological Atlas of Canada (7) prepared by Morley K. Thomas of the National Research Council, Ottawa, was published in 1953. Cartographically, the atlas is poor. It was produced with a specific demand in mind: namely the presentation of basic climatological data for the building industry. Its 84 two-color maps plus one monochrome map and some 27 graphs are bound in soft covers with a plastic spiral back. The maps are all on the same base, with climatological data overprinted in a different color. Two other atlas productions of a more recent date continue the by now "traditional" poor cartographic quality productions which came out of government departments and agencies. The Atlas of Quebec (8) published by the Bureau de Recherches Economiques, Ministère de l'Industrie et du Commerce of the Province of Quebec in 1967 or thereabouts (no dates are mentioned, although most maps are dated 1961-1966). This publication actually never was printed and was distributed in mimeographed form (loose leaflets in a soft cover folder). There are two parts to this atlas (I) Secteur Tertiaire and (II) Activités Industrielles. I do not know whether this atlas will ever be properly printed. It seems a pity if it does not get printed, because cartographic techniques used on the new monochrome maps are better than any of the atlases previously discussed. The Atlas of the Northwest Territories, Canada (9) prepared for the Advisory Commission on the Development of Government in the Northwest Territories was published by the Federal Government in 1966. The 47 monochrome maps bound in a soft cover with a plastic spiral back are again very poorly done. 2. The "new" atlases An entirely new kind of atlas production started to appear on the Canadian market largely in the 1960's. These atlases are much more comprehensive than anything which had appeared previously. They are well executed and cartographically much more sophisticated productions. They are all regional, in the political sense. They are really confined to provinces, rather than to Canada as a whole. The British Columbia Atlas of Resources (10) was the first such atlas to appear in 1956. Despite its title, the atlas is not solely resource oriented. It has a section ( 7)

(8) (9) (10)

National Research Council, Division of Building Research and the Meteorological Division of the Department of Transport. Climatological Atlas of Canada prepared by Morley K. Thomas (N. R. C. No. 315); D. B. R. No. 41, (Ottawa, 1953), 256 p. Bureau de Recherches Economique, Ministère de l'Industrie et du Commerce. Atlas du gueftec.Manuscript (Quebec, 1967), P. I.: 23 maps, P. II: 32 maps. Advisory Commission of the Development of Government in the Northwest Territories, Atlas of the Northwest Territories, Canada (Ottawa, 1966) 47 pi. British Columbia Natural Resources Conference. British Columbia Atlas of Resources. 1 st ed. Vancouver, B. C.. 1956, 92 p. illus., 48 col. maps. 51

of geographical characteristics which includes physical and human elements. Maps showing population characteristics, settlement and exploration are included. In a section dealing with the resource use, maps showing wildlife, agriculture, recreation and transportation are included. The atlas was produced for the British Columbia Natural Resources Conference 1956. The second such atlas was the Economic Atlas of Manitoba (11) which appeared in 1960. The idea for this atlas came from the British Columbia Atlas of Resources and is similarly executed. These two atlases were the forerunners of the three atlases which appeared shortly after each other at the end of 1969 and beginning of 1970. The Economic Atlas of Ontario, (12) the Atlas of Saskatchewan (13) and the Atlas of Alberta (14) all appeared on the market in a period of less than one year, late 1969 early 1970. Like the previous two they are provincial atlases. The Economic Atlas of Ontario is oriented towards economic data while the other two are much more comprehensive in scope. All three atlases are unrelated productions with the result that format, cartographic treatment and content are different. The Economic Atlas of Ontario is the most sophisticated wholly Canadian production which ever appeared on the market in Canada. It is a well executed atlas and technically on a very high level. The Atlas of Saskatchewan, smaller in format than the Economic Atlas of Ontario was produced in the Department of Geography of the University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon. This Atlas has sections on historical geography, population geography, physical geography, zoogeography, economic geography and urban geography. The plates are interspersed with text and photographs. A truly comprehensive 236 page atlas, directed towards school, university and office use. The Atlas of Alberta, compiled by the Department of Geography at the University of Alberta, Edmonton, and produced by the Department of Lands and Forests and Highways of the Government of Alberta also is comprehensive in scope in that it treats all geographic subject matter as does the Atlas of Saskatchewan. This Atlas does not, however, have any text. The original idea was to publish text in a separate volume. The text volume probably will never appear, because of the austerity program presently in force. This 162 page atlas, some(11) (12)

(13) (14)

52

Weir, Thomas R.: Economic Atlas of Manitoba. Winnipeg Dept. of Industry and Commerce, Province of Manitoba 1960, v, 81 p. (incl. cover) illus., maps (part col.). Department of Geography, University of Toronto, Economic Atlas of Ontario. 1st ed. Dean, W. G. (ed.) (Government of Ontario, University of Toronto Press, 1969), xxvi, 113 col. double-spread map plates (part fold-out). Richards, J. H., et al.: Atlas of Saskatchewan (University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, 1969), viii, 236 p. Government of Alberta and University of Alberta, Edmonton. Atlas of Alberta (University of Alberta Press in association with the University of Toronto Press, Edmonton, 1969), xiv, 164 p. incl. front and rear cover pi.

what larger in format than the Atlas of Saskatchewan also is directed towards school, university and office use with a substantial sales volume expected f r o m the general public.

3. Impact on education The impact of these recent atlas productions on education is two fold: I. The impact on education in schools, universities and on the general public. II. The impact on the education of people on the production side, i.e. cartographers and other individuals in the sciences w h o worked on the atlases. Re: I. The impact these atlases have made on teachers, students and faculty of schools and universities is difficult to assess at this time. It must be quite large, however, because it is for the first time that the data depicted in the atlases have become available in this form. The sales figures up t o date certainly indicate that the demand for the atlases is great. The Atlas of B. C. and the Manitoba Atlas are of course already out of print and no longer available. The 10,000 copies which were printed of the Atlas of B. C. for instance, were sold in 2-1/2 years time. Of the 7 , 0 0 0 copies printed of Economic Atlas of Ontario, a full 3,000 have been going to schools. This atlas is still available but is expected to be sold out shortly, in spite of the substantial price tag of $ 75.00 (Can). The Atlas of Saskatchewan and the Atlas of Alberta of which 10,000 copies were printed are also expected to be sold out in approximately two years time. Indications are that the greater part of the available copies will be going to schools. The impact this will have on geography teaching in Canada will, in my opinion, be felt in about 2 - 5 years time when these students will be graduating from high schools where they came into contact with geography for the first time. In North America today geography is taught as an environmental science, where the social-human and economic aspects are interrelated with the physical in an intricate manner. Ecology in its broadest sense studies the balance of the living with its non-living physical environment, and as such is closely related to geography. We are very much concerned today with this balance. The concern with pollution which is a factor which may upset this balance is an example. Regional atlases give an enormous a m o u n t of background information dealing with the physical as well as the human environment. It will still be difficult to assess exactly how much of an impact these atlases will have had, but there is no d o u b t in my mind that they will have contributed to a better understanding of the environment in which we live, and in turn will bring the realization that this local environment is part of the larger world environment. In this sense, the atlases will contribute enormously to the general education of the student population and general public. 53

Re: II. The impact the atlas production has had on the education of the people on the production side is of an entirely different nature. Firstly, all of these recent "regional" atlas productions had one thing in common. This was the administrative and editorial organization. The phases which go into the production of an atlas were divided in almost each case between a university and various provincial government agencies and departments. The editorial control in all cases was vested in the Departments of Geography of the Universities. In all cases, too, the funding of the productions was heavily subsidized by the various provincial governments. These particular organizational set-ups may not have resulted in efficient production teams in some cases. However, the side benefits which resulted were of such a nature that the lack of efficiency has been justifiable. The number of professional cartographers in Canada can probably be counted on my two hands. Most of these professionals are in federal and provincial government employ. It is perhaps for this reason that private publishing houses have never been able to put into the market anything like the types of atlases mentioned earlier, or any good ordinary tourist maps for that matter. The recent completion of the three atlases which we have been discussing may change that. Because the atlases were produced ad hoc, i.e. without planning revised editions or re-issues, the teams which worked on these atlases are falling apart and are in the process of being scattered all over the country. They are seeking employment elsewhere. These are the people which may initiate continuing atlas projects elsewhere. I will, for the sake of keeping this paper short, discuss only one example of the side benefits which occurred during the production of the Atlas of Alberta. I may add that I choose the Atlas of Alberta as an example because I am more familiar with it than any of the others, due to my personal involvement in its compilation. When the Atlas project started, there was only one person who had all the experience necessary to produce the atlas. This was the cartographic editor professor Janusz J. KJawe of the Department of Geography at the University of Alberta. At the end of the five year period in which the atlas was produced, 65 graduate students wrote a masters thesis dealing with an aspect of research which went into the atlas. One Ph. D. thesis was produced as a direct result of research done for the atlas. Twenty draftsmen with no previous cartographic drafting experience were trained to d o the accurate drafting necessary for the job. In addition to these specific job requirements, many individuals gained invaluable experience in such functions as editing, statistical compilation, proofreading, planning, specifications writing, etc. These then are the educational side benefits from the production part which oc cured for just one of the atlases discussed. Multiply this by approximately three

54

and the over-all impact on the field of cartography in a country like Canada should be considerable. One beneficial result in the commercial publishing fields is already evident. One of the graduate students in geography at the University of Alberta who worked on the Atlas of Alberta is presently employed by a commercial printing firm. This firm did not previously have a cartographic department; now it has produced already two notable productions, a highways map of the Province of British Columbia and a tourist map of the Western Mountain National Parks. An atlas of Canada is in the planning stages. The quality of these two first productions is so much superior to anything which has been produced previously for this category of map material that I am indeed very optimistic that we have reached a turning point in cartographic production in Canada which I hope will only improve in the future.

Bibliographic References Geographic Board of Canada. Catalogue of the Maps in the Collection of the Geographic Board. Ottawa, 1922, 100 p., accomp. by a Graphical Index containing 10 index maps. National Map Collection, Public Archives of Canada. County Atlases of Canada. A Descriptive Catalogue. Ottawa 1970, xii, 192 p. Stephenson, Richard W. and Mary Galneder. "Anglo-American State and Provincial Thematic Atlases. A Survey and Bibliography". The Canadian Cartographer, Vol. 6, No. 1, June 1969, pp. 1 5 - 4 5 . University of Alberta, Department of Geography. Proceedings of a Cartographic Workshop, held at the Department of Geography at the University of Alberta, Edmonton, January 5 & 6, 1970. Unpublished manuscript.

55

Reflections about the organization of a special library on "space cartography"* By Karl Heinz Meine Institut for Cartography and Topography of the university, Bonn In April of the coming year it will be 10 years, that, with the historical flight of J. GAGARIN, the era of manned space missions began. We still have many research tasks ahead of us and not only geographical ones, on our native globe; we still stand only at the beginnings of our knowledge of the composition of the universe. And yet mankind already begins to reach for the stars and to discover the far places of the cosmos, in its striving for knowledge. Our sharing in the discovery of the cosmos by the two world powers USSR and USA is an obligation for all of us to reflect on the utilization of the results of both research with unmanned vehicles and of manned space flights. This task includes the registration and recording of their scientific results, and careful consideration of the role of space cartography in this new research and its teaching doctrine. New perceptions and collections of the results of the present space missions are only possible by an examination of the maps and atlases published by the two powers leading in space research. Such examination is made best by organizing a comprehensive map collection, which, in the end, will lead to a "special library on space cartography". Surely, such special libraries exist in one form or another at the government agencies of both the USSR and the USA. But at universities, scientific institutions and libraries such collections are probably still in the initial stages or even in the project stage, due to the difficulties of obtaining and acquiring the cartographical materials. Therefore, we shall try to develop some ideas on the organization and arrangement of such prospective special collections, and to arrive at a system of classification. The proposals below, however, represent only suggestions, and invite further discussions in this field. When we begin to think about organization and arrangement of a space map library, we encounter the problem of terminology which is not easily adapted to the field of space cartography. Firstly, the term "space cartography" has two meanings: Cartography of space, meaning the topographical and topical mapping of extraterrestrial bodies, which "rest" like continents in the ocean of space; such a concept includes also the cartography of the space lying in between, and of the tracks of satellites and spacecraft moving between our globe and extraterrestrial bodies. On the other hand, we may understand by "space cartography" the fact that satel*

56

Presented at the meeting of the Geography and Map Libraries Sub-Section, Moscow, 3 September 1970.

lites and space vehicles impart to us scientific and, thereby, cartographic aid ext e n d e d / r a m space in regard t o our earth and to terrestrial cartography. Therefore, we shall have to distinguish these two meanings in our present terminology as well as in the organization of a special library, as follows: From 1956 onward, the beginning of the era of satellites opened by Sputnik I, we date the active space research, followed by the manned space flights from the start of Vostok I onward. That means that the period f r o m GALILEE up to 1956 belongs to the era of pure astronomical charts in the field of cartography. These astronomical charts are based on telescopic observations f r o m our globe and this fact leads, due to the gigantic celestial distances from our terrestrial globe, to more or less vague concepts of the structure and configuration of distant planets, especially of the moon. Ever since the scientific techniques and photographical equipment of space satellites have been in use, we have "observed b e y o n d " cosmic spaces, in the immediate vicinity of the extraterrestrial bodies (Moon, Mars, Venus). In this way, we are able to obtain by means of highly developed instruments of observation, a great amount of data to be used for novel and truly modern map construction. In this sense, "astronomical cartography" is the cartography of parts of the sky and of constellations from our globe; "space cartography", on the other hand, is the cartography of topographical and/or topical features from the immediate vicinity of the objects to be mapped. Only this latter method leads to effective maps and atlases. In other words, astronomical cartography could not be part of a special library of space cartography. Astronomical charts and atlases, containing frequently series of photographs, should remain within the domain of astronomical collections. For cataloguing purpose space cartography, in this narrower sense, may be subdivided as follows: 1.

Cartography for spacecraft

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 etc. etc.

in the vicinity of the earth for flights from the earth to extraterrestrial bodies near the Moon near Mars near Venus

57

2.

Cartography of extraterrestrial bodies

2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 etc. etc.

Topographical maps Maps of the Moon Maps of Mars Maps of Venus

2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 etc. etc.

Topical maps Maps of the Moon Maps of Mars Maps of Venus

Based on such a subdivision, the following terminology for special maps may be used: 1.

Cartography is the two- or three dimensional topographical and/or topical representation of parts of the surfaces of and of facts relating to planets and moons, and in a narrow sense, of the earth.

2.

By the term cartography of extraterrestrial bodies we understand, in a broader sense, not only the cartography of the Moon, Mars, etc., but also the representation of the topography of the earth and of the thematical facts relating to it.

3.

Aeronautical cartography is the cartography of the air space, of the organization of security, and of the traffic movements therein.

4.

Astronomical cartography is the cartographic design of celestial charts. (The evaluation of photographs of the moon, the planets and the constellations of stars with grid nets and names is only an explanation of photographs, not a map.)

5.

Space cartography is the cartographical representation of extraterrestrial bodies and of traffic movements between them, and of the facts relating to them.

6.

Trajectory flight maps are the forerunners of the modern orientation maps for spacecraft.

7.

Orientation maps for spacecraft are cartographical and informative representations for the crews of spacecraft.

8.

Orbit maps are maps representing the orbits of manned spacecraft around planets and moons.

9.

Spacecraft navigational charts are charts representing the flight working and navigational schemes by means of so-called "plotting sheets" for cosmic lines (for example earth - moon - earth).

10.

True Moon maps are maps measurable compiled on the base of (photogrammetrical) photos of moon soundings (since 1959), that is with isohypses.

58

All the moon maps of former times including some later compilations of the Army Map Service (AMS) in Washington belong to the history of lunar cartography. This is true also for the excellent "Pictorial lunar m a p s " of the AMS, published in 1961. 11.

Lunar atlases are map series surveyed photogrammetrically and compiled cartographically on the base of lunar soundings; pictorial publications of telescope photos are in comparison p h o t o atlases of moons or planets (for example the Photographic Atlas of the Moon, by Z. KOPAL and collaborators, New York and London 1965, or Goldman's Mond-Atlas, etc.).

12.

Representations, for example of Mars, are even today "representations" and not maps. They are still hypothetical and are based on astronomical observations.

The young era of space cartography has successfully opened to cartography in general a new chapter. Of special interest are the maps of the Moon published by the USSR, especially the Map of the Moon in 7 sheets, and the photo-map of the visible side of the Moon on one sheet. The first one was published in 1966 in 7 sheets at the scale of 1 : 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 (polar caps 1 : 10 0 0 0 000) and 2 sheets with names, size of sheets each 77 cm to 6 0 cm, map size 63,1 to 39,6 cm (sheet 9 : 63,3 to 40,7 cm), printed by the publishing house " D u n a y e v " in Moscow, compiled by the State Astronomical Institute P. K. Sternberg in collaboration with the Topographical Service of the USSR, using a mediate cylindrical projection, the scientific director being J. N. Lipskij. The whole set has the title Complete Map of the Moon ("Polnaya Karta L u n y " ) and is based on the surveys of the Soviet automatical orbiters "Luna 3 " (7.10. 1955) and " Z o n d 3 " (20.7.1965) as well as on the plotting of existing lunar atlases of the visible side ob the Moon. The orientation of the map is in conformity with the decisions of the 11 th General Assembly of the International Astronomical Union (IAU) held at Berkeley in 1961. The nomenclature of the lunar features is in accordance with the decisions of IAU General Assemblies Paris 1935 ( 5 t h ) , Berkeley 1961 ( 9 t h ) and Hamburg 1964 ( 1 2 t h ) . The Photo Map of the Visible Hemisphere of the Moon appeared in 1967 at the publishing house " N a u k a " in Moscow. It was compiled jointly by the State Astronomical Institute P. K. Sternberg and the Topographical Service of the USSR. The scale is 1 : 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 in an "oblique positive external perspective projection" under the scientific chairmanship of J. N. Lipskij. The sheet size is 78 to 102 cm, the map size 78 to 80.7 cm. Both maps have an orange-colored representation of the relief and names in black. Equally interesting is the Atlas of the Back Side of the Moon ("Atlas obratnoi storony L u n y " ) , pt. II, which appeared 1967 in Moscow in the publish59

ing firm " N a u k a " on the base of the surveys of the automatical interplanetary station " Z o n d 3 " of 2 0 t h July, 1965 ( 2 3 5 pp., numerous ill., tables, which appeared in the meantime in an American translation: Atlas of the Reverse Side of the Moon. Part 2. NASA-Technical Translation F-614, April 1969). To the realities of lunar cartography belong also the m o o n globes of our satellite (there exist naturally, for a long time past, lunar globes, o f t e n in strange representations), among others the " K o s m o s - M a r u z e n - M o n d g l o b u s " and lunar globes f r o m Chicago and Moscow. They are, each for itself, prominent examples of the reactivation of globular representations, which will influence the globology of the earth in the future. The events in space put in front of us all once more the problems of cosmic occurrences. The Soviet Lunar Globe 1 : 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 may be considered as an " o f f i c i a l " one (published in a number of 5000 copies in January 1967 in Moscow jointly by the State Institute P. K. Sternberg and the Geodetic and Topographic Service of the USSR). We have shown that the representations of Moon and Mars, based on telescopic observations, are in an narrower sense, n o maps. The photographical and photogrammetrical survey by orbiters has created a change, and the maps of ACIC, mentioned above, are generally true maps. The same holds for the geological lunar maps, though the degree of their reliability is still very small. Likewise, the maps of Mars of ACIC are still hypothetical, though there is no comparison between the first ever published map of Mars by the German astronomers Wilh. Beer and J.H. v. Maedler in 1840, and that published in 1968 in St. Louis with the title "MEC 2 Mariner 69 Mars Chart". Hypothetical maps can be compiled today in such a manner that, while the results do not reach the accuracy of true topographic maps, they will still be useful in our further research. For example, it is possible to sound distant bodies by radar and to derive f r o m the differences of impulses certain facts about these bodies. Such a procedure was used for the " m a p p i n g " of Venus. For since Mars, the "red p l a n e t " so-called on account of the " b u r n e d deserts" of its surface, has only a very thin atmosphere, which does not hamper direct observations, Venus, assumed to be a " h o t " planet, possesses such a dense atmosphere that it is not possible to observe features on the surface by means of terrestrial telescopes. For these reasons, we have to use other methods for the exploration of the surface of Venus. Radar stations will have to sound its features. In August 1967 the results of observations made with the largest radio-telescope of that time, the telescope of Arecibo, Puerto Rico, were published: they gave a general globular view with relatively few details. Much more successful were the scientists of the "Jet Propulsion L a b o r a t o r y " at Pasadena. California, USA. But their map also is no true cartographical representation, though it procures some facts of dimensions and differences in heights. A section shows three great formations of the surface, detected in three years of observations. But it is not clear if those formations are craters, boulders or mountains: this problem can only be solved by radar

60

soundings. Such soundings still are uncertain from both the USSR and the USA, but they are likely to be performed during the seventies. The topographical, chorographical and topical survey of the Moon will, for the time being, be the most pressing task of extraterrestrial cartography. Current perusal of the relevant publications, especially those from foreign countries, is essential in this task. Every special library should, in addition, also attend to the historical, cultural and technical aspects of the cartography of our Moon; they are most interesting for our past and present.

61

Information activities of the V.I. Lenin State Library of the USSR in the field of cartography By A. V. Kozlova Chief, Cartography Department,

V. I. Lenin State Library of the USSR

The V. I. Lenin State Library of the USSR conducts information activities on the basis of the sources of information available to it: numerous collections of books, periodicals, maps, atlases, manuscripts, etc., and various information resources such as catalogs, card files, bibliographic indexes, exhibits, reference guides, and so forth. The content of the information work of the V. I. Lenin Library in the field of cartography is determined chiefly by the general direction of the activities of the national library of the country in the sphere of library bibliographic information, which represents a component of the national scientific information system. Unlike the information media, which generally develop the fact-recording aspect of information work, the V. I. Lenin library makes use for cartography chiefly of bibliographic information resources assuring active utilization of cartographic collections to assist science and production. They include: 1. Card catalogs and card files for the cartographic collection of the library. 2. Printed catalogs. 3. Publication of information on foreign maps and atlases entering the V. I. Lenin library, in the publication,which appears every ten days: Information bulletin of new foreign books. First Series. Physical-mathematical and chemical sciences. Earth science. Technology and technical sciences. 4. Printed cards for new Soviet maps and atlases. 5. Cartographic exhibits. 6. Bibliographic reference guides. The broadest information about cartographic works is created by the system of card catalogs and card files which reflects the entire cartographic collection of the library or part of it and reveals many aspects of cartographic production: 1. An alphabetic territorial catalog of cartographic works. 2. Systematic catalogs of cartographic works. 3. A card file of authors (compilers, editors, publishers) of maps and atlases. 4. A systematic card file of new accessions in the form of maps and atlases. 5. Topical card files. 6. A card file of the preliminary leaves of multi-sheet maps. Individual parts of the cartographic collection are revealed in printed catalogs. Each year since 1964 printed catalogs have been published of foreign maps and atlases entering the V. I. Lenin library in the course of the year, through accumulation of the reports from the Information Bulletin of New Foreign Books published every ten days.

62

The Library provides information about new Soviet maps and atlases by publishing printed cards containing descriptions of cartographic works. The printed cards are distributed by subscription to the libraries of the Soviet Union. Cartographic exhibits promote to the highest degree comprehensive disclosure of the cartographic stocks and publicizing of the latter, and promote timely and systematic provision of information about cartographic publications. In addition to the exhibits of new accessions, which are changed twice a m o n t h , the Library systematically organizes topical exhibits and survey exhibits of cartographic works. The most important political events and requests by institutions and social organizations are taken into account in determining the topics of the exhibits. Specialists are particularly attracted by the survey exhibits of cartographic works which have entered the Library during the past year, over a specific interval of time. The exhibits are accompanied by reviews of bibliographic sources recording Soviet and Foreign cartographic publications. The Library organizes cartographic exhibits both inside the Library and outside it. Newly published Soviet and foreign maps and atlases were demonstrated at the All-Union Conference on Questions of Automation and Mechanization in Cartography. Population maps and atlases and city plans were demonstrated at the Moscow State University during the Second Interdepartmental Scientific Conference on Population Geography. The bibliographic reference work of the Library on cartographic sources is conducted in the direction of refining the bibliographic data of cartographic publications (establishment of the compiler, editor, publisher, date of publication, and title), determining the location of a geographic feature, establishment of the transcription of geographic names, etc. An extensive apparatus is required to carry out bibliographic reference work. For this reason we do not restrict ourselves in bibliographic reference work on cartography merely to the stocks of the library and its reference apparatus. Use is also made of the reference apparatus of other libraries and the cartographic institutions. Master catalogs represent an indispensable component of the national scientific information system. At the present time organizational work is in progress in the Cartography Department of the V. 1. Lenin Library to establish a master card catalog of foreign maps and atlases in libraries of the Soviet Union. In the immediate future the Library will start to compile printed master catalogs for maps and atlases, primarily for foreign cartographic publications. In order to obtain the most exhaustive information possible about foreign maps and atlases available in the Soviet Union, the master catalog must include the sources of cartographic information held not only in the stocks of libraries but also in various organizations and establishments in the country.

63

The systems of classification of cartographic works is of essential importance for use of cartographic information sources. At the V. I . Lenin library the systematic card and printed catalogs for cartographic works, as well as the topical exhibits and their catalogs, are organized on the basis of the new Soviet Library and Bibliographic Classification. T w o sections of this classification are used for grouping cartographic works: Section V, D - - Earth Science, in one of the divisions of which ( D 1 8 ) there is included a table for classification of cartographic works by content (specialty) and headings are given for singling out groups of maps and atlases according to purpose and form of publication, and Section XXV (part 2 - - tables of typical territorial divisions, which are employed to group maps and atlases according to their territorial coverage). The table of classification of cartographic works by content (speciality) is designed on the basis of the division, universally employed in cartography, of cartographic works into aggregate, general geographic, and thematic works. The thematic maps are subdivided into maps of natural and maps of social phenomena. The classification of cartographic works is an organic c o m p o n e n t of the unified Library and Bibliographic Classification; hence the sequence of the divisions and subdivisions of D " E a r t h Science" has been adopted in arranging the maps of natural phenomena. Maps of social phenomena are arranged basically in accordance with the sequence of the social sciences employed in the Library and Bibliographic Classification. The table of typical territorial divisions represents a system of territorial concept! and is widely used in preparing catalogs of cartographic works. The table gives a classification of the territories of the globe political, political-administrative and non-administrative territories. The typical territorial divisions chiefly reflect the present-day map of the world. All existing countries, colonies, protectorates, and trust territories are included in the table, in accordance with their location. All the political and political-administrative divisions of the table are arranged alphabetically by name. This procedure applied in arranging these territories makes it possible to include newly emerging states or new political-administrative units in their corresponding places without any break whatever in the table. Changes can easily be made in tables which have already been published and in the catalogs compiled on the basis of them. The tasks of the scientific information system in the field of cartography cannot be accomplished without the united effort of libraries and information centers and without coordination of the e f f o r t s of libaries. cartographic establishments, and information centers. At the present time the V. 1. Lenin Library coordinates its work with that of the M. Ye. Saltykov-Shchedrin State Public Library and the Library of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in the compilation of master

64

catalogs of cartographic works, and with that of the Central Scientific Research Institute of Geodesy, Aerial Photography, and Cartography in determining and revealing the contents of cartographic sources published in books and journals. To a certain extent the cartographic information work is coordinated with that of the Scientific Research Technological Institute and the Ail-Union Chamber of Books. The printed cards for new Soviet maps and atlases prepared by the V. I. Lenin Library are used in preparation of journals of abstracts and the Cartographic Chronicle. The coordination among libraries, cartographic establishments, archives, and informations centers must take into account the specific nature of these establishments and the direction of their work. Libraries augment cartographic stocks and thus possess extensive sources of information. For this reason libraries must take upon themselves the task of purposeful augmentation of cartographic stocks and revealing their contents by the means characteristic for libraries, that is, by providing bibliographic information about maps and atlases. The activities of the special information centers must be aimed chiefly at revealing specific scientific questions and topics. Their function is to provide factual information about various features and phenomena shown on maps and other factual information which may be obtained from cartographic works. Clearcut division of responsibilities between libaries and information centers is necessary in the interests of science and production.

65

2.3

Social Science Libraries Organization

Social research libraries, development and planning By K.I.L.M. Peteis 1 Background At the General Council Meeting 1970, of the International Federation of Library Associations (IFLA) an introduction was given on: "Social research libraries as a force in integrated educational planning and national development" in the new Sub-Section on Social Research Libraries (K.I.L.M. Peters). Those social research libraries are meant which are particularly concerned with the collection, processing and dissemination of social research results and of social studies, while they naturally also deal with other relevant literature in the field of the social sciences. Social research indicates as it were the bent of these libaries. "Social research" as separate from social sciences has been defined as: research of social problems, not posed by a discipline, but by the development of society: it is usually of an applied scientific nature and moves in the direction of a multi-disciplinary approach. In connection with the International Education Year (IEY) and the general theme of the conference (libraries as a force in education) the request was made to discuss these libraries in their relation to education and educational planning, a planning which according to the Unesco and IFLA ought to be integrated with the social progress and development of the country concerned. As we are dealing with libraries which play an important part in the economic, social and cultural development the startingpoint in the world strategy on this is the UNO-declaration 1969: Social Progress and Development. The UNO published this declaration on the eve of the International Education Year which should be seen as the beginning of the Second UNO Development Decade. The UNO asked to use this declaration as a common basis for the different aspects of the policy in the field of the development of society. The UNO-declaration stresses the interdependence of economic and social development within the wider progress of growth and change and also the great importance of a strategy for an integrated development, which at all stages takes into account the social aspects. 2 Integrated social research information The new Sub-Section for Social Science Libraries, SSL, is meant to embrace a considerable number of different social research libraries. A complete fraginent-

66

ation according to the many disciplines in the social sciences has been emphatically dismissed. By nature, the sub-section is specially focussed on the economic, socio-cultural and educational research and studies which are of importance for the development of society. By the "development oriented approach" of the research libraries concerned is meant that each of them need not be focussed on all disciplines within the three mentioned subject fields or broad groups of sciences. This particular approach includes also that these libraries need not aim at a complete bibliographic control of all literature of each discipline of these three fields. If the sub-section would in practice adhere to the obsolete atomizing approach of pure economic aspects, then this would mean a relapse into one of the mistakes of the sixties. It would be in flat contradiction to the strategy of the UNO-declaration and the Second Development Decade. Nor would it be to the good of economic research libaries themselves. They should not be isolated f r o m other social research libraries, which are involved in the Social Progress and Development Project. The UNO-declaration according to its explanatory statement aims at a completely new vision on human development. It does indeed stress the fact that in order to gain optimal results in the development process a multi-disciplinary and integrated approach is indispensable. The social research information of the social subject libraries concerned should be seen as part of the (likewise to be integrated) overall transfer of the scientific and technical information, defined by the Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) as: "all facts, concepts and instructions arising in the natural and social sciences and their related technologies, as far as this information can be communicated, interpreted and processed." (1) 3 Promotion of social research information Within the framework of the theoretical unity of this overall transfer of scientific and technical information in the natural and social sciences, the new Sub-Section SSL has a task with regard to the promotion of social research information and also with reference to the battle against backlog and discrimination, as compared with the scientific and technical information in the field of the natural sciences. Although Unesco does give financial aid to documentation in the field of the social sciences, the ICSU-Unesco Project on the Communication of Scientific Information and on the feasibility of a world science information system (Unisist) has in fact - notwithstanding all theoretical possibilities for evolution - up till now been restricted to the natural sciences. In general it can also be said that the dissemination of information in the field of (1)

OECD Scientific and technical i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m s and policies. Third ministerial meeting in science. Paris. 1968; p.5.

67

social research and the social sciences has been insufficiently developed and coordinated, even though they are of such crucial importance for social progress and development. Information on fundamental research with regard to the main issues of national development is of prime importance. However, information on social research with reference t o the separate social processes and tendencies, which in their mutual interdependence determine the direction of the national development as a whole, is also vitally important and urgent. These processes not only have reference to the field connected with the promotion of economic welfare (production) but also to the group of areas of a more general social nature, related to the promotion and innovation of general well-being in a broad sense; such as: education in schools, permanent education, training, further training and information supply, culture, recreation, social work, physical training, mental and physical health, labour etc. For the social progress and development is also important the information on research and investigation with regard to the more general development factors such as: demographic growth, technologic development, industrialization, urbanization, changes in concepts and values and other factors, determining to a high degree the national development.

4 Integrated library planning The interdependent aspects of the planning of library- and documentation services; educational planning and integrated national development play a part in the promotion of an information dissemination in the field of social research and social studies which is adapted to progress and development. Therefore the sub-section should also - in the line of library planning and the IFLA-strategy for the seventies — pay attention to the need for the definiton of the aims the various library and documentation services should set themselves in the light of the requirements of economic and social development. (2) Unesco, and also to an increasing degree IF LA, regard library planning as one specific aspect to educational and cultural planning, in the wider framework of the social and economic planning of a country or regional group of countries.(3) The planning of documentary information in the social research libraries must correspond to educational planning. A systematic investigation of information requirements at all levels of permanent education and the social research concerned should be the startingpoint. (2) (3)

68

V. Llorca Zaragozza: Ibero-American Seminar on planning of library and documentation services. Unesco Bulletin for Libaries, 22 (1968), nr. 4. C. V. Penna. The planning of library and documentation services. Second ed. rev. by P. H. Sewell and H. Liebaers. Paris, Unesco, 1970; p.5.

Also for the social research libraries it is true that — by means of a planning which is integrated in the educational planning and the national development - the goals and objectives of the services concerned could be more clearly defined. This could ensure a better investigation into their present operation. National information demands in connection with the economic and social development will be determined and the costs will be calculated. (4) Especially for the social subject libraries it is true that these libraries will otherwise remain poorly organized and equipped institutions. Without prior and clearly defined cultural, educational and scientific activity they will continue along the same old unenterprising lines and never will be able to obtain the political support and the resources that are essential for them to develop in concert with national education (Maheu). (5) In promoting social research libraries, the sub-committee should certainly not limit itself to the industrialized countries. It will even give special attention to the developing countries, where the part played by these libraries with their focus on vital problem will rapidly increase.

5 Information demand with progress and development If the sub-section is to fulfil its main task, i.e. the promotion of usefulness and efficiency of the social research libraries concerned, it should not only pay attention to a qualitative analysis of the functions and sub-functions, but also to the demands for information made by the core categories of users. In general it can be said that the sub-section finally has to be specially focussed on the promotion of the timely and adequate transfer of information - mainly from social research reports and social studies - to user categories engaged in social progress and development. The organization of the information activities concerned, should - according to the leading principle of the Satcom report (6) - be as responsive as possible to the needs, desires and innovative ideas of the groups that are served. The social research libraries should make their activities sufficiently flexible to be able to adapt themselves to the changing needs of those groups and to the ever evolving information technique. In promoting usefulness and efficiency the stress must be laid especially on the quick processing and spreading of the most important and for the national development significant and indispensable information. This information must in any case be as responsive as possible to the core group of users, having a specific ( 4 + 5 ) C. V. Penna. The planning of library and documentation services. Second ed. rev. by P. H. Se we 11 and H. Liebaers. Paris, Unesco, 1970; p. 20. (6) Scientific and technical communication; a pressing national problem and recommendation for its solution. Washington, 1969.

69

responsibility with regard to the development of and the decisions in the sectors concerned. This regards long term and prospective policy as well as the factual decision making and planning, in legislation, social research mandating, etc. A second core group of users will be: the persons engaged in the factual social research needed for social progress and development or in the factual planning activities, aiming at the constant renovation of the tools (changing with the goals of society). A third user category (more difficult to separate from other user categories and the general public) includes persons who play the most important part in the factual economic development and production, and in the social and educational innovation. For example in the innovation of university education these persons could be: professors, research workers, students, innovation advisors, experts and other persons engaged in the experiments and the development of adequately adapted universities.

6 Information services and permanent education The revolutionary concept of life-long education is right at the heart of the Second Development Decade (DD2). It appears to be of overriding importance, because all the major educational questions can be included within it and it provides a radical change in the overall concept of education. (7) In that concept formal education in the y o u t h period is only seen as a prelude or a first step. Rather than offering courses in subject matter as such the school should provide the future adult with the means of expressing himself and communicating with others. The main emphasis should be on the capacity to learn. (7) One of the features of the International Education Year is that education is taken in its broadest sense to include all of the activities designed to give learning experience to individuals. It includes the provision of information involved and this service has to be given not only to the young but also to the adults. Education is one life-long continuing process and all the information services involved have to be integrated in that process. In practice, however, a distinction is made between - on the one hand - library services for "schools" (at primary, secondary and tertiary level, including universities), and — on the other hand the various information services for the adult's life and his function in the industrial, agricultural or servicing sector. In the new framework of life-long education and in the better balances of future information policy, the sub-section can play an important role. (7)

70

Malcolm B. Adiseshiah ( d e p u t y d i r e c t o r general of U n e s c o ) in his address to the Netherlands National Commission; I n t e r n a t i o n a l E d u c a t i o n Year: T h r e s h o l d of t h e seventies. O c t o b e r 1969.

The urgency of ail improved social research information by governmental and other development-oriented libraries will be recognized as equally important as is the case for planning general library services. 7 Function analysis of social research librarian In the light of the essential objectives and strategy of IFLA, the new sub-section should primarily pay attention to the comparative function analysis of the social research libraries which are going to co-operate within her framework. It should not limit itself to libraries in the field of economics, but should also cover indiscriminately the fields of social, cultural and educational affairs. Special attention should be paid to the possibilities for a qualitative function analysis of the central subject libraries which usually have a specific national task with reference to national bibliographic control of national social research reports as service-in-return in the international pooling of current bibliographic information. In the qualitative analysis of the social research libraries concerned the aims should be determined and an indication given of the policy with regard to the collection of material, its processing and dissemination. The analysis of the storage and retrieval system, of the processing method, of the depth of the classification must be confronted with that of the specific information demands of the core categories of users. An analysis of the systematic in- and output of social research should be made and it should be investigated in how far the current awareness services meet the demands of the categories of users. 8 Co-operation within national library systems Since the new sub-section aims to promote the usefulness and efficiency of the dissemination of the information which is needed for the national, economic, social and cultural development, it will in the years to come be increasingly confronted with the urgent problems of national policy and planning concerning library and information services. It is quite obvious that other sections and commissions as well as IFLA as a whole will have to deal with problems of national planning and co-operation. The main objectives of IFLA as a whole are indeed: the promotion of functioning and cooperation of the various types of libraries and also of an integrated bibliographic organization. As far as the second point is concerned, the new sub-section will have to work in close contact with the Committee on Bibliography which is particularly concerned with national integration and planning of the bibliographic organization. This is important in the comparative function analysis of the bibliographic systems of the various social research libraries and of the integrated national system of current 71

bibliographic information with regard to social sciences, natural sciences and other fields. In particular, it should be investigated in how far there is already co-operation on a national basis between the social research libraries in question. The new subsection might receive important suggestions f r o m national co-operation groups in listing priorities in the study and action programmes. These national groups could be specially helpful with regard to the said comparative function analysis. They could for instance give a diagnostic evaluation of the existing services in comparison with the national information demands of economic, social and cultural development and planning. Apart f r o m the possibilities for national co-operation at the level of institutes, of libraries as a whole, these possibilities should be studied at the level of services, as sub-functions or aspects. This is true for the collection aspect (interlibrary loan; shared cataloguing) and the documentation or processing as well as for the aspects of literature search and dissemination or publication of for instance the current bibliographic information.

9 International programme development In connection with its main objective, promoting the usefulness and efficiency of the social research libraries and information centres involved, the sub-section has to study the core information requirements in the fields of economical, social and educational development and planning. By a comparative function analysis of the major types of social research libraries, the sub-section could give a rough evaluation of the situation and the gaps in the system. In connection with the increased interest in Unesco and IFLA for adequate library planning the section should study the essential requirements for the planning and improvement of the social research libraries involved within the framework of an integrated educational planning in a social and economic context. The sub-section should study in particular the place and the possibilities for cooperation of the so-called national or central subject libraries which by their central position and comprehensive bibliographic control in their own field could be important partners in the national and international systems of current bibliographic information. In connection with the possibilities of evolving the world-wide Unisist-system it should be investigated in how far scientific and technological information in the field of the social sciences could be integrated in it, and here the sub-section has a task. It might, for instance, investigate how national subject libraries, which have a complete bibliographic control of national literature involved, could be fitted in this project. 72

A study with reference to status, requirements, professional education and continued training of information specialists and other information personnel, working in the social research libraries in question, could also be of the greatest importance. To avoid overlap the sub-section should study aim and programme of the Unesco Department for Documentation, Libraries and Archives, and of the corresponding Advisory Committee. This should certainly be done with the programme of the Unesco Department for Social Sciences and the committee attached to it. In all matters of study and activity the sub-section should pay attention to the question in how far her work could be relevant to the developing countries. The advantages and disadvantages of a problem oriented approach of the information transfer by social research libraries, having as their startingpoint the information requirements of the national planning and development, could for instance be analyzed. In order to talk and act at random it could be recommendable to have a small programme development working group — chosen proportionate of all the three sectors - draft a tentative survey on terms of reference, study and action points of the sub-section.

73

Social research libraries, as a force in integrated educational planning and national development Annotated scheme by K.I.L.M. Peters

1

Introduction

1.1

Working paper connected with the creation of the new subsection Paper asked in connection with the creation of a Subsection for Economic and Social Sciences Libraries or social research libraries, engaged in economic, social and educational development.

1.2

Confrontation with strategy: International Education Year In connection with the general conference theme: (libraries as force in education) nature and objectives of the new Subsection for Social Research Libraries are discussed against the background of the UNO strategy in the International Education Year, IEY.

1.3

And Second United Nations Development Decade IEY launched by UNO at the same time as the Second United Nations Development Decade because of the links between development and education.

1.4

Connected with life-long education Objectives of General Assembly resolution co-incide with the development strategy proposed by the Committee for Development Planning for education and particularly for life-long education as powerful stimulus to economic growth. (1)

1.5

Basis in Declaration UNO 1969 Declaration on social progress and development, proclaimed on 11th December 1969, called for national and international action for its use as a common basis for social development policies.

1.6

Connected with planning library services IFLA/Unesco is also connected with this common basis in the strategy for planning library and documentation services, whose planning is regarded as one specific aspect of educational planning within the social and economic planning of a country. (2)

(1)

International Education Year and the Second United Nations Development Decade. Unesco, IEY-BuUetin, May 1970. Planning library services. Unesco Bulletin for Libraries, 21 (1967), nr. 2, p. 60. A second edition will be prepared by IFLA/Unesco.

(2)

74

1.7

Stress on integrated development Preamble of the Declaration on social progress and development emphasizes the interdependence of economic and social development in the wider process of growth and change, as well as the importance of a strategy of integrated development which at all stages takes full account of its social aspects.

2

Integrated social research information

2.1

No fragmention according to disciplines Section of Special Libraries was in favour of co-operation of certain groups of libraries in a sub-section and not for complete fragmentation according to the numerous disciplines.

2.2

Subsection concerned with three groups of disciplines The new subsection for libraries concentrated on social research literature is concerned with economic sciences, socio-cultural sciences, and educational sciences, each group covering a great variety of disciplines.

2.3

Not covering all literature of each dicipline The "development oriented approach" of these libraries does n o t necessarily cover all the disciplines within each of these major groups and does not ask for a complete bibliographic control of all the literature of each discipline of such a group.

2.4

Coherent groups in one subsection Since economic, social and educational development and planning are so interdependent, it would not be feasible to split up the related social research libraries in three separate subsections. This would be a fall back in the main fault of the first Uno social development decade.

2.5

Multi-disciplinary and integrated approach Economic libraries must not be isolated f r o m other libraries engaged in social progress and development. The Declaration, giving a complete new vision on the development of mankind, stresses that for optimal results the approach in the development process has to be multi-disciplinary and integrated.

2.6

Social research posed by problems not by disciplines In the libraries for economic and social sciences of the subsection stress is laid on the results of the so-called "social research". This research is defined as: "research of social problems, posed not by a discipline, but by the development of society, mostly of an applied scientific nature and with an interdisciplinary approach". 75

2.7

Part of overall transfer of scientific and technical information This social research information must be seen as part of the overall transfer of scientific and technical information, described by the OECD as: "all facts, concepts and instructions arising in the natural and social sciences and their related technologies, as far as this information can be communicated, interpreted and processed." (3)

3

Need for improved information for society development problems

3.1

information natural sciences better organized In the OECD definition of scientific and technical information both the social sciences and the natural sciences are mentioned, but in fact scientific and technical information in the natural science is much better organized and internationally co-ordinated.

3.2

IATUL and IAALD The new subsection for economic and social sciences is organized separated from the technical libraries, already meeting in IATUL and the agricultural libraries, already organized in the IAALD.

3.3

UNISIST limited up till now to the natural sciences Unesco is promoting documentation also in the social sciences but the 1CSUUnesco Project on the Communication of scientific information and on the feasibility of a world science information system was in fact limited up till now to the natural sciences.

3.4

Social research information only beginning Especially the social research and social sciences information, so vital for social progress and development, is not sufficiently organized and co-ordinated.

3.5

Information on social processes Information on fundamental research in connection with the main lines of the national development is important, but especially urgent is the social research information on the separate social processes and tendencies, which in their interdependency determine the direction of the national development as a whole.

3.6

Related to economic production and general well-being These processes are concerned not only with fields related to promotion of economic welfare (production) but also with a group of fields of a more ge-

( 3)

OECD. Scientific and technical information systems and policies. Third ministerial meeting on science. Paris, 1968, p. 5.

76

neral social nature, related to the promotion and innovation of general wellbeing in a broad sense: school education, life-long education, training, continued training, culture, recreation, social work, physical and mental hygiene, social security, labour etc. 3.7

And to general development factors Moreover information has to be provided on studies and investigations on a group of general development factors as demographic growth, technological development, industrialization, urbanization and other forces, determining to a high degree national development.

4

Relation to educational planning and national development

4.1

Improvement of social research libraries Extension and improvement of social research libraries and information centres is the main task for the new subsection. This is narrowly connected with the interdependent aspects of library planning, educational planning and national development.

4.2

Relation to national development The Ibero-American Seminar on Planning of library and documentation services (Madrid 1968) laid the main stress on analysing the problems involved in the extension and improvement of information services in relation to economic and social development, and in particular to educational development. (4)

4.3

Emphasized in strategy For the same reasons in the strategy of library planning and in 1FLA stress is laid on the necessity to determine the objectives which the various types of libraries and documentation services should set themselves in the light of the requirements of economic and social development. (4)

4.4

Basis in educational planning Unesco, and increasingly also IF LA, regard library planning as one specific aspect of educational planning within the social and economic planning of a country or region. (5)

4.5

Study of planning methods Also planning for social research libraries has to be based on the work of

( 4)

V. Llorca Zaragoza: Ibero-American Seminar on planning of library and documentation services. Unesco Bulletin for libraries, 22 (1968) nr. 4. Abstract in Metodoc 42, I. E.: Planning library and documentation services. C. V. Pcnna. Planning library services. Unesco Bulletin for libraries, 21 (1967) 2.

( 5)

77

educational planners and on a systematic study of the information needed at all levels of life-long education and for the social research involved (see chapter 6). 4.6

Advantages of planning Through planning integrated in educational planning and national development also for these libraries "the goals and objectives of the library services will be established, their present operating condition will be studied, national needs in relation to economic and social development will be determined and the costs will be calculated". (5)

4.7

Otherwise insufficient library development Without the aid of planning, libraries will remain poorly organized and equipped institutions: without prior and clearly defined cultural, educational and scientific activity they will continue along the same old unenterprising lines and never will be able to obtain the political support and the resources that are essential for them to develop in concert with national education. (Maheu). (6)

4.8

Role and priority social research libraries The role of the social research libraries and their "priority" place in the national library planning probably will be further formulated not only in the Unesco/IFLA edition on that planning, but also in the course of the International Institute for Educational Planning, IIEP. (7)

4.9

Own subsection indispensable Since role and importance of the "problem centered" libraries in the field of economic, social and educational libraries are strongly growing, as well in industrialized as in developing countries, in IF LA a separate subsection for these services is indispensable.

5

Core user categories engaged in social progress and development

5.1

Main objective subsection The main objective of the section of special libraries or information centres and consequently also of the new subsection is: to promote the usefulness and efficiency of those information services. Without qualitative analysis of the library functions and users profiles involved this will be impossible.

(6) ( 7)

C. V. Penna. Planning library services. Unesco Bulletin for libraries. 21 ( 1 9 6 7 ) 2. Unesco p r o g r a m m e for d o c u m e n t a t i o n , libraries and archives 1969-70. U n e s c o bulletin f o r libraries, 23 ( 1 9 6 9 ) nr. 3, biz. 116.

78

5.2

Usefulness of information transfer involved The research in the subsection, the communication and the co-operation involved essentially all have the same aim: to promote the timely and adequate transfer of information, mainly from social research reports and social studies, to user categories engaged in social progress and development.

5.3

Leading principle of responsiveness The usefulness and efficiency of the information services in question can only be promoted by the subsection, if attention is paid to the leading principle (Satcom report) (8): that the organization of the information activities involved must be as responsive as possible to the needs, desires and innovative ideas of the groups that are served.

5.4

Flexibility in adaptation to users As far as the transfer of scientific and technical information, and here especially the social research information is concerned, the libraries co-operating in the section must make their activities sufficiently flexible to adapt rapidly to changes in user needs, and communication techniques.

5.5

Persons responsible for planning, research and innovation The special libraries, meeting in the subsection, are at least partly (not always exclusively) engaged in the providing of adequate and effective information, needed by all who have responsibilities in the policy, planning, research, production and innovation for social progress and development.

5.6

Quick spreading indispensable information In promoting usefulness and efficiency the stress must be laid especially on the quick processing and spreading of the most important and for the national development significant and indispensable information. This information must be in any case as responsive as possible to the core groups of users involved.

5.7

Decision makers responsible for social development The function and users analysis (9) certainly will make it clear that - also in the economic and social development field - one of the core categories of users involved will be: governmental and private authorities, responsible

( 8)

Scientific and technical c o m m u n i c a t i o n , a pressing national p r o b l e m and r e c o m m e n d a t i o n f o r its s o l u t i o n , W a s h i n g t o n , 1 9 6 9 .

( 9)

S e e : P e t e r s , K . I . L . M . : T h e r o l e o f t h e d o c u m e n t a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t in e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n n i n g ; in: P l a n n i n g a n d d e v e l o p m e n t in t h e N e t h e r l a n d s , 3 ( 1 9 6 9 ) n r . 1 - 2 . ( a b s t r a c t in M e t o d o c 4 2 ) II c. See also: C o - o p e r a t i o n p r o b l e m s of a current e d u c a t i o n a l bibliographic i n f o r m a t i o n system. ll'LA working paper 1969. (A)

79

for the social progress and development, ("action points" in long term and prospective policy, in factual decision making and planning, in legislation, social research mandating etc.) 5.8

Social researchers and planners A second core group of users will be: the persons engaged in the factual social research needed for social progress and development or in the factual planning activities, aiming at the efficient realisation of the goals involved and at the constant renovation of the tools (changing with the goals).

5.9

Practitioners in production and innovation A third user category, more difficult to define (and gradually going over to the general public and general user) includes persons, engaged in the factual economic development and production, and in the social and educational innovation (for example in university innovation: professors, students, innovation advisors and experts, and other persons engaged in the experiments and development).

6

Information services and life-long education

6.1

Life-long education, a radical change The revolutionary concept of life-long education is right at the heart of the Second development decade (see 1.4). It appears to be of overriding importance, because all the major educational questions can be included within it and it provides a radical change in the overall concept of educations. (10)

6.2

In the centre of society "Education ist not something which begins at the age of 5 or 6 years and continues until the tribal rites of examinations and diploms culminating secondary school or university life, but a continuous process which lasts as long as society. It is in the centre of society.Education is not a preparation for life: it is part of life". (10)

6.3

School only a prelude The role of the school, in this perspective changes seriously. Seen as a first step of only basic education, it becomes a "prelude". Rather than offering courses in subject matter as such, the school should provide the future adult with the means of expressing himself and communicating with others. The main emphasis should be on the capacity to learn. (10)

(10)

Malcolm G Adiseshia ( d e p u t y Dir.-Gen. Unesco) in his address to t h e N e t h e r l a n d s N a t i o n a l C o m m i s s i o n ; I n t e r n a t i o n a l E d u c a t i o n Year: threshold of the seventies. October 1969. D D G / 6 9 / 12.

80

6.4

Library services and IEY One of the features of the International Education Year is that education is taken in its broadest sense to include all of the activities designed to give learning experience to individuals. It includes the provision of information involved and this service has to be given not only to the young but also to the adults.

6.5

Services for school period and adult functioning Education is one life-long continuing process and all the information services involved have to be integrated in that process. In practice, however, distinction is made between — on the one hand — library services for "schools" (at primary, secondary and tertiary level, including universities), supplemented by public libraries, and - on the other hand - the various information services for the adult's life and his function in the industrial, agricultural or servicing section.

6.6

Information for functions in the servicing section Compared with the information for functions in the industrial and agricultural section, where a.o. IATUL and IAALD are active, the information service for the groups of users, mentioned in chapter 5, is still underdeveloped, also in IFLA. It is a task for the new subsection to analyse the situation, the needs and the gaps and to indicate possibilities for improved usefulness and responsiviness of governmental, academic and other libraries involved.

6.7

Education and social progress In the Unesco programme special priority is given to the solution of problems in the fields of education and science in general. In establishing programme priorities, due attention should nevertheless be paid to the interaction between man and his environment and between man and man (ecology of mankind). (11)

6.8

University libraries less isolated Professors and students, now engaged in the crisis of education and in the university revolt, in the future certainly will be more open to the burning needs of society. University libraries will provide a more extended service to all citizens engaged in society progress and national development.

6.9

Function subsection in balancing information policy In the new framework of life-long education and in the better balancing of future information policy, the subsection can play an important role. The urgency of an improved social research information by governmental

(11)

Report second session ( 1 9 - 22 August 1969) of the International Advisory Committee on documentation, libraries and archives. COM / MD / 11 of 22.1 1.1969, p. 4.

81

and other development oriented libraries has to be made clear. An improved planning of these libraries will be recognized as equally important as is the case for planning general library services.

7

Analysis of function and services

7.1

Task of comparative function analysis In the light of the objectives of 1FLA and of the section, the new subsection primarily has to pay attention to the comparative function analysis of the national subject libraries in the free fields and of other governmental or private libraries engaged in a particular detail or aspect of those fields

7.2

National subject libraries and information centres Listing and function analysis of national or " c e n t r a l " subject libraries, national reference centres or other information centres, covering one of the fields of economic affairs, social affairs, or educational affairs, can represent a good start and a basis for the further programme.

7.3

National bibliographic control Central subject libraries in ministries, responsible for one of these three development fields, are often in the best situation to get the national bibliographical control of all social research reports (and other literature involved) as service-in-return in international pooling of current bibliographic information. ( 1 2 )

7.4.

Aim and sum total group of viewpoints In the qualitative analysis of the types of libraries, meeting in the subsection, the most complicated question, but essential for the comparison, is: the analysis of the aim of the information system involved and of the sometimes very complex viewpoints under which the material is collected, processed and disseminated.

7.5

Listing In the tional Other aspect

7.6

Analysis of core categories of users For the co-operation it is important to know which of the libraries and in-

(12)

See: Co-operation problems of a current educational bibliographic information system. IFLA working paper A, 1970. See also: M e t o d o c 4 2 , chapter 3: Co-operation on the basis of national bibliographic control. 1969.

82

of subject fields and level of specialization case of national subject libraries, supposed to have the complete nabibliographic control, the library will cover a broad subject field. social libraries, however, will deal only with one particular part or of the field, often with a high level of specialisation.

formation centres are freely accessible to the public. In this case and also for small internal reference collections it is also important to know for what category of users and for what requirements the services are organized. 7.7

Collection norms particularly for foreign literature If for service-in-return in the international co-operation the national literature involved is already covered completely, the analysis of the collection norms in the various libraries is particularly important as far as foreign literature is concerned.

7.8

Storage and retrieval system Analysis of the storage and retrieval systems in the libraries, meeting in the subsection, will be necessary. The core categories of users, mentioned in chapter 5, need more than a loan service of the source material. It, therefore, is essential to analyse the processing methods used, the depths of analysis and classification of the storage and retrieval system.

7.9

Current bibliographic information Since these user categories need more than "haphazard" answers to individual questions, an analysis of the systematic in- and output of scientific and technical information and a listing of the current awareness services will be indispensable.

8

National co-operation and library planning

8.1

Promotion of efficiency and planning If the generation of the 1940's was that of library technology and if the one of the 1970's will be that of library services planning, (13) then it is obvious that the subsection - because it is promoting usefulness and efficiency in the information transfer for educational, social and economic development - will be confronted urgently with the problems of national policy, development and planning concerning library and information services.

8.2

No infringement upon the national autonomy Decisions about library planning in connection with the national development are of course a matter of the responsible national authorities, but IFLA can help their members in the preparation of decisions by planning activities, among others by the second edition of the handbook. Especially the new subsection, created for promoting efficiency in the information transfer, needed for integrated national development and planning, has to provide assistance.

(13)

C. V. Penna: Planning library services, Unesco bulletin for libraries 21 (1967) nr. 2. Second edition to be published by IFLA.

83

8.3

All sections of IFLA engaged It is quite obvious that also other sections and commissions are engaged, because of the fact hat the main objectives of IFLA as a whole are: promotion of functioning and co-operation of the various types of libraries and of integrated bibliographic organization.

8.4

Narrow contacts with COB The subsection, therefore, has to work in narrow contact with other parts of IFLA e.g. with the Committee on Bibliography, particularly engaged in the integrated bibliographic organization mentioned and in the place of a current bibliographic information system within the overall system. (14)

8.5

Assistance to phases of planning With a comparative function analysis (see chapter 7) and a diagnostic evaluation of existing services in relation to the information needs in economical, social and educational (including informational) development and planning, the subsection already can give a valuable contribution to the first two phases of the constantly evolving process of library planning. (15)

8.6

Connection with planning at two levels The division of library planning into two groups at two separate levels (16) does not mean that the subsection for special libraries is not engaged in cooperation and planning of school libraries etc. Especially the connection with academic libraries, assisting as well instruction as research, is very important.

8.7

Planning of scientific and technical information transfer The subsection in particular is concerned with co-operation and planning in the frame work of the national scientific and technical information transfer in the field of social research and social sciences. It is decisive that this indispensable transfer should not be hampered by an "archaic" library system. Otherwise also the social progress and development would be progressively paralysed.

8.8

Co-operation national subject libraries A narrow co-operation between national subject libraries, directly engaged in social progress and development, of the country concerned, can be very

(14)

See A: Co-operation problems of a current educational bibliographic information system. Working paper, IFLA, 1970, p. 1.

(15)

See: Penna, p. 77: Phases of planning. See also: The spread of information in various phases, in: The role of the documentation department in educational planning, quoted in chapter 5. In the chapter: Levels of library planning, Mr. Penna mentions two levels: a) primary, secondary and special school libraries; national and public libraries; b) university and special libraries.

(16)

84

fruitful. In such a co-operation, as within the Netherlands Permanent Committee for ministerial libraries, PCOD, (17) attention can be paid to: analysis of the information needs involved; the existing library services and the gaps; study of possibilities for technical co-operation and for improving use of modern techniques, including c o m p u t e r facilities.

8.9

Co-operation concerning sub functions National co-operation possibilities also have to be studied in relation t o the subfunctions or aspects of an information centre: a) collection aspect with for example questions of interlibrary loan and shared cataloguing; b) documentation aspect in relation to the storage and retrieval system; c) literature search and information aspect; d) dissemination aspect, documentary publication for example of current bibliographic information. ( 1 8 )

9

Objectives subsection and international aspects

9.1

Study of information

requirements

In connection with its main objective, promoting usefulness and efficiency of the social research libraries and information centres involved, the subsection has to study the core information requirements in the fields of economical, social and educational development and planning.

9.2

Function analysis of the libraries involved By a comparative function analysis of the major types of social research libraries, the subsection can come to a global evaluation of the situation and to a location of gaps in the system.

9.3

Planning of library services In contact with Unesco and the International Institute for Educational Planning, the subsection can study the requirements for planning and improvement of the libraries involved in the setting of integrated educational planning within the overall social and economic development.

9.4

Cooperation possibilities national subject libraries The subsection should study in particular place and co-operation possibilities of the national subject libraries involved, in relation to national and international systems of current bibliographic information.

(17)

Metodoc 4 2 , 1 D, P e r m a n e n t C o m m . f o r g o v e r n m e n t a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n ( P C O D ) .

(18)

Co-operation p r o b l e m s of a c u r r e n t bibliographic i n f o r m a t i o n system. Working paper IFLA 1970(A).

85

9.5

Relation to UNISIST In so far as social research and social studies are more tied-up with the national goals in development and planning than is the case with natural sciences, the subsection has to investigate in how far a system of national subject libraries, each having a complete bibliographic control, could fit in with the UNISIST project of Unesco/ICSU.

9.6

Information personnel Very useful could be an investigation concerning: status, requirements, professional education and continuing information of the information specialists and other information personnel, working in the social research libraries in question.

9.7

Contact with Unesco documentation departments With a view to co-operation the subsection should analyse also the aim and programme of the Unesco Department for documentation, libraries, archives and the corresponding Advisory Committee. The same has to be done with the programme of the department for social sciences and of the organizations and committees involved.

9.8

Evaluation for developing countries In all the study and activity points, the subsection has to pay attention to the relevancy for developing countries. In particular, however, have to be analysed the advantages and disadvantages for developing countries, of a problem oriented information approach of national subject libraries, mainly starting from the information requirements of national development and planning.

9.9

Programme development In connection with the complex and coherent approach in the work of the new subsection, it is indispensable to nominate a programme development working group of at least three persons, each being an expert on one of the three main fields.

Summary 1 In connection with the creation of a new subsection for economic and other social research libraries, engaged in economic, social and educational development, the working paper takes as starting point the common strategy in the International Education Year and the second United Nations Development Decade with a stress on life-long education and its links to social progress and development (UNO-Declaration 1969).

86

2 The integrated social research information, with which the subsection is dealing, does not aim at the complete coverage of the literature of the three groups involved: the economic sciences, the socio-cultural sciences and the educational sciences (each group with a variety of disciplines). It is mainly concentrated on the relevant social research reports and studies on the problems, posed by the development of society. 3 The need for improved information helping to solve society development problems for a large part is connected with complex social processes and tendencies, which in their interdependency determine the direction of the national development as a whole. These processes are concerned not only with economic welfare but also with fields of general well-being as: schooleducation, lifelong education, continuing training, culture, recreation, social work, physical and mental hygiene, labour etc. Moreover a group of general development factors is involved as: demographic growth, technological development, industrialization, urbanization and other forces, determining to a high degree national development. 4 Extension and improvement of social research libraries are narrowly connected with library planning, which is regarded as a specific aspect of educational planning within the social and economic planning of a country. Also for the social research libraries this planning means that goals and objectives will be established, their present operating condition will be studied, national needs in relation to economic and social development will be determined and the costs will be calculated. 5 As core user categories engaged in social progress and development are indicated: 1) decision makers, governmental and private authorities responsible for policy, planning, legislation; 2) social researchers and planners, 3) practitioners in production and in the innovation of society. 6 Education is regarded as one life-long process in which all the information services involved have to be integrated. The role of the school is seen as a first step or prelude of only basic education. Distinction can be made between schoollibraries, supplemented by public libraries, and the various information services for the adult's life and his function in the industrial, agricultural or servicing section. 7 A comparative function analysis of the national subject libraries in the three fields is indispensable. Aim, subject-fields, core user categories, collection norms, storage and retrieval systems, bibliographic control of national literature, current bibliographic information by title bibliographies and abstract journals are the main points to be studied.

87

8 National co-operation is treated in relation to national library planning. Stress is laid on the co-operation for current bibliographic information and on the place of national subject libraries within the overall transfer of scientific and technical information. 9 As objectives of the subsection, partly in connection with international aspects, are mentioned; study of information requirements; comparative function analysis, library planning; co-operation of national subject libraries; relation to UNISIST and departments of Unesco; possibilities for developing countries; programme development.

88

Special libraries and education in the United States* By Lillian A. Hamrick

U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D. C. Education in libraries, like most modern developments in librarianship, goes back to the beginning of the American Library Association which was f o u n d e d in 1876 and whose progress was very rapid. Specialized problems in librarianship were recognized almost simultaneously. John C o t t o n Dana, shortly after the turn of the century, determined the specific needs of commerce and industry, and established the Business Branch of the Newark Public Library in New Jersey. J o h n Cotton Dana also was the founder and organizer of the Special Libraries Association in July 1909 at the Bretton Woods, New Hampshire meeting of the American Library Association. At that time approximately fifty libraries devoted to special purposes and serving limited clienteles were in existence. The proliferation of knowledge has forced specialization. The exact number of special libraries in the United States is now k n o w n , but it has been estimated that there are between ten and fifteen thousand. Little attention has been given to the role of the special library in education, whereas the responsibility of the public library in promoting adult education has been recognized for many years. It has acted as a vital communication center for the adults in the c o m m u n i t y and has been referred to as a "people's university". The role of the academic library, geared to the educational needs of the faculty and students, also is well known. Education has always been valued for its utility and books have been recognized as effective instruments in the educative process. Any book may have educational value for a particular person. Thomas Carlyle wrote, " T h e true university of these days is a collection of b o o k s . " This statement is just as true today as it was in Carlyle's time. If we view education as including all communicating of knowledge, then the special library has indeed a vital role to play. Guy R. Lyle, author of The Administration of the College Library, has said that all library services properly conducted and administered contribute to teaching. Education is a lifelong process. The college or university graduate, as well as the high school graduate, is in constant need of further training, inspiration and mental growth. The real development of the individual lies in his application to his chosen career and in his e f f o r t s toward continuing education. As our civilization becomes more complex, there is an increasing demand for technical skills, for leadership in solving our problems, and for new knowledge and the understanding to make it useful. The late President, John F. Kennedy, said, " O u r progress as a nation can be no swifter than our progress in e d u c a t i o n . " *

Presented at the meeting of the Special Libraries Section, Moscow, 1 September 1970.

89

The special library as the heart of the organization it serves has to fulfill the most serious obligation in furthering that progress in education. It faces a challenge to plan dynamic programs for the continuing education of the employees in the organization. It can do much to develop their competence in independent study. A planned and operating program of continuing education will produce the knowledge and the wisdom necessary to meet the demands of a complex society. The U.S. Department of Labor Library is involved in many educational activities. A brief survey of its resources will give you the background necessary for the understanding of its educational contributions. The primary purpose of the Library is to serve the officials and research workers of the Department but its services reach far beyond this group. Government agencies, universities and colleges, students, lawyers, trade unions, and writers are among those who take advantage of its resources. The present collection numbers over 425,000 volumes and the current subscriptions to periodicals total about 2,400 titles. Subject-wise the collection covers the history of the labor movement; labor economics and industrial relations; arbitration, conciliation and mediation; Labor laws; employment and unemployment; labor force and labor market; unemployment insurance; workmen's compensation; apprenticeship and training; labor standards; wages and hours; working conditions; women's employment; industrial hygiene and safety; wholesale and retail prices; cost of living; productivity and other related subjects. It covers all phases of economic and social life which affect working people, their employment, and the nation's labor needs. Throughout the years, the Library has maintained an active acquisition program to meet the demands of the Department's ever-changing programs. The material has been acquired by purchase, through gifts, and on exchange with government agencies, trade unions, trade associations and private organizations in the United States and in foreign countries. This Library is probably the largest, most complete and oldest special library in its field. It is the responsibility of the Librarian to see that a collection of such importance is utilized to the fullest extent. A number of practices are involved in educating the Library's clientele as to content and use of the collection The Librarian works the Personnel Office in the Department's orientation program for new employees. These employees are taken on a tour of the Library where a lecture and a brochure on its resources and services are presented to them. They are encouraged to ask for further sessions to discuss personal interests related to their specific positions or to courses they may wish to take. The Librarian visits officials who are responsible for management or for special programs sponsored by the Department and its Bureaus. Discussions with these officials serve two purpose. They provide the Librarian with information concern-

90

ing new programs, so that pertinent materials can be acquired to meet their needs. The discussions provide the officials with information as to library resources and services available to them. The Library issues a current list of accessions, bibliographies, and reading lists t o keep the employees informed on subjects of interest. F r o m time to time, it issues special bibliographies and arranges for displays. Recently it has prepared a selected bibliography on women's rights and also a display to c o m m e m o r a t e the fiftieth anniversary of the Women's Bureau. Many new books acquired during the preparation of the bibliography will be of educational value to the Women's Bureau and other groups interested in the status of women. The Department of Labor has an interest in the advancement of all of its employees. Through the Personnel Office it provides many opportunities for training in clerical, supervisory, managerial and special subject areas. There are training programs within the Department, training programs sponsored by the Civil Service Commission and other Government agencies, and courses offered by universities. The Library posts announcements of the courses offered and makes available a collection of college catalogs. It provides supplementary materials to be used in connection with the training programs. It provides advisory service and suitable books for employees who are interested in advancing in their careers, whether or not they are enrolled in formal courses. A program of a different kind is the training of the hard-core unemployed and of the handicapped to enable them to assume their places within the social structure. The Library has participated in this program and has employed some of the people it has trained. One individual from the hard-core unemployed group is presently working as a clerk-typist. T w o handicapped people are operating the microfilm readers, making reproductions on the Xerox machines, providing mail and messenger service, and are performing a number of clerical duties. Some of the agencies and offices of the Department of Labor hold training programs for special groups f r o m other institutions. The Library aids in many of these programs by providing appropriate literature or by participating in seminars. Recently the Librarian participated in one of the seminars sponsored by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for a group of statisticians f r o m other countries. This seminar was devoted to the requirements for establishing a library. Presently the Library is making plans for expanding its programs relating to the continuing education of its users, and for wider participation in the Department's training programs. Other special libraries have activities with similar educational goals. Contacts were made with about twenty-five libraries to determine their relationship to the educational programs provided by the organizations they serve. These libraries, located in various areas of the United States, represent U. S. Government agencies, research organizations and industrial firms.

91

Many of the groups are highly motivated toward the education of their employees. They provide opportunities for the participation in doctoral and other degree programs, or in any courses of study that will improve the capability of the employees. Since the groups are information as well as task oriented, they may be compared with academic institutions where scholars live by as well as exist with information. Within the organizations, the educational programs are usually sponsored by the personnel, education, or other offices. The library, however, is the focal point in making the programs effective. Even in the libraries that did not indicate formal programs, there is a definite relationship between the services provided by the library and the educational programs of the organization. Educational aids mentioned most frequently are the following: - Orientation sessions for new employees. - User manuals explaining the resources and services of the library. - Special memoranda to alert users to new library programs, to new équipement such as microfilm or microfiche readers, and to new systems such as information retrieval systems. - Purchase of textbooks and supplementary reading material for courses supported by the organization. - Bibliographies and reading lists; routing of literature of special interest. - Informing the educational staff of new publications of value. - Recommending textbooks for training courses. - Advisory service for employees engaged in degree programs, special courses, or for educational work they are pursuing on their own initiative. - Providing information on evening courses, correspondence courses and special lectures. - Selected book and periodical displays. - Special courses taught by the libarian; participation in seminars. - Use of audio-visual aids; art exhibits. - Establishing of guidelines for the preparation of bibliographies for submission to professional journals. Some special libraries supply cultural reading material for the users w h o are interested in becoming well-rounded individuals and are ambitious to advance educationally as well as vocationally. In this area of responsibility, cooperation with the public library is a valuable aid in providing literature beyond the usual scope of their collections. These special libraries have liberal policies on giving service to public libraries and to persons outside their own particular groups to help in furthering adult education in specialized subject fields. In conclusion, let me say this. The special librarian whose mind responds to people and their needs, to ideas and to books has a great opportunity to utilize these talents in providing a strong educational program to improve the quality of the personnel in the organization he serves.

92

C.

THE ACTIVITIES OF SPECIAL LIBRARIES IN 23 COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD

C 1. Australia Scientific information in Australia By William Hartley Australian Embassy, Washington, D.C. Recognition of the importance of scientific information as a distinctive discipline has, in Australia as elsewhere, been a relatively recent development which has followed, rather than paralleled, development of research and technology. In Australia, as elsewhere, scientific information services have been designed to meet the special features of the environment in which they operate and of the scientific community which they serve. In b o t h these respects the situation in Australia differs considerably from that in the countries of Europe and North America where scientific information has been most intensively developed. Geographically, Australia is an isolated country with a rather small population mainly aggregated in a few widely-separated cities. Its scientific communities are also mainly located in these few cities, in close association with the universities and industries, with the result that it is usually possible to maintain close persona] contact between the relatively few scientists working in a particular field. On the other hand, the fact that Australia is technologically advanced in comparison with its geographical neigbours and that its scientific activities cover a very wide range, make it specially important to maintain close liaison with the centres of science and technology in the northern hemisphere. Partly for these reasons, science information in Australia lacks the sophistication and sub-division which has been occuring in North America and Europe, but has been quite strongly developed along certain lines which are significant in the geographical context. Apart from these geographical factors, there are certain historical factors which have influenced the development of science information in Australia. It so happens that are not nearly so many administratively separate organizations concerned with scientific research as exist in many other countries, and notably perhaps in most of the countries of Western Europe. This can be illustrated by some details of estimated expenditure on research and development in Australia for 1964-65. In round figures these estimates show that about 50% of the total R and D expenditure was incurred by - not just financed by - the

93

C o m m o n w e a l t h ( F e d e r a l ) G o v e r n m e n t . This is all " i n - h o u s e " expenditure in American parlance. A b o u t 16% o f the R and D expenditure occured within the universities, a figure which has been increasing - albeit erratically - in recent years. O f the remainder, 3 % is research in other medical institutions, 7 % research c o n d u c t e d b y the various S t a t e Governments, and 15% (a very rough guess) research and development expenditure by private industry. Thus it is evident that the Federal Government has a degree o f predominance in research and development which is n o t paralleled in most other countries o f the western world. Hence the scientific information services organized b y and operated within the Federal Government have special importance. Partly because o f the relatively small development o f research in universities and particularly in private industry, there has not hitherto been so great a need for the development o f an overall integrated information service which would meet their requirements as well as those o f government agencies. Within the Federal Government sector the m a j o r b o d y responsible for R and D in 1 9 6 4 - 6 5 was the C o m m o n w e a l t h Scientific and Industrial Research Organization - abbreviated as C S I R O . C S I R O spent 4 1 % o f the total Federal Government R and D funds in the base year. T h e Department o f Supply, which is largely responsible for defence R and D in Australia, followed with about 3 5 % o f the government expenditure. This Department had a fairly static R and D expenditure for some eight years to 1 9 6 4 - 6 5 , but this may have increased in the last two years. Much o f the R and D expenditure by the Department o f Supply is heavily weighted towards the development end o f the R and D spectrum. It also consists mainly o f classified w o r k , and full details o f the expenditure are not available. Other Federal Government agencies, including the A t o m i c Energy Commission and those concerned with government medical research, had relatively low levels o f expenditure. Thus not only is the C o m m o n wealth Government predominant in R and D, but within the government sector, C S I R O has a major role. In the special field o f scientific information, the responsibility o f C S I R O is enhanced by a clause in the Act under which it operates, which includes among its powers and functions " t h e collection and dissemination o f information relating t o scientific and technical m a t t e r s . " C S I R O is organized in some 3 8 Divisions and one Section which between them embrace substantially the whole gamut o f both basic and applied research, ranging from various branches o f agricultural research to fields such as radiophysics and protein chemistry. Nearly all these Divisions have their own libraries, which are o f t e n quite highly developed as specialized libraries for the particular fields concerned. In addition, there are several libraries at field station and regional research centres, making a total o f about 5 0 separate library units. However, all these libraries are closely associated with, and have the support o f , a Central Library at the Head Office o f C S I R O which is located in Melbourne. This Central Library at C S I R O , together with associated facilities at C S I R O headquarters, is thus the nearest equivalent to a centralised

94

scientific information service in Australia. This may be illustrated by a brief description of some of the activities of the CSIRO Central Library insofar as they relate to the provision and exchange of scientific information within CSIRO itself, between the various scientific groups in Australia, and internationally. Inevitably, many of these activities overlap in varying degrees. As part of its normal services, the library handles technical enquiries and undertakes literature searches both on behalf of CSIRO scientists and those from outside organizations. Currently these involve an average of about one thousand enquiries per week, almost half of which are from industrial firms, the agricultural community and the universities. Partly to assist in dealing with these enquiries, the Central Library has indexed in detail by author and subject the work of CSIRO research staff, and maintains file copies of the papers indexed. It also prepares and issues monthly a publication, "CSIRO Abstracts", covering all the scientific papers published in Australia or abroad by CSIRO scientists and including a list of the translations of scientific articles made in the Translation Section of CSIRO. While this publication is confined to papers by CSIRO authors, the library also issues the "Australian Science I n d e x " , which serves as a reference to all scientific papers published within Australia. It has recently revised and re-issued the "Directory of Scientific and Technical Research Centres in Australia", which provides useful basic data about the research centres in the governmental, university and private sectors. The library staff includes three information scientists w h o handle subject enquiries and requests for bibliographies, the completion of which requires a scientific or technical background. Whereever possible, enquiries are directed to the appropriate expert - in CSIRO or elsewhere and the group thus functions as a small-scale referral service. The library cooperates closely with libraries in the universities and with other scientific and technical libraries in Australia. It has established reciprocal arrangements with documentation centres in countries such as India, Pakistan, Thailand, the Philippines, Indonesia, the Soviet Union, South Africa and various countries in Europe and North America. Together with scientists at the Chemical Research Laboratories of CSIRO, the library is participating in the pilot SDI project sponsored by the American Chemical Society. Apart from those activities which fall within the direct responsibility of the Central Library, CSIRO is concerned with scientific information in various other respects. It has the main responsibility for the publication of a series of Australian scientific journals which aim to cover comprehensively all the major branches of science which are developed on any considerable scale in Australia. This series of journals presently comprises the following: Australian Journal of Chemistry Australian Journal of Agricultural Research Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 95

Australian Journal of Physics Australian Journal of Botany Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research Australian Journal of Soil Research Australian Journal of Zoology Considerable effort is made to maintain liaison between the research staff of CSIRO and those, both in government service and private industry, w h o are concerned with the utilization of research results. This is done partly through the organization of periodical conferences and also through the preparation and distribution of two journals, "Rural Research in C S I R O " and "Industrial Research News", which between them aim to draw attention to the major developments in primary and secondary research which are likely to be of special interest for agriculture or industry. The activities of CSIRO in the science information field could be described at greater length, but some reference should be made to the work of other governmental, university and private libraries and documentation centres. While this article has been confined rather strictly to scientific information services, and especially to those concerned with the basic natural sciences, it is of course true that science information is only one part of the general information field, and this is a subject in which all libraries are concerned in some degree. In Australia, the National Library at Canberra has a special responsibility as a central information agency, and it also does a great deal to coordinate the activities of State, university and private libraries. Hitherto, however, it has not attempted to specialize in science information. The National Library formerly incorporated the Parliamentary Library, b u t the latter has now been separated. The Parliamentary Library has a Legislative Research Service which includes a section dealing with science policy and comparable on a small scale to the Science Policy Research Division established within the Library of Congress to meet the special needs of American legislators. Other government departments, both Federal and State, concerned with scientific research and its application, maintain large libraries and operate science information services. These include notably the Department of Supply and the Atomic Energy Commission. In the special field of medical research there is close collaboration between the various institutions and departments, partly through the National Health and Medical Research Council, which is attached to the Commonwealth Department of Health. Arrangements have recently been made to ensure closer collaboration in library and information activities with the National Library of Medicine in Washington. All the Australian universities have large scientific libraries, including notably the Fisher Library of the University of Sydney and the library of the Austra-

96

lian National University in Canberra. These libraries collaborate closely in the exchange of scientific publications and this is substantially assisted by the preparation and regular revision of a union list: "Scientific Serials in Australian Libraries", which is prepared by CSlRO. Some 340 libraries collaborate in this publication. There is also close professional collaboration between scientific librarians through the Library Association of Australia, which has taken a great deal of interest in scientific information services. As already mentioned, research by private industry is not highly developed in Australia, although it is presently increasing rapidly. Most of the larger firms with scientific interests maintain libraries and operate information services, and some of these are currently computerizing their operations. About eighty company libraries collaborate in the union list referred to above. In concluding this brief survey, it should be emphasized that at the present time there is a very keen interest in Australia in the problem of scientific information, combined with a keen awareness that these problems must be properly assessed and related to the particular Australian environment in which they have to operate. The geographical situation of Australia, including its relative isolation, the smallness of the population, and the great distance between the major population centres, have imposed special problems, while others have been derived from the organization and nature of scientific research conducted within the country. The predominance of in-house governmental research is especially noteworthy in Australia, and is perhaps most closely paralleled in some countries of eastern Europe. Australia has nevertheless sought to take full advantage of the knowledge and experience gained in other countries, and especially in those of western Europe and North America. There is currently a great interest in library automation, and a good deal of progress has been made in computerizing the operations of the CSIRO library, including those involved in the purchase, recording and exchange of scientific literature. A thesaurus has been prepared to assist in the storage and retrieval of information on scientific research in Australia — primarily that included in "CSIRO Abstracts" and "Australian Science Index". A review of current activities in library automation in Australia has recently been published, and this article may fittingly conclude with a quotation from part of the foreword to this review, written by Miss B. Doubleday, Chief Librarian of CSIRO - a quotation which is applicable to scientific information generally, as well as to library automation; "It is apparent that the present picture, insofar as many of the projects overlap, is confused and coud conceivably be costly both in terms of time and money. It should, however, be remembered that after a much longer period of experimentation the picture in the U.S.A. only differs from ours in that it is on a grander scale." (The author is greatly indebted to Miss Doubleday for the provision of background material and assistance in the preparation of this article.)

97

Special libraries in Australia. History

By Lesle Symes*

Australian Consolidated Industries, Ltd., Sydney Special libraries have been active participants in the affairs o f the Library Association o f Australia from its first inception as well as in library affairs generally in Australia. At the inaugural meeting o f the Australian Institute o f Librarians (the early name o f the Library Association o f Australia) in 1 9 3 7 , three special librarians were in a t t e n d a n c e . T o d a y , special librarians form one o f the largest and m o s t active S e c t i o n s o f the Library Association o f Australia, with a membership o f over one thousand, almost a quarter o f the total membership o f the Association. It seems t o be part o f the c h a r a c t e r o f special librarians t o devote themselves to the practical aspects o f their profession and throughout the years the activities o f special librarians in Australia have b e e n concerned with training and continuing education o f their m e m b e r s , and the production o f publications t o assist them in their work o f providing i n f o r m a t i o n as swiftly and efficiently as possible. In 1 9 4 2 the Special Libraries C o m m i t t e e o f the Australian Institute o f Librarians embarked upon a programme o f group meetings covering topics such as classification, abstracting, handling o f periodicals, treatment o f pamphlets, trade catalogues, e t c . In c o n j u n c t i o n with these meetings visits were also arranged t o various local special libraries. At about the same time a series o f fortnightly leaflets were issued, each leaflet dealing with some topic o f practical interest t o special librarians, e.g. standards, patent specifications, government publications, e t c . However, there was still little organised c o n t a c t b e t w e e n special librarians in the different states, e x c e p t perhaps b e t w e e n New S o u t h Wales and Victoria. At the C o n f e r e n c e at the Library Association o f Australia which was held in Melbourne in 1 9 5 1 , a meeting attended by 7 3 m e m b e r s was held t o establish the Special Libraries S e c t i o n . T h e S e c t i o n was officially established in the same year.

Structure of the Library Association of Australia T h e Library Association o f Australia is organised on an Australia-wide basis with a General Council and permanent secretariat. It is sub-divided into * Mrs. S y m e s is President o f the Special Libraries S e c t i o n . Library Association o f Australia

98

Sections and Branches. Sections are organised Australia-wide to give expression to the various professionel interests of members. Membership of a Section is purely voluntary and members of the Association are eligible to belong to one Section as part of normal membership. Upon payment of additional fees members may belong to as many Sections as they wish. Branches are territorial sub-divisions and all members automatically belong to the Branch in the state or territory in which they reside or carry on business.

Special Libraries Section The executive officers are elected by the members of the Section and the executive normally remains in one state for a period of three years. The present executive is in the state of New South Wales. The Special Libraries Section functions mainly through its state Divisions. These Divisions organise meetings within their areas, arrange seminars, and conduct lecture courses for candidates for the L.A.A.'s examinations. Some Divisions produce a state news-sheet which contains notices and reports of meetings, staff movements, notes on new publications, etc. The Section coordinates the work of state Divisions as well as catering for the needs of its own members, and participating in general conferences conducted by the Library Association of Australia. The Section has organised courses on specific subjects which are open to all members of the Association. In February 1966 the Section arranged t o bring t o Australia the EJC Course on Co-ordinate Indexing and Abstracting which was conducted by John Costello of the Battelle Memorial Institute. In August 1966 a Workshop on Automation in Libraries was held at Armidale, N.S.W. under the leadership of the then President of the Section, Mr. H. J. Zwillenberg. The Special Libraries Section conducted a seminar in October 1967 on Libraries and the Book Trade wich was attended by librarians and representatives of the book industry in Australia. In February 1968 the Section has arranged for Mr. Hillis Griffin of the Argonne National Laboratory, U.S.A. to conduct a course on Library Applications of Automatic Data Processing in Sydney. Plans are also underway to bring Australia in August 1968 the National Lending Library (Boston Spa, England) Course on the Structure and Use of Scientific Literature, and in February 1969, Alan Rees, Assistant Director for Research, School of Library Science, Western Reserve University to conduct a course dealing with information retrieval and information science.

Publications Directory of Special Libraries in Australia: In 1954 the Special libraries Section published the first edition of the

99

"Directory of Special Libraries in Australia". This was the first publication of its kind attempted in Australia, and listed over 300 special libraries. The second edition, covering over 500 special libraries, was published in 1961; a third edition is in preparation, which it is hoped will be published mid 1968. This edition will be in loose-leaf form to facilitate updating and eliminate the need (or future editions. It is believed it will cover approximately 1.000 special libraries. Australian Special Libraries News: The Special Libraries Section publishes a bi-monthly newsletter, the "Australian Special Libraries News", which acts as a means of communication for the very widespread membership. List of Periodical Holdings in Special Libraries in N.S.W.: In 1948 the N.S.W. Division issued a periodical union list entitled "Periodical Holdings in Special Libraries" which covered the holdings of 37 libraries. A second edition was published in 1957 covering 52 libraries and was entitled, "List of Periodical Holdings in Special Libraries in New South Wales." This was updated by supplements issued at irregular intervals. The third edition was published in 1963 in loose-leaf form. Amendment sheets are issued twice a year to maintain the currency of entries. This list records the complete holdings of 79 of the principal special libraries in New South Wales, some of which are not recorded in any other union list. List of Translators & Translation Services in the Eastern States of Australia: In 1966 the N.S.W. Division published "A List of Translators & Translation Services in the Eastern States of Australia". This list covers 44 translators and translating services in Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, giving details of languages and translation costs. Conclusion The Special Libraries Section of Australia is a vital part of the Library Association of Australia. One of the principal objects of this Association is " t o promote, establish and improve libraries and library services". This has been the aim of many of the Section's activities, particularly as applied to special libraries. As is evident from the increasing numbers recorded in the "Directory of Special Libraries in Australia" the establishment and growth of special libraries in this country has been and continues to be very rapid. There is a great deal of cooperation between these libraries and they are playing an increasingly important part in the nation's overall information sources.

100

C 2. Brazil Special libraries and information centers in Brazil and in Latin America

(Abstract)

By A.L.C. Vincentini University of Brasilia, Central Library, Brazil The activity of the special libraries and information centers in Brazil includes the following: The organization of professional courses; Participation in the activities of library associations; The coordinating activity of the Brazilian Institute for Bibliography and Documentation; An analysis of the studies made in connection with the publication of the Guide of the Special Library in Brazil prepared by the IBBD Preparation of summaries of the seminars in the field of special libraries held in Rio de Janeiro The contribution of the international organizations, viz. FIAB/SAL (Latin American Section of the FIAB). FID/CLA (Latin American Committee of the International Federation of Documentation), OAS (Organization of American States) to the development of special libraries in Latin America has been essential.

101

C 3. Bulgaria Libraries and scientific information in Bulgaria By Elena Savova Central Library of the Bulgarian Academy of Science, Sofia The advances of science make an exchange of information in all fields of human activity indispensable. It is primarily the task of librarians to establish this exchange. In order to provide information that is complete and put together as carefully as possible, for the special purpose of scientists, libraries had to reorganize their work and make use of all the various forms of information. On the other hand, the development of information as such makes necessary the organization of centers, services and offices, the task of which consists in making known to the specialist the materials — published or not — in the field of their interest, in a succinct and practical form. To that end, collections of abstracts, information bulletins, review articles, etc. have been published. The harmonious development of the national economy determines the leading role of science, without which any planned structure of socialism would be impossible. The people's Republic of Bulgaria is a small country with a population of only 8 million. It has a territory of 111 square kilometers. Thanks to the popular democratic regime which has been established in Bulgaria by the revolution of 9 September 1944, science and culture have shown a progress unknown up to that time. Before the liberation of Bulgaria, it had only three establishments of higher education. Today it has 27, plus 20 institutes of professional instruction, and 296 vocational schools. Scientific research, which once was pursued by enthusiastic scientists who were detached from practical life, has been taken over by research teams belonging to the system of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences. The Academy has now 32 institutes, 3 autonomous sections, 5 central laboratories, etc., and has at its disposal a network of libraries directed by a central library, around which a center of scientific information has been organized. Special attention is reserved to the agricultural sciences. An Academy of Agricultural Sciences was established in 1961; it includes 58 research centers with a network of special libraries and an information center. Certain departments also have scientific research institutes and special libraries. At the present time, the scientific research organization includes approximately 4.000 persons; 51 members of the Academy, 72 are corresponding members , 50 care professors, etc. There are also 1.700 graduate scientists with or without a doctoral degree.

102

The State Committee for Scientific and Technical Progress has been created to centralize the direction of scientific research; it has been in operation since 1962, and includes all research institutes. The libraries which have filled the role of the primary institutions for scientific and technical information continue filling it satisfactorily. During the last 20 years, an entire system of scientific, departmental, etc., libraries has been organized in Bulgaria. Consequently, all strata of population have the possibility of getting hold of information in their field of interest. Some of the library's special information services are microfilm facilities and photocopy laboratories. Since the establishment of the National Library in 1878, everything that is printed in Bulgaria must be deposited, pursuant t o a law on legal deposit, at that library in four copies. Since that time, the National Library also has published the m o n t h l y Bulgarian Bibliography in which all publications, including periodicals, maps, music, graphic drawings, etc., are listed. Analytical information concerning the periodicals is ensured by the Annals of the Printing Press which appear monthly. Before the liberation of Bulgaria from the Turks, Bulgarian books were printed in other countries. The National Library has published a finding list entitled Literature of the Bulgarian National Renaissance, and two other listings are in preparation: Finding List of Bulgarian Books and Finding List of the Periodical Press. In addition, a Current Bibliography of Bibliographies has been published since 1948. Under the methodical direction of the National Library, the departmental libraries developed an increased activity in the field of selective bibliography and of ethnographic studies. As to their functions and activities, the special libraries are closely connected with scientific information coming from different specialists. One of the oldest library networks in the country is the one at the University of Sofia which includes a Central Library with 15 branches that are attached to the various faculties. The system of libraries controlled by the Academy of Agricultural Sciences goes back to 1961 and operates in good coordination with the university network, without any subordination of one to the other. The institutions for medical research have very important libraries in their special fields. An independent Information Center was organized in the year 1965. It publishes its own periodical Bulletin. In the field of technology the Central Institution of Scientific and Technical Information together with the central technical libraries and the libraries attached to it ensures satisfactory scientific information. The Library of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences has the greatest merit in 103

recording the development of scientific information. Established in Romania - before the liberation of Bulgaria - in 1869, it is presently the leader o f 4 1 libraries and includes various scientific services. The Central Library o f the Academy compiles not only special bibliographies but publishes important works in this field, such as the Bibliography o f Bulgarian Archaeology which covers the period from 1879 to 1955, Bulgarian Historical Science 1960 - 1 9 6 4 , a bibliography o f the Bulgarian Medical Literature 1944 - 1 9 5 6 , and the Bibliography o f the Bulgarian literature concerning microbiology. A bibliography of the Bulgarian geological literature is in preparation. The Central Library o f the Academy published for the use o f foreign scientists a List o f the Publications o f the Academy of the Sciences which covers the period from 1869 — 1 9 5 3 , and the Library now is preparing a sequence covering the year 1954 to 1969. Collections o f abstracts o f academic publications ( 1 9 5 4 - 1957) were compiled in French and in Russian. Reference works were also published, which are dedicated to the structure of the A c a d e m y , to its scientific meetings, to the winners of the Dimitrov Price in the field o f the sciences, and also to biographies o f outstanding Bulgarian scholars and politi cians. In order to insure a permanent and up to date information, the Library of the A c a d e m y publishes a weekly list o f new acquisitions. In addition, its infor mation service and those o f the various institutes have special card files which can supply detailed data on review articles and works published in Bulgaria and foreign countries upon the request o f the participants in the work o f the A c a d e m y and of interested Bulgarian and foreign scientists. Since 1958, the Information Center of the Academy publishes, in two versions (in Russian and in one o f the Western languages), the Analytical Bulletin of the Scientific Literature o f Bulgaria which is distributed throughout foreign countries. The Central Library of the Academy is responsible for the beginnings of scientific information in Bulgaria, which is now guaranteed by a large information system. Until 1965 the Scientific Information System comprised: 1)

A Central Institute o f Scientific-Technical Information ( T Z I N T I ) of the Committee for Science and Technical Progress.

2)

An Information Center operated by the Academy o f Agricultural Sciences.

3)

A Center for Scientific Information o f the Bulgarian Academy o f Sciences.

Pursuant to a decree o f the Council of Ministers issued in 1965 and concerning the structure and the tasks o f the unified state system for scientific and techni cal information, that system comprises, at the present time: 1) The Central Institute o f Technical and Scientific Information ( T Z I N T I )

104

which is directly subordinated to the State Committee for Scientific and Technical Progress. It exercises leadership inasmuch as methodology and the coordination of all institutes for technical information by branches (TZONTI) and of the information centers of industrial enterprises, etc. (BUNTI) are concerned. The principal form in which TZINTI operates is the Anaytical Abstracts of the literature published in different fields of industry. 2) The Center for Scientific Information and Documentation of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences. It is in charge of the methods governing the information system in the fields of the natural sciences and humanities, and publishes the abstract bulletins which Have been mentioned before and which are intended for foreign scientists. 3) The Center for Scientific and Technical Agricultural Information and Documentation of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences which publishes journals, subject bibliographies, etc., as well as an Abstract Bulletin of publications in the field of agricultural economics (in English and in Russian) intended for foreign scholars. In addition, the Center is in charge of methodology relating to the information services in this field. 4) The Center for Scientific Medical Information of the Ministry of Public Health which publishes an information bulletin for the physicians of Bulgaria.

105

C 4. Burundi Special libraries By F. J. Leroy

Library of the Offical University of Bujumbura, Bujumbura - Burundi 1) T h e ISABU (Institute of Agricultural Sciences in Burundi) has a small specialized library, the larger part of which is at the Kisosi experimental station, while the rest is at Bujumbura with the office of the director. The ISABU, as well as the ISAR (Institute of the Agricultural Sciences in R w a n d a ) , are the branches maintained in our two countries by the INEAC (National Institute for Agricultural Studies in the Congo). This organization was liquidated a f t e r the colonies had gained their independence. 2) The OCIBU (Office of Indigenous Coffees of Burundi) also has its seat at B u j u m b u r a ; it has a small library concerned with the various problems of c o f f e e . This office is the Burundi branch of the OCIRU (Office of Indigenous C o f f e e s of Ruanda Urundi) which also has been divided u p since the establishm e n t of independence. At the present time, our University Library makes an e f f o r t to collect and classify all publications published in Burundi or concerning Burundi, n o m a t t e r w h a t their language m a y be: it may be t h o u g h t , therefore, that this c o n s t i t u t e s an embryonic special library relating to our c o u n t r y . Evidently, it is rather complicated to find all the material published in foreign countries, particularly periodica] articles. The Library of Congress in Washington, D.C. has a copy of the Bibliographical Study of R u a n d a Urundi, prepared by Mr. Clement.

106

C 5. Canada Notes on special libraries in Canada By E. J. Spicer

Library of Parliament, Ottawa Since you have arrived in Canada I am sure that many of you have heard more about Canada and its problems than you really want or need to know, but, u n f o r t u n a t e l y , you will have to hear some more this afternoon. Unhappily, also, my remarks on special libraries in Canada will have to be very general indeed for, unlike many other library matters in this country, there has been no recent, inclusive, and authoritative survey. The latest comprehensive report by the Dominion Bureau of Statistics is for 1961, and there have been recent surveys of medical libraries (1), arid certain aspects of academic and research libraries. (2), (3) In addition, the 1965 Survey of Libraries in the Province of Ontario (4) includes a chapter on "Special and Government Libraries", but the two most comprehensive and important reports on special libraries and collections are not yet ready. Both Dr. Down's report on academic and research libraries, and the report being prepared jointly by Dr. W. Kaye Lamb (our National Librarian & Dominion Archivist), and Dr. Jack E. Brown (our National Science Librarian) on Federal Government Libraries in Ottawa are eagerly awaited, however, and can later be used to p u t meat on the bones of this skeleton survey. The proposed survey of "Library Resources Supporting Legal Education and Research in Canada" should also prove interesting. And now that you have had the bibliographical basis of my remarks, I should like to present what may be called the geopolitical basis. Briefly, Canada is a very large country of some 3.851.809 square miles, 3 . 2 2 3 miles f r o m East to West, and 2.875 miles from North to South. It is, in fact, the second largest country in the world, only the USSR, with 8.649.512 square miles, being larger. Hoewever, though "it is more than forty times (1)

Simon, B.V. Library Support of Medical Education and Research in Canada. Ottawa: Association of Canadian Medical Colleges. 1964.

(2)

Williams, E.E. Resources of Canadian University Libraries for Research in the Humanities and Social Sciences.Ottawa: National Conference of Canadian Universities and Colleges. 1962.

(3)

Bonn, G.S. Science-Technology Literature Resources in Canada. Ottawa: National Research Council. 1966.

(4)

St. John, F.R. A Survey of Libraries in the Province of Ontario 1965. Toronto: Ontario Library Association. 1965.

107

the size of Britain and eighteen times the size of France" (5) only about one third is developed. And its population of 20.014.880 is largely concentrated in ribbon-like fashion along the U.S. border with few special libraries to be found far North of this except in St. John's, Newfoundland, and Edmonton, Alberta. The six major geopolitical regiones are The Atlantic — the four provinces of Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia, and New Brunswick —; Quebec (which is also partly a Northern and Atlantic region) —; Ontario (the heartland) - ; The Prairies - the three provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta —; British Columbia (the Pacific province) —; and The North — including the Yukon, the Northwest Territories, and the Arctic Islands. Number and distribution of libraries In all this area there are now probably about 1200 special libraries, most of them very small, and most of them in Ontario and Quebec. This figure is in sharp contrast to the total of 580 government and private special libraries reported by the Dominion Bureau of Statistics for 1961, but I believe it to be a reasonable reflection of the tremendous growth in the last six years, keeping in mind that not all special libraries reported to D.B.S. Exact figures are impossible to determine from the literature available, but it is probably safe to say that the three cities of Montreal (in Quebec), and Ottawa and Toronto (in Ontario), with about 100 special libraries each, contain the most valuable 25% of these libraries. It is also likely that they contain over 50% of the materials held in special library collection. (The next largest concentration of special libraries is probably in Vancouver). The Atlantic provinces have about 50 special libraries, about half in Nova Scotia. Most of these are provincial or Federal Government libraries, among the most notable being the libraries of the Nova Scotia Research Foundation, the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, the Defence Research Establishment Atlantic of the Defence Research Board, the Atlantic Regional Laboratory of the National Research Council, and the four provincial Legislative Libraries. Quebec has over 200, but many are small libraries attached to seminaries or junior colleges. As stated earlier, however, the concentration is greatest in the Montreal area where about half the special libraries are located. (In 1961 the Dominion Bureau of Statistics reported 150). One of Canada's two branches of the Special Libraries Association is the Montreal Branch founded in 1932. One need hardly say, I suppose that the province of Quebec is particularly rich in French language resources, but it should be clearly stated for foreign visitors, of course. Among the most important Montreal collections are those (5)

108

Canada Year Book. 1966. p.2.

of the Arctic Institute of North America, the Bibliothèque St. Sulpice (now the Provincial Library), the International Civil Aviation Organization, insurance company libraries, the Canadian National Railways, the National Film Board, and industrial and business libraries. In addition, of course, there are the important provincial government libraries in Quebec City, including the Legislative Library. The Prairie Provinces have probably fewer than 100 special libraries. Among those most notable, however, are those of the Glenbow Foundation, and a number of oil companies in Calgary, Alberta, and of course, the libraries of the provincial and federal governments. British Columbia claims "some 135" special libraries, including some "quite small company libraries, not very well organized". Of this 135 total, only 23 or 17% "have librarians with professional or equivalent qualifications". (In 1961 the Dominion Bureau of Statistics reported 52). Included of course, are the libraries of the provincial and federal governments. It is estimated that Ontario has some 300 special libraries, but as with the other estimates , this is only approximate, as no survey has been undertaken to discover (or uncover) libraries in small companies, or those attached to associations. (In 1961 the Dominion Bureau of Statistics reported 250). In any case, well over 50% of these libraries are likely in Ottawa and Toronto, and the bulk of the larger collections. The second of the two Canadian branches of the Special Libraries Association was formed in Toronto in 1940. Toronto boasts the libraries of the Law Society of Upper Canada, the Academy of Medicine, a number of newspaper and insurance company libraries, the Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies Library, many provincial government libraries, notably the Legislative Library, the Library of the Canadian Institute of International Affairs, and many others you have already had drawn to your attention. The special libraries in Ottawa are overwhelmingly those of the federal government, but the libraries of the Northern Electric Company and the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company should also be mentioned. The largest federal government libraries are the National Science Library, the Library of Parliament, the National Library, and the Library of the Department of Agriculture. For those of you who are mathematically astute, there is an apparent discrepancy in my figures. Fifty special libraries in the Atlantic region, 200 in Quebec, 300 in Ontario, 100 in the Prairies, and 135 in British Columbia (even if one supposes 5 in the North) still comes to only 790 special libraries, and yet, I mentioned a possible 1200. Well, frankly, I don't know how many there are, but I do know that if British Columbian claims to 135 are heard elsewhere in Canada, every other provincial spokesman will say the figure used for his province or region is too low, and I suggest the 109

figure of 1200 in anticipation: In any case, even if we have only ten special libraries for each one hundred years since Confederation, we have 1000, and this is a nice round figure. The two main points I wish to make, however, is that we have a great many special libraries, and at present too little information available about them. Staffing In British Columbia it is reported that only 17% of the special libraries are staffed by professional librarians or persons with equivalent qualifications, but I do not think this is true of Canadian special libraries generally. Certainly, almost all government libraries employ qualified staff and I should think that only the smallest libraries do not have professional assistants. It is true that there is a shortage of librarians in Canada, and that only 14,5 % of the 1966 graduates of the School of Library Science, University of Toronto, went to special libraries, but I should be very surprised indeed if most special libraries in Canada, and certainly all the most important ones, do not have professionally trained staff. But then my Ottawa viewpoint may be too rosy for Special Libraries reports in the April issue that salaries for Special Librarians in Ottawa are, on the average, much higher than in either Toronto or Montreal. In Ottawa Special Librarians average $ 9.324, in Toronto $ 7.966, and in Montreal "only" $ 7.677. Collections As far as the collections go there has, up to now, been far too little co-operation in acquisitions, or in the orderly division of subject fields. It is my hope, however, that within the next few years we may see a rationalization of all library resources within this country. So far, all reports have stated quite clearly that, compared with the United States or Great Britain, we are a library-poor country, made poorer by the great distances between the sources of information, and the need for it even in the relatively library-rich communities of Ottawa, Montreal, and Toronto. And as we become increasingly interested in countries other than the United States, Great Britain, and France, we have become increasingly embarrassed by the relative poverty of our holdings. This, of course, is something I believe you have already noticed - Canadian libraries have joined those of the United States in struggling to secure materials to help inform those who want to or must be well-informed about other areas. At these meetings in Toronto we are discussing the problems of collection materials from Africa and Latin America. In Canada we also face the problem of acquiring adequate European and Asiatic collections. No Canadian library 110

can boast the incunabula of most European University libraries, for example, but we can, fortunately, lay better claim to scientific awareness with the collection of the National Science Library, the Library of the Defence Research Board, and the Library of the Federal Department of Agriculture in Ottawa. And the effective contribution of federal government libraries is by no means limited t o Ottawa — there are branch libraries of the Federal Department of Agriculture right across the country in addition to other branch libraries of other Federal Departments in m a n y of the provinces. Naturally, the National Library in Ottawa, just moved into its new building, and the National Science Library, also in Ottawa, for which a new building is now being planned, play major roles in the increasingly effective use of library materials in Canada by locating and frequently supplying requested material. One can only hope that the report on federal government libraries which has been nearly three years in preparation will point the way to even more effective use of federal f u n d s in the matter of special collections and special services necessary to ensure that Canada progresses by using the flood of information now pouring f o r t h . We in Canada, in common with other nations, must either effectively organize this flood or be swept away by it. Personally, I feel that only the federal government has the resources to attempt the rationalization of the printed, spoken, and visual material in cooperation with the provinces, and their creatures, the universities. Industry, of course, will still need special libraries, but increasingly it must rely on larger collections. Now, at present, the libraries of the federal government are not as effective as they might be, and the first step in improving this most important single collection of special libraries is the survey being completed by Dr. Lamb and Dr. Brown. Already rumour has it that smaller Departmental Libraries will disappear to be replaced by machine relays from the major libraries, and some hope that a Federal Library Committee will be recommended. Well, I don't know what the result will be but i believe that a heavy burden rests on Drs. Lamb and Brown. For, on their effective analysis of federal government library service, and on their recommendations, and the subsequent government action, will, to a large extent, rest the future of special libraries in Canada. I hope I may have the opportunity of reporting to you on the results of this survey - hopefully, in a favourable way - within the next ten years.

Ill

C 6. Czechoslovakia Organization and financing of the special libraries network in Czechoslovakia By Vera Kratochvilova

Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information, Prague Survey of the development leading to national system In order to secure information about the results of science and technology networks of information centers are built up in our country, similarly as in other countries of the world. These centers perform library as well as information activities. The scope of their activities is adapted to the needs and organization of national economy. It is our aim to set up and further develop a uniform nation-wide system of information centers, to state for them principally identical working methods and organization of activities based on central management, promotion of their development and co-ordination, labor participation and effective assistance which their activities can render to science and national economy. The development leading to the establishment of national system in our country can be briefly characterized as follows: Before Word War II information activity was developed in a few larger enterprises, e.g. BAÎA and SKODA. In 1950 the first major information center was established, viz. the Documentation Center within the framework of the Center for Research and Technical Development, the activity of which was aimed at systematical building up of technical information centers in industrial plants. For nearly two years the establishing of technical information centers was centrally managed by the above Documentation Center. This form of management proved very useful, as it helped joining technical information centers in fulfilling the tasks given by the plan of national economy. The Czechoslovak Institute for Technical and Economic Documentation which continued the activities of the Documentation Center was not sufficiently equipped for securing the management and setting up of technical information centers in industrial branches. This was why in 1959 the State Committee for the Development of Technology (now State Commission for Technology) was charged with establishing Center for Technical and Economic Information, yet at that time the planned institution had not been set up and the methodical management of information services was partially provided for by one of the departments of the State Committee and partially by subordinate bodies, predominantly by the Institute for Technical and Economic Information which 112

arose from the Czechoslovak Institute for Technical and Economic Documentation. The State Committee for the Development of Technology worked out materials providing for the establishment of a nationwide information system aimed at developing information services on all management levels, so that information could be passed even to the individual workshops of industrial plants. Thus, in 1959 a suggestion of a governmental decree about organization and management of technical and economic information was prepared and passed by the Government. Nevertheless, this governmental decree No. 6 0 6 / 1 9 5 9 was limited to information in the field of technology, setting aside the field of humanities, natural sciences and problems of basic research. Due t o the above limited aspects the decree did not yet fully represent a basis for the creation of an uniform information system. As concerns the methods of work with technological literature from the librarian point of view and its proper utilization, these activities were secured by the State Technical Library in Prague and the Slovak Technical Library in Bratislava. At that time also the individual ministries commenced to set u p within their competencies scientific and technical information centers and started solving the question of central management of their respective networks. In some cases the activities of technical libraries were organizationally separated f r o m those of the scientific and technical information centers. In order t o secure effective performance of all necessary information activities beginning with acquisition and processing and ending with evaluation and dissemination of information, technical libraries gradually fused with the scientific and technical information centers, becoming thus their basic integral constituent. Those ministries which had already built up large libraries for the needs of their respective fields started to set u p information institutes into which the respective libraries were organizationally included. These institutes became fully responsible for establishing and methodical control of the corresponding information network. Thus, e.g. in agriculture the Central Agricultural and Forestry Library amalgamated with the information department under the formation of the Institute for Scientific and Technical Information of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry ; similarly also the State Medical Library was included into the Institute for Medical Documentation under the formation of the State Institute for Medical D o c u m e n t a t i o n and Library Service. Some industrial ministries established large information centers where the literature was acquired, processed, analytically evaluated, analytical studies worked out and the knowledge gained was utilized for publicity purposes among the workers. As examples of such well functioning information centers let us mention the Technical Information Center of the Ministry of Nutrition Industry or the Technical Information Center of Wood Industry at the Re113

search Institute of Wood Industry. Large information center was set up at the Research Institute of Building Industry and Architecture. Further important information centers were founded within the competencies of the Ministries of Chemical Industry, Heavy Industry and Transport. The above information centers were established predominantly as information departments of the respective research institutes or industrial plants and were obviously primarily concerned with the problems of their mother institution. Owing to that in some fields a duplicity or even multiplicity of information processing occured, whereas other fields were left practically without any information supply. Gradually more and more the necessity of unifying the central management of the information system was felt, as one of the essential preconditions of effective utilization of information for the development of science and technology. The State Commission for Technology established in 1965 in lieu of the State Commission for the Development and Co-ordination of Science and Technology was charged with the nationwide management of the system of scientific and technical information. In 1966 a new body was founded within the competency of the State Commission for Technology, viz. the Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information taking over the responsibility for nationwide management of the scientific and technical information system. As for the library system in our country, its development can be outlined as follows: Until recently library activities were rather isolated from the general development of the system of information centers. Act No. 53/1959 (the so-called Library Act) laid foundations of an integrated system of Czechoslovak libraries comprising all library networks, e.g. public libraries, medical libraries, agricultural libraries, the so-called state scientific libraries (universal scientific libraries in various regions of our country orginating in many cases f r o m the university libraries and directing nowadays the acquisition of their holdings according to the industrial character of the respective region), faculty libraries, libraries within the framework of the Czechoslovak Academy of Science, trade union libraries, etc. The head of the integrated nationwide library system is the State Library of Czechoslovak Socialist Republic comprising the University Library (historical designation, nowadays each faculty has a library of its own; The University Library is the largest universal scientific library in our country), National Library (collecting all literature published in Czech or Slovak and all literature about Czechoslovakia; center of national bibliography), Slavenic Library (owns one of the most ample holdings of Slavenic literature in the world), Central Scientific Methodical Cabinet of Librarianship (nationwide center of librarian methodology) and Central Economic Library in Prague. The State Library of CSSR is not only the central

114

library of the whole library system in our country, but was also charged with nationwide co-ordination of bibliographic activity, directly in the fields of humanities and natural sciences, through the mediation of the individual central libraries of the respective networks for the other fields (for technology through the State Technical Library forming part of the Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information, for agriculture through the Central Agricultural and Forestry Library, forming part of the Institute for Scientific and Technical Information of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry and for medicine through the State Medical Library — part of the State Institute for Medical Documentation and Library Service). Region-wide co-ordination of bibliographic activity in Slovakia is performed by Matica slovenska in Martin (Slovak national bibliography), University Library in Bratislava (humanities and natural science), Slovak Technical Library (technology), and Central Economic Library in Bratislava (economy). Direct nationwide co-ordination of bibliographic activities in pedagogics is performed by the Comenius Central Pedagogical Library in Prague, regionwide co-ordination of the same being performed by the State Pedagogical Library in Bratislava. As if is our aim to establish a uniform state-wide information system in which b o t h components, the system of libraries as well as the system of scientific and technical information centers would cooperate in mutual harmony concerting their activities for the solution of all problems of mutual interest, we attempted in the first place to achieve a uniform methodical management of b o t h systems. Our attempts are based on the following principles: Libraries of information centers in institutes, plants and works form part of the system of scientific, technical and economic information system representing at the same time one of the basic network ot the library system. For direct management of the technical libraries network are responsible the central bodies and institutions in the competency of which these libraries perform their activities; their work is centrally controlled by the Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information, whereas the Ministry of Culture and Information follows and evaluates the activity of this library network from the point of view of fulfilling the enactments of the Library Act. That means that the work of technical libraries must be in agreement b o t h with the enactments of the above mentioned governmental decree Nr. 53/1959. The scientific methodical activity in the sphere of the uniform library system is provided for by the Central Scientific Methodical Cabinet of Librarianship within the framework of the State Library of ¿ S S R , in cooperation with the respective central libraries of the individual networks. On the other hand, the Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information is the leading institution for scientific methodical research activity in the field of scientific and technical information. Mutual cooperation and c o o r d i nation of the activities of both methodical organs is indispensable, similarly 115

as in the case of acquisition, processing and utilization of scientific literature, in the first place that from abroad and in performing bibliographic and documentation activities. Education of information staff is provided for at the Chairs of Librarianship and Scientific Information at Charles University in Prague and Comenius University in Bratislava. Organizational structure and administrative practices The Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information was established on April 1, 1966 as a body subordinate to the State Commission for Technology for nationwide methodical management and control of activities in the field of scientific, technical and economic information, securing such information activities which are to be performed centrally, carrying out research in the field of scientific and technical information and for promoting scientific-technical propaganda (i.e. dissemination and popularization of the latest technological achievements among the working people and assistance in introducing these achievements into production practice). The activity of the Center is therfore very extensive and diverse concerning e.g. not only the question of co-ordination of research activities in the field of theory, methodology and technique of scientific and technical information and work with technical literature, and in numerous cases also their direct performance, but also the problems of nationwide management and organization of the information system, creation and processing, as well as effective utilization of information holdings, intended training of information specialists, concerted cooperation in the field of scientific-technical information from the nationwide (interdisciplinary relations) as well as from the international point of view and help in disseminating and utilizing progressive experience and knowledge in the field of science and technology by means of press, wireless television, mass organizations, etc. In the field of technology, agriculture and medicine networks of information centers were built up, the structure and organization of which correspond to the situation and needs of the respective fields. The information centers are principally organized at three levels, so that the following three types of information centers can be distinguished: 1. Disciplinary information centers (highest organizational degree) established at research institutes or other important institutions or as independent institutes (e.g. in agriculture, medicine, metallurgy, etc.) provide comprehensive information (i.e. they collect all information sources, not only books and journals, but also patents, standards, trade literature, etc.) concerning common problems of the whole discipline (i.e. complex of mutually related branches) or inter-disciplinary problems of the respective field, process information pertaining not only to the present needs, but also regarding the developmental trends of the whole discipline. They methodically control and co-ordinate the

116

activities of information centers of lower organizational degree in their respective discipline (disregarding within the competency of which ministry the information center is established), supply these with information for disciplinary problems and evaluate their activity. The disciplinary information centers also develop own international cooperation with corresponding institutions abroad. They participate in dissemination and utilization of significant achievements within the discipline, especially in cooperation with the Czechoslovak Scientific and Technical Society (voluntary organization for promotion of scientific and technical propaganda within the framework of Central Trade Union Board). 2. Branch information centers (medium organizational degree) provide information for the whole branch, i.e. not only for the problems and tasks of their own institution. They develop library, documentation, translation and publication activities (publishing of own abstract bulletins, etc.) and work out studies and critical analyses and evaluations of information pertinent to the given theme. These centers also participate in dissemination of scientific and technical knowledge within the framework of their own institution as well as institutions of the respective branch and assist in their introduction into practical use. 3. Primary information centers (lowest organizational degree) serve the needs of their own institution only. They develop activities in analogical fields as the branch information centers, yet solely with respect to the problems solved at their own institution. Information activities in humanities, similarly as in natural sciences, are performed by scientific libraries and their bibliographic departments. The network of the so-called state scientific libraries is controlled within the competency of regional national committees, collegiate libraries are supervised by the Ministry of Education; at various institutes of the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences either small reference libraries or large associate central libraries serving the needs of the respective field of science were established. The Basic Library of the Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences represents the central library of the above network. Besides library activities there are documentalists at the individual workplaces of the Academy working as members of research teams. Long-range planning of information and documentation services The plan of information activity is principally divided into two parts: 1. Information for the tasks of the state plan of research and development and the state plan of basic research. All information activitiy is targeted at the long-range planning of science, tech117

nology and national economy and the information activity usually forms part of the initial phase of the individual tasks of the state plan. Within the framework of these tasks also their financial costs are covered. 2. Long-range conceptions of the development of the information methods themselves. The development of information technology and research activity in the field of information is planned within the framework of the comprehensive task (i.e. task consisting of several mutually connected and related problems) "Investigation into the System of Scientific, Technical and Economic Inform a t i o n " , the individual tasks of which concern the following cycles of problems: - theoretical problems of scientific information (e.g. research m e t h o d s of information needs, role of information in creative activity, information pretreatment in basic research, etc.), - problems of organization and specialization of scientific and special libraries (role of scientific and special libraries in the development of science, technology and national economy, creation of holdings, function of bibliographic centers, etc.), - classification of information (analysis of various systems and their suitability for individual purposes), - methods of information processing, - problems of mechanization and automation of information activity, - intended training of information staff, users and specialists in the field of theory and methodology of information. Financing of information activity Information centers which form part of research institutes or plants are financed within the framework of the whole economy of the respective organization. Independent information institutes (e.g. the Center for Scientific, Technical and Economic Information, Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, State Institute for Medical Documentation and Library Service) have their own budgets approved by the respective superior central state body (ministry). Situation in the library system The State Library of CSSR as central library of the whole library system is under direct supervison of the Ministry of Culture and Information which 118

also approves the Library's own budget. The so-called state scientific libraries being in the competency of regional national committees are financed within the budget of the respective national committee. Collegiate libraries from integral part of universities and other similar institutions are financed within the budget of the respective faculty. For financing of the other information centers the following principles have been accepted: 1. Costs of comprehensive information serving mainly technological and economic development of a single branch economic unit (trust) are covered from the technical development f u n d of the respective unit; 2. Costs of the "information phase" of the tasks of technical development retrieval, studies, analyses preceding the so-called "opponent assessment" exchange of views of reknowned specialists on including the suggested task into the state plan - and respresenting the initial stage of the tasks are covered from the financial means planned and given at disposal for the solution of the tasks, were these included into the state or branch plan; 3. Works requested by institutions outside the branch economic units should be the subject of economic agreements, were these systematical current awareness service (publications, abstracts, annotated cards, current bibliographies) or information works ordered for a single purpose only; such works should be invoiced in the usual way, so far as invoicing is economically suitable; 4. Tasks of primary social importance and character, e.g. concerning interdisciplinary problems or fields which will not be developed in our country any more, etc., or such ordered by central managing bodies (ministries, government) will be financed by means of grants from the state budget. Financial grants are so far the mightiest lever in hand of the Center of Scientific, Technical and Economic Information for organizing the development of scientific, technical and economic information activities and for its management.

119

C 7. Dahomey Special libraries in Dahomey By C. E. D'Oliveira Before Dahomey became independent on 1 August 1960, there existed practically no special libraries in the country. But during the last few years, the development of these institutions has gone forward at a rapid rate, in order to fill national requirements. The following may be classified as special libraries: (1) The Library of the Institute for Applied Research of Dahomey; (2) The Library of Public Administration; (3) The Library of the Ministry of Agriculture; (4) The Library of the National Institute of Education; (5) The University Library; (6) The Library of the National Assembly. 1. Library of the Institute of Applied Research of Dahomey This used to be the administrative library, i.e. the library of the local government of the colonial power. Later, after the scientific organization called French Institute of Black Africa had been established in 1938, the library became attached to that institute which became the Institute of Applied Research of Dahomey in 1961. From that time on, this library has gradually become specialized in the following subject fields: Botany, ethnology, geography, history, African pharmacopoeia. 2. Library of Public

Administration

Despite its name this library differs basically from the former administrative library which we have discussed above. It has been conceived, from its origin in 1962, as a special library, the stock of which consists essentially of materials in the field of public administration, administrative sciences, law, finance, economics, development, planning, organization and methods, sociology, labor, cooperatives. It includes also a considerable number of reference works (dictionaries, encyclopedias, atlases, codes, collections of laws, the official journals of Dahomey from 1895 on, and those of the former French West Africa (1), publications of international, regional and international organizations. The Dag Hammarskjold Foundation, the UNESCO and the Cultural Services of the French Ministry of Cooperation have lent considerable assistance to the setting up of this library which now includes some 5000 volumes and was inaugu^ rated in August 1964. It is intended for the use of government employees, officials, (1) F o r m e r F r e n c h A f r i c a consisted o f : Mauritania, Senegal, S u d a n ( n o w Mali), G u i n e a Ivory C o a s t , U p p e r V o l t a , Niger, D a h o m e y .

120

magistrates, representatives of the various services, juridictions and public establishments of the State, of students and graduate students undergoing professional training, of foreign technical assistance and experts w h o serve in D a h o m e y j o r are on a mission to this country. Recently, the library has been made a depository of the publications of the O.S.M.

3. Library of the Ministry of Agriculture The special fields of this library are arboriculture, biology, b o t a n y , climatology, world economy, geology, horticulture, education, fish and wild life, plant pathology, topography, and zoology. Economists and agricultural engineers and experts are the main users of this library, which has enabled m a n y of them to conduct a number of studies successfully, particularly in reference to cacao, coffee, caoutchouc, oil producing plant, food products, c o t t o n and other textiles.

4. Library of the National Institute of Education This library is now being organized. It consists essentially of textbooks, of works relating to culture and civilization in general, and of books on psychology. The research done here is concerned with the education of teachers, with their orientation and with school learning. It is playing an important role in connection with the new teacher's college at Porto-Novo.

5. Library of the Institute of Advanced Studied This library which has been established recently, specializes particularly in the field of literature. Since 1966, it has also a scientific section. The future of this library is closely, connected with that of the Institute of Advanced Studies of Benin, which is a joint undertaking of Dahomey and Togo. It is certain that it will expand rapidly, in view of the various university faculties which it will have to cover. Its users are professors and students only.

6. Library of the National Assembly It is still in an embryonic stage. It contains largely legal books and reference works. It is open exclusively to the members of the National Assembly and to the personnel of the Secretariat General of the Assembly. Its definitive structure should be established in the years to come. By way of conclusion, let me say that this unexpected development of special libraries in Dahomey is characteristic of the cultural evolution of this country which is called the "Latin q u a r t e r " of Black Africa. The interest shown by the various groups of users of those libraries guarantees their f u t u r e .

121

C 8. Federal Republic of Germany Eastatom — a new route to unknown research literature By

Giinther Reichardt Central Library of the Nuclear Research Establishment,

Juelich

The Juelich Nuclear Research Centre (Kernforschungsanlage Julich), in collaboration with Euratom, has set up a service which, for certain narrow research fields, locates, procures, notifies and, on request, translates unknown important literature of the East European and Oriental countries. Lists of such literature are published in the monthly journal "Transatom Bulletin" under the title "Eastatom". They contain a limited selection on twelve different subjects and cover published scientific works in obscure languages which are not yet available in translation and do not yet feature in "Nuclear Science Abstracts". Research has always been concerned with the unknown. The individual researcher is at all times possessed with the urge to advance on remote and imaginative goals, but the scientific experimentation and technological development work .that lead to these goals are often so onerous as to be beyond the intellectual and financial resources of the individual. In such cases there is only one solution: to enlist the cooperation researchers at home and abroad who are working on indentical or similar projects, insofar as their results have been published. This in no way implies a general call to study scientific literature or merely a recommendation for the constant perusal of reference journals, for this alone would mean exposing the researcher, who has little time for reading, to the present bewildering flood of literature in which he is unlikely to find any accurate signposts to his own research route. Today, owing to lack of time, the investigator is no longer able to comb through catalogues and bibliographies, special lists and documentation files, because for the most part he is interested only in narrow specialized fields. The practice frequently adopted by libraries of offering their general purpose reference tools as the sole means of guidance is equivalent to offering a globe to someone who asks you the way to the station. The problem of unknown research literature It is therefore a question of bringing unknown literature to light, for it is an unfortunace fact that in Germany, for example, many research results remain in obscurity for a very considerable time, sometimes as long as six or eight years. There are various reasons for this, and shortage of funds is only one of them. Prof. F. Seitz, President of the National Academy of Sciences, Wash122

ington, has remarked that in Western Germany the organization and documentation of scientific research have scarcely changed since before the first World War; they are based " o n the institute system which was developed almost a century ago".* The greatest efforts to bring unknown literature to light - and it is primarly the literature published in the Eastern countries that constitutes this category - were made by the Americans after the shock they sustained as a result of the launching of the Soviet sputnik in 1957: this is evident today from the nearly 200 Soviet journals which have been completely translated into English and from the numerous translated monographs. "Nuclear Science Abstracts" increased its coverage of Eastern-bloc literature from 6% in 1957 to 16% in 1964. Nevertheless, many very important contributions - articles scattered throughout numerous journals, concealed research reports, theses and patents - are neither translated nor reported and consequently remain unknown for quite a long time. Examples can easily be found of research results which have escaped notice altogether or have only belatedly come t o light. The malignolipin test, which was published in Japan in 1958, was not reported in "Medical News" until 1964, despite the fact that Italian institutes hand been working on it in the meantime. The effective cross-section measurements of many radionuclides have appeared in Soviet publications, but are nontheless still being sought. How many people know of the proof of damage to uranium fuel elements in a current of CO2? Or the experience acquired with the Calder Hall-type fuel elements that were used in an Japanese nuclear energy centre? Or the Polish work on breeding in thermal reactors? Or the work on ultracentrifugation that has been done in Communist China on the basis of the results obtained by the German researchers professor Groth and Dr. Beyerle? Or the Russian studies on cytostatics? Or the conference held at Kiev in 1964 at which there were 111 individual papers on genetics and radiobiology? Or the Finnish work on a new cement for shielding purposes in reactor construction? What does Eastatom offer? It is now possible to discover and to obtain in translation hitherto unknown research literature in obscure languages which is not as yet included in "Nuclear Science Abstracts" and has not yet been translated. It is unfortunately typical that the impetus for this information source should have come f r o m abroad. The European Atomic Energy C o m m u n i t y , recognizing the deficiency, * F. Seitz: Wissenschaft im V o r m a r s c h . S t i f t e r v e r b a n d - S c h r i f t e n r e i h e zur F o r d e r u n g der Wissenschaft, Vol II. N o . 9, 1962.

123

organized a form of collaboration with the Jülich Nuclear Research Centre (Kernforschungsanlage Jülich) whereby a special service was set up at the tatter's central library which, in certain narrow research fields, seeks out and procures important unknown literature of East European and Oriental countries, states the titles in English and, on request, furnishes translations at a reduced rate. Since January 1966, these lists of important unknown literature have been appearing monthly in "Transatom Bulletin" as Section III under the title "Eastatom". The literature titles are given in English. The subject-matter is arranged under the following twelve heads: physics, chemistry, mathematics and computers, geology, mineralogy, and meteorology, biology and medicine, metals, ceramics and other construction materials, technique and equipment, reactor technology, production and separation of radionuclides, industrial applications of radionuclides, radionuclides in agricultural science and for food preservation, radiation protection. This literature is available at the central library of the Jülich Nuclear Research Establishment and can be ordered either as photostats or as translation into English, French, Italian, Dutch or German. Translations are supplied at a reduced price amounting to about 40% of the true cost. A particular advantage for the individual scientist is that this list provides him with a selection of only about ten titles per month in each field, i.e. only 1 2 0 - 1 5 0 titles in all. Thanks to this "homeopathic" method there is no danger that the scientist will be offered "off-the-peg" goods, on the contrary, every effort is made to cater for his particular requirements by furnishing a specific and perhaps not unimportant contribution the evaluation of which will take little time, but should constitute a useful pointer for many research projects. The information thus offered relates to the gaps in the notification of technical literature, to the blank spaces on the "chart of nuclear research". Naturally, only published scientific papers in the Eastern languages as far as the Pacific are indicated; no account is taken of the invisible spectrum of internal, confidential and secret reports. The Americans have already realized the value of this contribution and are enthusiastically ordering the literature announced in Section III of "Transatom Bulletin". In Germany, however, there is still a lack of response, although it has long been recognized that many spectacular scientific successes in nuclear research are also being achieved in the countries covered by Eastatom. It would be a pity if foreign researchers were to make earlier and better use of the time-saving routes that we point out than do our own institutes in the European community.

124

Report on the 11 th Working-Conference of the Assiociation of Special Libraries of the Federal Republic of Germany held in Stuttgart from 15th to 17th March, 1967 By Franz H odes Senckenbergische Bibliothek, Frankfurt am Main This m e e t i n g of the Association of Special Libraries ( A S p B ) had as its general topic Present and Developing P r o b l e m s of the Association of Special Libraries. T h e President of the ASpB, G . R e i c h a r d t o f the Central Library o f the Nuclear Research E s t a b l i s h m e n t Jülich, inaugurated the session; he welcomed the 2 5 0 participants, reminding t h e m of the 2 0 years existence of the Association and of the tasks which were c o m p l e t e d during these years. Mr. A . Floss, H o n o r a r y C h a i r m a n of t h e A S p B and Chief Librarian of the Mining Library of Essen, w h o was one of the f o u n d e r s , had summarized these tasks o n December 23, 1946 as follows: 1. C o m p i l a t i o n of a technical-scientific register of periodicals ( T W Z ) in order t o facilitate the loan-services; 2. A c t i o n regarding t h e p r o d u c t i o n of b o o k s and periodicals; 3. Central recording of all technical literature ( A S p B - l n d e x ) ; 4. Mutual assistance a m o n g the m e m b e r s . In the following years m o r e tasks in additional spheres were a d d e d . These required a stepping-up of the Association's activities; they involved compiling a list of special libraries, holding regional meetings, joining the Special Libraries Section and c o o p e r a t i n g with its i n f o r m a t i o n - j o u r n a l INSPEL. F u r t h e r steps in this p u r p o s e f u l direction were, t o change the ASpB f r o m a loose association t o a registered organisation and t o pass a new s t a t u t e . These aims were realized during this meeting. T h e meeting was distinguished by an excellent p r o g r a m m e . Regierungsdirektor Dr. H. L e c h m a n n f r o m the Ministry f o r Scientific Research of Bonn read a paper on D o c u m e n t a t i o n and Special Libraries. Professor Dr. W. Grunewald gave a lecture on Fringe P r o b l e m s of General Libraries vs. Special Libraries. T h e n e x t speaker was Dr. D. Oertel f r o m the G e r m a n Research C o m m u n i t y of Bad-Godesberg. His topic was: Special Libraries and Special Collections for the Supply of Literature b e y o n d a Region. T h e a f t e r n o o n of the first day of the session was given over to f o u r papers: 1. Development of industrial special libraries in Austria b y Dr. H. Locker. 2. D e v e l o p m e n t and organisation of a literature d e p a r t m e n t f o r t h e heavy industry b y Dr. H. Rein, Badische Anilin - u n d Soda-Fabrik, Ludwigshafen.

125

3. P r o b l e m s in the d e v e l o p m e n t of a historical special library b y Dr. J . R o h w e r , D i r e c t o r of the Library for Historical Research. S t u t t g a r t . 4 . Special libraries and publicity by Dr. W. Mohring, Chief Librarian of the Kékulé-Bibliothek, Leverkusen. A n u m b e r of interesting papers distinguished the m e e t i n g of the following d a y . w i t h subjects ranging f r o m Central Cataloguing for Special Libraries t o Educ a t i o n and Training of Special Librarians, and the P r o b l e m s of R e p o r t Literature. G. R e i c h a r d t c o n d e n s e d t h e ideas of the speeches in a final r e s u m e . As President of the Association he t h a n k e d t h e speakers, the p a r t i c i p a n t s and the local c o m m i t t e e w h o had prepared the meeting. He t h e n i n t r o d u c e d his successor as President, Dr. N o r b e r t Fischer, Director of t h e Library of the D e u t s c h e s P a t e n t a m t at Munich. Dr. N. Fischer t h a n k e d Dr. R e i c h a r d t f o r guiding and directing the Association of Special Libraries for several years; he had had t o relinquish it because be was overloaded w i t h w o r k . He anno u n c e d the names of t h e Board of the new Executive C o m m i t t e e : President Dr. N. Fischer, Vice-President Dr. H. Mohring, and Dr. F r a n z Hodes, Librarian of the Senckenbergische Bibliothek, F r a n k f u r t am Main, w h o is also responsible f o r financial affairs. O n the last day of the m e e t i n g the p a r t i c i p a n t s had the o p p o r t u n i t y t o visit various libraries: t h e G e r m a n Archive of Literature, the Library of t h e Schiller National Museu m at Marbach, the D o c u m e n t a t i o n Center for Civil Engineering w i t h i n the F r a u n h o f e r - G e s e l l s c h a f t at S t u t t g a r t , the Sales C e n t e r for Libraries at Reutlingen, and the IBM Establishment at Sindelfingen.

126

Special libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers By Giinther R e i c h a r d t

Central Library of the Nuclear Research Establishment,

Juelich

T o begin w i t h , I wish t o r e m i n d y o u of the speech delivered by Mr. F o s t e r E. M o h r h a r d t in R o m e at o u r last year's Meeting of the Section of Special Libraries u n d e r the t o p i c : "Special Libraries are the Pioneers in D o c u m e n t a t i o n " . We in G e r m a n y a p p r e c i a t e this topic; it c o r r e s p o n d s t o the G e r m a n reality. T h e topic " L i b r a r i e s and D o c u m e n t a t i o n " is as old as the d o c u m e n t a t i o n movem e n t . We k n o w it b y the m a n y explaining and c o n t e m p l a t i n g , resigning and p o l e m i c s t a t e m e n t s m a d e b y librarians and documentalists. Again and again t h e university libraries are facing the d o c u m e n t a t i o n p r o b l e m w i t h t h e result t h a t t w o d i f f e r e n t parties developed in m a n y c o u n t r i e s and also in G e r m a n y : the firm coalition of n a t i o n a l university libraries, regional and m u n i c i p a l libraries on one side and t h a t of d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers on the o t h e r . With t h e e x c e p t i o n of few c o n t a c t s t h e y b o t h have an absolutely d i f f e r e n t o r g a n i z a t i o n and training. T h e situation is q u i t e d i f f e r e n t w h e n c o n f r o n t i n g special libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers. T h e r e is neither c o n t r o v e r s y , o p p o s i t i o n , n o r isolation which always m e a n s decrease of e f f i c i e n c y ; we rather see an integrated a m a l g a m a t i o n of special libraries having a range of various subjects as far as special libraries are dealing w i t h d o c u m e n t a t i o n or vice versa as far as a d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r is associated with a special library or s u b o r d i n a t e d t o it. A l t h o u g h there is in G e r m a n y an Association of D o c u m e n t a t i o n C e n t e r s , t h e " D e u t s c h e Gesellschaft fur D o c u m e n t a t i o n " , and m o r e o v e r , the " A s s o c i a t i o n of Special Libraries", t h e m e m b e r s are t o a considerable percentage t h e same special libraries and the same d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers. Of course there are special libraries w h i c h d o n o t practice d o c u m e n t a t i o n , and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers, for instance editorial q u a r t e r s or o f f i c e s disclosing biological o r technical periodicals w i t h o u t a library in the b a c k g r o u n d , b u t t h e y are e x c e p t i o n s . A c c o r d i n g to the R e c o r d of t h e G e r m a n Literature I n f o r m a t i o n O f f i c e s ( 5 t h e d i t i o n of 1 9 6 2 ) only a very small n u m b e r of d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r s of the 5 2 3 q u o t e d o f f i c e s are w i t h o u t an associated special library. M o r e o v e r , w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n of s o m e institution libraries of university range and of libraries of technical colleges, t h e record of G e r m a n Special Libraries c o n t a i n s as t h e m o s t vital e x a m p l e s o n l y special libraries practising d o c u m e n t a t i o n . In f a c t , special libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers always m e t , particularly - t o q u o t e Bert Brecht - in their joint scepticism against mere r e p r e s e n t a t i o n and aesthetics. B o t h o r g a n i z a t i o n s p u t the most vital accent on serving t h e user and a t t e n d i n g h i m , n o t o n l y b y lending b u t also by giving i n f o r m a t i o n . Both

127

n a m e s " d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r " and "special l i b r a r y " indicate t h e r e f o r e a d o u b l e t r a c k e d organic u n i t y consisting of a special library and a d o c u m e n t a tion d e p a r t m e n t . T h e r e f o r e the m a j o r i t y and certainly all e f f i c i e n t d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r s are already w o r k i n g in c o n f o r m i t y w i t h t h e library basic law. T h a t is, it is impossible t o satisfy t h e h u n g e r of users and readers merely by o f f e r i n g t h e m a rich m e n u e of titles and a b s t r a c t s w i t h o u t serving t h e desired f o o d in f o r m of original l i t e r a t u r e . M o r e o v e r , t h e decisive link bringing special libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers in close c o n t a c t is t h e i m p o r t a n t p o i n t of i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e result of this same f u n c t i o n t h e e q u a l i z a t i o n of t h e t w o literature divisions d i f f e r i n g f r o m each o t h e r o n l y b y their d e n o m i n a t i o n . In fact, it is the decisive d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n this t y p e and t h e o t h e r t y p e s of libraries which m e a n q u i t e a n o t h e r thing b y " i n f o r m a t i o n " . F o r o n e c a n n o t and should n o t analyse simply t o oneself or - as it is called in library circles - disclose t h e s u b j e c t of literature. With the idea of " i n f o r m a t i o n " it is n e i t h e r so m u c h t h e case of a catalogue problem of storing periodical articles n o r t h e p r o b l e m of any editorial bureau c o n c e r n i n g a periodical survey. With t h e idea of i n f o r m a t i o n it is rather the case t h a t one should n o t only k n o w t h e w o o d s b u t - t o q u o t e a paralled- - the various trees and w o o d - p l a n t s , t o o , and o n e should n o t talk in general a b o u t fields and m e a d o w s , b u t o n e should k n o w of the individual grasses, leaves, flowers and r o o t s . T h e r e f o r e t h e q u e s t i o n is n o t only of compiling, registering, cataloging and d o c u m e n t a t i n g . It is n o t so i m p o r t a n t in which way one m a n i p u l a t e s titles and d a t a , b u t it is essential in the long run t o give a special i n f o r m a t i o n to a user w h o c a n n o t be m a n i p u l a t e d . I m e a n , the ideal kind of special i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e user c o n c e r n e d is t o s u p p l y d a t a instead of titles and to find facts instead of giving bibliographical surveys. W i t h o u t exaggeration this ideal k i n d of service m a y be called i n f o r m a t i o n . It is always a d a p t e d t o t h e user's n e e d , b u t carefully e x a m i n e d and selected f r o m the original l i t e r a t u r e . T h a t m e a n s , t h e i n f o r m a t i o n concerned may only be g u a r a n t e e d w i t h the s u p p o r t of special library stocks. In our era of special science w h e r e it is even d i f f i c u l t t o survey the literature of special spheres, for instance c o r r o s i o n or s e m i c o n d u c t o r s , a c o m p l i c a t i o n of titles or a special b i b l i o g r a p h y , c o m p i l e d b y a d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r to a certain e x t e n t ad gloriam d o c u m e n t a t i o n i s , will m e a n in some cases rather a b u r d e n than a useful i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e reader and user. For a special i n f o r m a t i o n involves the small o f f e r of titles w h i c h m a y be overlooked and have been selected for a small n u m b e r o f a t t e n d e d users w h o are keen on getting simultaneously the original literature w h e n t h e y refer t o the title. F o r these reasons the G e r m a n S c i e n t i f i c Advisory Board a t t r i b u t e s in its verdict 128

the function of giving special information to the very special libraries and documentation centers so that they both become close relatives by the same vital achievement. Therefore this new interpretation of relationship of special librarians and documentalists may be decisive. According to the verdict of the German Scientific Advisory Board not only the librarian training ought to secure a better routine of documentation technique than it has been done hitherto, but the trained documentalists, too, ought to know more about special bibliographies, special catalogues, special libraries, special science and, above all, about the fastidious users in industry and research. Under this aspect the Librarian Training Institute at the University of Cologne has already included an introductory course to documentation in the training programme for junior librarians since 1962. On the other hand, the planned German Training College for Documentation at Frankfurt will have to take into consideration a rather great need of documentalists trained for special libraries. It has therefore been recommended in the course of preliminary discussions on this Training Institute to secure a thorough librarian practice within the training scheme for documentalists. By such mutual approachment we get absolutely to the international scope. 1 only wish to mention the famous model for every documentation organization: the Association of Special Libraries and Information Bureaux, known as ASLIB. All these same opinions of the Scandinavia countries, France and the USA can be appreciated and are in some way a proof of what I said above. To a full extent they take into account that science has developed into special science. The all-round teacher has gradually become obsolete, the profession of the special worker, the craftsman and the special engineer have been developed. Moreover, when we are seriously ill, we consult a specialist. The same applies to the special librarian working simultaneously in documentation and information. He has become highly indispensable, but unfortunately in our German scientific and economic system this activity is still in great need of being filled up. When 4 5 0 years ago the Incas went down on their knees before the Spanish horse-men thinking they were gods, they were all the more frightened when these horse-men separated into horses and human beings. Today, too, things, sciences and concepts are separated. We call this process differentiating, analysing and specializing. However, the special librarians and documentalists are neither frightened nor paralyzed by separation and analysis, because they treat and manipulate by no means the universe, b u t merely a comprehensibly part of the world. Special librarians and documentalists therefore accept an intellectual development which avoids the danger of superficiality and lack of clearness by means

129

o f l i m i t a t i o n of a definite subject. In G e r m a n y t w e n t y years ago an organization of special libraries has been f o u n d e d under this c o n c e p t . This working team has b e c o m e a strong third power as a link b e t w e e n the o r t h o d o x party of university libraries and the m o d e r n party of d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers. On the last meeting in Dusseldorf in the spring 1965 it had the o p p o r t u n i t y of proving its special right to exist.

C 9. Ghana Ghana By B. A. Osekre Library of the Institute

of Public Administration,

Achimota

The Section of Special Libraries of the Library Association of Ghana was established at Accra on 25 March 1965. 12 libraries were represented. Mr. B. A. Osekre was the first president. A f t e r several years, Mr. Jean de Chantal, former librarian of the Library of the Institute of Public Administration has left Accra to resume his position as librarian of the Scientific Council o f Research at O t t a w a . He has been succeeded by Mr. Osekre.

130

C 10. Great Britain Special library and information services. Activities in Great Britain during 1965 By Donald Mason Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, Manchester, United Kingdom

Dyestu/fs

Division, Library

Department,

One of the major events of the year was the formation of the Office for Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI) which has been set up within the Government Department of Education and Science in order to promote more efficient handling and utilisation of scientific and technical information. The broad function of the new Office is to advise on activities in gathering and communicating information about the natural sciences and their related technologies and about relevant aspects of the social sciences. Some of its special functions are to stimulate research, instigate new documentation systems and techniques, promote the training of scientists for information work, and endeavour to ensure that British activities in this field are effectively linked with those of other countries and international organisations. The Office is responsible for the National Lending Library for Science and Technology. The Secretary of State for Education and Science has also appointed an Advisory Committee to advise him on scientific and technical information problems. The first major job tackled by OSTI was a national survey of staff employed on information work. Two questionnaires were used, one for management and one for information staff. A preliminary report on the survey was made by Mr. A. P. J. Edwards at the Aslib Annual Conference. Other surveys have been taking place during the year. The Library Association has been making a survey of the salary and service conditions in industrial libraries and hopes to publish the result in 1966. The Advisory Council on Scientific Policy (ACSP) published its survey of the information needs of physicists and chemists in the Journal of Documentation for June 1965. A survey made of the salaries and other remuneration of its members was published by the Institute of Information Scientists. The 39th Annual Conference of Aslib took place at the University of Kiel from 29th September to 1st October. The theme of the conference was "Information Service: Men and Machines" and there were papers on "Information requirements of Industrial Marketing Research", "The use of mechanised methods", "Some problems of retrieval in the Social Sciences", "Investigating S.D.I.", and "Staff motivation". The Annual Conference of the Reference Special and Information Section (RSIS) of the Library Association was held at Sheffield University from 26th to 29th March. There were three papers on 131

the theme of "Problems of selling library services to commerce and industry", and there was a display of booklets and other material issued by various libraries to make their services and collections better known to their users. In July a highly successful joint-conference was held by the Library Association and the Royal Statistical Society, at which statisticians were able to discuss the services that they need from libraries, and librarians were able to discuss how best to provide these services. The Classification Society held its first meeting in April, and this consisted of a one-day Symposium on "The application of mathematical techniques to classification". Aslib continued to run its introductory courses to special library and information work and also ran courses on "Work with patents and elementary patent practice." Other Aslib courses dealt with "Soviet and East European materials" and "Film librarianship". The RSIS and the Manchester School of Librarianship held a course on "Advanced Reference Work" in Manchester during May. Company information, standards, technical translations, patents, reports and market research information were all studied in depth by means of lectures, practical work and discussions. A Co-ordinate Indexing Group was set up within Aslib with Dr. W. E. Batten of I.C.I, as itsChairman. Its objectives are to widen present knowledge of, and explore current problems in, co-ordinate indexing; and it will work in close touch with the Aslib Research Department. The publication of guides to the library resources of various areas continued during the year. The Nottingham and Nottinghamshire Technical Information Service (NANTIS) issued the second edition of its " H a n d b o o k and Directory of Resources". The "Director of Library Resources in the South West" is to be published shortly and a new edition of "Libraries of Greater Manchester" is expected in Spring 1966. The Council for Microphotography and Document Reproduction issued the second edition of its "Directory of British Photoreproduction Services." The proceedings of the 12th Annual Conference of RSIS were published under the title "In-service Training". There were three main papers dealing with the problems involved, from the points of view of public libraries, library schools and special libraries. A new collection of studies and papers on information and communication was edited by Miss Barbara Kyle and published by Aslib with the title "Focus on information and communication". The Institute of Information Scientists published the proceedings of their first conference in July. The Classification Research Group issued a draft scheme for a Classification of Library Science. It was strictly an interim edition and only a limited number of copies were available, however a definitive edition is expected next year. The National Lending Library for Science and Technology 132

commenced the publication of a new periodical entitled "Index of Conference Proceedings received by the NLL". The first issue contained 1,404 entries and was based mainly on conference proceedings received during 1964. It was arranged in two parts, the first by title entry and the second by subject keyword. On the 1st March, 1965, Leslie Wilson, the Director of Aslib, completed fifteen years service in the post. Aslib congratulated him on this anniversary, thanked him for his service and expressed the wish that it would continue for many years. In June, Lord Kings Norton succeeded Lord Shackleton as President of Aslib. He is Chairman of the Metal Box Company Limited, and was formerly Chairman of the DSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Mr. D. T. Richnell has retired from the post of Honorary Secretary of ASlib, an office which he has held with distinction for five years. He is succeeded by Mr. J. R. Stocks of the Shell International Petroleum Company Limited. The news of the retirement of two long standing and active members was received during the year. They are Miss M. Cosset, formerly Librarian of the Atomic Energy Research Establishment, Harwell, and Mr. Geoffrey Shires, formerly Head of the Research and Technical Information Services, Dunlop Rubber Company Limited.

133

Activities in the special library and information services field during 1966 By Donald Mason

Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, Dyestuffs Division, Library Department, Manchester, United Kingdom The office for Scientific and Technical Information has begun to publish a quarterly bulletin entitled "OSTI Newsletter". It will contain notes on new grants and contract progress with existing grants and contracts, new policy developments, and new activities with which OSTI is associated. It will also endeavor to build up a comprehensive record of the activities of OSTI. The final results of the OSTI national survey of staff employed on information work were published in the September issue of the Journal of Documentation. A consideration of these results led to OSTI placing a contract with the Postgraduate Institute of Librarianship, Sheffield University, for a study in depth of the form and contents of education and training required for work in scientific and technological libraries and information services. In the first stage of the study the type of work being carried out and the background of the people doing the work will be investigated. This will lead to the building up of a picture of the various grades of staff, the types of knowledge required to operate the present service and the further knowledge required to improve and expand the services. The final stage will translate these requirements into terms of education and training for all levels of staff. OSTI has also made a grant to the Library of Lancaster University for a systems analysis project which aims to construct a generalised mathematical model of library operations so that management decisions may be made on a scientific rather than on an empirical or intuitional basis. The first edition of a list entitled "Critical data compilation in Britain 1965-66" was prepared and published by OSTI. The definition of critical data is given as "the product of critical evaluation of measurements of basic properties of definable systems", and this new publication lists the centres where such information is collected, evaluated and organised for use. The National Lending Library for Science and Technology started publication of "British Research and Development Reports", which is intended to widen the distribution of report literature published in Great Britain. The NLL has also started to operate in conjunction with the Computing Laboratory, Newcastle University, a computer-operated retrieval service for medical research workers, which is based on MEDLARS. Programmes have been developed to enable the MEDLARS tapes to be searched on a KDF9 computer. The NLL is holding courses to train librarians and research workers in the use of the system. 134

This year saw the first National Library Week in the U.K. It was held from the 12th-19th March, and special libraries played their part in it in various ways. During the week Aslib held an 'Open House' and a reception for visitors. A second National Library Week will be held during March 1967. At the request of the Special Libraries Committee of the Library Association, Mr. D. Haslam, the Deputy Secretary of the Library Association, carried out a survey on the staffing of industrial libraries. He visited, in all, 37 organisations, 12 in the fields of chemicals and oil, 22 in the fields of metal and engineering, and 3 research associations. His report was published in the Library Association Record, June 1966. Arising f r o m his report it was decided that a pamphlet should be published which would detail the duties of industrial libraries, give guidance to employers, and draw their attention to the services which the Library Association provided. This pamphlet, with the title "The Chartered Librarian in Industry" was published at the end of the year. Work has also been proceeding on a Careers Guide to Special Librarianship and it is hoped to publish this early in 1967. Leading on from the joint-conference held by the Library Association and the Royal Statistical Society in 1965, it was decided that a joint working party should be set up to continue this cooperation and t o investigate further how library and information servicesJbr statisticians may best be developed. The Reference, Special and Information Section of the Library Association continued its work on the preparation and publication of guides to library resources in the various regions of the U.K. The Manchester guide was published, and the programme has now reached the stage where there is only one region left for which a guide does not either exist or be in course of compilation. In 1964 an informal Transport Information G r o u p was set u p by librarians and information officers working in this field, and at the end of 1965 it decided to apply to Aslib for permission t o become part of that organisation. This was agreed and it has now become the Aslib Transport Group. It started with a strong nucleus of members, has a full programme of events and issues a quarterly newsletter entitled 'Transport'. The Aslib Electronics Group published a "List of recently coined terms in electronics for librarians and information officers in electrical and electronic engineering", compiled by E.M Codlin and C. K Moore. Aslib continued to run its Junior and Senior Introductory Courses t o Special Library and Information Work, and the Senior course was completely revised and recast in the light of comments received on previous courses. The course was also extended to ten days instead of the previous five. Aslib also ran the following specialist courses: 'Approaches to information retrieval', a course on the fundamentals of classification and indexing; 'Work with patents', dealing also with elementary patent law; and in conjunction with the Battelle Memo135

rial Institute, the 'Course on abstracting and coordinate indexing' given by John C. Costello jr. Specialist courses given by other organisations during the year included: the sixth annual Patents Course, covering in detail the searching procedures and techniques needed by scientists, information officers and librarians, the functions of the chartered patent agent, and the use of patents as sources of information, held at the Liverpool School of Librarian ship; a three day course held at the same School on 'Information work today' (the lectures will be published early in 1967); and the fourth annual 'Advanced course in reference work' held in Birmingham under the auspices of the Library Association Reference Special and Information Section. The Leeds School of Librarianship announced its intention to start a Sandwich Course for new entrants to scientific information work, leading to the part 1 and 2 examinations of the Institute of Information Scientists. There were the usual range of conferences during the year which emphasises the belief held in some quarters that our profession is best described collectively as an 'argument of librarians'. The Aslib Engineering Group held a conference on 'Standards, standardisation and standards engineering'; Aslib held conferences on the 'Handling of industrial (scientific and technical) confidential report material', on 'Management and information services', and held its 40th annual conference at Scheveningen in The Netherlands. This is the first time that this conference has been held abroad, and it proved to be very successful. The Library Association Reference Special and Information Section held their Annual Study Conference at Cardiff, and dealt with information retrieval, and with a national information service. Mrs. Irene Veasey, the Special Libraries Adviser at Blackwell's, prepared a survey of the cost of periodicals in different subject fields showing the percentage increase on 1965 costs. The survey was published in the Library Association Record, August 1966. Mr. C. Hanson, the Head of Aslib Research Department will be retiring in May 1967. Mr. B.C. Vickery joined Aslib in September and will take over from Mr. Hanson. Professor R. S. Hutton, a founder member of Aslib and one to whose guidance in its early years Aslib owes much of its success, celebrated his 90th birthday on the 28th November, 1966. Mr. J. Roland Smith of th U.K. Atomic Energy Authority was Chairman of the Library Association, Special Libraries Committee during the year.

136

The Organization of special libraries in the United Kingdom By Donald Mason Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, Dyestuffs Division, Library Department, Manchester, United Kingdom In the same way that an elephant is easy to recognise but difficult t o describe, everyone knows more or less what a special library ist, yet finds it difficult to define exactly. Usually it is referred to either as a library devoted to a special subject field or as a library serving a special clientele, b u t both of these definitions are too wide. The first allows the inclusion of the subject departments of public libraries; and the second includes school and college libraries. For the purposes of this survey the special library is narrowly defined as a library which is concerned principally with one subject field and which gives service only to a special group of people. The principal professional organisations concerned with special libraries are The Library Association and Aslib (Association of Special Libraries and Information Bureaux). The first named is the librarian's professional association and maintains a Register of Chartered Librarians. The second is the body to which most organisations having special libraries belong. The Library Association was granted a Royal Charter in 1887, and under the terms of this Charter is governed by an elected Council. One of the Standing Committees of the Council is concerned entirely with the activities of special libraries, and its membership includes six special library councillors w h o serve for three year terms and w h o are elected solely by special librarians. This arrangement came into being in 1962, and gives the special librarians a voice in the affairs of the profession as a whole, a state of affairs which they appreciate for they constitute only a small proportion of the total membership of the Library Association. The other Standing Committees are concerned with Public Libraries; National, University, College and Medical Libraries; Education; Library Research; and Publications. To cover the general and special interests of its members, the Library Association has Branches which serve the various regions of the United Kingdom; and Groups which deal with particular subjects or types of Library. All special librarians belong to the Branch which covers the area in which they work, and most of them belong to one or more of the following: the Reference Special and Information Section, the University and Research Section, the Medical Section. Each of these Sections holds annual conferences and other meetings of interest to its members during the year. Recent publications of the Library Association which have been prepared and/or sponsored by the Standing Committee for Special Libraries are The 137

Chartered Librarian in Industry; Special Librarianship (a careers guide); and Staffing of Industrial Libraries, by D.D. Haslam, a survey of staff and service conditions published in the Library Association Record 68(6) June 1966, pp. 213-219. Aslib founded in 1924 and took as its objective "the co-ordination and systematic use of sources of knowledge and information in all public affairs, in industry and commerce and in all the arts and sciences." It has a limited number of individual members, and the majority of its membership consists of industrial and commercial organisations, universities, colleges, local authorities, institutes, associations and societies, each of which appoints a representative, who in many cases is the librarian or information officer in charge of its library and information service. The Association is governed by a Council which is elected from the membership. The Council has Standing Committees which are concerned with Education, International Relations, Meetings, Publications and Research. There are three regional branches, covering the Midlands, the North of England, and Scotland. For those members interested there are a wide range of subject Groups including the Aeronautical Group, the Chemical Group, the Economics Group, the Electronics Group, the Technical Translation Group, and the Textile Group. The Government department most concerned with libraries is the Department of Education and Science. It has Library Advisers in its Further Education Branch; and the Office for Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI); and the National Lending Library for Science and Technology (NLL). OSTI has a wide range of responsibilities in the promotion and co-ordination of information activities. Among many other activities it supports special data centres on mass spectrometry, on X-ray crystallography, on gas chromatography, and on thermodynamics; a chemical information research unit; and a national reprographic centre for documentation. It has conducted a survey of the staff employed in the U.K. on scientific and technical information work, and a survey on the use of public reference libraries. A further survey, on the education and training requirements for scientific and technological library and information work, is being carried out on OSTI's behalf by the Sheffield University, Postgraduate School of Librarianship. The National Lending Library for Science and Technology is situated at Boston Spa in Yorkshire. Its principal collections are concerned with East European scientific literature particularly Russian, but it is extending its fields of interest continually. It has conducted a survey to assess the foreign language problem facing scientists in the U.K.; it has set up a National Reports Centre; and it is building up a collection of social science periodicals. The NLL also runs courses giving training in the use of scientific literature. The staff of a special library is normally divided into two categories; professional staff and clerical staff. The former are of two kinds, either chartered librar138

ians, or information officers with qualifications and/or training in a special subject field w h o have moved into library and information work at some stage in their careers. The Chartered Librarians obtain their qualifications by passing the final examination of the Library Association, or obtaining exemption therefrom by obtaining instead the Postgraduate Diploma of a University School of Librarianship. In either case they will normally have studied such subjects as "dissemination of information", "administration of special libraries and information services", and the "bibliography and librarianship of a special subject". At the moment a Chartered Librarian may or may not be a university graduate, but in the future there is no doubt that librarianship will increasingly become a graduate profession and most, if not all, special librarians will possess at least first degrees in a subject field, plus library qualifications or a higher degree in librarianship. Information Officers have often been transferred to their present posts f r o m some other post inside the organisation for which they work. Their subject knowledge is important but even more so is the knowledge they have of how the organisation works, and its information requirements. The Senior introductory courses run by Aslib are designed to provide new entrants to information work with the necessary general background to enable them t o become effective as quickly as possible. For the newly-graduated scientists who wish to make a career in information work there are postgraduate diploma courses available, but as yet at o r l y two centres in the United Kingdom. Clerical staff have in the past usually received only in-service training. Aslib has run well-attended Junior introductory courses for them, and a few Schools of Librarianship have run part-time basic courses in special librarianship and information work, but even so only a small proportion of clerks have been given any training outside the organisations for which they work. This year however, has seen the introduction of a Library Assistants Certificate to be awarded by the City and Guilds of London Institute after successful completion of a one year part-time course and an examination. The existence of this certificate should lead to the setting up of courses for special library clerical staff in many parts of the United Kingdom. The special libraries serving the many aspects of Government can be divided into two categories: (1) departmental libraries each of which serves a Government Ministry or Department; and (2) research libraries each of which serves a Government Research Station. The principal departmental libraries are situated in London and include such libraries as those serving the Board of Trade, the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, the Ministry of Housing and the Ministry of Power. Some of the Ministries have branch libraries serving various parts of the United Kingdom. The Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food for example has two libraries in London (one its Main Li-

139

brary and the other its Food and Nutrition Library), eight regional libraries, and about sixty other libraries serving sub-regions. While some libraries are open to the public, the main responsibility of a departmental library is the collection, storing and dissemination of information in many forms together with translation services covering correspondence, reports, etc. for the use of the staff working in the Ministry or Department, and to this extent they operate independently. However, there is close cooperation both in the interlending of material, and between the librarians who are all members of the Circle of State Librarians. Although each librarian is responsible for the selection of the material for his own library, all purchasing of books and periodicals is done centrally through Her Majesty's Stationery Office (H.M.S.O.) Organisationally each library forms part of one of the Divisions of the Ministry or Department to which it belongs, in many cases the Establishment Division; and is financed wholly from Central Government funds. Most of the Government Research Stations were part of the former Department of Scientific and Industrial Research but have now been transferred to other Ministries. Many are now the responsibility of the Ministry of Technology, and they include the Building Research Station, the Forest Products Research Laboraty, the Hydraulics Research Station, the National Engineering Laboratory, the National Physical Laboratory and the Water Pollution Research Laboratory. The Ministry of Transport is now responsible for the Road Research Laboratory and the Science Research Council for the Radio and Space-Research Station. Each library serves the staff of the Research Station to which it belongs, but as the Research Stations themselves are involved with outside enquiries and requests for research, the libraries participate in the overall service of the Station. The finances are met almost wholly from Central Government funds, although research carried out by a Research Station for another organisation is usually charged for. The research units of the Medical Research Council (including the National Institute for Medical Research), and the Agricultural Research Council are financed by direct grants from Central Government funds, but are not so closely tied to the requirements of Government research. The Agricultural Research Council is responsible for several research stations including the Animal Breeding Research Organisation, the Institute for Research on Animal Diseases, the Institute of Animal Physiology, the Food Research Institute, the Meat Research Institute, the Pest Infestation Laboratory, and the Weed Research Organisation. Last but not least in this brief list of Research Stations are the Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, which include the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, the Commonwealth Mycological Institute, the Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control (situated at Trinidad in the West Indies) and eleven bureaux covering various agricultural subjects. Each bureau is located at a Research Station concerned with the same subject. For example, the Bureau of Dairy Science and Technology is situated at the Na140

tional Institute for Research in Dairying. Library facilities are provided jointly and shared by the two units. There are, in the United Kingdom, over fifty Research Associations which conduct research for industrial companies in a particular industry or in a group of related industries. The Research Associations receive grant-aid from Government f u n d s but such grants are proportionate to the amount of money which the member companies pay as subscriptions. The responsibility of each Association is to supply information on research progress and new developments to its members, and t o carry out research for them. The library and information services have an important role, in fact one Research Association estimates that one-third of the total number of technical enquiries received in a year are answered directly by the Information Department. Although the services given vary, most of the research associations prepare and send out t o their members a bulletin of abstracts compiled from the current literature in their field and back this up with a loan and photocopying service for answering requests to see the original articles. Translation services are also provided, and some research associations are responsible for the publication of cover-to-cover translation of Russian periodicals in their subject fields. The finances of the library and information service are supplied from the funds of the Research Association, and the costs vary, but usually lie between eight and fifteen per cent of the total expenditure. There is a wide range of societies, institutes and associations in the United Kingdom and they can be divided into two categories. Firstly there are those which have for their aim the promotion and development of a particular subject, or group of related subjects; and secondly those which are organised for the benefit of a particular profession. In general terms they are referred to respectively as learned societies and professional societies; and most of them are financed solely by the subscriptions of their members. Those societies which are national rather than regional usually have a library and the larger societies have full-time library staff. The library services are available to members, and in some cases are made available to non-members on the payment of an annual subscription. The Council of a society usually appoints a Library Committee to advise the Librarian on the requirements of the members. The Librarian himself is usually responsible to the Chief Officer of the Society, w h o is usually the Secretary or the Director. Some libraries are joint-libraries and serve more than one society. For example, the library of the Chemical Society, also serves the members of the Royal Institute of Chemistry, the Society of Chemical Industry, the Biochemical Society, the Faraday Society, the Society for Analytical Chemistry and the Institute of Brewing. Because the libraries have to manage with their share of the subscription income, there is always a very delicate balance between services supplied and finance 141

available, and development is often restricted by lack of money. Services include loans, photocopies and translations, and in most cases charges have to be made. Most of the loans are made by post, and the member is usually required to pay the postal charges. Often the cost of a photocopy is cheaper and some libraries reserve the right to supply a photocopy instead of the original. In some societies the library staff are responsible for the preparation of abstracts, reviews, and accession lists, for publication in the official journals of the societies. Occasionally the abstracts are published separately in the form of a card service. Some libraries have published catalogues of their holdings, while others have prepared special classification schemes to cover the subject fields for which they are responsible. The Government owned or nationalised industries usually have central libraries at their headquarters, and other libraries serving their regional organisation, and their research units. Those industries concerned with electricity, coal, gas and transport operate on a trading budget and the library funds are drawn from this. The U.K. Atomic Energy Authority is somewhat different in that it is principally concerned with development, and its running costs are met by Treasury grants. It is divided into five major Groups, of which three, the Engineering, Production and Reactor Group are based on Risley in Lancashire the other two being near London. The Groups have headquarters libraries and also libraries at their works and research laboratories. Each Group has its own separate library organisation, but their activities are co-ordinated by a Library and Information Services Co-ordinating Committee. The library funds are drived either from operating expenditure budgets or from research budgets depending on the type of unit concerned. The full range of library and information services is supplied, and there is particular emphasis on report material. The Reports Library at Risley, for example, has 200.000 reports in its collection , including microforms, and has an annual accession rate of approximately 30.000 reports. Libraries serving industrial companies range from small collections with little or no supervision through small libraries providing a limited service, to large information and library services staffed by qualified librarians and information officers. There is considerable variety in the organisation of these libraries but they are usually closely connected to research and development, because they originally grew up to serve these functions. The Library Association survey, to which reference has already been made, showed that of the 34 industrial librarians covered by the survey, 25 were responsible to either the Head of the Research or Technical Departments. Although service is primarily to the related departments, industrial libraries often provide services to the other areas of company activity, e.g. production, sales, market research, etc. The range of types of organisation includes those libraries which are based at the company headquarters and serve only the headquarters departments; those similarly based which serve also the outlying divisions and works of the company ; those based on the principal research station and serving only research; those similarly 142

based which serve also other departments; and those which are based on a department and serve only that department. It is not unknown for a company to have two libraries; one serving the technical function and the other the commercial function, both operating independently yet located in the same building. Though apparently alike only in their diversity, all industrial libraries are organised for maximum flexibility in order t o be able to meet new and urgent demands on the library and information services. Most industrial libraries participate in the national cooperation scheme for interlending library material as members of their Regional Library Bureau, and/or as special outliers of the National Central Library. Almost half of the nation's manpower is employed in those 80.000 companies, each of which employs more than ten but less than five hundred people. These companies produce twenty-five per cent of the gross material product, operate with low overhead costs and are highly unlikely to have any sort of information service of their own. To help them with their problems the Ministry of Technology in conjunction with local government authorities have set up a network of approximately seventy Industrial Liaison Centres based on Colleges of Technology. From these centres Industrial Liaison Officers visit the small companies and offer assistance with problems. They give advice on the best sources for the information required, which could be other industrial companies, government research laboratories, libraries, etc., and put the enquirer in touch with the source. Other schemes which are designed to give service to industrial companies both large and small are the local voluntary co-operation schemes. There are twenty-one ot these and they are usually based on the Central Public Library, but one at least is based on a Technical College. The purposes of these schemes are admirably summed up in the aims of the Huddersfield and District Information Service, which are (1) To increase local awareness of the value of information, (2) T o encourage the provision of training in the handling of printed information, (3) To co-ordinate local holdings and organise the loan of recorded information , (4) To promote personal contact between the people w h o want to know and the people who do know. The services of these schemes vary but usually include the interlending of technical and commercial literature, and enquiries service, union lists of periodicals holdings, and current awareness bulletins. The work of the schemes is co-ordinated nationally by the Standing Conference of Commercial and Technical Library Co-operative Schemes. Abstract A brief survey covering: - the principal professional organisations; the staff of special libraries and their education and training: and the organisation and finance of the various types of special library: government, research station, research association, institute, society, industrial and commercial. 143

Cil.

Hungary

Medical librarianship in Hungary By A. Székely

National Medical Library and Center for Documentation, Budapest The general principles of social evoluation naturally involve the development of librarianship. In the industrial development craftmanship is replaced by advanced methods — cooperation and large-scale industry. The tendency in industrial life to coordinate centrally the individual industrial branches within a country or even within several countries, is now also a goal of librarianship. Most socialistic countries have established, or are establishing, library networks headed by the largest library of the pertinent field of interest. This central library handles the coordination of all libraries of the network. At the same time, the central library acts as a documentation center and coordinates the information services of all the „branch" libraries. As to the proper place of documentation and information, the problem is still widely discussed in many countries, whether it should be handled by special libraries or by information centers. In any case and quite definitely, the importance of special libraries increases. Sometimes they will be referred to as "the third power", thus pointing to their central position in relation, on the one hand, to libraries performing classic library work only, and on the other hand, to information centers providing reference material and information. The concept of information, viz. that it is the chief task, or at least one of the chief tasks, of special libraries, is spreading in the socialistic countries. Acordingly, it seems obvious that no separate information centers are needed and that the special libraries should take over the task of information. Although this is a reasonable and economic principle, its accomplishment will not be easy. Experience shows that certain difficulties have to be met when mergers of efficiently working institutions have to be performed — not only personnel problems have to be overcome, but difficulties arising from differing views and conceptions have to be mastered. Theoretically, countries in which information service and librarianship are less well developed, will have the advantage in establishing the more economic system of a combination of special library and information center from the very start. In that way, the dual organization having as natural consequence either the duplication and overlapping of services or the neglect of certain fields of action might be passed by. In Hungary, the unity of special library and information service was created by law at the beginning of 1956 by establishing a system of library networks 144

Every one of the largest libraries or information centers of the various specialties - technical, agricultural, medical, economics, etc. - became the center of a special network. These centers took charge of setting up the joint and unif o r m network of the respective specialty providing b o t h , library and information service. By then, some of the professions had developed special libraries and information centers to a fair degree. But, the development lagged behind in the field of medicine, and in that field, implementation of the law was started as late as 1960. Accordingly, passing on our experiences seems to be useful in the first place to librarians of the developing countries. In these countries the start will be more or less similar to the conditions of medical librarianship and information service that prevailed in Hungary a decade earlier. A small institute with a staff of 24, the Center of Medical Documentation, administered medical documentation ten years ago. At the same time, some twelve librarians were active in the libraries of the four medical universities. In addition some of the larger hospital libraries had a staff librarian. In 1960 the Center for Medical Documentation was reorganized and designated as the National Medical Library and Center for Documentation (NMLCD). On the basis of the aforementioned principle this institution became the central organ of the special network of medical libraries and took charge of the information services at the same time. The number of the staff rapidly rose to 34. During the first five years of the Center's activity, the following was accomplished: 1. The library network for the whole country was organized; 2. The training of medical librarians; 3. Vocational guidance and uniform work methods were established; 4. Basic information services were started; 5. Union cataloques were set up. In the following, we present these achievements in detail: 1. By the end of 1965 the section of methodology of the NMLCD shows the existence of 451 medical libraries. But, the holdings of 211 libraries are under 1000 volumes; they are mostly collections of smaller hospitals and policlinics. In the majority of the libraries, the bookstock is between 1001 and 5 0 0 0 volumes ( 1 9 6 libraries), in 37 libraries there are between 5001 and 10.000 volumes; in 5 libraries the range is from 10.001 and 50.000 volumes, while the holdings of two libraries exceed 50.000 volumes. The NMLCD governs the activities of all 451 libraries through 29 subcenters,

145

e.g. four central libraries of the medical universities which direct the work of the pertinent clinical libraries are subcenters. Their staff is made up of qualified librarians who supervise the work of the annexed libraries. The subcenters are responsible to the Center. 2. In the network 143 full time librarians, inclusive of the staff of the NMLCD were active at the end of 1965; 351 individuals, comprising many physicians, were part time workers. By the end of 1965 there were 140 qualified librarians compared to 65 in 1962. The majority of the librarians were trained at NMLCD, where they attended a two-and-a-half year course. 3. The Section of Methodology and Network Relations publishes a quarterly. Az Orvosi Konyvtaros - The Medical Librarian; it has issued also serveral methodological leaflets of instructions which are to be observed by each library of the network. The members of this section spend considerable time on the local inspection of the subcenters and branch libraries, and assist them by giving advice and instructions. 4. The NMLCD publishes the bi-monthly Hungarian Medical Bibliography; it represents the current national medical bibliography. A selected cumulative issue is published once a year in English. Bibliographies listing the complete Hungarian medical literature of the period between 1945 and 1960 have been published (30 volumes). The individual volumes contain the literature of the different medical topics. Bibliographical information on some 30 subjects is sent out weekly upon request on the part of physicians. The Center also publishes a quarterly journal (5 quarterly subject sections) presenting abstracts of foreign periodical articles. This work is performed with the collaboration of some of the larger libraries of the network. Selected abstracts of Hungarian medical papers are sent to the Meditsinski Referativnyi Zhurnal; they comprise about 1200 reports yearly. 5. The union catalogue of the NMLCD is a location index of all foreign books and periodicals to be found in Hungary. It is of primary use for reference service and serves as the basis for the coordination of foreign purchases. Purchases of foreign books or periodical subscriptions have to be approved by the NMLCD. Thus redundant duplication is prevented. As may be seen from the aforesaid, preference should be given to the twostage development when a unified system of combining special library and information service is adopted. The first stage involves the organization of the libraries, the training of the staff, and the centralized set-up of basic information services. The second stage includes the extending of the information services to the client. The development of this second stage was initiated recently, though certain measures were undertaken by the NMLCD at an earlier time. Participation of

146

some of the larger libraries in t h e activity of i n f o r m a t i o n services will have t o be developed. We plan t o p r o c e e d w i t h this activity in the N M L C D in t h e central libraries of t h e f o u r medical universities, and in 3 or 4 o t h e r larger libraries. T h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n of t h e results will be, as in t h e past, the task of the o t h e r smaller libraries.

147

Agricultural library services in Hungary By Gy. Walleshausen University for Agricultural Sciences, Godollo One of the main features of Hungarian librarianship is its homogeneous system. According to the law decree 5 of 1956, Hungarian libraries are organized in networks functioning under the professional supervision of the Ministry of Education and Culture. The network responsible for agricultural sciences is of great importance. Within it, 56 libraries (including the Central Library) are functioning. These libraries can be grouped in three categories: a) libraries of higher educational institutions (7), b) libraries of secondary agricultural colleges ( 2 0 ) , c) libraries of research institutes and administrative organs (28). As to the importance of holdings and staff, there are of course considerable differences. Here is a short list of the most important institutions and some basic data relating to them: Holdings at the end of 1966

Acquisitions in 1966

Library of the University of Agricultural Sciences (Godollo)

190.292

11.041

133.492

9.295

132.880

4.481

Central Library for Agricultural Sciences (Budapest) Library of the School for Horticulture and Viticulture (Budapest) Library of the Veterinary University (Budapest) Library of the University of Forestry Engineering and Timber Industry (Sopron)

93.201

2.692

96.783

3.813

Library of the School for Agricultural Sciences (Mosonmagyarova'r)

56.717

5.677

Library of the School for Agricultural Sciences (Keszthely)

47.787

3.085

Library of the School for Agricultural Sciences (Debrecen)

38.677

3.178

As a new development on the way to improved library services and better information, the Mezogazdasagi es lilelmezdsugyi Miniszterium Informicids 148

Kozpontja - MEMIK (Information Centre of the Ministry of Agriculture and F o o d ) has been established recently. It is a result of the merger of the Central Library and Documentation Centre for Agricultural Sciences on the one hand and of the Statistical and Computational Directorate on the other. Consequently, the Central Library of Agricultural Sciences founded in 1951 performs its functions within the framework of the new organization (MIiMIK) but has kept its old name and — being, as in the past, the centre of the agricultural network - it will continue t o be responsible for the following activities: -

co-ordination of development plans and acquisition policies of the libraries belonging to the n e t w o r k ;

-

organization of interlibrary loans within the network and between other networks;

-

maintaining of a union catalogue on the network's holdings;

-

gathering of experiences gained and working methods used by the network members;

-

training and professional education of librarians working in the network.

Let us examine t w o of these functions. 1) The acquisition of new materials and the co-ordination of the acquisition policies. The Central Library issues a quarterly Kulfoldi Mezogazdasigi Szakk6nyvek (Foreign Books on Agricultural Sciences) supplying information on publications acquired by any one of the special libraries in the field. Another union list published every other year covers the periodical literature of agricultural sciences. The regular publication of these two lists ensure the co-ordination of acquisition policies within the agricultural network 2) The training operates closely training courses institutions and

and education of librarians. In this field the Library cowith the Central Technical Library. The programme of the takes into consideration the special requirements of research university faculties.

The publishing activity of MEMIK covers a wide field. Agririrodalmi Szemle (Agricultural Abstracts) is much in demand as it reviews about 35.000 foreign papers annually. The Mezogazdasigi Vilagirodalom (World Literature on Agricultural Sciences) gives more detailed reviews and translations and inform briefly on new developments all over the world. The Magyar Mezogazdasagi Bibliografia (Hungarian Agricultural Bibliography) lists books and articles of periodicals published in the country. The Mezogazdasagi K6nyvtarosok Tiijikoztatoja (Bulletin of Agricultural Librarians) publishes studies and articles on library matters and keeps agricultural librarians informed on new developments and publications in this branch of science. The reviews Vestnik Vengerskoi Selskokhosiastvennoi Literatury - Hungarian Agricultural Review - Ungarische

149

Agrar-Rundschau supply current reports on new achievements and researches in Hungary for foreign readers. In addition to those periodicals, there are other series discussing the newest scientific literature. The most popular one, the T e m a d o k u m e n t i c i o k arranges contemporary opinions on certain topics into the form of bibliographical reviews. Within these series some 200 publications have appeared, mostly directed to the scientist. On the other hand, the series Szakirodalmi Tanacsado (Adviser to special literature) renders services to the practitioner. The Termelestortineti Bibliografiak (Bibliographies of Production History) endeavour to cover the whole Hungarian literature of certain productions branches (e.g. the literature of wheat-growing or potato-production). The series OMgK Kozlemenyei (Publications of the Central Library) deals with library science matters in this special field. a) Among the libraries of the 7 agricultural universities and schools, the one of the University for Agricultural Sciences is most important. The Library was founded in 1945, but its holdings contain many older publications. As a newly established institution, the library endeavoured to make use of modern organization methods. Some of the services of the branch libraries (located with the faculties, institutes, colleges) are managed centrally (acquisition of books and foreign periodicals, inventories, cataloguing) and a unioncatalogue keeps record of the entire holdings of all the collections within the University. The Library is also looking for new methods that are applicable to the inner workings of the library, it is one of the first to introduce the system of subject field assignments. The Library is engaged also in publishing. Up to the present time, some 20 publications have appeared: bibliographies, lists of periodicals, agricultural studies, etc. The AEK Tijekoztatoja (Information Bulletin of the University Library) is a documentation weekly and assists the teaching staff of the University. It deals mainly with acute problems of agricultural education and also informs on important international congresses, on foreign developments in the field of agricultural sciences, on new periodicals abroad and on new acquisitions. The Library maintains exchange relations with some 500 institutions in 52 countries. The information service is always ready to compile request bibliographies, but prefers to make known to readers the essential information tools, reference works, abstracting journals in their special field of interest. The Library has presented courses in bibliography for the students of the University since 1961. Since 1966 courses in literature searching have been included in the University's programme.

150

In order to make the holdings of the Library better known to potential users, exhibits are arranged frequently. For that purpose, special rooms will be available in the near future. b) Sub-professional specialists in agriculture get their training in the 20 schools of Agricultural Sciences. These institutions have been established very recently, but librarians have been employed in all of them since the very beginning; thus, further development of the libraries seems to be ensured. On December 31, 1966 the total holdings of these collections amounted to 156.102 bibliographical units. The increase of the last year was 15.914 units, or more than 10%. c) The libraries of the agricultural research institutes have a stock of a few thousand units each, but collections exceed 10.000 items. Altogether, these institutions had 280.559 volumes at the end of 1966. Last year's additions were 18.839 volumes. d) Producing organizations - state farms and agricultural cooperatives — do not yet have extensive collections. The responsible authorities (Ministry of Agriculture, Trade Union) recently addressed an appeal to them inviting them to develop their library services. Consequently, we may hope that, in the near future, producing farms will have the most important publications for everyday use at their immediate disposal.

151

C 12. Italy Special libraries in Italy* By Maria Valenti

Istituto Superiore di Sariita, Rome, and Maria Pia Carosella

Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche, Rome General information In Italy, as elsewhere, the problems regarding special libraries, while on one hand linked to the problems of general libraries, c a n n o t on the other be distinguished f r o m those arising in i n f o r m a t i o n and d o c u m e n t a t i o n services. We shall therefore take i n t o account also the activities of the various services of this type, which for the most part operate in the scientific and technical field. A b o u t 1.600 institutions are described in the Guide to scientific and technical libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centres in Italy (1), while the most important Italian general and special libraries are illustrated in the three volumes of the Italian library y e a r b o o k (2). In 1965 the Istituto Centrale di Statistica (Central Statistics Institute) initiated a survey of all the libraries in Italy, the findings of which should soon be m a d e public. Meanwhile, a provisional Record of Italian libraries for the year 1965 has been published ( 3 ) ; the a m o u n t of 15.005 institutions, b u t though included among t h e m , the special libraries are not indicated as such. At the present m o m e n t , then, we c a n n o t b u t agree with the author of a recent contribution on the p r o b l e m s of special libraries in Italy ( 4 ) , w h o affirms that " w e are still far f r o m having a precise knowledge of this inheritance". Co-ordination Only on the basis of a c o m p l e t e and reciprocal knowledge among libraries of the same type, and of an organized co-ordination and co-operation among them, the activity of each special library can be m a d e f r u i t f u l (5). Over the years, e f f o r t s in this direction have not been lacking on the part of organizations (particularly the C o m i t a t o Nazionale per la Produttività, (CNP.

* O n t h i s s u b j e c t a m o r e d e t a i l e d I t a l i a n p a p e r b y t h e s a m e a u t h o r s will be p u b l i s h e d in A n n a l i della S c u o l a s p e c i a l e p e r a r c h i v i s t i e b i b l i o t e c a r i d e l l ' U n i v e r s i t à d i R o m a ( A n n a l s of t h e S p e c i a l S c h o o l f o r A r c h i v i s t s a n d L i b r a r i a n s o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f R o m e ) .

152

Italian Productivity Council) and private individuals, but unfortunately they have not been successful. Recently, however, the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (CNR, Italian Research Council), after undertaking the census which led to the publication of the above mentioned Guide (1), has started a project for a national scientifictechnical documentation and information service, which envisages a network of peripheral centres coordinated by a central body. CNR has already intervened practically in the restricted but homogeneous field of the Experimental Stations for industry (6). Associations and organizations The Associazione Italiana delle Biblioteche (AIB, Italian Library Association) includes special librarians and documentalists among its members. The problems of special libraries are dealt with at all AIB congresses, since 1961 at special meetings. Since 1966 a Study Group for the training of special librarians and documentalists and a Study Committee for the problems of university libraries have been at work. In 1954, in concert with the CNR, AIB started a census of information services in Italy which was concluded in 1965 with the publication of the Guide (1) already mentioned. Since 1962 AIB has published a bibliographical news bulletin and index dealing with problems of special libraries and information services (7). The Associazione Italiana per la Documentazione e L'lnformazione (AIDI. Italian Documentation and Information Association), formed in 1966, "aims to contribute . . . to a deeper and more effective knowledge of the techniques of documentation and information, as well as of their applications in the technological, economic and financial fields". Work Groups have been set up within AIDI; the Association also holds congresses and meetings. The organ of AIDI is described below (8). In 1962 the CSAO (Centro studi e applicazioni organizzative presso il Politecnico di Torino - Organizational Study and Application Centre at Turin Polytechnic) formed a Documentation Group, concerned with research, the promotion of meetings and the educational field. The reader is referred to the references for a list of the meetings organized by CSAO (9. 10, 11, 12) and for its educational activities (13). In 1961 the Lombard Section of the Italian Chemical Society formed a Group of chemical documentalists. Standardization Standardization problems are studied by the Documentation and Documentary Reproduction Committee of UNI (Ente Italiano di Unificazione - Italian Standardization Institution), divided into two Sub-committees.

153

The 1st S u b - c o m m i t t e e " D o c u m e n t a t i o n " has w o r k e d o u t standards on abbreviations of periodical titles (UNI No. 5 7 8 7 - 6 6 ) and bibliographical descriptions and references (UNI No. 6 0 1 7 - 6 7 ) . A third standard for the alphabetical catalogues of periodicals is in course of publication. The 1st Subc o m m i t t e e is at present studying a standard regarding p a t e n t s (Bibliographical descriptions and references), an Italian d o c u m e n t a t i o n vocabulary and a group of standards for the drafting of abstracts and their presentation. T h e d r a f t of the standard concerning p a t e n t s was s u b m i t t e d , as an Italian proposal, to the meeting of ISO/TC 4 6 held in Moscow in 1967; on that occasion Italy was commissioned to prepare a new edition of the d r a f t in collaboration with the USSR and France. The 2nd Sub-committee " D o c u m e n t a r y R e p r o d u c t i o n " has worked out UNI tables Nos. 5450-64, 5451-64, 5765-66, 5766-66, 6 2 4 7 - 6 8 , 6249-68 and is at present preparing other standards and a vocabulary of d o c u m e n t a r y reproduction. Professional training In Italy m a n y of those elements are still lacking which w o u l d permit the formation of the profession of special librarians and documentalists: the w a n t is especially felt of regular schools, specialization qualifications, and a professional register. Nevertheless, in the field of teaching and training some progress has been achieved in the last few years: a review of t h a t , up-dated to 1965 and including the programmes of the m o s t i m p o r t a n t courses, can be f o u n d in the well k n o w n FID Guide ( 14). F r o m 1959 t o 1968 CNP carried on a lively educational activity, now taken over by the Istituto Nazionale per l ' I n c r e m e n t o délia Produttività (INIP, Italian Productivity Institute). It consisted of general courses and special courses devoted t o particular subjects. The two-year course for the training of " i n f o r m a t i o n technicians" offered by the Scuola di Tecniche dell'Informazione (School of I n f o r m a t i o n Techniques) in the Faculty of Statistical Sciences of the University of R o m e , has a different aim and is of less interest for the training of special librarians and documentalists. The term " i n f o r m a t i o n t e c h n i q u e s " is u n d e r s t o o d in its widest acception, and the course has a p r o n o u n c e d sociological bias. A course on d o c u m e n t a t i o n and project m e t h o d o l o g y was held in Milan in 1962; a refresher course on d o c u m e n t a r y and i n f o r m a t i o n techniques was organized in Turin in 1963 (13). In 1968 CNR organized a d o c u m e n t a t i o n course reserved for the staff of Experimental Stations for industry; the course is p r e d o m i n a n t l y parctical in nature and should be repeated periodically for o t h e r categories.

154

The methodological and organizational problems of professional training have been studied by CSAO (10) and the AIB Study Group. Professional literature Specialized journals are represented by the quarterly Documentazione e Informazione, the organ of AIDI, which has been published since 1968 (8). Up-to-date information is given by the news bulletin and bibliographical index Biblioteche Speciali e Servizi d'Informazione, which AIB has been publishing since 1962 as a quarterly supplement to its own information bulletin (7). The series of monographs Note di Bibliografia e di Documentazione Scientifica is published at long intervals by CNR (15). Documentation manuals were published in 1959 by B. Balbis (16) and O. Porello (17). As comprehensive treatises we may also mention the collection of lectures published by CNP in 1964 (18) and the refresher course published by CSAO in 1965 (13). An exemplary survey of the present state, needs and possible organization of information on the field of the Experimental Stations for industry was published in 1968 (6). We may cite also the dictionary of librarianship compiled by G.B. Gambigliani-Zoccoli and published in 1964 (19). The literature dealing with specific fields is cited in the parts concerned of the present paper. Congresses Quite a number of congresses have been held since 1960. Two international congresses were held in Milan in 1960 (20) and in Rome in 1964 (21). Three national congresses were organized in 1960, 1962 and 1965. Various smaller meetings have been promoted by CNP and AIDI. Specialized subjects have been dealt with at meetings organized by the CSAO Documentation Group (9, 10, 11, 12). A meeting was devoted to chemical documentation and information in 1961 (22). The annual congresses of AIB include meetings for special libraries. Catalogues of periodicals The situation in this field is clearly shown in two bibliographies published recently (23, 24), from which the following data have been taken. In the last ten years about 70 catalogues of periodicals held by Italian libraries have been published; over half of these are catalogues of scientific and technical periodicals, while the great majority are in any case produced by special libraries, including university libraries (general, faculty and institute). The situation of union catalogues appears unsatisfactory, as emerges from the analysis made by Califano (23, p. 41-42 and tables); there are very few regional union cata155

logues, but local ones are more numerous. The reader is referred to the two bibliographies already cited for other data and for a description of the individual items. Research organizations in the field of automatic documentation Among the chief Italian organizations in this field (25 and 26) is the Centro di Cibernetica ed Attività Linguistiche (Cybernetics and Linguistic Activities Centre) in Milan, where mechanical translation experiments are being made and attempts are in progress to construct a machine capable of reproducing the activities of the human mind (Ceccato et al.). Moreover, in collaboration with the Centro di Documentatione Automatica (Automatic Documentation Centre), researches are being'carried out on automatic documentation in the legal field (Maretti, Gallizia et al.). At the Istituto di Documentazione dell'Associazione Meccanica Italiana (IDAMI, Documentation Institute of the Italian Mechanical Association) in Milan, studies are being carried out both on classification for mechanical information retrieval and on linguistic analysis (Terzi). Linguistic analysis is also studied at the Centro per l'Automazione dell'Analisi Linguistica (Linguistic Analysis Automation Centre) at Gallarate: Father Busa, who is its animator, was one of the pioneers in the use of machines for this purpose. At the Istituto di Fisica Teorici (Institute of Theoretical Physics) of Naples a programme has been developed for the analysis of natural languages (Caianiello). The CNR Centro Studi Calcolatrici Elettroniche (Electronic Computer Study Centre) at Pisa has also been interested in problems of information retrieval and automatic documentation. Classification The only official Italian edition of the Universal Decimal Classification has been prepared by CNR (27). It is an abridged edition; but CNR is studying the possibility of undertaking the drafting of a " m e d i u m " edition and the gradual preparation of the "complete" editions of the most common classes: 3 , 5 , 6 . There also exist Italian tables for physics "essentially obtained from the U.D.C, in the special Edition for nuclear science and technology (FID 3 5 1 ) " (28), and a decimal classification concerning aeronautical sciences (29). In the field of classification we may also mention an Italian edition of the international railway decimal classification " D o c " (30), prepared by the Italian State Railway Documentation Centre, Rome, and the Italian translation of the CIS facet classification, prepared by the Documentation Centre of the Ente Nazionale Prevenzione Infortuni (Italian Accident Prevention Institute) (31).

156

Thesauri — Mechanization In the field of descriptor lists we may cite: a thesaurus for the retrieval of iron and steel information, compiled in Italian, English, German and French by the Centro Sperimentale Metallurgico (CSM, Metallurgical Experimental Centre) in Genoa and Rome (32); a thesaurus of electronic terms in English and Italian, in preparation at the Fondazione Bordoni (Bordoni Foundation) in Rome; the thesauri of some Experimental Stations for industry, reported in annex 5 of the above quoted survey (6); the lists of key-words relating to the visual information kept in the RAI-TV (Italian TV and Broadcast Corporation) Film Library. These latter lists are compiled electronically and seem to be among the most advanced in the international field (33). The CSM and RAI-TV Film Library thesauri are at the basis of more or less advanced experiments on automatic information retrieval. Some other examples may be cited: FIAT has under study a KWIC indexing programme for motor vehicle engineering; the Centro Studi e Laboratori Telecomunicazioni (CSELT, Telecommunication Study and Laboratory Centre) in Turin has a similar project for telecommunications. Experiments for mechanization of library work are still in the beginnings, as pointed out in the paper by Serrai (26).

Literature (1)

Associazione Italiana Biblioteche. Guida delle biblioteche scientifiche e tecniche e dei centri di documentazione italiani. Roma, Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche, 1965. viii, 610 p.

(2)

Ministro della Pubblica Istruzione. Direzione Generale delle Academie e Biblioteche. Annuario delle biblioteche italiane. 2. ed. Roma, Palombi, 1956-59. 3v.

(3)

Istituto Centrale di Statistica. Statistica delle biblioteche italiane 1965. Roma, 1967. 23 p. (Special supplement to Bollettino mensile di statistica.November 1967).

04)

Per la salvezza dei beni culturali in Italia. Atti e documenti della Commissione d'indagine per la tutela e la valorizzazione del patrimonio storico, archeologico, artistico e del paesaggio. Roma, Colombo, 1967. 3 v. See v. 1, p. 606-30 ("Problems of special libraries") and 805-18 (List of Italian libraries).

(5)

For a survey of coordination problems, see: Caroselly, M. P. "Problemi del coordinamento delle biblioteche speciali italiane", Accademie e biblioteche d'Italia, 33, no. 4/5, 1965, p. 95-104.

(6)

Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche. Servizio Studi e Rilevazioni. Programma di sviluppo dei servizi di documentazione ed informazione delle Stazioni sperimentali per l'industria. Studio preliminare. Roma, 1968. 106 p. with annexes.

(7)

Biblioteche speciali e servizi d'informazione. R o m a , AIB, 1962- Quarterly.

(8)

Documentazione e informazione. Roma, AIDI, 1968- Quarterly.

157

(9)

Convegno internazionale sulla meccanizzazione delle attività linguistiche. Torino, 1962. Atti. Torino, CSAO, 1963.

(10)

Convegno internazionale T.D.65. Torino, 1965. Formazione e aggiornamento alle tecniche documentarie. Atti. Torino, CSAO, 1966. 212 p.

(11)

Convegno nazionale T.D. 66. Torino, 1966. La riduzione concettuale dei documenti. Atti. Torino, CSAO, 1967. 100 p.

(12)

Convegno nazionale T.D. 68 sull'informazione per l'aggiornamento tecnologico delle aziende in Italia. Torino, 1968. Proceedings are to be published in 1969.

(13)

Corso di aggiornamento sulle tecniche documentarie ed informative. 1°, Torino, 1963. Lezioni. Torino, CSAO, 1965. 100 p.

(14)

A Guide to the world's training facilities in documentation and information work. The Haque, FID, 1965. xii, 218 p.

(15)

Note di bibliografia e di documentazione scientifica, v. 1- Roma, CNR, 1955v. 1 - 1 0 have been published,

(16)

Balbis B. Informazione tecnica in azienda. Roma, CNP, 1959. 170 p. Quanderni di Produttività, 4).

(17)

Porello O. Informazione e documentazione nell'industria. Milano, F. Angeli, 1959. 435 p. (Techniche organizzative e direzionali, 14).

(18)

La documentazione in azienda. Roma, CNP, 1964. 3 v. (Quaderni di Produttività).

(19)

Cambigliani-Zoccoli, B. Nomenclatura bibliografica e biblioteconomica. Ingleseitaliano e italiano-inglese. Roma, Ediz. Ricerche, 1964. 143 p.

(20)

Colloque sur la coopération en matière de documentation et d'information scientifiques et techniques. Milano, 1960. (Atti ) Multigraphed. Italian communications aie published in: Note di bibliografia e di documentazione scientifica, v. 7. Roma, CNR, 1961, p. 5-105.

(21)

Congresso internazionale sulla documentazione e informazione scientifico-tecnica. Roma, 1964. (Atti) Roma, CNP, 1964. 2v. Multigraphed.

(22)

Convegno sulla documentazione e l'informazione chimica, scientifica e tecnica. Milano, 1961. Atti. Published in: Note di bibliografia e di documentazione scientifica, v. 7. Roma, CNR, 1961, p. 107-324.

(23)

Califano Tentori, M. Elenchi e cataloghi di periodici in Italia, 1946-1966. Saggio per una bibliografia. Roma, CNR, 1967. xiii, 57 p. (Note di bibliografia e di documentazione scientifica, v. 10).

(24)

Nobile Stolp , G. Cataloghi a stampa di periodici delle biblioteche italiane (1859-1967). Bibliografia descrittiva. Firenze, Olschki, 1968. xii, 126 p. (Biblioteconomia e bibliografia, 4).

(25)

See in: National Science Foundation. Current research and development in scientific documentation, no. 14. Washington, 1966. viii, 662 p.

(26)

Serrai, A. La biblioteca di fronte alla rivoluzione concettuale e tecnologica della scienza moderna. Presented at the 18th AIB Congress, Venice, 1968. Not yet published.

(27)

Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche. Centro Nazionale di Documentazione Scientifica. Classificazione decimale universale. Edizione abbreviata italiana. Roma, 1964. 443 p. (FID no. 356).

(28)

Persico, E. Classificazione decimale adottata nella Biblioteca dell'Istituto di Fisica dell'Università di Roma. 57 p. Multigraphed.

158

(29)

Stato Maggiore Aeronautica. Reparto Segreteria e Affari Generali. Classificazione decimale degli argomenti adottata da "Selezione militare aeronautica" e dalla Biblioteca della Sezione documentazione tecnica. Roma, 1963. 8,31 P- Multigraphed.

(30)

Ferrovie Stato. Direzione Generale. Centro Documentazione. Classificazione " D o c " , Roma, 1961. 4,153, 8 p. Multigraphed.

(31)

Classificazione C.I.S. Edizione rinnovata. Roma, E.N.P.I., 1967. 97 p. (Accompanies no. 4, 1967 of Securitas).

(32)

Palazzi A., Canepa V., Pompilio L., Trigari M. G. "Contributo sperimentale al reperimento automatico della documentazione siderurgica", La Metallurgia italiana, 59, no. 2, 1967, p. 132-48. The thesaurus is on p. 137-48.

(33)

Ciarrocca, G. "Applicazione di un sistema di documentazione e di classificazione nella cineteca della R A I " , Documentazione e informazione, 7, no 1, May 1968, p. 41-5.

159

C 13. Japan Special Libraries Association in Japan By I. Hatsukade National Diet Library, Tokyo The Special Libraries Association in Japan, an organization of special libraries in this country, was established in 1952. The member libraries number 395 at present. It is composed of seven district councils in the following districts: Hokkaido, Tohoku, Kanto, Chuba, Kansai, Chugoku, and Kyushu. The Association is under the presidency of Mr. Tadashi Adachi, President of the Tokyo Chamber of Commerce and Industry. Each district council maintains a center for research materials, and the Association sent to these centers 59.070 Japanese government publications and other materials during the 1964 fiscal year. An exhibition of Japanese government publications is organized each year and is curculated to the districts. In addition to these activities, the Association publishes a monthly bulletin which includes information about the activities of member libraries, district councils, and the like. The General Conference of the Association for 1965 was held on June 9 at the Ozaki Memorial Hall. At that occasion, Mr. Yoshikatsu Kono, newly-appointed Librarian of the National Diet Library, made an address to the effect that his Library would be willing to cooperate with special libraries as well as with any other type of libraries. It was also reported that the Guidebook for Documentation which had been planned to mark the 10th anniversary of the establishment of the Association, was now available. Mr. Itsuaki Hatsukade, who has been designated Correspondent to the Special Libraries Section of IFLA for Japan, is a member of the Board of Directors of the Special Libraries Association of Japan in charge of general affairs.

160

Current information activity in the pharmaceutical sciences By Yosoji Ito

University of Tokyo I. The Japan Phamaceutical Library Association Eleven years ago, the pharmaceutical college libraries joined together with the libraries of pharmaceutical industrial firms and formed the Japan Pharmaceutical Library Association, dedicated to the development of the pharmaceutical libraries, not only in order to carry out pharmaceutical education as effectively as possible, but also to fulfill the library's mission as the special information center for pharmaceutical research in colleges of pharmacy and industrial firms. At present, 34 governmental, prefectural or municipal and private pharmaceutical college libraries and 28 libraries of pharmaceutical manufacturers are affiliated with the Association. The Association actively carries out its task in the following manner: 1. In 1965 the Association completed, in cooperation with the Japan Medical Library Association, and under the auspices of the Ministry of Education, the 10 year short-term programme of training medical and pharmaceutical librarians as "special" science librarians in these fields. The curricula is compiled for an overall period of 10 years, and places stress on both basic library sciences and the outlines and bibliographies of special academic subjects in the fields of the medical and pharmaceutical sciences. 2. Since 1957, the Association has been holding annual " D o c u m e n t a t i o n " or "Pharmaceutical Literature" sessions during the Annual General Meeting of the Japan Pharmaceutical Society, to discuss the needs of documentation for research workers, and to provide guidance in the preparation of scientific research papers. The programmes, as a rule, are composed of symposia and guidance lectures, and the themes adopted vary widely. They include such subjects as the use of chemical abstract problems of searching pharmaceutical literature, terminology of the pharmaceutical sciences, the importance of science film, reproducing equipment, book binding, and the newly revised U D C - 6 1 5 classification of pharmacy and pharmacology. 3. Since 1961 the Association has been having a congress every autumn. As a rule, the Congress includes lectures, symposia, professional guidance, visits to libraries etc. In the programmes for the last two years, we find discussions 161

of citation analysis of the Uniterm System, and of the dissemination of technological information within a company of specific subjects concerned with reference service and acquisitions. 4. The Association publishes a quarterly bulletin. The Pharmaceutical Library (since 1956). This is a full-fledged library journal in its own special field. A cumulative index for Vol 1 (1956) to Vol 5 (1960) is available. Besides this journal, the Association publishes many catalogues, finding lists, reports. These publications include a Catalogue of Monographs on Pharmaceutical Education, a national general catalogue of academic periodicals in pharmaceutical college libraries, and a finding list of periodicals in Japanese on pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences. 5. Inter-library loan activity is supported by the Association, and is not limited to the membership, but also applies to non-member libraries. 6. In 1965 the Association completed an overall survey of pharmaceutical college libraries for the purpose of preparing a "white paper". The Association also investigated the present status of audio-visual education, particularly in regard of library facilities and personnel. The White Paper on Pharmaceutical College Libraries (1965) discussed many problems that are still awaiting solution. 7. There are six Regional Committees of the Association in Hokkaido and T o h o k u ; Tobu (Eastern); Hokuriku;Tokai; Kinki and Shikoku; and Kyushu areas; each Regional Committee (independently) arranges for training programmes, symposia, visits to libraries, etc., within ist own area. 8. In 1963, the Association prepared a standard for the establishment and operation of the Pharmaceutical College Library; this standard covers facilities and equipment, administration, collection, functions, personnel, etc. II. The Documentation Committees of the Japan Pharmaceutical Society In 1953. the Japan Pharmaceutical Society organized the Documentation Committee. At first a Committee for UDC (Universal Decimal Classification) was organized; later, it was reorganized so as to give recognition to the increased importance of documentation. At present, the Documentation Committee is formed of four Sub-Committees, namely, (1) Sub-Committee for UDC, (2) Sub-Committee for Pharmaceutical Terminology; (3) Sub-Committee for Chemical Nomenclature, and (4) Sub-Committee for Documentation. Among these, the Sub-Committee for Documentation (4) is operated by the Japan Pharmaceutical Library Association; during the annual General 162

Meeting of the Society it holds a " D o c u m e n t a t i o n " or "Pharmaceutical Literature" session, as mentioned above, as well as several academic scientific sessions. The Sub-Committee for Pharmaceutical Terminology (2) was organized 5 years ago for the purpose of establishing an unequivocal terminology, so as to facilitate pharmaceutical education. The Sub-Committee has already established the terminology in the field of "Pharmaceutics" and "Pharmacognosy" and is now working on another field of the pharmaceutical sciences. Especially, the terminology in the field of chemistry is under discussion now; this work is done in collaboration with the Committee for Revision of Chemical Terminology of the Ministry of Education. The Sub-Committee for Chemical Nomenclature (3) started in 1953 as the Committee for Indexing with the object or preparing the subject index of the Journal of Japan Pharmaceutical Society (Yakugaku-Zasshi), and was reorganized in 1966. The main concern of this Sub-Committee is the nomenclature of chemical compounds in articles submitted to the Journal, so as to make it conform with the nomenclature established by the I.U.P.A.C. (International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry) and chemical abstracts. The Sub-Committee for UDC (Universal Decimal Classification) (1): In 1953 the Japan Pharmaceutical Society was requested to classify the articles in Japan Science Review, Medical Section, according to the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) by the Japan Science Council. Since the classification of Pharmacy in UDC (615) was too out-of-date to serve the purpose, the Society decided to revise the classification of pharmacy: UDC 615 extensively, and organized a Committee for UDC under the directorship of Dr. Y. Ito in commemoration of the 75th anniversary of the Society. The work of the Committee culminated in the approval of the draft proposal prepared by the Committee at the Prague Meeting on 14 to 16 April 1966 of the FID/C 615 Committee for the revision of the UDC. It is expected that when this paper appears in print, final authorization of the revision will have been granted.

163

C 14.

Malaysia

Malaysian Library A s s o c i a t i o n By j.S. Soosai The Rubber Research Institute

of Malaya, Kuala

Lumpur

The permanent Committee for Special Libraries in Malaysia was established in 1963. The President of the Committee, Mr. J. S. Soosai, was re-elected at the last meeting of the Council of the Persatuan Perpustakaan Malaysia on 15 May 1965.

164

C 15. Netherlands Special libraries and documentation in the Netherlands By FP. Koumans Medische en Pharmaceutische Bibliotheek, The Hague During the economic crisis before the Second World War, many of the industries of our country had great difficulties in order to bear up against the decreased sale of their products. So many of them had to find new ways in order to keep running. Many new products or more efficient ways of production had to be found. In order to do so, industry asked its special librarians to advice them and to inform them about the production methods used in other countries. The need of information increased sharply during that time. Accordingly, the State Service for Economical Information (Economische Voorlichtings Dienst), The Organization for Applied Sciences (Toegepast Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek) and the Netherlands Information Institute (Nederlands Institut voor Informatie, Documentatie en Registratuur) were founded then. Their task was to give specialized information to industry on economic and technical subjects. In January 1938, Dr. Ir. A. Korevaar, Chief Librarian of the Technical University at Delft, gave a lecture on the need for scientific libraries to provide documentation services; this lecture was presented at a meeting of the Netherlands Association of Librarians. Some months later, this lecture was followed by one of Dr. L. J. van der Wolk, then Librarian of the State Charcoal Mines in the Province of Limburg, about the working methods of the special librarian. These lectures had the result that the Council of the Netherlands Association of Librarians founded, in 1940, a committee to study the ways of providing documentation through librarians. On October 29, 1941, the Section of Special Libraries was founded as a part of the Netherlands Association of Librarians. Its first president was Dr. L. J. van der Wolk. This Section was, therefore, founded during the war and during the German occupation. It was rather difficult to arrange for meetings. The lectures held at the meetings were designed to prepare the new "special" librarians for their "special" tasks. The lectures were of a practical nature, and their goal was to make the librarians more useful to the organizations employing them. In 1944 the last of the total of five meetings was held, and no other meeting could be arranged until 1945, after our liberation. 165

During that time of interruption, work behind the scenes went on, however, so that in 1946 a course for training of special librarians could be undertaken by the Section. It was followed, in 1947, by a training course for literature research officers. In 1949, these courses were combined with the courses of the Netherlands Information Institute. A separate organization, the United Training Organisation (Gemeenschappelijke Opleidings Commissie), was established in that way. This situation still prevails. Since the beginning of the course in 1946, hundreds of special librarians have benefited from them. It is clear, therefore, that not all members of the Section of Special Libraries are librarians; the Section includes literature research officers, since the courses sponsored by the Section are the basic training of both categories. There is a great variety of libraries in the Section of Special Libraries. Among our individual members, we also find many librarians of governmental libraries. Many of these libraries are very important and highly specialized. In the same way, libraries of university institutions are mainly built up in the manner of, and work as, special libraries; accordingly, the librarians are members of the Section. As a matter of course, the industrial libraries belong to it. Several types of institutions have libraries working as special libraries ; their librarians are also members of the Section. One of the characteristics common to all of these libraries is the fact that they give information or provide documentation on special subjects of their organization. In our country many documentation centers are now being built up. Economical documentation of military subjects, educational documentation, technical documentation, child care documentation, agricultural documentation, traffic documentation, medical and pharmaceutical documentation are, for instance, fields now covered by documentation centers in our country. Nearly every field of science is represented by a documentation center, which stands ready to supply you with information. I hope I have been able to give you some pointers about the situation in our country, inasmuch as documentation centers and their relation to the Section of Special Libraries are concerned.

166

C 16. Poland Technical libraries in Poland By Anna Lech Technical libraries in our country constitute an important group among special libraries, to which they belong by the specialized subject of their collections and by direct or indirect connections with those fields of the national economy that have to do with scientific or technical problems. The fact that they are generally defined as special libraries, on the basis of the above criteria, does not mean, however, that they are coordinated organizationally or perform the same tasks or functions. Actually, the libraries of this type comprise several groups, with different subject fields; they differ also as to the range of their activities and as to the size of their collections. The most important factors, i.e. their tasks, aims and ranges of activity, which are decisive in affiliation of the libraries with a particular group, depend on the aims and activities of the institutions to which they belong and which themselves frequently are part of larger organizations, e.g. of administrative units or technical societies. For that reason we should not regard technical libraries in our country as one group, that is tied together organizationally into a network, but rather as separate entities comprising libraries in the technical field that exist within organizations and administrative units where technical problems are basic. These units are either directly engaged in the field of industry or active in scientific research for industry, or in training professional staff and scientists. Accordingly, technical libraries in Poland may be classified as follows: 1. Libraries of the higher and secondary technical schools; 2. Libraries under the departments concerned with the national economy; 3. Libraries of the Central Technical Organisation. 1. Libraries of higher and secondary technical schools Two types of libraries belong to this group: scientific libraries and libraries for training technical staff at secondary schools. Scientific libraries are those of the higher technical schools, such as: polytechnical institutes; engineering schools; the Academy for Mining and Metallurgy. The second type belong to the secondary technical schools. Both types are controlled by a special Library Division of the Ministry of Schools and Higher Education; they have one common goal: the training of technical staff. However, the profile, tasks 167

and methods of work are different, depending on those institutions t o which they are subordinated. Libraries of the afore-mentioned schools of higher learning are scientific libraries of a specifically didactic nature. Within individual schools, they are organized in a two-level library network that consists of the main library and the libraries of the departments, institutes, and laboratories. The tasks of the main library are considerably broader, and its activities, similar to those of a university library, move into four directions. They are planned: 1. T o acquire and process materials and to make the collection available t o students and teachers. For this reason, the collection is polytechnic in scope. 2. To give specialized reference and bibliographic service to students and faculty in the fields of their study and teaching. 3. To teach the students how to use the library and do their own research. 4. To function as a central library for the branch libraries in departments, institutes, and laboratories, and to provide supervision, guidance, and assistance to them. The branch libraries are usually small, with collections in specific subject fields, adjusted to scope and nature of the pertinent department or laboratory. These collections are designed largely to serve the scientific and research needs of that unit. Another group of school libraries with collections in the field of technology are the libraries of the secondary technical schools for professional training. Their function is the collection, processing, storing, and interpretation of material to the students of the school. Their collection depends on the subject field and on the program of the school. The level of their sophistication corresponds to the intellectual level of the training courses presented.

2. Libraries of the departments concerned with the national economy The libraries of the second group of technical libraries are attached to the "Departments of National E c o n o m y " . Two types of libraries belong to this group: libraries of the scientific research institutes and specialized factory libraries of industrial institutions, project bureaus, central laboratories, etc. The activity of this group of libraries is directed toward the tasks and needs of the institutions, and they serve as a liaison with the technical information centers within the departments concerned with the national economy. Scientific libraries are generally affiliated with scientific and research institutes. Their main responsibility is to collect literature for scientific work, t o process it and t o make it available to the scientists of the institutes as well as to out168

side readers, inasmuch as these libraries usually are open to the public. The size of the collections varies. Some of them, such as the Public Library of the Institute for Urban Planning and Architecture in Warsaw, or the Library of the Central Mining Institute in Katovitse, possess many thousands of valuable volumes, and, in terms of their activity, quite often go beyond the limits established by their institutes. The newly organized institutes, on the other hand, differ from them in size of collections and range of activities. Their collections are more of a reference type, adjusted to the problems of their institutions. Their activity is directed first of all to satisfying the needs of the staff of the given institute. In addition t o the basic library activity, the libraries of scientific and research institutes provide methodological training to those specialized factory libraries at industrial plants which work in the field served by the given institute. Another type of national economic libraries are specialized libraries attached to plants and factories. The tasks and scope of their collections, as well as the nature of their activity, are closely connected with the activity of the establishment and are determined by its needs and their field of work. Acquisition policy is dictated by the specific nature of the plant; the readers are served in accordance with the work assignments adjusted to their level and requirements. In agreement with the promises mentioned above, the specialized plant libraries have to carry out the following tasks: 1. To acquire and process literature in a special subject field connected with the industrial and technical task of the given establishment, and make the collection available to readers with proper adjustment for the professional training of the whole collective who are working at the factory. 2. T o provide services to the staff of the given establishment, using all possible forms of assistance t o the readers. 3. To popularize the reading of specialized literature among the staff. The special libraries at factories are relatively new, since their formation, development, organization, and unification of working methods were stabilized during the last two years. During that time, these special libraries went through three stages in the shaping of their organization and of their activity, in accordance with regulatory decrees. The first stage was the time after the war until 1953, a period of quantitative growth. Then plant libraries emerged spontaneously and, since 1949, were further developed pursuant to the Regulatory Decree of April 29, 1949 issued by the State Committee for the National Economic Plan. This Decree became the first official document referring to the special libraries. It recommended the establishment of new libraries at industrial plants and the development of those already in existence. As a result, many new libraries

169

were established, and there arose the need for a definite organizational system. It became also necessary to unify the methodological approach and the working habits of the staffs. Regulations in that direction were issued during the second stage. They were contained in the Resolution of the Presidential Office, issued o n September 24, 1953. According to it, both special plant libraries and libraries of scientific and research institutes were to be united within the departmental library network. Within this network there exists a two-fold organizational set-up. Administratively, they are connected with and responsible to corresponding units within the various departments. On the other hand, in terms of professional work, they are connected by the methodological guidance and training which the scientific and research institutes are obliged to render to the branch libraries located at the establishments of the pertinent subject field . The Central Institute for Scientific and Technical Documentation acts as the central library for all departmental affiliates. It determines m e t h o d s and directs activities. The Institute had this responsibility until the Central Technical Organization was created by Resolution No. 169 of the Council of Ministers of May 16, 1960, pertaining to the Organization of Technical and Economic Information. It started the third stage in the activity of libraries of the departments concerned with the national economy, and gave rise to the following changes: the centers of technical organization were organized on three levels, viz. as departmental, regional, and plant centers. They, in turn .control the libraries of the institutions where the information centers were established. However, there still remain over 2.000 special plant libraries where no information centers were organized. The leading role in the information center network is played by the Central Institute for Scientific, Technical, and Economic Information; it serves also as the final authority for library problems of all libraries of the network. No basic change took place in the new organizational system inasmuch as the tasks of the libraries are concerned. Accordingly, the libraries of the scientific and research institute, now as before, function in the interest of their own institutions and of the pertinent plant libraries, and the plant libraries continue servicing the limited needs of their plants. The network comprises now some 5.000 special libraries ( 2 0 million volumes). 3. Libraries of the Central Technical Organization The libraries of the CTO form their own network, consisting of the Central Library in Warsaw and 18 branch libraries at various industrial centers in the country.

170

The task of the Central Library is to acquire and process literature and provide readers with their own collections based on their "polytechnical profile". In addition, it acquires publications for the branch libraries and trains their staff. The branch library collections are based on the polytechnical profile of the center to which they are attached. Emphasis is placed on subject specialization according to the purpose of the pertinent industrial center.

171

C 17. Romania Development of scientific information in Romania By Ovidiu Popescu Embassy of Romania In speaking about the development of the scientific information in Romania, I will not mention the libraries, the usual city or university libraries, which play an important role in scientific information, and I will focus attention on the special reference libraries, which have been established in Romania since 1949. In the process of building socialism in the Socialist Republic of Romania, the changes in industry, agriculture, science, technique and culture, in general, have had the effect of increasing the demand for technical and scientific information on a scale hitherto unknown. The many varieties of readers in the most diversified fields, from technicians to laboratory researchers, from general medical practitioners to professors, have asked for an increasingly amplified, quick and efficient reference system on the latest achievements in world science and technique, and on fundamental problems or details in every field of research and activity. Only a network of reference libraries could satisfy those many inquiries. In developing technical documentation on new bases, the principal objectives were: (1) a new orientation in reference work in such manner as to provide researchers, technicians, teaching personnel and people in the fields of culture with full and up-to-date scientific and technical information in all fields of activity; (2) to create a complete system of documentation, especially in the many fields in which this was almost non-existent in the past; (3) to utilize and develop existing resources, and make them available to those interested in using them in their practical or theoretical activity, and (4) to organize documentation at various levels, and the exchange of information with other countries. Through the fulfilment of those assignments, new opportunities for technicoscientific documentation have been opened in the Socialist Republic of Romania. I will give several statistical figures in this little talk, which, by American standards, look relatively small. It would be wise to remember that the population of America is just under 200.000.000 and that of Romania just under 20.000.000 — 1/10 the population of America. On the initiative of the Trade Unions, the first technical reference libraries had been created in the enterprises as far back as 1945. After the nationalization of 172

the principal means of production, technical libraries were opened in every department and enterprise. The present vast network of special reference libraries, of which there are now over 7.000 totaling more than 12.000.000 volumes, includes the libraries of the ministries, the research and design institutes and enterprises of various categories, in addition to the libraries of the reference centres set up according to the needs of various branches. Some of the main branches of activity — industry, agriculture, public health, the chemical and oil industries, building construction, the railroads, etc. have specialized reference centres with large libraries. The principal reference centre in the S.R.R., The Technical Documentation Institute, was founded in 1949 with the purpose of procuring, studying and utilizing the world technical and scientific literature required for use in all categories of industry. To carry out its duties, the Technical Documentation Institute has a library containing more than 220.000 books, 60.000 volumes of collections of periodicals, 5.600 microfilms, 550.000 patents, licences and standards, reference instruments, including the bibliographical card index of articles published in foreign technical reviews (more than 1 million cards), a card index of bibliographical research, and a cataloque of the translations done by the Institute. The daily attendance at the library exceeds 400 persons. The library's activity is interwoven with that of the Institute. Like other specialized reference centres, the Technical Documentation Institute answers inquiries either by publishing reference materials for broad categories of technicians, or by answering individual questions. In the first category, we mention the 12 series of the monthly bibliographical bulletin called "Documentarea Tehnica" ("Technical Documentation"), the periodical information bulletins "Technical Novelties", "Nuclear Documentation", "Information on Innovations", "Experiences in our Factories", and issues of technical guidance for industrial workers and foremen. The publications listed in reference materials of this kind are obtainable on demand, on a loan basis or supplied in the form of microfilm. The Technical Documentation Institute does particularly important work as a centre of translations of world technical literature. The Institute achieves excellent results in the field of technical information, which is directly reflected in the activity of enterprises and research and design institutes. The Scientific Documentation Centre of the Academy of the Socialist Republic of Romania was founded in May 1964, with a view to providing Romanian researchers with current information on scientific works published abroad, facilitating scientific research by setting up special information services, popularizing abroad Romanian scientific works, and carrying on studies and research in the field of scientific information. The Centre publishes a current information bulletin - "Buletinul de Informare Stiinjificâ" - a periodical of abstracts and book reviews - "Revista de referate 173

§i recenzii", and abstracts on cards. All these appear in eleven series, covering the following branches: mathematics and astronomy, physics, chemistry, biology, geology and geography, philosophy and logic, law, economics, linguistics and psychology, the theory and history of literature and art, history and archaeology. The Centre publishes a m o n t h l y abstracts bulletin in Russian and in English which includes studies of the most recent achievements of Romanian Science: " R u m y n s k y Byuleten Nauchnoi Informatsii" and "Romanian Scientific Abstracts", in t w o separate series, for the natural and social sciences. For information on special topics, the Scientific Documentation Centre periodically records the latest publications on retrospective bibliographies. The Centre files a range of auxiliary material from various countries, and elaborates thematical catalogues and indices of authors, comprising records of scientific works. The cards are either drawn up by the Centre, or are supplied by other institutions of information. Bibliographies are compiled on request, or by the Centre's own initiative. In the field of scientific information the Centre analyses the working methods and the modern equipment used in various information systems, with the view of improving Romanian scientific information work. It also publishes a j o u r n a i — "Studi ji cercetâri de documentare si bibliologie" - presenting Romanian contribution, as well as modern trends in scientific information and documentation services. Another reference centre, covering a wide field is the University Centre for Documentation in the Social and Humanistic Sciences recently created within the framework of the Central State Library, for the acquisition of scientific publications, and the distribution of information to the teaching staff on Romanian faculties, and other universitiy institutes. Apart from the general reference supplied by the Technical Documentation Institute, several other specialized centres provide information required by certain departments or branches of technical activity. The ministries, scientific and technical institutes, have their own reference centres and sections, specialized in their own fields of activity. Generally speaking, the latter are organized along the same lines as similar general-purpose centres, though they only supply information covering the special field of the respective institution. Such centres keep track of Romanian and world achievements in their fields of activity, prepare informative material for the use of specialized circles, contact similar institutes or centres abroad and exchange technical and scientific information with them. Their working schedules may cover the entire field in which they supply reference or may be restricted to collecting reference for the research plan of the institution to which they belong. The principal reference centres of this kind are:

174

The Railway Documentation Institute, created in 1949 in the Ministry of Transportation. Using the specialized collections of a central technical library, this institute publishes the monthly "Buletin Documentar C . F . R . " ("Railway Documentary Bulletin"), edits, prints and distributes bibliographycal studies and a variety of material on railway subjects, including guidance and presentations of new techniques. The Institute publishes the specialized magazines "Revista Câilor Feratel" ("Review of the Railways") and "Probleme feroviare" ("Railway Problems"). The Institute also has a number of films, on railway subjects. Other reference libraries well endowed with specialized literature are the Documentary Centre of the Ministry of the Oil and Chemical Industries, set up in 1948, and the Documentary Centre for Building, Architecture and City Planning ( 1 8 0 . 0 0 0 books, 20.000 volumes of bound periodicals). The primary aim of these two centres is to provide reference materials for the ministries to which they are attached, and for dependent institutes. To that end, they prepare monthly information bulletins ( " D o c u m e n t a t i o n in Oil and Chemistry"), collections of specialized articles ("What is New in Oild and Chemistry"), bibliographical works, etc. The preoccupation of the state for health protection led t o the creation of a Medical Documentary Centre in 1951. This provides information both for researchers and for medical practitioners in the public health field. The Centre's library has 50.000 books, about 38.000 volumes of periodicals, and 28.000 translations. Researchers and practitioners are supplied with information by means of documentary material (a m o n t h l y medical bibliographical bulletin), bibliographical lists, oral and written information, and translations from foreign specialized literature. The Institutes of the Academy also have their own specialized reference libraries. These libraries have documentary sections, staffed with specialists in the relevant fields of research. Information is supplied b o t h from the specialized library's collections and from those of other libraries. In addition to the specialized bibliographies these centres prepare monthly lists of newly received publications, do translations from less known languages, undertake research in various other record offices and libraries, etc. Among the best-equipped information centres in this category we mention the Documentary Section of the Academy's Agronomical Research Institute, which prepares information bulletins for agronomical and agrotechnical specialists in all parts of the country, ( " R o m a n i a n Agricultural Bulletin" and "Bulletin of Agricultural Documentation"), bibliographies, thematic information and translations of foreign scientific articles, etc. For that purpose, the centre uses the collections of the Agronomical Research Institute's Library (62,000 books and over 7,000 collections of periodicals).

175

Information material, prepared by these reference centres are then distributed to the libraries of the design and planning institutes, to the laboratories, experimental stations, and organisations of all categories, to the technical committees of enterprises, etc. These reference bodies in the S.R.R. may be classified according to their nature and function in the following three categories: a) General-purposes reference centres and sections; b) Specialized reference centres and sections; c) Documentary sections and special libraries belonging to the design and planning institutes, and to the economic and industrial enterprises. Rationalization of activity in the field of documentation is a permanent preoccupation, for the purpose of avoiding waste and duplication of efforts and to standardize methods of scientific information, to unify techniques, etc. Action in that direction is at state level or, alternately, at the big documentation centres, or by certain sectors of the documentation system.

176

C 18. South Africa Scientific and technical information services in the Republic of South Africa By D.G. Kingwill South African Council for Scientific and Industrial Research A brief statement on Scientific and Technical Documentation in the Union of South Africa was published in 1959 in Special Libraries (1). Since then, the basic pattern of scientific and technical information has not changed greatly although in 1961 the Union of South Africa became the Republic of South Africa. Progress has, however, been made in the development of existing services while here as elsewhere, the whole question of national information networks is being re-examined in the light of changing circumstances. Research publications Two national conferences on the publication of the results of research were held under the joint auspices of the Department of Education, Arts and Sciences and the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research in 1961 and 1962. The report and recommendations (3) and documents tabled (2) at the second conference were endorsed by the Scientific Advisory Council and this year (1966) a National Advisory Committee on Research Publications was established. The main task of this Committee is to encourage the development of research publications of an adequate standard in accordance with national requirements through the medium of grants by the Department of Education, Arts and Science.Obviously, it will take time for the activities of this Committee to bear fruit as all the vexed questions which arise in connection with the publication of research are not less complex in South Africa than they are elsewhere. Libraries At the annual conference of the South African Library Association held in September 1959, an action committee was appointed to recommend measures to be taken to promote closer cooperation among libraries in South Africa. In the light of the recommendations of this action committee it was resolved at the 1960 conference, that as a first step certain aspects of library services in South Africa should be thoroughly investigated. With the aid of a grant from the National Council for Social Research, these investigations were carried out during 1961 and the reports of the investigating officeis published at the beginning of 1962 under the title Aspects of South African Libraries (4). The findings and recommendations of the investigating officers were condensed into a draft by the action committee under the title Programme for Future Development (5) and considered by the library profession at a special conference in Johannesburg in June 1962. After this 177

conference, the statements and recommendations, as approved by the library profession were published and distributed to all members of the Association and to some 250 persons who had been nominated as delegates to a National Conference of Library Authorities, convened by the Department of Education, Arts and Science in Pretoria in November 1962. The Programme for Future Library Development, as adopted at the conference, was published in South African Libraries (6). Since then, this programme has provided a framework for the development of library services in South Africa and the Minister for Education, Arts and Science has appointed an interim committee to advise him on the implementation of the programme. In the meantime, there is somewhat of an hiatus and this is perhaps a difficult juncture at which to report on the state of development of libraries, and associated activities in South Africa. Nevertheless, it will be evident from the foregoing that these are in a state of active ferment here - no less than in other countries at this time. The Programme for Future Development steers a middle course between centralization and decentralization. In this it recognizes, the realities of the South African situation — a country in which centres of industrial development and population concentration are separated by vast distances. Essentially, it recommends the establishment of a National Library Advisory Council, with a Committee for the National Bookstock, a Co-ordinating Committee for Library Research and a Bibliographic Bureau controlled by a Bibliographic Council. Apart from bibliographic services and research, this scheme in essence envisages the recognition of regions in which minimum working collections required for technology, research and scholarship will be established and, in addition, specialist subject collections in appropriate libraries. It is further envisaged that the development of these collections will be financially supported by the allocation of funds from a central fund established for this purpose by the Government and administered on the advice of the National Library Advisory Committee and the Committee for the National Bookstock. T o those w h o are familiar with library policies (and politics) these efforts to develop a national library policy will present many aspects which are all too familiar. This, indeed, is to be expected as the authors of this scheme are in constant contact with their counterparts in other countries. Pending implementation of this scheme, a brief description of the present scene must suffice. Public libraries, with more or less well-developed reference collections and services, are maintained by the municipalities of Johannesburg, Cape Town, Kimberley, Durban, Bloemfontein, Pietermaritzburg and Pretoria. Most adequate of these is Johannesburg Public Library. In these centres, and also in Stellenbosch. Grahamstown and Potchefstroom, collections of research and study materials have been built u p by the universities. In rural areas, library services are augmented or supported by the provincial library services. (Although South Africa is not a federation and has unitary system of government, the provinces which were united by 178

the Act of Union in 1910 - the Transvaal, Cape of Good Hope, Orange Free State and Natal - are responsible for certain public services. These include hospitals, roads, education - up to high school level - local authorities, nature conservation, performing arts and libraries.) In addition, there are two national libraries, the South African Library in Cape Town and the State Library in Pretoria - reflecting to some extent, the history of a country which since union in 1910 has had two capitals (Pretoria is the administrative capital and Cape Town the legislative capital). These two libraries are "national libraries" in the sense that they are entirely financed by the Central Government and they complement each other in so far as the South African Library is a national reference library and the State Library a national lending library. Bibliographic services The State Library, Pretoria, maintains a central or union catalogue of monographs in all subjects. The union catalogue of periodicals in the humanities is maintained by the University of South Africa (supported by the National Council for Social Research) while the union catalogue of periodicals in science and technology is maintained by the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR). These two latter catalogues are at present being edited and published by the CSIR as a combined catalogue in loose-leaf form under the title Periodicals in South African Libraries. This work has been in progress for some time and has been issued as far as the letter " M " . The South African National Bibliography is published by the State Library and the Index to South African Periodicals by the Johannesburg Public Library. A Guide to Sources of Information in the Humanities is compiled by Mr. R. Musiker of Rhodes University and published with the aid of a grant from the National Council for Social Research. The CSIR publishes a Directory of Research Organizations in South Africa and an annual Register of Current Research at South African Universities. The objectives of these two activities are analogous to those of the National Referral Centre at the Library of Congress and the Science Information Exchange at the Smithsonian Institution, Washington. They are at present under review and, in principle, it has been decided that they should be combined and developed along the lines of the Science Information Exchange. The CSIR also maintains a foreign language technical translation service. Though the staff is limited, it caters for translations from sixteen foreign languages. Translations which are undertaken on request, are listed in the monthly CSIR publication: Library Information and Accessions, and recorded by the European Translations Centre at Delft. Before undertaking a translation, sources such as the British Commonwealth Index of Translations and Technical Translations are searched to ascertain whether the required translation is not already available from some other source-

179

Industrial information service The National Conference of Library Authorities requested the CSIR to investigate the information requirements of industry as well as the best ways to meet these needs. It was recommended that the CSIR should undertake the necessary preparatory work in collaboration with other interested bodies until such time as final recommendations could be submitted. It should here be mentioned that this accords well with the terms of reference of the CSIR, which was established as a corporate body by Act of Parliament in 1945. It is not only a national research council with responsibilities for the development of science in South Africa through university research grants, for the support of medical research (which it does mainly through the support of research units) and for the development of industrial research associations, but it operates a national research organization comprising fourteen national research laboratories and institutes (9 of which are situated on one expansive site on the outskirts of Pretoria). Research in agriculture, geology and the humanities are excluded from the functions of the CSIR but the Council is specifically charged with responsibilities for the "collection and dissemination of scientific and industrial information" and for international scientific liaison. To give some idea of the scale of operations, it can be said that the Council has a total staff of approximately 2.500, of whom some 600 are graduate research scientists and engineers. The extramural functions of the CSIR, i.e. those which can be identified with the functions of a national research council as opposed to a national research organization, are concentrated in a number of specialist devisions which are grouped together in what is known as the Information and Research Services.' The CSIR's policies in relation to scientific and technical information have evolved down the years in keeping with changing circumstances both at home and abroad. From the outset it was recognized that improved scientific and technical information services depended primarily on building up resources of information within the country. Thus a centralized library has been developed to serve the Council's nine main research laboratories and institutes at Scientia, near Pretoria, in such a way that its services are also available to borrowers in all parts of the country . The CSIR Library is today recognized as the leading scientific and technical library in the country. It is the main user of the Universal Decimal Classification system and the National Member of the FID. Up to the present, the acquisitions policy has been dictated mainly by the requirements of the CSIR's national research institutes, which serve a wide spectrum of scientific and engineering disciplines and technological fields. The Library's own budget for supplementing the collection in other fields is, however, steadily increasing. Modern techniques in library technology are being introduced on a "housekeeping basis". A start was made with preparation of serials records for mechanization some

180

t w o years ago. During the past year the punched card records have been used for accounting purposes and these are now being prepared for transfer to a fully computerized system, making use of the IBM System 3 6 0 / 4 0 of the CSIR's National Research Institute for Mathematical Sciences which is housed on the same site. This "tooling u p " operation has provided the means of building up a documentation team which has already revised and successfully introduced a punched card charging system for b o t h normal circulation and a Xerox copying service. The approach to information services has been cautious. Generally speaking, the policy which is being followed is to encourage and support the information activities of specialist groups within the research laboratories, and to assist these with the development of more sophisticated documentation techniques when the need arises. Thus, within the Chemical Engineering Group, coordinate indexes for specialist subject fields are being developed, using Jonkers Termatrex equipment (7). A current awareness service has been initiated for the National Institute for Water Research, using a modified KWIC-index, which could provide the basis for an S D I service; 250 journals are scanned regularly for this purpose. The information scientists responsible for these projects are closely associated with the laboratory groups, on the one hand, and on the other with the group responsible for the library technology project. The team is completed by a member of staff of the National Research Institute for Mathematical Sciences who has been assigned to these documentation projects. Through the introduction of these techniques the way is being prepared for the effective utilization of services which are becoming available on tape and for assisting other libraries and organizations with the introduction of these techniques. The provision of technical information services for industry poses more complex problems, as experience both in South Africa and elsewhere has demonstrated that personal contact is an important factor in information transfer at the level of the factory floor. One of the implications of this is that, in the South African situation, a regional approach may be required. With this in mind, a limited Industrial Information Service, based on the Library of the University of Natal in Durban, has been initiated as a pilot operation. Although supported by local industrial firms, the use made of the service has not been sufficient to warrant its extension and development. In the area around Cape Town (known as the Western Cape) where the pattern of industrial development is at once more diffuse and more complex, no such initiative has emerged. Two studies sponsored by the CSIR in this area (8, 9) have failed to indicate a clear line of action. A further study, on a countrywide basis, has attacked the problem from the point of view of the factors influencing technological innovation in South African industry. In order to keep the study within reasonable bounds, it was limited to electronic instrumentation. The results of this study (10) are still being examined but in general they tend to confirm the view that, except in the case of firms with their own research departments, technical literature is not a major factor in information transfer at the level of the practitioner. While this does not in any way minimize the importance of the availability of technical literature, it tends to 181

focus attention on the need for a technical referral service operating through the medium of personal contact. Attention is therefore being given to the possibility of developing a service along the lines of the successful Technical Information Servie (T I S) of the Canadian National Research Council, the D T 0 in Copenhagen and the Rijksnijwerheidsdienst in the Netherlands. There is also great interest in developments in the U.S. under the States Technical Services Act and in activities of this kind which are being developed under the Ministry of Technology in the United Kingdom. One of the means already introduced for promoting more effective contacts between research groups and industry is the organization of one-day industrial symposia coupled with laboratory demonstrations. In recent years, subjects dealt with have included: fan research; some aspects of thickener desing; thickener design and operations; transducers for the measurement of non-electric quantities; air pollution control; food technology; the malting of kaffircorn; mycotoxins and mycotoxicosis in foodstuffs; S A structural timbers; human factors in industry (ergonomics); corrosion; dust sampling, aeronautical research in South Africa. Experience has shown that these symposia are an effective means of bridging the gap between research and practice. International relations The importance of personal contacts in facilitating the flow of information between scientists is generally recognized. This is one of the most important functions of the Offices of the South African Scientific Attaches which are maintained by the CSIR in Washington. D.C., London and Cologne. Another means by which this is achieved is through membership of the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) and its affiliated unions and by participation in ICSU's international scientific programmes, e.g. the International Geophysical Year (IGY), Antartic research. International Years of the Quiet Sun (IQSY), International Indian Ocean Expedition (IIOE) and International Biological Programme (IBP). South Africa's participation in these programmes is organized by the Science Cooperation Division of the CSIR. The publications received by the CSIR by virtue of its membership of these international scientific organizations and participation in these international programmes are kept in a special collection in the CSIR Library. Future trends Generally speaking the problems in scientific and technical information in the Republic of South Africa are very similar to those encountered elsewhere in the Western world - though there are naturally differences in emphasis and scope. Future trends are likely to be in the direction of recognizing the librar182

ies of certain agencies as national libraries in some major subject fields, while others may be designated as the responsible agencies to provide information services in more specialized fields. The need for a coordinating agency has been recognized and the preliminary groundwork completed. Modern trends in documentation are being followed closely and the newer techniques introduced with a view to developing these applications according to changing needs and circumstances.

References (1)

(2)

(3)

(4) (5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

Kingwill, D.G. Scientific and technical d o c u m e n t a t i o n and i n f o r m a t i o n in t h e Union of S o u t h A f r i c a . Special Libraries, vol. 5 0 , no. 9, November 1 9 5 9 , pp. 4 8 0 - 4 8 1 . C o n f e r e n c e on t h e p u b l i c a t i o n of research results, 2nd, Pretoria, J u n e 1 9 6 2 . ( D o c u m e n t s t a b l e d ) . D o c u m e n t s nos. 1 - 4 . Pretoria, D e p a r t m e n t of E d u c a t i o n , A r t s and Science, and Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, 1962. C o n f e r e n c e o n the p u b l i c a t i o n of research results in t h e natural sciences, 2 n d , Pretoria, 1962. R e p o r t and r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s . Pretoria, D e p a r t m e n t of E d u c a t i o n , Arts and Science, and Council f o r Scientific and Industrial Research, 1 9 6 2 . A s p e c t s of S o u t h A f r i c a n libraries. P o t c h e f s t r o o m , University for C.H.E. in collaboration with t h e S o u t h A f r i c a n Library Association, 1962. S o u t h African Library Association. A c t i o n C o m m i t t e e o n Library C o - o p e r a t i o n . P r o g r a m m e for f u t u r e d e v e l o p m e n t : comprising d r a f t proposals o n library coo p e r a t i o n and t h e creation of facilities for the d e v e l o p m e n t of a national library service in the R e p u b l i c of S o u t h Africa ( t o be) submitted t o the E x t r a o r d i n a r y C o n f e r e n c e of t h e S o u t h A f r i c a n Library Association. J o h a n n e s b u r g , J u n e 1962 (in p r e p a r a t i o n f o r ) National C o n f e r e n c e of Library Authorities, N o v e m b e r 1962. C o n f e r e n c e d o c u m e n t no. 2. S A L A Newsletter, vol. 13, no. 11. May 1 9 6 2 . ( 2 0 ) p. P r o g r a m m e f o r f u t u r e library d e v e l o p m e n t in t h e R e p u b l i c of S o u t h A f r i c a , as a d o p t e d by the National C o n f e r e n c e of Library Authorities, Pretoria, 5 t h and 6 t h N o v e m b e r , 1962. S o u t h A f r i c a n Libraries, vol. 30, no. 3, J a n . 1963. pp. 8 1 - 1 1 7 . Mandersloot, W.G.B. and McGillivray, R o s e m a r y . D o c u m e n t a t i o n and i n f o r m a t i o n retrieval: application of k e y w o r d indexing. CSIR Special R e p o r t Chem 38. Pretoria, S o u t h African Council f o r Scientific and Industrial Research. 1965. 4 2 p. G r a n t . J. I n f o r m a t i o n for industry - study in c o m m u n i c a t i o n s . CSIR Research R e p o r t 2 2 9 . Pretoria, S o u t h African Council for Scientific and Industrial R e s e a r c h , 1964. 74 p. G r a n t . J. I n f o r m a t i o n for m a n a g e m e n t evaluation of managerial r e q u i r e m e n t s and p a t t e r n s for use. CSIR Research Report 2 4 0 . Pretoria. S o u t h A f r i c a n Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, 1966. 16 p. H o u t e n . R o b e r t van. Technischc i n f o r m a t i e voor de industrie met speciale verwijzing naar voorlichting op elektronisch gebied. Thesis for D o c t o r a t e in Business A d m i n . . P o t c h e f s t r o o m University for C H E. P o t c h e f s t r o o m . July 1966. 172. A 180 p.

183

C 19. Soviet Union The Role of scientific and technical libraries in education and technical creative work of the Soviet people* By N . I . Tyshkevich

Viniti Biblioteka, Vsesoyuznyi Institut Nauchnoi i Teknicheskoi Moscow

Informatsii,

1. The working class of the USSR and scientific and technical progress We live in an era of great discoveries and remarkable transformations. The standard-bearer of our epoch is the working class of the USSR - the class-innovator and pioneer in the sphere of new ways for social and technical progress. The realization of the far-reaching program on creating the material and technical basis of communism means an all possible development of our people's technical progress. The creative force of labor begins to depend more and more on workers' cultural and technical standards, their knowledge of scientific principles of production, on their skills to use in production of the highest scientific achievements. With the use of computers and self-adjusting and self-regulating automatic systems being extended, the worker "stands beside the production process instead of being its agent" (K. Marx). Only such a worker who does not need bending continuously over an object of labor and whose hands are free for a long while, can cover in mind the whole production process, approach it critically and find ways to improve essentially mechanisms and the entire system of production. A necessity of solving complex problems in different fields of knowledge (hydraulics, pneumatics, electronics, etc.) and a necessity of free orientation in a changing production situation while shifting from one type of articles to another, induce the worker to systematic training. At present there are over 35 million workers at our country's plants and factories (according to The USSR National Economy in 1967, statistical yearbook. "Statistika", Moscow, 1968) and their number increases approximately by 700 thousand people every year running. About 10 million per year acquire professions in schools for vocational and technical education, or improve professional skills by means of industrial training. There appear new complex professions demanding comprehensive and versatile knowledge: adjuster, fitter for automatic lines and machines, radio mechanic, operator of chemical production, etc. *

Presented at the m e e t i n g of t h e Special Libraries Section. Moscow. 1 S e p t e m b e r 1970.

184

The appearance of the worker of a new type - not only mastering professional skills but also having a serious general education - is a natural consequence of tremendous social and economic changes in the Soviet Union for the last decades. The uninterrupted growth of workers' technical creative work as a mass phenomenon is typical of the USSR. This country's industrial power being developed, demands of workers have heightened, and their newer and wider strata have manifested creative activities and have taken an active part in the improvement of production. Suffice it to say that only for the last decade the total number of inventors and rationalizers w h o have submitted their proposals, increased by five times and is now over three million people. Mass technical creative activities of Soviet workers are one of the obvious indices of our successful progression toward eliminating the distinction between brain and manual labor. The face of the Soviet working class has changed fundamentally over a historically short period, and his technical and general education standards have immeasurably grown. This is an important basis for developing workers' technical creative activities, and for their energetic participation in improving the production process. The working class manufactures the predominant portion of national wealth. The fate of the plan of national economy and of the country's economic development depends to a considerable degree on his efforts. The role and place of the working class in the ranks of builders of a new society make it incumbent upon scientific and technical libraries to concentrate attention on services to it.

2. Characteristics of the USSR network of scientific and technical libraries Technical libraries of the USSR (about twenty thousand by the beginning of 1967 according t o the Central Statistical Bureau) whose collections contain varied technical literature (almost 3 0 0 million items in all), have the best possibilities to inform industrial workers about literature enabling them to help solve specific production problems. They, as n o other types of libraries, are closely connected with production and serve certain collective bodies. Therefore technical libraries occupy the leading place in the library and bibliographic service of industrial workers being conducted by the Soviet Union's libraries. Soviet technical libraries are centers contributing to scientific and technical progress and wider technical education, and to increasing the level of worker's professional skills and to popularizing advanced production experience. They are not isolated agencies with a limited membership of readers but libraries for mass use intended for all categories of workers in the national economy: workers, foremen, technicians, engineers, managerial personnel of plants and economic organizations. Activities of technical libraries at plants (up to 67 % of the total n u m b e r of over 13,000 technical libraries with a book stock of more than 100 million items) present specific features: they are directly connected with the sphere of material 185

p r o d u c t i o n , are s t r u c t u r a l divisions of plants, and serve a c o m p a r a t i v e l y stable collective b o d y . All this enables the library on t h e o n e h a n d t o render e f f e c t i v e aid t o t h e plant in achieving its planned targets, and in i n t r o d u c i n g new techniq u e s and a d v a n c e d t e c h n o l o g y , and on the o t h e r h a n d t o spread its influence over the whole p r o d u c t i o n b o d y and its every m e m b e r . T h e reorganization of o u r c o u n t r y ' s industrial m a n a g e m e n t of industries by the " b r a n c h p r i n c i p l e " has started a new stage in the d e v e l o p m e n t of the SL) technical libraries, led t o a reorganization of their n e t w o r k and i n t r o d u c e d new e l e m e n t s i n t o its s t r u c t u r e . Central scientific and technical libraries of b r a n c h ministries and State c o m m i t t e e s ( b r a n c h C'NTB) have b e c o m e a m a i n link in the n e t w o r k of technical libraries. Multi-branch territorial C N T B of C e n t r e s for Scientific and Technical I n f o r m a t i o n and state ( " r e p u b l i c a n " ) scientific and technical libraries ( R N T B ) c o n t i n u e t o develop. The USSR S t a t e Public Library for Science and T e c h n o l o g y ( G P N T B ) is still the leading m u l t i - b r a n c h technical library and is, at p r e s e n t , at t h e head of t h e w h o l e n e t w o r k of Soviet libraries. Besides p e r f o r m i n g library and bibliographic service f o r w o r k e r s in ministries and agencies, plants, scientific organizations and higher e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , it is an i n t e r b r a n c h m e t h o d i c a l c e n t e r of libraries serving i n d u s t r y . O n e of t h e main tasks of the USSR G P N T B is c o o r d i n a t i o n of the activities of all technical libraries, generalization of their e x p e r i e n c e and setting u p c o m m o n d i r e c t i o n s in the o p e r a t i o n of libraries in all b r a n c h e s of i n d u s t r y . T h u s , the n e w e c o n o m i c r e f o r m has b e c o m e the basis t o the final d e v e l o p m e n t of the b r a n c h principle in building the n e t w o r k of technical libraries by s t r e n g t h e n ing and developing b r a n c h CNTBs. It has created a possibility for m a x i m u m service of industrial w o r k e r s by the library n e t w o r k . Changes in the s t r u c t u r e of the technical libraries n e t w o r k d u e t o the fact that the b r a n c h principle ( t h e territorial one retained) became t h e leading principle t o build a n e t w o r k of technical libraries, originated more favorable c o n d i t i o n s t o improve the servicing of the c o u n t r y ' s biggest n u m b e r of w o r k e r s and to c o m p l e t e l y s u b o r d i n a t e this w o r k to tasks of technical progress. G e n e r a l - p u r p o s e mass libraries whose activities are assigned in the main t o communist e d u c a t i o n , c a n n o t sufficiently c o n c e n t r a t e their e f f o r t s to satisfy d e m a n d s linked with solving c o n c r e t e p r o d u c t i o n problems. At the same time, a widely developed n e t w o r k of technical libraries has a c c u m u l a t e d a considerable a m o u n t of scientific and technical literature and d o c u m e n t materials. Relevance of these s t o c k s t o i n f o r m a t i o n requests of workers, engineers and technicians p e r m i t s t h e m effectively t o use results of scientific investigations and of t h e latest p r o d u c t i o n practices. T h u s technical libraries have the possibility of meeting, in specific w a y s , needs for p r o d u c t i o n tasks of p r o m o t i n g w o r k e r s ' technical creativity, and of assisting in improving q u a l i f i c a t i o n and deepening professional k n o w l e d g e .

186

3. Coordination and cooperation of library and bibliographic services for workers Technical libraries, an organic c o m p o n e n t of the all-union scientific a n d technical i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m , are at the same time a c o m p o n e n t of the over-all s y s t e m of libraries of t h e Soviet Union. As such, they c o o r d i n a t e a n d c o o p e r a t e the w o r k of technical libraries b e t w e e n each o t h e r and with i n f o r m a t i o n o r g a n i z a t i o n s , and closely w o r k w i t h libraries of o t h e r systems and i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c u l a r l y , w i t h the n e t w o r k of n a t i o n a l general-purpose libraries. The necessity of establishing m a x i m u m c o o r d i n a t i o n in the o p e r a t i o n of technical libraries b e t w e e n each o t h e r , with libraries of o t h e r s y s t e m s and i n s t i t u t i o n s , requires the i n t r o d u c t i o n everywhere of a c o m m o n s y s t e m of library and bibliographic service f o r w o r k e r s of industry, c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d t r a n s p o r t . The essence of organizing w o r k in the c o m m o n system of technical a n d o t h e r libraries having technical literature in their collections is t h a t libraries of various s y s t e m s and i n s t i t u t i o n s , c o o p e r a t i n g and c o o r d i n a t i n g their w o r k b e t w e e n each o t h e r and with i n f o r m a t i o n organizations in all the fields of library science, f r o m acquisitions t o r e a d e r s ' services, defining the scope of their activities a n d u n i t i n g their e f f o r t w h e r e necessary, o p e r a t e as a single well-coordinated m e c h a n i s m a n d , t h a n k s t o this, serve readers effectively. The general i n t r o d u c t i o n of a single system i n t o practice will allow elimination of the main d r a w b a c k of a library and bibliographic service in the interest of the national e c o n o m y , i. e. t h a t the organization of each technical library of a plant, scientific research i n s t i t u t e or developm e n t organization is organized and f u n c t i o n s as an isolated o r g a n i z a t i o n inasm u c h as the n a t u r e of its holdings and of its o p e r a t i o n is c o n c e r n e d . N o w t h a t the m a i n c o n d i t i o n f o r an i m p r o v e m e n t in w o r k e r s ' i n f o r m a t i o n services has been m e t , the library and bibliographic service will have t o s t r e n g t h e n and improve the i n t e r a c t i o n s of a n e t w o r k of technical libraries w i t h o t h e r library systems; m u t u a l i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t the location of technical literature a n d d o c u m e n t s will play a very considerable role. One of the w a y s t o solve this p r o b l e m is t o p r o d u c e territorial u n i o n catalogs listing the stock of technical literature available in a given t o w n , city, area, region, or republic. A n d it is i m p o r t a n t immediately t o s t r e n g t h e n the c o o r d i n a t i n g role of central t o w n libraries. The All-Union Central Council of Trade Unions and t h e S t a t e C o m m i t t e e of the USSR Council of Ministers f o r Science and T e c h n o l o g y have w o r k e d o u t recomm e n d a t i o n s o n the use of technical b o o k stocks by wide circles of w o r k e r s and employees. The over-all i m p o r t a n c e a t t r i b u t e d to technical literature is well d e m o n s t r a t e d by the w o r d s of P. I. Klementiev of the Lysvenski Metallurgical Plant w h o s t a t e d : " W h a t e v e r is y o u r specialty - t u r n e r , fitter or m o u l d e r - life d e m a n d s that t o the n a m e of y o u r profession should be added the w o r d " e x c e l l e n t " : excellent turner, excellent f i t t e r , or excellent m o u l d e r . But, that c a n n o t be achieved w i t h o u t technical b o o k s , w i t h o u t technical libraries." 187

The Technical libraries in the scientific and technical information system of the USSR By E.N. Morozov Public Scientific and Technical Library of the USSR, Moscow The state network of technical libraries of the Soviet Union operates in cooperation with the organization of the leadership of the national economy of the country. It is a system that consists of special libraries cooperating closely. The following are included in this network: The technical libraries of the industrial enterprises in transportation and communication; the libraries of the scientific institutes, of the industrial planning and construction bureaux; the libraries of patents, of standards, and similar ones; the central scientific and technical libraries of the commissions of the state, of the ministries, and of the departments, the libraries of the institutions of higher education; the regional, central, scientific and technical libraries, the scientific and technical libraries of the Union; the public scientific and technical library of the USSR (GPNTB - SSR). The scientific and technical libraries play their part in the general system of scientific and general information of the country, a system, the structure of which is defined by the decisions and decrees of the Soviet government. The organizations of this system are: The central institutes of the Union, the specialized centers and local organs of scientific and technical information, the libraries of various kinds. Their activity is determined by regulations and by the specialized documentation required. In the Soviet Union, there are more than 16,000 libraries of different types which contain more than 180 million books. The Public Scientific and Technical Library of the USSR is the methodical center of all technical libraries independent of the department to which they belong. This library contains more than 4.5 million volumes, covering all the branches of the technical literature and certain branches of the natural sciences. Besides its main sources, viz. the Russian and foreign books, the periodicals and various materials of scientific and technical documentation, the library has special resources. It receives regularly a copy of all technical books published in the Soviet Union, and in addition, a great number of foreign works. The library handles international exchanges with 1,200 organizations in 4 0 countries of the world. Every year, its stock increases by 5 0 0 , 0 0 0 volumes. From the point of view of technology, the library is a center of coordination for translations and bibliographic work. The total of foreign translations amount to more than 150,000 titles and the number of bibliographical references in the fields of technology and industry exceeds 25.000. G P N T B - S S R is a bibliographic information and reference center for technical literature. Its bibliographical activity goes mainly in three directions: (1) Current bibliographic information from the new technical Soviet literature, to serve the

188

needs of industry. (2) Special bibliographical indexes that respond to the needs of industry, of scientific research organizations, and of planning. (3) Special technical bibliographies for workers. In order to inform workers of the latest technical literature GPNTB-SSR publishes monthly the three subject oriented series: New Technical Books for Workers, and also the bibliography indexing series To Assist Workers in Related Professions and For Workers of the New Technology. GPNTB-SSR carries out its role as methodical center within the network of technical libraries by providing aids and instruction relating to methodology and the collecting technical libraries of the USSR: it organizes country-wide seminars and courses and supports regional ones; it coordinates the methodical work of all technical libraries, arranges for meetings on methodology and for practical scientific conferences, and finally assists the technical libraries actively while it encourages their librarians to improve their professional standards. The decisions taken by the Methodical Council of the GPNTB-SSR play an important part in the organization of work within the network of technical libraries. This Council consists of representatives of the largest central special libraries of the country. It is a collective organ that directs the work of all technical libraries. The scientific work of GPNTB-SSR consists in analyzing important library problems, in studying and generalize conclusive experiments in the best Russian and foreign libraries. The Library is also engaged in research, in library buildings and in experimenting with the various technical tools that facilitate work in libraries by mechanization and automation. The special libraries and the central regional scientific and technical libraries play an important part for industry by means of their library and bibliographic services. These large public libraries assist a great number of specialists and are centers of information or bibliographic reference work; they direct technical libraries belonging to their network inasmuch as methodology is concerned. Such centers exist in every republic of the Soviet Union; they are the scientific and technical state libraries which have large resources and serve million of readers. The Soviet Union has several scientific and technical libraries containing millions of volumes that are specialized in various branches of industry. Among many others, there are the Central Polytechnical Library of the Science Association of the USSR and the Technical Patent Library. The technical libraries of the scientific research institutes of the planning organizations and others have specialized resources in the field of activity of the institute; they perform an active bibliographical task in depth and assist libraries of enterprises in the same field. They largely have reference literature, technical documentation, and whatever is necessary for the work of scientific research and of study groups.

189

The technical libraries of industrial enterprises serve a large army of engineers, technicians, workers, laboratory assistants, etc. These libraries organize travelling libraries, branches, information stations, reference libraries, etc. in shops, laboratories, mines, etc. They are helped in this undertaking by the members of library councils, the members of local organizations, the scientific associations of engineers, youth organizations, groups of inventors, and others. A large propaganda and an effort to make readers out of all workers in the national academy are the most important problem of technical libraries. In several libraries of industrial enterprises, all the technical personnel and most of the workmen have become assiduous readers. The foremost task of the organs of scientific and technical information is the creation of the Information and Reference Service in cooperation with the libraries i.e. the organization of information and reference resources and their utilization. Besides books, periodicals, patents, standards, industrial catalogues, translations, proceedings, and much other material have an important place on the shelves of our technical libraries. The organization of the stock and the development of catalogues is done by the librarians in cooperation with the engineers w h o help to select, analyze, and edit the literature. Primary documents must be acquired in accordance with the requirements of the sector of industries served, so that hardly one library is identical with any other. In the Soviet Union the creation of unified library and bibliographical systems is planned. General catalogues, books and other materials giving directions as to the use of information sources are created. Each library covering a region or branch of industry is part of a large whole and cooperates with all other libraries. Accordingly, the central libraries serve not only their readers but also the function of depository libraries for the technical libraries, institutes, libraries, and libraries of other public organizations. Practically all technical libraries have alphabetical and subject catalogues based on the CDU; they have card indexes for periodicals and continuations, lists of patents and of standards, as well as a number of bibliographic indexes, without any regard to the material's availability in the library. The main reference catalog which contains all the cards concerning documents and scientific and technical materials consists of (1) cards printed by the centralized cataloging department and published by the Committee of the Book, (2) cards published by various institutes of the Soviet Union and by the special technical institute centers, (3) cards made u p by the technical library itself. Catalogues sovering specific problems have also been organized. In the information centers, catalogues of facts reflecting information of all kinds, truly technical data, and information concerning new products, firms, materials, working

190

methods are put together. All these catalogues constitute the elements of one single reference and information mechanism. The technical libraries organize exhibits and bibliographic discussions and broadcast information on new materials by way of radio and television, as well as through the press. New materials and lists of books are shown on bulletin boards. In addition, the individual information for the leaders of industrial enterprises and of scientific and technical institutes, for inventors, for workers of the "avant-garde", and for all others has b e c o m e highly important. The information service classifies not only library information and bibliographical data but also factual information. These tasks are handled by all information centers, and experience has shown that this cooperation produces good results. The technical libraries are concerned with acquisition and processing of books and scientific documentation for their readers. The information centers also do information and reference work; they classify data and handle other work requiring special technical knowledge. The technical libraries create a stock of primary documents, catalogues, and special bibliographical listings. The scientific and technical centers collect the data contained in the information cards received from the special institutes and special information centexs. These cards present actual facts concerning production, new processes, new materials, etc. The technical library carries out processes of recording and preserving documents, even when they are collected in special information centers such as the centers of patents and of standardization. The catalogues are evidence of the availability of these documents. The operation of technical libraries is particularly important in enterprises where only libraries provide information. The activity of these libraries grows rapidly. They make active use of the stock of information and of the reference procedures of the central libraries and of the libraries of enterprises nearby that have the same profile. The acquisition of books is based on a detailed profile of the enterprises served. In enterprises concerned with scientific and technical information, groups of editors and technical information specialists are organized. Their presence is particularly important where the libraries handle the entire information work. The editors analyze the possible usefulness of material received to the enterprise and make the necessary recommendations; the technical information specialists transmit these recommendations to the interested parties and organize information in workshops, departments, and laboratories. To assist them, the libraries organize " d a y s of i n f o r m a t i o n " and prepare for them subject selections from the new literature. The section of scientific and technical information of the council of the library or the technical information bureau to which the library belongs, and which works under the supervision of a chief engineer or of a scientific research institute, also supervises the editor and technical information specialist.

191

Sometimes the libraries of enterprises that have no information center join together in a group. From this group, certain important libraries are selected which organize large groups of information to help those smaller enterprises; frequently such a library plays the part of a central scientific and technical library for the groups. But libraries direct their attention not only toward organization of information and its use, they consider it essential to serve the reader, to promote technical literature among the workers, to assist those who are studying, to help engineers and inventors with their technical activities, and to contribute to ideological work. The accomplishment of all these tasks gives technical libraries an active goal. The activities of the engineers and experts of the technical libraries enrich their work and are the basis of successful scientific information work in the country.

192

Assistance given by academic libraries of the Soviet Union to scientific institutions and scholars in the field of social sciences By I.A. Khodosh

Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Moscow T h e system of academic libraries of the Soviet Union was organized in order to facilitate and assist by library and bibliographical methods the activities of institutions of scientific research of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, the Academies of Sciences of the Soviet Republics, and other scientific institutions of the country, as well as individual scientists. As to the structure of this system: The Academy of Sciences of the USSR boasts of three library centres. Library service to research institutes in the field of natural sciences is rendered by the oldest library of the Academy of Sciences in Leningrad and its branches in the institutes. The second library centre of the Academy is the Fundamental Library of Social Sciences in Moscow. Established in 1918, this library and its 21 branches in different institutes serve research institutes and scientists in the humanities. Finally, the third and youngest centre is the Library of the Siberian Branch, organized in Novosibirsk in 1957. In addition, the capital of each Soviet republic has a general library attached to the local academy of sciences, with branches in the institutes of the academy. The activities of all libraries of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR and of the academies of sciences of the fifteen Soviet republics, are coordinated and guided by the Library Council of the Presidium of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. The terms "social sciences" and "humanities" are interpreted broadly, and embrace the history of the USSR and of foreign countries, archaeology and ethnography, political economy, linguistics, philological sciences, law, and such complex sciences as oriental studies and Slavistics, which correspond to the various complex research institutes within the system of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. The feature of the library and bibliographical services of scientific institutes of the Academy in the field of humanities is the organization of all the work in accordance with different subject fields. The structure of the central humanities library, the Fundamental Library of Social Sciences, is based on this principle. Besides the functional departments, which carry out all the work connected with readers' service beginning with the request and ending with the loan of the material, the library has departments in different subject fields in which all specialized bibliographical work etc., is carried out. These departments also are engaged in the selection of books, All collections are divided into sections and

193

sub-sections according to subject fields. This f o r m of s t r u c t u r e facilitates t h e research activities of the A c a d e m y of Sciences. T h e d e p a r t m e n t s are closely connected w i t h the c o r r e s p o n d i n g i n s t i t u t e s of t h e A c a d e m y of Sciences. T h e acquisitions policy reflects the i n t e r e s t s of the institutes and the t h e m e s of their research activities. Service to readers is rendered in the reading-rooms of the F u n d a m e n t a l Library and its special laboratories, and in the reading-halls o f its branches in the institutes' libraries. In a c c o r d a n c e with t h e five year plans o f research w o r k of the institutes, t h e necessary literature is loaned to the libraries of institutes for long periods of time. All new accessions are displayed first at the central library and then at the i n s t i t u t e s . Social sciences especially need e f f e c t i v e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t new literature, for scientific literature is the only source of i n f o r m a t i o n a n d , at the same time, the l a b o r a t o r y of the investigator. As distinct f r o m natural sciences and t e c h n o l o g y , which can receive the necessary i n f o r m a t i o n b o t h in the libraries and in the All-Union I n s t i t u t e of Scientific and Technical I n f o r m a t i o n ( V I N I T I ) , t h e institutes of social sciences resort exclusively to the leading research libraries. T h e academic libraries in the h u m a n i t i e s are c o n c e r n e d w i t h the following bibliographical i n f o r m a t i o n : current i n f o r m a t i o n , retrospective-subject field i n f o r m a t i o n , and thematical i n f o r m a t i o n , t h e y are also engaged in publishing this i n f o r m a t i o n on a large scale. A p r o m i n e n t place a m o n g thes i n f o r m a t i v e and bibliographic publications is occupied by current bibliography. T h e F u n d a m e n t a l Library of Social Sciences is essentially the centre of current i n f o r m a t i o n in the field of social sciences in the USSR. It publishes 22 series of m o n t h l y b u l l e t i n s of new Soviet and foreign literature in all b r a n c h e s of the social sciences ( e x c e p t law), while t h e Library of the I n s t i t u t e of Law of the A c a d e m y publishes a bibliographical guide of w o r k s dealing with legal problems. T h e system of b u l l e t i n s developed gradually , at this time t w o series of bulletins in e c o n o m y (Soviet and foreign literature), t w o series in philos o p h y , t w o series in h i s t o r y , archaeology and e t h n o g r a p h y , t w o in literary research, t w o in linguistics and two series of state-of-the-art of science and t e c h n o l o g y in the USSR and abroad are being p u b l i s h e d . Besides the bulletin in the main fields of the social sciences, bulletins of a m o r e c o m p l e x character, embracing l i t e r a t u r e in all branches of t h e h u m a n i t i e s are also published, such as t h e following: Religion and a t h e i s m : General p r o b l e m s of E u r o p e a n socialist c o u n t r i e s (also separate volumes dealing with each E u r o p e a n socialist c o u n t r y ) : Literature Dealing w i t h the Countries of Asia and Africa, etc. All these c o m p l e x bulletins include b o t h Soviet and foreign literature in all languages, including oriental languages.

194

T h e b u l l e t i n s of foreign literature reflect b o o k s and articles held n o t only in the F u n d a m e n t a l Library and t h e libraries of t h e A c a d e m y ' s n e t w o r k , b u t in o t h e r large libraries of M o s c o w : t h e S t a t e L e n i n L i b r a r y , the All-Union Library of the Moscow University, etc. T h u s t h e bulletin of l i t e r a t u r e c o n c e r n e d with Asia a n d Africa e m b r a c e s the holdings o f nine libraries. This p r o v i d e s s u f f i c i e n t c o o r d i n a t i o n in the activities of research libraries and c o m p r e h e n s i v e n e s s o f i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e bulletin are classified a c c o r d i n g t o detailed classification schemes. All social sciences b u l l e t i n s are sent f r e e of charge t o the institutes in the humanities of t h e A c a d e m y of Sciences o f t h e U S S R , a n d t o t h e academies of t h e Soviet republics, to universities, large libraries a n d scientific centres b o t h in the USSR and a b r o a d . T h e Leningrad Library of t h e A c a d e m y of Sciences of the U S S R , some libraries of t h e a c a d e m i e s of t h e republics and of research institutes, publish annual indices of scientific literature in w h i c h the l i t e r a t u r e in social sciences is also included. T h u s indices of b o o k s and articles, c o m p i l e d and published b y the various instit u t e s of t h e A c a d e m y of Sciences of t h e L i t h u a n i a n SSR and the Tadjik SSR, are also published annually. T h e Branch of t h e F u n d a m e n t a l Library in the Institute of t h e Peoples of Asia annually issues an index of literature c o n c e r n e d with Asian and A f r i c a n c o u n t r i e s . But scientific w o r k e r s and scholars need m o r e t h a n mere i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t current literature. What is n e e d e d is p r o f o u n d scientific research in definite subjects so t h a t this i n f o r m a t i o n w o u l d c o m e in t h e f o r m of a review, embracing m a n y y e a r s . It should also be t a k e n into c o n s i d e r a t i o n t h a t literature in the social sciences has characteristic f e a t u r e s of its o w n , and t h a t it ages m o r e slowly t h a n scientific or technological literature. This is t h e reason w h y s u b j e c t retrospective bibliography acquires great significance. T h e a c a d e m i c libraries give m u c h time and e f f o r t t o the c o m p i l a t i o n of f u n d a mental retrospective subject bibliographies in social sciences. Preference is given to the national literature of t h e Soviet p e r i o d , w h e r e a comprehensive c o n t r o l of the literature is achieved m o r e easily. A m o n g t h e n u m e r o u s retrospective bibliographies, the two volumes of the History of t h e USSR. I n d e x of Soviet L i t e r a t u r e 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 5 2 (vol. I, 1956: vol. II. 1958), are w o r t h y of m e n t i o n . T h e y reflect t h e research i n t o the history of the USSR of the pre-Soviet p e r i o d . F u n d a m e n t a l retrospective w o r k s include t h e Bibliographic index of the F u n d a mental L i b r a r y : Soviet Slavonic S t u d i e s ; L i t e r a t u r e concerning foreign Slavonic countries in Russian. 1918—1960 ( M o s c o w 1 9 6 3 ) a n d the index published b y

195

t h e Leningrad Library of the A c a d e m y of Sciences: Soviet Archaeological Litera t u r e . Bibliography 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 4 0 (Moscow 1 9 6 5 ) . T h e Library of the Ukrainian A c a d e m y of Sciences, in c o o p e r a t i o n with t h e I n s t i t u t e of Linguistics, has published: Ukrainian Language. Bibliographical index ( 1 9 1 8 - 1 9 6 1 ) . (Kiev 1963). T h e I n s t i t u t e of Law of the A c a d e m y of Sciences of t h e U S S R h a s issued: Bibliog r a p h y of Soviet Civil and F a m i l y Law ( 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 6 0 ) and Soviet Public L a w . Bibliography ( 1 9 1 7 - 1957) (Moscow 1958). T h e index compiled b y the F u n d a m e n t a l Library: H i s t o r y o f Foreign pre-Marxist P h i l o s o p h y , in which all Soviet literature in Russian ( 1 8 1 7 - 1 9 6 2 ) is collected, is an i m p o r t a n t reference w o r k f o r scholars and p r o f e s s o r s of t h e history o f philosophy. T h e first v o l u m e s of a b i b l i o g r a p h y : Soviet Literary Criticism. General w o r k s , b o o k s and articles, 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 6 2 (Moscow 1966), has j u s t a p p e a r e d . In t h e series of retrospective bibliographies dealing w i t h d i f f e r e n t c o u n t r i e s , t h e F u n d a m e n t a l Library has published: England and Ireland, w h e r e all Soviet litera t u r e c o n c e r n e d w i t h the history of these t w o c o u n t r i e s is c o l l e c t e d . It has also p u b l i s h e d the bibliographical index India, in w h i c h b o t h Soviet a n d pre-revolut i o n a r y Russian literature is registered. In c o o p e r a t i o n with Bulgarian Bibliographical I n s t i t u t e , t w o v o l u m e s of t h e bibliographical i n d e x : History of Bulgaria u p t o S e p t e m b e r 9 , 1 9 4 4 , has b e e n compiled. R e t r o s p e c t i v e bibliographies, embracing literature f o r a d e f i n i t e and extensive period of time n o t only assist the scholar in selecting literature and in its syst e m a t i c assimilation, b u t allow him t o orient himself as t o t h e state-of-the-art and t h e results of research in definite fields of science. T h e y also facilitate the p l a n n i n g of scientific activities and research. T h e third aspect of i n f o r m a t i v e w o r k achieved b y t h e a c a d e m i c libraries is t h a t of t h e c r e a t i o n of t h e m a t i c bibliographies. T h e selection of t h e m e s for the c o m p i l a t i o n of bibliographies is achieved in k e e p i n g w i t h t h e needs of research institutes, and their t h e m a t i c plans are accordingly t a k e n i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n . S u c h bibliographies are c o m p i l e d and p u b l i s h e d b y m a n y academic libraries of the c o u n t r y . T h u s t h e library of the Siberian Branch of the A c a d e m y compiled t h e i n d e x : Scientific Organization of L a b o u r in I n d u s t r y , 1 9 2 4 - 1 9 6 4 . In o t h e r w o r d s it chose a t h e m e t h a t was t h e s u b j e c t o f s t u d y of the e c o n o m i c institutes of the A c a d e m y . In a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the plans of the A c a d e m y , t h e F u n d a m e n t a l Library of Social Sciences prepared the following bibliographies: P r o b l e m s o f Improvem e n t o f M a n a g e m e n t in t h e field of National E c o n o m y and Planning; Applic a t i o n of Mathematical M e t h o d s in Planning and E c o n o m i c C a l c u l a t i o n ; Price-

196

forming Policy in the National Economy of the USSR; Capital Investments in the National Economy of the USSR, and Nationalization and Problems of Nationalized Branches of Industry in Great Britain in the Post-War Period. Upon the request of historians, eight issues of the bibliographical index: The Great October Socialist Revolution were compiled. The Leningrad Library of the Academy of Sciences in cooperation with the Institute of Russian Literature has published a number of thematic indices, devoted to the development of fiction; among them, bibliographies of works dealing with the Soviet novel ( 1 9 1 7 - 1 9 6 4 ) , bibliographies of Pushkin's works and works on creative genius of the poet. In the series of indexes of the Fundamental Library Scientific Conferences and Congresses in the USSR, a special issue: Social Sciences has been published (Moscow 1966). The Fundamental Library and its branches alone have issued over 3 0 thematic indexes in the last three years. The practical work of Soviet libraries shows that bulletins of current bibliography and card catalogues based on them, are a reliable foundation for the compilation of such indexes. The quick development of the humanities and the great torrent of scientific publications create new problems for the academic libraries, such as the one of keeping scholars informed not only of works published, but also of their contents and the questions they deal with, and of the results of research activities and studies. In recent years the necessity to utilize advanced forms of bibliographical work such as abstracting of books and articles, compilation of bibliographic reviews on the most important themes and problems of social sciences has been very much in evidence . At present, this work is in the experimental stage and different methods are being tried. The first thematic collections of abstracts and translations in the field of philosophy of history (foreign works) and contemporary sociological problems are published in small numbers. Bibliographical reviews of oriental studies are published regularly. Experience shows that about 1 0 - 1 5 % of world scientific literature in social science is abstracted, mainly important treatises, books and articles concerned with the social and economic development of society. The problems of abstracting literature in the social sciences are very complex and require further study, but even now it can be said that the best solution of the problem is organization of abstracting on the basis of well-organized primary bibliography and of efficient information on current literature. As the problems of information are vast and complex and the object of interest of the leading research and special libraries in all countries, it would be a good idea for our new review INSPEL in the coming years to pay special attention to the international exchange of information and pooling of effort in this field. 197

Agricultural libraries in the USSR By A. M. Bochever

All-Union Academy of Agricultural Sciences, Moscow The most important result of the 50 years elapsed since the Revolution is the fact that cultural achievements have become the property of the masses. Before 1917, 25.000 titles of agricultural literature with a circulation of 45 million copies were published, while since then 220.000 titles of agricultural literature have been published, and their circulation has reached 3 millions. The books on agriculture before the Revolution reflect the backwardness of Tsarist Russia. There were such titles as "How to fight the dearth of f o d d e r " . "How to preserve cattle after a poor harvest", "What must the farmer do during fodder shortages", "How to organize a small farm in order to avoid poverty and hunger", etc. The agronomical "advice" of the authors of these books sounded like mockery to the majority of peasants. At the same time, agricultural literature in Russia was represented by the works of talented scientists, but it had a very narrow circle of readers, since the peasantry was poor and illiterate. The situation has changed radically. Versatile scientific and technical literature in the field of agriculture is published now. Books are issued which are written not only by prominent scientists but also by the top people in the field of agricultural production. The control and registration of agricultural literature were initiated in the middle eighties of the 19th century and boast of a rich history ; even the briefest description would exceed the space available here. In any case, before the Revolution, bibliographies were prepared by a few enthusiasts, while at present large groups of specialists in agriculture and of bibliographers are engaged in this work. The Soviet Union has 500,000 specialists in agriculture, while during the 50 years preceding the Revolution only 23,000 had been trained in Russia. Before the Revolution, experiment farms and stations were staffed by 5-10 researchers. Some of them had small libraries. The Pechora experiment station had a library of 100 books. The library of the Voronezh experimental farm had 700 800 volumes, that of the Mariupol forestry experiment station had 460 volumes. The position of other agricultural libraries was similar. There were no special librarians, and the books were housed in the offices and in the living quarters of the personnel. At present, 30,000 scientists work in 233 research institutes; 332.500 students are enrolled in 99 agricultural institutions of higher learning, and 497.600 more study at 620 agricultural technical schools. 198

We witness corresponding achievements in the field of agricultural bibliography. The traditions of agricultural bibliography by registration of the pre-revolutionary period were taken over by the systematic index entitled Agricultural Literature in the USSR, which is issued monthly and includes over 6 0 . 0 0 0 works on agriculture and relative subjects. The annual indexes Books for Specialists in Agricultural Production and New Trends in Agricultural Science and Practice have established themselves in the system of scientific information bibliography. To some extent, they are survey publications of an informative character. The first of them includes annotated listings of the literature in all branches of agriculture as issued mainly by the central publishing houses. Local literature is included only if it is of general interest. Actually, the best books of the year are listed, and any specialist working in the field of production should know about all of them, so as to widen his knowledge outside his speciality. The second index includes books as well as periodical articles and transactions of research institutions on the practical application of the latest scientific methods, particularly on thfi advanced methods of the various farms. The index is intended for specialists in agriculture and helps them in introducing new m e t h o d s into their work. Effective current information about the most important books and articles published in transactions and collected works which are issued by research agricultural institutions, is supplied by the semi-monthly E x p r e s s - I n f o r m a t i o n on Domestic Agricultural Literature. As to foreign literature, the most exhaustive and rapid information is supplied by the annotated catalogue which is published in 54 subject series comprising articles from foreign periodicals and collected works. The Central Scientific Agricultural Library receives about 3.000 such items from 6 4 countries. The file gives information about 50.000 papers in all branches of agriculture. Cards are sent to subscribers weekly. Agriculture, a classified index of articles f r o m foreign periodicals, which includes more than 30.000 annotations of works on the most urgent problems of agricultural science and practice, is issued m o n t h l y . This index is an effective bibliographical tool for researchers and practical workers in agriculture, and serves as a reference work for libraries. Information about the most interesting foreign acquisitions of the Library appears in the bi-monthly E x p r e s s - I n f o r m a t i o n on Foreign Agricultural Literature. The existing system of bibliographical information is complemented by subject bibliographies which are of direct assistance to scientists, researchers, specialists and practical workers in their every-day activities. Subject bibliography, one of the most complex types of bibliography, is intended to acquaint specialists with the whole complex literature on any given subject. It

199

demonstrates convincingly that bibliographical work is part of research itself. It breaks down the borderline between the researcher and bibliographer of a research library, and the bibliographer becomes a competent participant of the research. Selected bibliography has developed on a large scale. Most bibliographies are now prepared by regional libraries with due regard for local interests which are especially important and complex in the field of agricultural production. In recent years the Central Agricultural Research Library has begun preparing annotated lists of new books and articles for publication in special agricultural periodicals. This type of selected bibliography has proved to be most effective. The system of current bibliographical information is represented not only by publications of the Central Agricultural Research Library and of the network of agricultural libraries, but most of all by the Ail-Union Book Chamber publications. Letopis (Chronicles) of the All-Union Book Chamber is indispensable for compiling fundamental bibliographical works, especially in connection with the rapid development of allied sciences. The system of bibliographical information in the field of agriculture also includes the abstracting journals of the All-Union Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR (VINIT1). They are popular among scientists because they are issued for various narrow subject fields. If a scientist studying the virus diseases of animals and plants can keep an eye on the literature on virology without checking all biological and agricultural literature, his bibliographical research will be easier and less time-consuming. It is impossible in this short survey to discuss the vast work carried out by the Lenin State Library of the USSR, the Saltykov-Shchedrin State Public Library, and all all-union and regional libraries. But one important factor should not be omitted: the efforts of all libraries are co-ordinated. The cooperation of universal and special libraries increases and expands as time goes on. While the number of specialists in agricultural production increases, the demands for bibliography become also more specialized. The satisfaction of the requirements of all categories of scientists, specialists and practical workers and the endeavor to help them in economizing time and efforts spent on information retrieval, are problems which have not yet been solved completely. One of the immediate tasks consists in the surveying of different groups of users and in defining methods to improve the existing system. The vast network of agricultural libraries is headed by the Central Agricultural Research Library, with a branch in Leningrad which has become the national agricultural library of the Soviet Union, with a collection of about 3 million volumes. Besides all the national literature, the most significant foreign material from some 64 countries is acquired.

200

T h e n e t w o r k of agricultural libraries includes 5 all-union libraries, 2 3 3 research institutes, over 4 0 0 e x p e r i m e n t stations. 9 9 institutions of higher learning, 6 2 0 technical schools. T h e total library staff of these institutions a m o u n t s t o s o m e 3 , 0 0 0 librarians. T h e total stock is over 35 million b o o k s and j o u r n a l s ; t h e n u m ber of registered readers is 6 0 0 . 0 0 0 : the annual circulation exceeds 3 0 million items. At t h e same time, services lag behind the growing d e m a n d of the users. T h e r e is n o t o n e library that does not e n c o u n t e r difficulties in satisfying t h e m . This is n o t the result of merely a thirst f o r k n o w l e d g e ; it is a sense of the responsibility of t h o s e w h o k n o w that their a c h i e v e m e n t s provide the f o u n d a t i o n of t h e p e o p l e ' s prosperity. T h e deficiency in t h e n u m b e r of agricultural libraries has m a d e itself felt in recent years, w h e n m a n y specialists have j o i n e d the ranks of those c o n c e r n e d with t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of agriculture. A b o u t 5 0 0 . 0 0 0 agronomists and cattle b r e e d e r s w o r k in collective and state f a r m s . Generally, research libraries are far f r o m the villages, so that all libraries had t o pool their e f f o r t s t o provide an e f f i c i e n t readers' service. T h e organization of special d e p a r t m e n t s in regional libraries proved t o be an effective m e a s u r e . T h e i m p r o v e m e n t of the n e t w o r k , c o o r d i n a t i o n of the activities of universal and special libraries not only in t h e field of readers' service, b u t in t h e acquisition of collections and o t h e r types of w o r k are the most urgent p r o b l e m s of t o d a y . On the o t h e r h a n d , a n a r r o w e r specialization of agricultural libraries is required. T h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of the scope and f u n c t i o n s of every specialized library is o n e of t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t tasks. Library and bibliographical activities m u s t d e v e l o p w i t h help of specialists, including t h e m o s t p r o m i n e n t scientists. A n d as it is usual f o r an agricultural organization t o have a staff of highly qualified e x p e r t s , the library staff m u s t consist of c o m p e t e n t librarians, and the stock m u s t satisfy users' d e m a n d s . This calls f o r the i m p r o v e m e n t of the acquisitions policy and of all bibliographical activities, especially in t h e field of current and retrospective b i b l i o g r a p h y . T h e idea of the specialization of agricultural libraries has proved its value, and in t h e f u t u r e will lead t o a fuller satisfaction of the users. T h e achievements of agricultural libraries as t o specialization are considerable. T h e Library of the All-Union Research Institute of E x p e r i m e n t a l V e t e r i n a r y Medicine has compiled a catalogue in this field, going back to 1800. T h e Library of t h e All-Russian Research I n s t i t u t e of Viticulture and Wine-Making has c o m piled a catalogue ( 1 7 5 6 t o d a t e ) , which reflects the history of viticulture in t h e D o n region. In t h e field of c u r r e n t special bibliography, the Library of t h e AllUnion Research I n s t i t u t e o n the P r o t e c t i o n of Plants publishes a m o n t h l y bibliographical bulletin. T h e list of such u n d e r t a k i n g s , asserting t h e great role of libraries a n d the p o w e r of b o o k s , could easily be c o n t i n u e d . 201

As has already been m e n t i o n e d , the specialization of libraries calls for improvem e n t s of acquisition policies and f o r the organization, in each specialized library, of comprehensive collections. This does not m e a n that a library must have enorm o u s stacks, since m o d e r n technology allows us to replenish library stocks with microfilms and mircrocards. Modern e q u i p m e n t makes the r e p r o d u c t i o n of books and journals a quick process, the cost of which is n o t high. This means that one of the most urgent tasks of t o d a y is the utilization of m o d e r n techniques in the acquisition, storage and retrieval, and the establishment of reliable reference collections in every special library. Microfilms are widely used; reprographic machines of the " X e r o x " t y p e , which satisfy readers' d e m a n d s for rare texts, are justly appreciated. Bibliographical subject lists are being r e p r o d u c e d on a wide scale. Experiments in the field of c o m p u t e r t e c h n i q u e present positive results. The Central Agricultural Research Library, together with the All-Union Institute for the Electrification of Agriculture c o o p e r a t e in the adaption of the c o m p u t e r "Misk 2 2 " to the retrieval of bibliographical i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e wide application of the achievements of science and technology t o library and bibliographical activities is one of the m o s t i m p o r t a n t tasks of t o d a y .

202

The Activities in the field of information and documentation of special research libraries of the Soviet Union By G. V. Matveyeva All-Union Library of Foreign Literature,

Moscow

At the previous meeting of the Section of special libraries in Rome, Mr. Baer kindly let me have the floor and I made a short report concerning the system of special research libraries of the USSR. The summary of this report was published in the journal "Special libraries" and thus that information was made available to a wide circle of specialists and librarians of many countries. I am very grateful to Mr. Baer for his assistance and in the following report I shall touch upon the problems of information and documentation activities in special libraries of my country. Notwithstanding the fact that there exists in the Soviet Union a system of information centres including the A l l - U n i o n Institute of Scientific Information of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR and regional centres of information and information centres in different subject fields (the Central Institute of Scientific Information on Agriculture, the Central Institute of Scientific and Technological Information of the State Committee for the Coordination of Scientific and Technological Work of the Ukraine and other institutions), which inform the users of new literature and materials in the field of science and technology that have been published both in the USSR and abroad, the role of special libraries continues to be highly significant. Already in the first years of Soviet power the problem of information and reference work was considered to be one of the more important aspects of readers' service of every library, the special library included. Nearly all special libraries from the day of their establishment have unfolded information activities. It is interesting to note that 90 % of special libraries here were established after 1917. Many requests coming in from scientists, scholars, specialists, engineers, managers of different plants and institutiones concerned such subjects that required a detailed study of sources, reference works and profound analysis. The librarian became a specialist in the field of the documentation and information, as he not only compiled bibliographical lists of the literature required by made abstracts, annotations and reviews. The librarian also collected literature on a given subject, cited the necessary articles and registered library materials in files and catalogues. Analytical abstracting, indexing and annotation of Soviet books and periodicals of encyclopaedic character is achieved by the All—Union Book Chamber in Moscow and the book chambers of the Soviet and autonomous republics. The cards of the book chambers, issued in series, are sent to institutions and individuals by subscription. Information about literature in special subject fields is supplied not only by information centres but special libraries also. 203

Features peculiar to the Soviet special libraries in the field of information and documentation are comprehensive information of readers and reference and bibliographical services in specialized subject fields. This is accomplished through analytical abstractive and processing of literature, b o t h national and foreign, acquired by the library and the compilation and publishing of annotated bibliographical cards; publishing of bibliographical bulletins (bulletins of new acquisitions, express information, etc.) compilation of union catalogues of national and foreign literature in different subject fields, available in the collections of libraries of a city, region, republic department; publishing of abstracting bulletins and journals in various subject fields: translation into Russian of articles, materials and documents in foreign languages; compilation of reviews, bibliographies, lists, etc. organization of a system of individual information. The activities listed above are accomplished by the Fundamental Library of Social Sciences of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in Moscow, the Central Polytechnical Library in Moscow, the State Library in Public Education (Moscow), the All-Union Library of Foreign Literature (Moscow), the Library of the Byelorussian Polytechnical Institute (Minsk), the State Medical Library of the Ministry of Health of the Uzbek SSR (Tashkent) and numerous other libraries. The activities of Soviet special libraries in the field of current information and documentation should be described more fully. For many years the State Central Medical Library together with the Ail-Union Book Chamber annotates articles f r o m Soviet and foreign periodicals and compiles subject bibliographies. The bibliographing and annotation is accomplished on catalogue cards, which are widely circulated to subscribers. The Central Research Agricultural Library of the All-Union Academy of Agricultural Sciences publishes annotated bibliographical cards on foreign books and articles f r o m foreign periodicals, received by the Library. These cards are sent t o libraries concerned in the republics, and to special libraries of institutes of scientific research of the country. Information cards t o articles in foreign special journals are published in 3 8 series ( a b o u t 4 0 0 0 0 cards a year). Much work in the sphere of revealing the contents of foreign literature is carried out by the All—Union State Library of Foreign Literature, which compiles and the Publishing House "Kniga" publishes annotated bibliographical cards of new foreign books, acquired by the Library and of articles f r o m foreign periodicals in the field of natural sciences and library science. Annually about 16 thousand books and 64 thousand articles f r o m a thousand titles of journals in natural sciences and 2 0 0 0 articles from 120 foreign library journals are annotated here. One of the c o m p o n e n t parts of information and documental activities of Soviet special libraries is the compilation of information bulletins of books, journals, newspapers, photographic materials, translations, etc., acquired by the library

204

of a group of libraries. Union catalogues of books and journals, available in the collections of a library or libraries are also compiled. The Library of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in Leningrad publishes information bulletins of literature concerned with technology, physics, energetics, electric engineering, theoretical and applied chemistry. These bulletins contain information about the articles in journals to which the Library subscribes. This Library also publishes bulletins about new foreign books, acquired by the library system of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR and the libraries of the Academies of the Soviet republics. The Fundamental Library of Social Sciences of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in Moscow publishes a number of bibliographic bulletins of new Soviet and foreign literature in the humanities acquired by the Library and its network. In accordance with the system of institutes in the humanities of the Academy of Sciences, the bulletins published by this Library have either a certain subject profile, e.g. they register literature in certain branches of social sciences (history, economics, philosophy) or else they are of complex character, e.g. they index literature devoted to a certain c o u n t r y (Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia) or a group of countries (Foreign Asia). The foreign literature reflected in these bulletins is partly (from 20 % to 50 %) annotated. The size of these annotations depends on the character of the works they define and on the fact what extent the name of the book or article reveals its contents. Information about new literature is contained in the bulletin of the Central Agricultural Library entitled "Agricultural Literature of the U S S R " ( 1 2 issues a year). This publication informs its readers about the materials contained in 7 0 0 journals which are not embraced by the 'Chronicles of Journal Articles', published by the A i l - U n i o n Book Chamber. The selection and entry of these articles is accomplished with the view of serving specialists and therefore differs from methods of abbreviated entries used in universal bibliographies. Annually this index includes over 56 thousand entries. A significant place in the activities of special libraries is assigned to the maintenance and publication of union catalogues (bulletin) of library collections (foremostly foreign literature) dealing with certain subjects or groups of subjects. The compilation and publishing of printed union catalogues of foreign books and journals available in Soviet libraries is headed by the All-Union State Library of Foreign Literature, which beginning from 1948 publishes a printed Union Bulletin of Foreign Books (Series A natural sciences, technology, medicine, agriculture; 6 issues a year; Series B - social sciences, history of literature, linguistics; also 6 issues a year). The Library also publishes annual union catalogues of foreign journals in the natural sciences. The material in the union catalogues and bulletins is systematized and in the majority of cases annotated. Union bulletins (catalogues) of new foreign books and journals are also compiled in some republics, regions and cities. Frequently they are published in the form of printed bulletins (catalogues). 205

A number of special libraries of the USSR publish abstracting journals, bulletins and express-information leaflets concerned with new literature. Among such libraries are the Central Research Agricultural Library, the State Research Agricultural Library, the State Research Library of Food Industry, the Ail-Union State Library of Foreign Literature. For instance the latter publishes a collection of articles (4 issues a year) "Information on Librarianship and Bibliography Abroad", where abstracts of the more significant articles by foreign specialists in the field of librarianship are printed. A significant place in the work of special libraries, foremostly technical libraries of plants and factories, is occupied by individual information of specialists about literature concerning subjects they are especially interested in. In the beginning of every year such a library will send the managers, engineers and other workers of the plant special questionnaires with the request that they indicate the themes they are most interested in and the themes connected with their work. The answers to these questionaires then form the basis of individual information service. Such a practice exists in nearly all research and technical libraries of the country, among them in the libraries of the Volgograd Tractor Plant, Magnitogorsk Metallurgical Plant, Moscow Likhachev Automobile Plant, to name a few. In their information work special libraries employ different forms and methods, for instance they organize book displays of new acquisitions, subject book displays, oral reviews of literature in different subject fields, etc. But in my report I have touched upon only such activities that are closely connected with documentation and information in printed form-. Soviet special libraries are at present faced with a number of problems, which await their solution. It is first of all the development and perfection of the system of information about new acquisitions of foreign literature, the operative annotation and abstracting of literature, the use of technical devices in library work. One of the requisites for the solution of the aforementioned problems, which are in some aspects common to special libraries not only in the USSR, is the exchange of opinion and discussions by specialists from different countries at the meetings of the IFLA Section of Special Libraries, specifically at the next IFLA session. In this connection I suggest the following themes as subjects for discussion at the future meeting of the Section: 1. Assistance of special libraries to scholars, scientists and engineers in special subject fields. 2. Mechanization and modern technique in the work of special libraries (abstracting, indexing, retrieval of information, etc.) 3. Coordination and co-operation of work of special libraries. 206

C 20. Switzerland The Activities of an industrial library and its contribution to general educational needs* By Bernhard Stiideli Sulzer Brothers Limited,

Winterthur

When choosing a combined research library and an industrial documentation centre as an example for assessing the educational value of libraries, it must be made clear f r o m the very outset that this is a type of library whose function is to communicate above all concrete data, established facts and particular pieces of information. The basic purpose of this information and knowledge is to contribute to the improvement of productivity. It is therefore primarily a question of having in view a practical objective and an obligation t o perform a service. However, as long as encyclopaedic communication is accepted as being characteristic of the general library, an industrial library can most certainly be considered as being representative of the class of special libraries, on account of its dedication to technical and applied sciences. Whether, and to what extent, educational and general mindbroadening influences can be exerted, in addition to the main obligation of accumulating and communicating applied knowledge can best be determined in detail once the practical f u n c t i o n of such influences has been examined more closely. Stock of monographs As a first and somewhat superficial criterion let us consider the stock of monographs, which reveals the known fact that in an industrial library their quantity is generally smaller than that to be f o u n d in a general library. Although an opportunity is afforded to those interested, to use these b o o k s in a reading room as well as through a lending or circulation service, most of these books are permanently out of the library, for they are kept by the highly specialized dep a r t m e n t s concerned, whose f u n c t i o n involves the application of the particular branch of knowledge involved. Examples of such departments are laboratories, research, development, design and executive departments as well as other decentralized units. Also to be considered is the fact that older written records are occasionally presented to public collections, such as technical college libraries or technical museums. This is due to the fact that it is primarily up-to-date material reflecting the latest state of science and technology that must be considered. It will have to be u n d e r s t o o d , therefore, that this practice of getting rid of older or obsolete material contributes in no small way towards keeping the stock of ^Presented at the meeting of the Special Libraries Section, Moscow, 1 September 1970

207

monographs relatively constant, despite the rapid growth o f human knowledge and information, and o f the number o f new purchases. In our particular case the number o f monographs amounts to approximately 3 0 . 0 0 0 volumes, while there is an annual increase o f 1 5 0 0 to 2 0 0 0 units. We can therefore draw the first conclusion that, in terms o f quantity, a special industrial library does not only tend to be smaller than a general library, but it also has a much lesser ( o r hardly any) obligation to preserve materials than a library o f the latter type. Consequently, it should be pointed out also that the stock o f a special technical library has the character o f a transitory and dynamic working tool rather than that o f a lasting record o f the state o f knowledge o f the pertinent period, and that the data, facts and information stored in it should be used for tne continuous further advancement o f knowledge. Periodicals and routing However, since monographic literature primarily communicates knowledge that is already widely known and accepted, and therefore, we may say, "standardized" knowledge, a particularly important role is played by those sources o f information that communicate newly acquired results. This is once again reflected quantitatively by the fact that the total number o f bound annual sets o f periodicals in our library amounts also to 3 0 . 0 0 0 volumes (as mentioned above) while current subscriptions to periodicals reach a total o f 2 0 0 0 titles. O f course, the latter figure does not include reports and patents. When we consider the great significance o f communicating the latest results o f scientific and technical research, it becomes clear that periodicals and other kinds o f technical and scientific literature play an equally or even more important role than monographs. Consequently, the predominance o f their function o f communicating information over that o f mere presentation o f material has been demonstrated. It follows, therefore, that a special industrial library has to perform a further service by means o f " r o u t i n g " . This service entails the sending o f material regularly and automatically to the persons requiring it, so that they do not have to worry about requesting items on their subject o f interest every time anew. A first and simple means o f continuous distribution o f up-to-date information is thereby established. It goes without saying that printed catalogs as well as card-index systems o f easy reference are at the disposal o f all interested persons, so that in general, they are regularly kept informed on anything that they may consider o f interest and importance for their own special field. But, in a research documentation centre, which is also a type o f special library, it is equally important that the user should not have to waste too much time in personally looking for the material he wants. On the contrary, he must be able to rely on the intensive assistance o f a staff o f qualified information and documentation specialists. In that way, not only an effective rationalization o f the work flow is achieved, but above all the fact will have to be recognized that the basic condition prevailing in traditional libraries for hundreds o f years - namely that the person using

208

the library must k n o w , exactly and in advance, the material he needs for his work and order it can n o longer be applied t o d a y . For in an age in which an enorm o u s n u m b e r of individual findings are being constantly published, it is practically impossible for the individuals - even for o u t s t a n d i n g specialists - t o k n o w personally all the researchers engaged in p r o d u c i n g new results, and it is t h e r e f o r e , equally impossible for him to be able directly t o locate the results of their research at a later time. Moreover, all these investigations are rather extensive, and o f t e n some of t h e m are even a m a t t e r of a rather immediate interest. As a result, the time and expenses involved in collecting all, or even m o s t , of these single publications, in order to keep them in o n e or more places for later use cannot be j u s t i f i e d : in all specialized areas, and with the m e t h o d s currently available, it would even be technically impossible t o accomplish this task satisfactorily. It can, however, be successfully achieved by eliminating u n p r o d u c t i v e centralization, by not wasting any f u n d s , and by improving the existing division of labor. And that is also one of the factors that gave i m p e t u s to the setting-up and rapid development of combined special industrial libraries and d o c u m e n t a t i o n centres. As a result, there are therefore additional duties to be p e r f o r m e d by a technical library: all kinds of new i m p r o v e m e n t s and new ideas in raising the standard of service will have t o be conceived and realized at all times. A f u r t h e r consequence of the ever-increasing n u m b e r of publications lies in the fact that even the routing of periodicals ( n o t to m e n t i o n original papers) is not the only m e t h o d of sufficiently informing specialists about the latest advances in their particular area of activity. On the c o n t r a r y , we must also reliably report on new publications that are not even f o u n d a m o n g those stocked b y the library itself. The distribution of specimen copies sent o n approval, or circulars advertising new publications to the specialists c o n c e r n e d , serves this purpose and is a well-established, and possibly the simplest and most traditional m e t h o d . For a long time the routing of reference sheets and special bibliographies has ensured a regular flow of information about the results of investigations published in reports which are not part of the technical library's o w n stock. Examples of such reference sheets and bibliographies are, e.g. the m o n t h l y issues of the Engineering I n d e x , Bulletin Signaletique, Metals Abstracts, Nuclear Science Abstracts, Scientific Technical Aerospace Reports of NASA, Aeronautical Abstracts, etc. Continuous and selective distribution of information Heads of d e p a r t m e n t s and top-level managers can hardly be expected t o peruse all pertinent bibliographies and all new reference lists available. In one specialized area alone, viz. heavy engineering with which our firm is greatly concerned, we have t o reckon, at present, with a b o u t 2 5 0 . 0 0 0 references to new publications annually. Our Patrons and subscribers have, t h e r e f o r e , a right t o having the respective ' f u n d a m e n t a l s ' prepared for t h e m , so they m a y c o n c e n t r a t e on evaluating the material a n d , subsequently, reaching final decisions. Thanks to the a u t o m a t i o n of selection and distribution processes, k n o w n as SULIS - which is the abbreviation of S U l z e r - L I t e r a t u r e - S o r t i n g and Distributing Sys-

209

tem — our research workers and other specialists and some 4 0 0 p e r m a n e n t subscribers, obtain regularly, every f o r t n i g h t , a small n u m b e r of accurately oriented individual references instead of long lists of summaries. T h e y are in the f o r m of p u n c h e d cards containing a comprehensive s t a t e m e n t of the c o n t e n t as well as a complete bibliographic index of all p e r t i n e n t research areas and detailed facts. C o n s e q u e n t l y , a special library fulfills not only the task of keeping abreast of the times as regards the latest ideas, findings, discoveries, advances, and practical k n o w - h o w , b u t t h a n k s to the consistent division of work, the special industrial library has b e c o m e an active partner making an i n d e p e n d e n t and productive cont r i b u t i o n to the evaluation of scientific and technical results. It helps thereby in the decision-making process. As a result of their specialization, institutions of this t y p e can c o n t r i b u t e n o t only t o w a r d s a deeper p e n e t r a t i o n into, and a more active utilization o f , the most recent i n f o r m a t i o n , b u t t h e y also bring h o m e to their p a t r o n s and subscribers t h e f u n d a m e n t a l fact that a genuine and active intellectual pursuit must never rest o n its oars and c o n t e n t itself with findings and facts that only seem t o be final. In contrast t o instruction given in schools of all types and grades, which is p r e d o m i n a n t l y concerned with imparting standard i n f o r m a t i o n and the f u n d a m e n t a l s of knowledge, the person using the services of a special library and industrial d o c u m e n t a t i o n centre is always c o n f r o n t e d with progressive d e v e l o p m e n t , which encourages and challenges him t o deepen and b r o a d e n his o w n knowledge continually and to sharpen his power of judgm e n t incessantly. T h e old-fashioned image of library as a treasure-house of knowledge already contains, in addition t o its positive aspect, the s y m p t o m a t i c allusion to, or what is m o r e , an actual warning against the danger of these treasures being locked u p and left to lie u n p r o d u c t i o n . If the scholastic profession in general, and traditional libraries — f o r m i n g part of it — in particular, are accused by m o d e r n critics of being concerned not only w i t h m a t t e r s irrelevant t o m o d e r n life b u t actually also w i t h fossil, dead, or obsolete material, our m o d e r n special libraries can correct this negative impression inasmuch as t h e y are chiefly instrumental in making detailed facts, valuable i n f o r m a t i o n and up-to-date knowledge accessible and readily available, instead of simply hoarding this material. A special industrial library serves, t h e r e f o r e as a direct i n s t r u m e n t for acquiring i n f o r m a t i o n and t h u s c o n t r i b u t e s productively t o w a r d s the f o r m a t i o n of objectively f o u n d e d decisions. Even t h o u g h a special library is concerned with communicating i n f o r m a t i o n f o r practical purposes, the f u n c t i o n it fulfills and the service it provides n o t only appeal t o each person b u t practically compel him continually t o improve his own knowledge, and never t o c o n t e n t himself with facts once acquired and once asserted t o be true. Accordingly, the service provided b y a special library goes far b e y o n d the mere d u t y of c o m m u n i c a t i n g isolated facts and is, as implied b y t h e original meaning of the word " i n f o r m a t i o n " (=training, i n s t r u c t i o n , c o m m u n i c a t i o n of instructive knowledge), f u n d a m e n tally and u n q u e s t i o n a b l y c o n n e c t e d w i t h genuine learning and education.

210

In o r d e r that highly qualified research and m a n a g e m e n t staff may be regularly supplied with up-to-date and a d e q u a t e i n f o r m a t i o n , those responsible f o r this activity must see to it t h a t the i n f o r m a t i o n provided will be c o m p l e t e and not j u s t superficial or m o r e o r less s k e t c h y . Owing to the steady and rapid g r o w t h in t h e n u m b e r of new p u b l i c a t i o n s , as well as t o the ever-continuing specializ a t i o n in science and t e c h n o l o g y , it m a y s o m e t i m e s happen t h a t all the material r e q u e s t e d is not available even in a m a j o r special library possessing a vast stock of technical and scientific l i t e r a t u r e : this wealth m a y actually h a m p e r quick access t o essential material and cause additional d e m a n d s to be m a d e on the staff of a special library, so that all r e q u i r e m e n t s m a y be m e t . A m o n g these are: c o n t a c t s w i t h libraries at h o m e and a b r o a d , which have t o b e continually imp r o v e d and intensified, essential organizational changes that will have t o be m a d e , a spirit of flexible c o o r d i n a t i o n and candid c o o p e r a t i o n that will need s t r e n g t h e n i n g , while every trace of " i s o l a t i o n i s m " will have t o be e l i m i n a t e d . In t h a t small way the special library will also m a k e a c o n t r i b u t i o n t o the p r o m o tion of u n d e r s t a n d i n g and practical cultural, scientific and technical c o o p e r a t i o n o n a n a t i o n a l and international scale. P r o p e r , a d e q u a t e and c o m p e t e n t dissemina t i o n of i n f o r m a t i o n can be achieved o n l y if the needs of the users have b e e n a c c u r a t e l y specified, clarified and c o o r d i n a t e d . A vague i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of the t e r m " i n f o r m a t i o n " , w h i c h is being used time and again as a mere slogan, is n o m o r e satisfactory t o d a y t h a n , let us say, the c o m m u n i c a t i o n of so-called evervalid and u n c h a n g e a b l e facts of knowledge and pieces of i n f o r m a t i o n . On t h e o t h e r h a n d , if the n e e d s of each recipient and user of i n f o r m a t i o n are well k n o w n in advance and t h o r o u g h l y u n d e r s t o o d by the d o c u m e n t a t i o n s t a f f , a d e q u a t e i n f o r m a t i o n will b e provided and a genuine c o n t r i b u t i o n will b e m a d e t o t h e a d v a n c e m e n t of k n o w l e d g e , which is ever so flexible and versatile. F o r t h a t reason, and in o r d e r that our regular subscribers m a y be c u r r e n t l y inf o r m e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the principles of selective dissemination of i n f o r m a t i o n , strictly d i f f e r e n t i a t e d records of all recipients and of t h e areas of their various activities, will have t o be c o m p i l e d . These so-called "interest p r o f i l e s " can t h e n successfully serve as a basis f o r a c o m p e t e n t dissemination of i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e y will have to be discussed in advance, and personally, w i t h t h e recipients and reviewed b y t h e m f r o m time t o time so that t h e y m a y be u p d a t e d and c o n f o r m t o the latest state of k n o w l e d g e and the changing needs.

A n s w e r i n g individual search q u e s t i o n s Lively a n d intensive c o n t a c t s as well as candid c o o p e r a t i o n are, however, absolutely essential also w h e n e v e r a d e q u a t e i n f o r m a t i o n is to be properly c o m m u n icated t o individual investigators requesting material f o r the f u l f i l l m e n t of particular tasks and for the solution of detailed p r o b l e m s arising f r o m their daily w o r k . Since even o u t s t a n d i n g specialists can hardly k e e p track of all t h e latest developm e n t s as presented in t h e literature, owing t o t h e ever-increasing n u m b e r o f publications, t h e y have t o rely o n the help and c o o p e r a t i o n of o u t highly qualified d o c u m e n t a t i o n staff. This staff can locate and provide for t h e m all p e r t i n e n t liter ature and sources of i n f o r m a t i o n . According t o the Weinberg r e p o r t , it is n o t just

211

time and effort-saving rationalization but genuine team-work which should facilitate a continuation as well as an expansion of research and development work rather than a mere repetition of work done earlier. General conclusions As mentioned before, information activity is already capable of making an important contribution to education and learning by systematically communicating and referring to new results. Documentation - conceived as a method for answering entirely concrete individual questions — compels that activity not only to avoid the risk of a mere commonplace, but confronts it also with the requirements of a thorough and precise intellectual agreement, and consequently makes it into a component of human communication in general. Hence, there emerges indeed a basic feature whose contribution will, perhaps, have a much more decisive influence on education and human learning than any other aspect of the activities of a special library. Heuristic skill, sharp and logical gift of combination, profound knowledge of the literature, as well as familiarity with and a flair for the needs and personal pursuits of scientific investigators are qualities that make the staff of a special library and scientific documentation centre keep up the facilities for overall coordination in the midst of ever-increasing specialization. While the traditional university library has generally to cater for far-reaching fields of human knowledge because of its collecting and preserving function, and while it is, as a result thereof, exposed to the danger of immobile and crude centralization, the special industrial library must and can give all active research, development and management cadres the definite assurance that the overall view will not be lost in detail and that, consequently, the prospect for a living synthesis will not be forfeited in spite of all specialization. The one-sided image of a traditional library as being a rather comprehensive but mainly passive depository for preserving books and other written records of human learning and knowledge, a notion which has been influenced even further by the original meaning of the word "library", must be modified and corrected, fundamentally and positively, particularly as far as a combined special industrial library and scientific documentation centre is concerned. Compared with a universal library, the special library is more or less relieved of book preservation tasks, and is rather protected against the danger of becoming an unproductive and central hoarding place for books and other written records. Accordingly, its function and its chance lie in the fact that it is instrumental in making its "treasures" accessible and in disseminating information to those requiring it. Consequently, it serves as an instrument contributing, modestly but effectively, to the coordination of human knowledge, and as a stimulus to progress in science and technology. Parallel and supplementary to instruction given in schools of all types and grades, which communicate standard knowledge, special libraries and scientific documentation centres not only make an appeal to the individual but also inspire him to broaden his horizon, deepen his knowledge, and sharpen his power of judgment and understanding.

212

By providing information, a special library fulfills a genuine instructive and educational mission. This mission is successful when there is full understanding and cooperation between the staff of the library and those using its service. That is why all obstacles and difficulties standing in the way of understanding and cooperation between individuals, organizations and nations must be bridged. It is not only those using the service of a special library who are called upon to improve and increase their own knowledge, and not to lapse into intellectual stagnation. The staff of a special library must also raise the standard of their knowledge continuously and thoroughly, they should try to gain a deeper insight into the problems of interpersonal relations. What is required is a real, active and candid partnership. Ant it is in this spirit that special libraries make an educational as well as general contribution to human knowledge, to the cooperation as well as understanding between people, organizations, and nations of all races and continents, and thereby to a happier, more enlightened and peacefull life on earth.

213

C 21. Taiwan A List of representative special libraries in Taiwan By Chien-Chang Lan Institute of History and Philology, Library, Academia Sinica, Nan Kang, Taipei I. Science and technology group 1. Library of the Chinese Engineers S o c i e t y , Taipei. F o u n d e d in 1951. Facilities: R e f e r e n c e and loans. Librarian: Mr. Hsien-chuen C h i u . S t a f f : 2. B o o k s t o c k : All s u b j e c t s in engineering, totaling 9 . 0 0 0 v o l u m e s . Classification: Self devised. Catalogs: Classed, a u t h o r , title. Seating c a p a c i t y : 3 0 . Average n u m b e r of readers a y e a r : 6 . 0 0 0 . E x c h a n g e : D o m e s t i c 3 0 : foreign 2 0 . 2. Medical L i b r a r y , N a t i o n a l T a i w a n University, Taipei. F o u n d e d in 1899. Facilities: I n s t r u c t i o n a l and research. Librarian: Mr. Sze-lun T u . S t a f f : 8; Building: R e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e s t r u c t u r e in 4 stories. Total area: 2 . 8 3 5 sq. ( C o m p l e t e d in December 1962) Book s t o c k : B o o k s : 6 0 . 0 0 0 v o l u m e s (shelving c a p a c i t y : 1 6 0 . 0 0 0 vols.) Periodicals: 1.100 t i t l e s ( i n c l . 3 0 0 c u r r e n t subscriptions) Classification: U.S. N a t i o n a l Library of Medicine Classification S y s t e m . Catalogs: Classed, a u t h o r , title and subject. Seating c a p a c i t y : 3 1 2 . 3. Agricultural Library, N a t i o n a l Taiwan University, Taipei. Facilities: I n s t r u c t i o n a l and research. Librarian: Miss Min-chuin Kao. S t a f f : 14. Book s t o c k : 6 0 . 0 0 0 v o l u m e s (shelving c a p a c i t y : 1 2 0 . 0 0 0 vols.) Periodicals: Chinese 8 1 . Japanese 6 4 , Western languages 346. Pamphlets: 5.000 Classification: Chinese and J a p a n e s e b o o k s : Liu's m o d i f i e d decimal s y s t e m : Western language b o o k s : Library of Congress Classification S y s t e m . 214

Catalogs; Classed, author, title and subject. Seating capacity: 336 Exchanges: Domestic 195; foreign 389. II. Social sciences group 1. Social Science Materials Center, National Cheng Chi University, Mu-tsa, Taipei. Founded in October 1961. Facilities: Instructional and research. Librarian: Prof. Shin Sui. Staff: 10. Building: Reinforced concrete structure in 2 stories. Total area: 862 sq. m. Book stock: Books: 15.486 volumes. U.S. government publications: 10.810 vols. M .A. & Ph.D. dissertations: 259 volumes. Microfilm reproductions: Î4Ô reels. Classification: Chinese and Japanese books: Liu's modified decimal system; Western languages books: Dewey Decimal System. Catalogs: Classed, author and title. Seating capacity: 60. Equipment: Microphotographie laboratory with readers. Exchange: Domestic 261 ; foreign 86. Publications: Index to articles of Chinese newspapers. Annually. 2. Law Library, National Taiwan University, Taipei. Founded in July 1947. Facilities: Instructional and research. Librarian: Mr. Che-seng Sun Staff: 10. Building: Reinforced concrete structure in 3 stories. Area: 3.079 sq. m. (Completed in September 1963) Book stock: Books: 100.000 volumes. Periodicals: 1.000 titles. Depository library of the U.N. documents in the Republic of China (except UNESCO and IAEA) Classifications: Chinese and Japanese books: Liu's modified decimal system: Western languages books: Library of Congress Classification System. Catalogs: Classed, author, title and subject. Seating capacity : 500. 3. National Educational Materials Center, Taipei. Founded in July 1959. Facilities: Loans to teachers. Librarian: Miss Pei-tseng Ho. Staff: 3. 215

Book stock: Books: 10.000 volumes. Periodicals subscriptions: 112 titles. Publication: Bulletin. 4. Library of the Economic Research Department, Central Bank, Taipei. Facilities: Research. Librarian: Mr. Sze-sung Sun. Staff: 3. Book stock: Books: 4.000 volumes. Periodicals subscriptions: Chinese and Japanese 119 titles; Western languages 84 titles. Classification: Chinese and Japanese books: Liu's modified decimal system; Western languages books: Dewey Decimal System. Catalogs: Classed, author and title. Seating capacity: 24

III. Humanities group 1. Fu Ssu-nien Library, Institute of History and Philology, Academia Sinica, Nankang, Taipei. Founded in 1928. Facilities: Research. Librarian: Prof. Chien-chang Lan. Staff: 6. Building: Reinforced concrete structure in 4 stories. Total area: 1,800 sq. m. (Completed in October 1961) Book stock; Books: 210.800 volumes. Periodicals holdings: 687 titles; current subscriptions: Chinese and Japanese 70 titles, Western languages 120. Ink rubbings : 30.000 pieces. Ming and Ching state archives: 310.000 pieces; Microfilm reproductions: 1.800 reels. Classification: Chinese and Japanese books: Ho's modified decimal system; Western languages books: Library of Congress Classification System. Catalogs: Classed, author, title and subject. Seating capacity: 40 (incl. 4 carrels) Equipment: Microphotographic laboratory with readers. Exchanges: Domestic 58; foreign 102. 2. Library of the Institute of Modern History, Academia Sinica, Nankang, Taipei. Founded in 1956. Facilities: Research. Librarian: Mr. Yun-feng Su. Staff: 3.

216

Book stock: Books: 27.000 volumes. Periodicals: Chinese and Japanese 70 titles; Western languages 64 titles, Diplomatic archives 1 8 5 0 - 1 9 4 5 : 12.000 volumes. Current affairs clippings: 1.000 volumes. Classification: Chinese and Japanese books: Ho's modified decimal system; Western language books: Dewey Decimal System. Catalogs: Classed, author, title. Seating capacity: 20 Equipment: 2 microfilm readers, 3 duplicators. Exchange: Domestic 24; foreign 30. 3. China Youth Music Library, Taipei. Founded in August 1965. Facilities: Educational and recreational. Librarian: Mr. Wei-liang Shih. Staff: 2. Book stock: 11.000 volumes (mostly scores). Records: 4 8 0 disc. Classification: Self devised. Catalogs; Author, title and subject. Seating capacity: 30. Equipment: 2 pianos, record players and tape recorders. 4. Taiwan Historical Society, Taipei. Founded in June 1948. Facilities: Research. Librarian: Mr. Shih-ling wang. Staff: 6. Book stock; Books: 13.326 volumes. Periodicals: 2 3 8 titles. Classification: Author and title.

217

C 22.

USA

T h e National Agricultural Library By John Sherrod National Agricultural Library, Washington, D C. T h r e e Acts w h i c h p r o f o u n d l y i n f l u e n c e d the g r o w t h and d e v e l o p m e n t of A m e r i c a n A g r i c u l t u r e w e r e passed by the Congress of the United S t a t e s and signed i n t o law b y President A b r a h a m Lincoln in 1862. T h e s e were t h e H o m e stead A c t , o p e n i n g u p c o u n t l e s s acres of Federal lands t o private o w n e r s h i p ; the Morrill A c t , a u t h o r i z i n g the use of Federal land t o e n d o w a college in each state t o teach agriculture in m e c h a n i c arts; and t h e Organic A c t , establishing the U.S. D e p a r t m e n t of A g r i c u l t u r e , " t h e general designs a n d d u t i e s of which shall be t o acquire and t o d i f f u s e a m o n g the p e o p l e of the United S t a t e s useful i n f o r m a t i o n on s u b j e c t s c o n n e c t e d w i t h agriculture in the m o s t general and c o m p r e h e n s i v e sense of the w o r d . " F r o m this last s t a t u t e has evolved t h e N a t i o n a l Agricultural L i b r a r y , t h e w o r l d ' s largest collection of material on agric u l t u r e and the related sciences. T h e D e p a r t m e n t a p p r o p r i a t i o n for 1 8 6 4 included $ 4 . 0 0 0 f o r the Library and regular a p p r o p r i a t i o n s f o r p u b l i c a t i o n s and salaries have been m a d e since t h a t time. L o o k i n g b a c k over t h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t s of m o r e t h a n a c e n t u r y , several pioneering v e n t u r e s stand o u t as highlights of the Library's c o n t i n u i n g e f f o r t s t o w a r d n a t i o n a l services and e f f i c i e n c y in o p e r a t i o n s . These w o u l d include t h e first p r i n t i n g of catalog cards ( 1 8 9 9 ) , t h e first use of p h o t o g r a p h i c copies f o r interlibrary loan ( 1 9 1 1 ) ; the first m a j o r U.S. d o c u m e n t a t i o n c e n t e r , B I B L I O F I L M , established in c o o p e r a t i o n with t h e A m e r i c a n D o c u m e n t a t i o n I n s t i t u t e and the Science Service ( 1 9 3 4 ) ; t h e first library e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n with a u t o m a t e d storage and retrieval of i n f o r m a t i o n o n m i r c o f o r m s ( t h e Rapid Selector developed b y R a l p h S h a w ; and t h e use of p h o t o g r a p h i c devices for library service ( t h e p h o t o c l e r k and a travelling camera for use in t h e stacks). A l t h o u g h f u n c t i o n i n g as a n a t i o n a l library f r o m its i n c e p t i o n , it w a s n o t until 1962, t h e 1 0 0 t h anniversary of its f o u n d i n g , t h a t S e c r e t a r y of Agriculture Orville L. F r e e m a n designated the library of the D e p a r t m e n t of Agriculture as the National Agricultural Library. T o g e t h e r , the t h r e e national libraries ( t h e Library of Congress, t h e N a t i o n a l Agricultural Library a n d t h e National Library of Medicine) n o w fulfill the traditional f u n c t i o n s of a single national library e m b r a c i n g all fields of k n o w l e d g e . T h e Library's objective t o p e r m a n e n t l y retain at least one c o p y of all substantive p u b l i c a t i o n s in t h e field of agriculture has resulted in a collection which currently n u m b e r s over 1 , 3 0 0 v o l u m e s . Most of the h o l d i n g s are highly technical, w i t h all aspects of agriculture, along w i t h such related subjects as b o t a n y , chemist-

218

ry , e n t o m o l o g y , f o r e s t r y , f o o d and n u t r i t i o n , law, water resources, marketing, and economics. All publications of the D e p a r t m e n t and reports of all research supported b y USDA f u n d s are included in the collection. In addition, t h e Library acquires w o r k s in some 5 0 languages f r o m m o r e t h a n 155 countries. It currently adds a b o u t 2 7 5 , 0 0 0 periodical issues t o the collection each year, and catalogs over 10,000 new titles annually. T h e National Agricultural Library has developed a variety of services to support the diversified interests of the agricultural/biological research c o m m u n i t y of USDA e m p l o y e e s , o t h e r G o v e r n m e n t agencies, agricultural colleges and universities, agricultural associations, industry, farmers, and the general public which it serves. F o r example, free interlibrary loan service is provided t o any library in the United States. P h o t o c o p y service m a k e s available at cost any material in the Library's collection. R e f e r e n c e service answers requests for i n f o r m a t i o n by mail, t e l e p h o n e , or in person, f r o m D e p a r t m e n t employees, research scientists, and other interested individuals and organizations t h r o u g h o u t the world. F u r t h e r m o r e , the mass of agricultural/biological i n f o r m a t i o n which floods the National Agricultural library each m o n t h is channeled, m a n i p u l a t e d , and repackaged in m a n y ways for dissemination t h r o u g h o u t the research c o m m u n i t y . The Library's biggest and most a m b i t i o u s package is the Bibliography of Agriculture, a comprehensive m o n t h l y index t o the world's agricultural literature, which annually includes a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 items, listed in a classified arrangement, f r o m m o r e t h a n 3 0 languages. All b o o k s and periodical articles are indexed also by a u t h o r and subject, making a total of 5 0 0 , 0 0 0 access p o i n t s for each 100,000 items listed. A n o t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n package p r o d u c e d b y the Library is the biweekly Pesticides D o c u m e n t a t i o n Bulletin designed t o inventory the multidiscipline literature in the pest c o n t r o l fields and disseminate it to interested personnel in the Departm e n t of Agriculture and o t h e r Federal d e p a r t m e n t s and State, private, and industrial organizations. T h e Bulletin is an o u t p u t of the Pesticides I n f o r m a t i o n Center (PIC), the first such center to be m a d e a part of a Federal library. Inaugurated several years ago and still in the process of becoming fully operational, the Pesticides I n f o r m a t i o n Center is e x p e c t e d to include b o t h published and unpublished i n f o r m a t i o n o n pests and pest control, and is t o provide not only inf o r m a t i o n , b u t evaluation of data as well. In addition to these t w o m a j o r in-house indexing journals, the Library supplies cataloging i n f o r m a t i o n t o a commercial publisher f o r inclusion in a m o n t h l y National Agricultural Library Catalog which lists all b o o k s and serials added t o the collection during the previous m o n t h . This m o n t h l y Catalog supplements the Dictionary Catalog of the National Agricultural Library, 1 8 6 2 - 1 9 6 5 , the Library's retrospective public card catalog now being published in b o o k f o r m . T h e Dictionary Catalog, t o consist of over 6 8 volumes, is being published by R o w m a n and Littlgfield, Inc., 8 4 F i f t h Avenue, New Y o r k , New Y o r k , 10011. T h e first 10 volumes have been issued, an t h e c o m p l e t e set should be available f r o m the publisher b y the end of this year. 219

Finally, in order to provide a common language which will be understood and used at least throughout the Department of Agriculture and hopefully by other resources in the field of agriculture as well, the Library has developed and published the Agricultural/Biological Vocabulary. Its utilization in all areas of cataloging, indexing, and information storage and retrieval, will permit easier interchange of the data generated by mechanized systems. The first edition of the vocabulary was published in July 1967, and it will continue to be refined and revised as necessary. While it is impossible for any library to predict its future with absolute certainty the National Agricultural Library is fortunate enough to be able to see at least a part of its future rising in the shape of a new Library building now under construction at the Agricultural Research Center in Beltsville, Maryland. The 15story tower of precast concrete and rock-faced brick, together with an attached 2-story wing, will provide a gross space area of 275,000 square feet, and allow room for the expansion of the collection to an anticipated 2,000,000 volumes by 1980. The main tower will feature in its lobby and entry area a rare book room with special temperature/humidity controls, a computer well, and exhibits and displays of Department of Agriculture projects. It will also contain administrative offices, staff facilities, and a partial basement. Reading rooms and supporting services will be located in the low wing building. Construction is progressing on schedule, and present target date for completion is October 1968. Although far less concrete than the new building, the National Agricultural Library also has other construction plans for the future. The building blocks which it will use are automation, compatibility of systems, cooperation, and networks for knowledge. The final product will be a permanent, accessible reservoir of agricultural information. There is little doubt that a mechanized approach to document handling is the most effective way of dealing with the mass of material which daily flows into the Library. Aware of the fact that there should be some logical approach to the problem, there is now underway a total systems analysis and design study intended to integrate the program functions of the Library into one mechanized system, compatible with other USDA automated information or data retrieval activities. Already, computer technology is being utilized to restructure the entire bibliographic apparatus of the National Agricultural Library, so that a complete record of scientific documentation on machine-readable tape will be available. This is not enough, however. The National Agricultural Library does not exist in a vacuum, and its obligations to the rest of the agricultural/biological research community are many and varied. For example, it is evident that the growing volume and complexity of the Nation's informational needs cannot be handled by local libraries with limited resources. More and more these local libraries are

220

turning for assistance to those libraries which comprise the Federal library system, and particularly to the three great national libraries within that system. Together, these national libraries are preparing to meet that challenge in several ways. For instance, the National Agricultural Library has joined with the Library of Congress and the National Library of Medicine in an agreement to adopt common goals as each proceeds to automate. Among the goals agreed upon by the three libraries are the development of a national data-bank of machine-readable catalog information, to be located in and serviced to other libraries by the Library of Congress, and a national data-bank of machine-readable information relating to the location of hundreds of thousands of serial titles held by American research libraries. The latter would provide a computer-based system for scientists and other scholars anywhere in the United States to use in locating the publications they need. The National Agricultural Library hopes to extend its cooperative efforts into other areas of the research community as well. For example, to ensure rapid, indepth subject access to the published literature in the agricultural sciences, advanced communications technology will be employed to pool existing data bases that have been developed at considerable expense by the private sector of the research community. Arrangements are being made to gain direct entry to these subject-oriented information activities in chemistry, biology, and other agriculturerelated areas that have established automated systems. An agricultural network for knowledge will be developed to provide agricultural scientists and the interested public throughout the world with not only the means for identifying informative documents relative to their individual interests, but also improved mechanism for the high speed delivery of the documents themselves. As part of this network plan, the National Agricultural Library has made a grant to the Interuniversity Communications Council (EDUCOM) for a research study entitled "National Agricultural Library-Land-Grant Institution Information Network". Under the terms of this grant EDUCOM is surveying existing service relationships among the libraries in terms of quality and quantity, and evaluating individual and institutional needs for agricultural information. Based on this study, EDUCOM will prepare a report outlining the systems and the technology required to fashion a communications network for the agricultural library community. Since the EDUCOM network proposes interchange of information to meet scientific and technological as well as academic needs, this study should also be most helpful in coordinating any national systems which may be developed. Just as the materials in the Library's collection are not limited by language, so its plans for the future are not limited by geography. For over 100 years the National Agricultural Library has had continuing international activities and responsibilities which have yielded valuable dividends to all concerned. Over 75 % of its foreign publications are acquired by exchange with more than 10.000 foreign organizations, 221

libraries, scientific societies, universities, government ministries and research groups. These organizations are located in every foreign country officially recognized by the U.S. Government. In addition, approximately 25 7c of the Library's total paid photocopy business is carried on with foreign organizations or institutions. A survey of three months duration made in 1963 revealed that Antarctica was the only continent not using this p h o t o c o p y service. The Library is currently examining its international responsibilities and expects to apply the knowledge which is developed in evaluating its future international responsibilities and programs. In conclusion, a quotation f r o m a forthcoming Department publication entitled Science in the Service of Man seems particularly applicable, to the National Agricultural Library at this point in its development. "Those who will move agriculture forward require new technology developed through creative research . . . dynamic extension programs to communicate research results and motivate people to action . . . and innovative library services to keep pace with the proliferation of scientific information. And the Department is working today to provide research, education, and library support for the building of the better tomorrow envisioned in Agriculture/2000."

222

C 2 3 . Zambia Special libraries in Zambia By Barrie R e y n o l d s

National Museums of Zambia T h e schedule r e p r o d u c e d below indicates clearly Z a m b i a ' s interest in i n d u s t r y , and particularly, in mining. T h e very c o m p r e h e n s i v e technical libraries run b y G o v e r n m e n t and b y mining c o m p a n i e s and o t h e r b o d i e s provide a full coverage in t h e fields of h i s t o r y and a n t h r o p o l o g y . It is t o be e x p e c t e d that the rapidly developing library of the University of Z a m b i a will play an i m p o r t a n t part in the provision of library facilities in the c o u n t r y within the next few years. Name

Categories

Volumes

Classification

Hammarskjold Memorial Library, Box 1 1 9 2 , Kitwe.

Religion, social sciences and A f r i c a n a

11,200

International Dewey S y s t e m

Geological Survey D e p t . , Ministry of Mines and Cooperatives. Box RW. 135, Ridgew a y , Lusaka

G e o l o g y , m i n i n g m i n e r a l o g y and 1 0 , 0 0 0 related subjects. H o l d s over 5 0 ( 6 5 periotheses o n geology of Z a m b i a dicals) and u n p u b l i s h e d r e c o r d s of mining and p r o s p e c t i n g g r o u p s

Division of F o r e s t R e s e a r c h , Box 879 Kitwe.

F o r e s t r y and all related subjects.

Oppenheimer Social w o r k in all f o r m s College o f Social Service. Box 132, Lusaka. ( N o w incorp o r a t e d in University of Z a m b i a ) High C o u r t of Z a m b i a , Box RW. 67, Ridgeway, Lusaka

Vols, of laws and legal publications. N o t available t o general public. Users strictly limited t o legal p r o f e s s i o n .

6,000

U.D.C.

Card I n d e x , a u t h o r and subject

Library of 4,000 ( 1 0 0 perio- Congress dicals)

4,500

No information.

223

Name National Archives. Box, RW. 10. Ridge way.

Categories Volumes Comprehensive collection of all Not b o o k s , newspapers, p a m p h l e t s , k n o w n etc. published in Zambia G o v e r n m e n t publications

Classification A u t h o r and title catalogues. Subject cataloguing under way at the m o m e n t

Africana of Central African interest

1,000

Research Branch, Ministry of Agriculture, Box 7, Chilanga.

Agriculture and all associated subjects.

1,500 U.D.C. books. periodicals. Bulletins. Reports.

Central Technical Library, Box 1996, Kitwe

G e o l o g y , mining engineering chemistry, instrumentation electronics, p r o d u c t i o n and research m a n a g e m e n t , industrial relations, etc.

16,000 U.D.C. bound periodicals. 5 0 0 current periodicals. Microfilms

National Museums of Zambia, Livingstone Museu m , Box 4 9 8 . Livingstone.

Geology, archaeology, history, a n t h r o p o l o g y , national history and Africana and museology.

5,200 Alphabetical b o o k s , 2 7 5 and subject journals classification.

Central Veterinary Research Station Box 50, Mazabuka

V e t e r i n a r y , animal h u s b a n d r y and associated subjects

books.

2,000

None.

60 periodicals.

University of At p r e s e n t : Social w o r k , Z a m b i a . Box 2 3 7 9 , sociology, African history and Lusaka and a n t h r o p o l o g y , Near f u t u r e : Botany, mathematics, chemistry, physics, etc. Eventually: Law, medicine, mining. Natural Researches Development College, Box 1989, Lusaka

224

Agriculture, animal managem e n t , agriculture c o m m e r c e . water d e v e l o p m e n t , technical surveying, h o m e e c o n o m i c , draughtsmanship.

16,000

Library of Congress

Dewey 1,100 (Rapid expansion in progress)

D.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL ACTIVITIES OF SPECIAL LIBRARIES

ABACUS — AB Atomenergy Computerized User-oriented Services; frame-work for computerized bibliographical work By Björn V. Tell Royal Institute of Technology & AB Atomenergy, Studsvik During d e v e l o p m e n t w o r k it is m o r e interesting t o describe w h a t o n e plans t o achieve than w h a t has actually b e e n achieved. Technical r e p o r t i n g of r o u t i n e opera t i o n s does n o t have the same g l a m o u r as imaginative s p e c u l a t i o n s c o n n e c t e d w i t h a single pilot p r o j e c t . F r o m the a u t h o r ' s p o i n t of view it is m o r e challenging t o write a theoretical p a p e r a b o u t a r o u t i n e than t o write a m a n u a l f o r it. T h e d e v e l o p m e n t of A B A C U S has p e r h a p s s o m e interest, h o w e v e r , f o r a b r o a d e r audience, so that a r e p o r t m a y be m o t i v a t e d even if it b e c o m e s o b s o l e t e as soon as published due t o o u r e f f o r t s to improve our p r o g r a m s in this ever changing field. A B A C U S is an u m b r e l l a h e a d i n g covering various library a u t o m a t i o n p r o g r a m s . It has been a tradition t o give single p r o g r a m s or p r o g r a m p a c k a g e s a n a m e in which the initials of the a c r o n y m give s o m e h i n t s a b o u t the t y p e of o p e r a t i o n . A B A C U S s t a n d s f o r AB A t o m e n e r g i C o m p u t e r i z e d User-oriented Services, which m e a n s t h a t we have t o deal with a p r o g r a m package t o p r o d u c e various p r o d u c t s in w h i c h the p a t r o n s of the library may be i n t e r e s t e d . S o m e principles have been basic f o r recent s y s t e m w o r k , e. g. t h e reader s h o u l d , if possible, receive at least the same service as he has been used to. This principle was i m p l e m e n t e d in A B A C U S , w h i c h w a s the first Swedish p r o g r a m t o require an u p p e r and lower case t y p e chain, w h i c h m e a n t t h a t i n p u t had t o be c o n v e r t e d t o an internal r e p r e s e n t a t i o n using 120 s y m b o l s in the c o m p u t e r . T h e present-day printer holds 3 5 0 characters. A n o t h e r principle was t o avoid sort- and mergep r o g r a m m i n g a n d , instead, t o use t h e utility p r o g r a m s in the c o m p u t e r f o r these o p e r a t i o n s . F u r t h e r m o r e , w e have tried to m a i n t a i n the principle that every elem e n t transferred t o m a c h i n e language should only be n o t e d once at the input side.

Preparatory exercises Early in I 9 6 0 AB A t o m e n e r g i , S t o c k h o l m , a c q u i r e d a c o m p u t e r - a F e r r a n t i Mercury - which at t h a t time was the fastest and biggest c o m p u t e r in S w e d e n . As I was already a t t a c h e d t o t h a t o r g a n i z a t i o n , it s e e m e d n a t u r a l t o apply it t o bibliographical w o r k . A Scandinavian library c o n f e r e n c e was held at the research station of AB A t o m e n e r g i in 1961, a n d a u n i o n catalogue of periodicals used in the nuclear e s t a b l i s h m e n t was p r e p a r e d f o r the o c c a s i o n , the so called AE-List. 225

F r o m a programming point o f view this list was well ahead o f its time. Elements like the names o f the journals, holdings, locations, were included together with purchasing agent, date o f renewal and price. The program produced a union catalogue, special lists for the various branch libraries about their holdings, and a monthly list for renewal o f subscription. T h e input medium was a punched tape. When we were ready for a new edition o f the AE-List, the e c o n o m y o f the Mercury computer had deteriorated so much that it proved cheaper to produce a list at the S t o c k h o l m office o f IBM where they had an IBM 7 0 4 4 , which was bigger and faster. We reprogrammed the list to F O R T R A N and had to punch the bibliographical elements again, but this time on punched cards. We had thus broadened our experience o f how to handle bibliographical elements both on punched tape and punched cards. The new AE-List was distributed early in 1 9 6 5 to various libraries. During 1 9 6 6 we said good-bye to the Mercury computer. It was not even worth selling as scrap, which shows something about the development in the field o f computers. A B Atomenergie acquired, instead, the first IBM 3 6 0 in Sweden. When we were again ready for an updated edition o f the A E - L i s t we were anxious to avoid repunching about 6 , 0 0 0 cards, but at the same time wished to use the type chain with upper and lower case letters. We rewrote the program to F O R T R A N I V and built in some statements which took care o f the transformation o f the punched upper case at the input side into upper and lower case on the printer. AE-Bibliograph Various research teams in the establishment wanted a publication which took care o f their collections o f reprints, technical reports and conference papers. We discovered that they would be satisfied if we could give them a print-out including a catalogue in accession number order, an author catalogue and a subjectcategory catalogue. These three catalogues would make it possible for them to locate the material if they knew something about the time o f arrival, an author name or a subject category. We promised them a printed catalogue in four copies which they could also use as a circulation record when borrowing items from each other. As a printed catalogue is easy to scan, there was no difficulty in deciding upon about a score o f subject categories. Any more detailed classification was unneccessary. F r o m these requirements the first version o f AE-Bibliograph was produced. In order to show how fast and easily the computer could handle the set o f catalogues if the team only took the pains to punch the arriving items into a fixed format, we made a short program where all the sorting took place in the core memory o f the computer. S o m e dozens o f references were fed to the computer, which sorted them, and from the printer came almost immediately an accession number, an author and a subject-category catalogue. The program is written in F O R T R A N and uses as input bibliographical references punched on five cards. F o r those who wish an introduction to formatting and sorting bibliographical

226

elements in a computer, this program might serve as an illustration. It is very short - only 7 5 statements - and offers various formatting techniques. It can be used in any computer which has a F O R T R A N compiler. AE-Bibliograph-GERD The work with the F O R T R A N version o f AE-Bibliograph was finished in J u n e 1 9 6 6 . Through that program we had shown the capacity o f our c o m p u t e r for bibliographical work o f this kind. The research teams could now start their secretaries punching the references in the fixed format. However, as we knew that their collections contained several hundreds o f items, we had to use the time well in order to finish a program which could do the same as AE-Bibliograph even if the number o f references was multiplied several times. The result was AE-Bibliograph-GERD. Gerd is the name o f the prettiest and most demanding secretary o f the teams. G E R D is a package o f four programs. The first puts the references into the computer and stores them on magnetic tape in sequential order. In the next phase the built-in sort-program is called upon and the references are placed on the disc and sorted in accession number order. Program 2 stores the references again on a new tape and prints out the accession number catalogue. The sorting phase is repeated and Program 3 stores the result on tape and an author catalogue comes out on the printer. By a new sort phase Program 4 produces a subjectcategory catalogue. By using multiple forms, up to four copies are obtained on the printer. ABACUS is becoming something to count on Together with G E R D we simultaneously started work on the material o f the library. We realized that now we had, in the computer, the means to improve the list of accessions. The problem was to design a record o f a rather general form which could include all kinds o f bibliographical references existing in the atomic establishment, e. g. technical reports, books, conference proceedings, preprints and project proposals. Early in 1967 the problem was solved, and during the Spring the package o f programs was given the name A B A C U S - A B Atomenergi Computerized User-oriented Services at the suggestion o f Mrs. Pauline Atherton. professor at Syracuse University. In A B A C U S we returned to the punched tape we had used in 1961 for input, now switching over from 5-channel to 7-channel tape. The various bibliographical elements are identified by delimiters starting each field in the record. The document representation, including the bibliographical reference, subject headings, classification numbers, shelf marks etc.. may have a length o f 1 . 0 0 0 characters. The output is various lists. The accession list itself is arranged in subject categories, and each reference is given a sequential number. This numbering will be referred to by various indices e. g. in the acquisition lists for books we include an author index and a location-mark index. In the acquisition lists for technical reports a report-number index is attached. The program makes it possible to cumulate the lists at intervals. 227

ABACUS formatting program puts the references into two columns. In order to facilitate the procedure for those who cut out references from acquisitions lists for their own files, every column will contain a full reference, thus avoiding the carry over of some lines to the next column or page. In the author index the works o f the same author are referred to on the same line. These are just a few of the ABACUS features. The acquisition lists o f technical reports issued by the atomic establishment was including some 6 , 0 0 0 references during the year, and the production of these lists is now a routine operation for ABACUS. It may be noted that this list is the first and most important acquisition list produced by a computer in Sweden on a regular basis. The ultimate goal is that ABACUS shall eliminate the card catalogue.

Some people might be of the opinion that a reference to a book is something different from a reference to a technical report. Apart from two or three authors, corporate authors and complicated titles, they may never have had to deal with such questions as two or three report number codes, patent numbers etc. ABACUS can handle such elements easily. For those who still persist in the opinion that a book reference is something special, we should like to mention that we used ABACUS also for the descriptive cataloguing o f the book acquisitions from three big science libraries: AB Atomenergi Library, Royal Institute of Technology Library, and Royal Academy of Science Library. Starting in 1967 a common acquisition list has been published under the heading "Nyforvarvad litteratur", which those who are interested in science literature may have seen. To assist circulation desks the list has an index of location-marks used in three libraries. Another feature is a list of conferences classified according to the cities in which they are held. The program is rather liberal, so more libraries can easily be included in the list if they wish to join the three of us. In Sweden the research councils have considered a system corresponding to the American "Science Informations Exchange", and it has been decided to publish a Swedish list of on-going research projects. The list will be a valuable tool only if it is supplemented by various indices, e. g. for project leaders, performing institutions, subject categories, reporting dates etc. A breakdown into subject categories will, however, never satisfy everybody in an interdisciplinary list. Therefore a key word index would be of great help. For that purpose we have added a KWOC indexing. A Swedish and English list of forbidden words has been some KW1C indexing. A Swedish and English list o f forbidden words has been added to the program. ABACUS makes use o f the full length o f the type chain, 130 characters. By this means the computer time and the costs are minimized. In order to retain the common A4 format for the acquisition lists, the printout is reduced to that format by means of an I T E K machine which produces offset plates in 4 0 seconds. 228

Every page in the list contains about 30 references, which gives a good survey of the library holdings. Our intention has been to make use of the standard outfit for the computer, and thus not to arrange special signs on the type chain. That forced us into some compromises when written special symbols. Unusual diacritic signs are thus omitted, which does not matter so much. More evident is the difference in writing chemical formulas. H2O is written H/sub 2 / 0 . However, when in 1974 we go over to Centronics printer, this system of writing will make it possible to return to H2O. On the other hand superscripts like U238 c a n be written correctly in the printout. Even if I now acknowledge my gratitude to AB Atomenergi, the results have been achieved in collaboration with the Library of the Royal Institute of Technology. Programs are now ready for various applications to bibliographical work, and several publications are continuously run with them. ABACUS has left the experimental and development stage. The experience can now be shared among interested persons. By using ready-made and tested programs one can get a quick start on a computerized service. Also some programming might be avoided, which will lower the initial costs. It must be emphasized that usually you cannot take the program for one computer and put it into another, hoping that it will run. A certain amount of reprogramming may be needed even between computers of the same make. On the other hand the intellectual efforts behind the program and its organization will always be of great help. Information processing by computers is a growing field. The use of a computer for bibliographical references involves costs which today may be compared with the salary of a fast typist. Even a moderate rise in salaries will favour the computer.

Supplement Information retrieval The existance of the Nuclear Science Abstracts on magnetic tapes became a challenge to construct special information retrieval programs. Basically, this grew out of the KWOC technique we had developed for listing the technical reports. However, the goal was to achieve a general information retrieval system of great hospitality and flexibility. From the very beginning of a mere masking-off technique, where the user's keywords and the string of title words in the reference were read into the central processing unit in order to mask off coincidences, we had already progressed a little further than just searching "marked and parked" keywords in assigned fields. Instead, we were able to search for single words, or words within words, allowing for left-hand and right-hand truncations — a useful feature for searching, for instance, chemical compounds. Later, we introduced a new search principle, namely to build up the search words 229

in the form o f a tree structure, which gave a considerable advantage in speed over the earlier masking-off program. We found out that technique could be improved by using diagram trees instead of single-letter trees. The latest improvement makes use of the hash coding address technique in symbiosis with tree structures. This in fact, means that with regard to CPU-time — the expensive time in the central processor — the search time is almost negligible, even for thousands of references matched with an equal number o f search terms compared with the print-out time. The profile editing program, which might seem a minor point, has also in parallel gone through various developments. In fact, this program is the key issue, and on its versatility depends both the updating procedure and the search performance. During the operational lifetime o f an information retrieval service, the query formulation will be the process where most efforts are spent, because it involves qualified manpower to a large extent. Already the time-consuming dialogue between the subject specialist and the user is a great investment in staff time, and to that comes the intellectual process of translating the narrative user problem formulation into a more formalized query language suitable for the computer. To arrange the query terms (keywords, author names, affiliations, journal titles, free vocabulary terms, etc) and to set up the search logic in a form suitable for the computer implies manual interface routines between the search system and the profile handler, which earlier imposed much paper work on the staff. The lately developed profile editing system, EPOS, alleviates the work of the documentalist, and prior profiling work in the unit can be utilized to the maximum from a terminal by working on-line. The organisation for direct access to the profiles uses a hash-coding technique for address calculation. The introduction of EPOS has saved much labour at the input stage also by the automatic error checking and immediate diagnostics. The main goal is, however, to provide means for the utilization of previously made profiles or parts of them by a flexible system copy-functions. Thus, a profile can be called upon by a profile of higher rank. Thus, it is possible to build hierarchies of profiles using subprofiles, e.g. groups of chemical elements. From the user's point o f view the sub-profile facility makes it easier to participate in the profiling, even if, especially in a free-text search system, an intermediary between the user and the system is demanded because of the complexity when using an uncontrolled vocabulary. The development work has had the effect of improving the service-ability of the system. T o the Nuclear Science Abstracts tape service has been added the INIS tapes and a number of other tape services, especially in close cooperation with the Royal Institute of Technology Library in Stockholm. More and more work has been done on external computers, and it has been decided to change the computer installation in Studsvik to such a powerful configuration that most computational and information retrieval activities could be performed in-house. The new configuration which is available from August 1974 is a CD

230

C Y B E R 172. The library and documentation services will be obtained on a CRT terminal, Infoton Vistar, and on an Incoterm SPD 1 0 / 2 0 with a Dual discette system for off-line data recording linked to a Centronix printer able to produce a very large number of character sets. The documentation unit will also be linked via a dedicated line and a data switching computer to the Swedish LIBRIS-system.

References 1. Tell, B.V., Larsson, R., and Lindh, R . : Information retrieval with the ABACUS programme-an experiment in compatibility. - IAG J . , vol. 3, 1970, pp. 3 2 3 - 4 1 . 2. Tell, B. and Gluchowicz, Z.\ A pragmatic approach to research in information and documentation. - Problems of Information User Needs. Ed. by A.I. Mikhailov. Moscow 1 9 7 3 , pp. 6 3 - 8 9 . ( F I D 5 0 1 . ) 3. Lindqvist, M. et al.: EPOS Project Report. Stockholm 1 9 7 3 . 49 p. ( S I N F D O K Report 7 2 - 9 6 4 / S 4 8 . ) 4. Tell, B.V.: Towards automated multi-disciplinary information retrieval. - J Doc, vol. 30, 1974, pp. 2 1 6 - 2 3 .

231

Bibliographical activities of special libraries in Latin America By

Arthur E. Gropp Columbus Memorial Library, Pan American Union, Washington

Latin America is a complex area, and therefore, challenging with respect to determining the volume and the up-to-dateness of bibliographic information relative to the producing of printed materials. It is estimated that more than 20,000 publications in monographic form and an equal volume of periodical titles are published annually throughout the entire area. Until the publication of Libros en venta (1964) and its Suplemento (1968) by R. R. Bowker Co.of New York, citing over 87,000 and 30,000 titles respectively of works still available, information of what was being published was difficult to find, except through the tedious scanning of trade catalogs, review sections and listings in journals and newspaper literary supplements, selective repertories published outside the Latin American area, such as the Handbook of Latin American Studies of the Library of Congress, the Inter-American Review of Bibliography and List of Books Accessioned and Periodical Articles Indexed of the Pan American Union, and the Anuario Español e Hispanoamericano del Libro y de las Artes Gráficas published in Madrid. Additional sources for the location of bibliographic information, although with considerable time lag between the date of publication and the date of disseminating bibliographic information, are catalogs of library holdings, bulletins of library acquisitions, and special subject bibliographies. However, the ability to locate bibliographic information in no way is an assurance that the material cited is still available in the open market. In 1963 this writer on encouragement from the Seminar on the Acquisition of Latin American Library Materials, now in its twelfth year, undertook to up-date the Bibliography of Latin American Bibliographies, second edition compiled by C. K. Jones and published by the Library of Congress in 1942. Nearly 5,000 citations to monographs(l)have been added through the cut-off date of January 1, 1965. Later imprints, already numbering nearly 300 items are in reserve for a supplement. Copy of the basic edition is nearing completion and will be published by the Scarecrow Press, Inc., of Metuchen, New Jersey. For the purpose of this paper the additions with imprint 1950 through 1964 were analyzed by subject and by geographic areas as shown on Table I and II. (2)

(1 )

Periodical articles of a bibliographical n a t u r e and sections of b o o k s o f t e n carrying excellent bibliographies have n o t been included in t h e up-dated e d i t i o n , e x c e p t f o r the items included in t h e second e d i t i o n .

(2)

This total r e p r e s e n t s only a very partial listing of t h e m a n y dealers' and publishers' catalogs.

232

Table I Bibliographical Activity in Latin America by Country, 1 9 5 0 - 1 9 6 4 Argentinia Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia Costa Rica Cuba Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador

258 13 346 74 239 48 61 14 29 20

Guatemala Haiti Honduras Mexico Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Peru Uruguay Venezuela Total

35 9 8 269 1 28 2 74 127 123 1,778

Table II Bibliographical Activity in Latin America by Subject, 1 9 5 0 - 1 9 6 4 Agriculture Anthropology Archives Art and Architecture Bibliography Biography Bulletins Catalogs, Library Bookselling and Publishing Children's books Economics Education Exhibits Folklore Geography Geology Government publications History Housing and planning Indexes Industry Institutions (Museums, Societies, Universities)

40 22 65 12 113 191 323 79 19(2) 17 46 45 74 12 26 22 27 44 8 69 17 17

International relations Journalismn Labor Language Law Libraries and library science Literature Maps Medicine Music Periodical guides Philosophy Political science Printing Public administration Religion Science Social science and welfare Statistics Theater Veterinary science

Total

9 19 9 7 28 64 35 9 39 9 116 10 9 31 11 10 29 35 5 7 3 1,778

Traditionally, libraries in Latin America function with limited budgets for the purchase of publications. Consequently, acquisitions for the most part are acquired by gift and exchange. Except for catalogs of libraries, in general, o f holdings, of exhibitions and of donations, and for the contributions o f national libraries and to s o m e extent congressional libraries, bibliographical contributions by libraries, in the past, are few in number. N o t until library schools were established, now functioning in most of the countries, was there evidence of a growing contribution manifested by libraries other than national libraries. Newly founded documentation centers added to the movement of interest and activity for the dissemination of bibliographical information. A deterrent to a more active role in the production of bibliographical publications lies in the fact that the library still does not enjoy sufficient support to make it possible for it to make extensive bibliographical contributions beyond the responsiblity of organizing the materials. It is the user, generally not related to the library, and often belonging to another administrative unit of the same agency to which the library belongs, who is given the responsibility for the compilation and dissemination of bibliographic information. University institutes, documentation centers and specialized government o f f i c e s belong to this type of administrative unit. Earlier contributions came primarily f r o m the contributions of noted bibliographers, among them, J o s é Toribio Medina o f Chile, one o f the world's great bibliographers o f all times, J o a q u i n Garcia Icazbalceta and Nicolás León o f Mexico. Carlos M. Trelles o f Cuba, Manuel S e g u n d o Sánchez o f Venezuela, Antonio Zinny o f Argentina, Gabriel René-Moreno of Bolivia, A n t o n i o Simòes d o s Reis of Brazil, Luis Dobles Segreda of Costa Rica, Dardo Estrada of Uruguay, and Alberto T a u r o and Rubén Vargas Ugarte of Peru. The panorama o f contributions from special libraries are representative of types of libraries which one may find in other parts of the world: agricultural, art, business, banking, chemical, e c o n o m i c , educational, engineering, industrial, insurance, law, medical, public administration, social sciences, etc., etc. The content of their collections, however, may not always be as specialized as the name implies, due in large part to acquisition policies and to financial capacity. Nevertheless, they d o fill the role expected o f specialized subject collections. In analyzing the contributions o f special libraries and documentation and bibliographic centers, as reflected in the forthcoming up-dated edition of C. K. J o n e s with 1 , 7 7 8 items, bearing imprint dates, 1950—1964, 131 were found to come f r o m the centers and 331 f r o m libraries. Of those coming from libraries, 109 were periodical publications and 57 were catalogs of holdings. Several guides are available, in which special libraries are recorded, but none that register an extensive and comprehensive record o f special libraries and their publications relative to bibliography.

234

S o m e information can be gleaned from general library guides and f r o m listings o f cooperating libraries in projects aimed t o provide basic information such as the Catálogo Colectivo de Publicaciones Periódicas, published in 1 9 6 2 by the Sociedad Argentina de Instituciones Sociales, Científicas, Artísticas y T é c n i c a s , in which 1 4 2 libraries collaborated. However, in general, the field o f special libraries their bibliographical activities and publications surely needs e x p l o r a t i o n and study. T h e following sources may be helpful for beginning a study o f this kind: B R A Z I L . I n s t i t u t o Brasileiro de Bibliografía e D o c u m e n t a d o . Bibliotecas especializadas brasileiras; guia para intercambio bibliográfico. R i o de J a n e i r o , 1 9 6 2 . 3 7 5 p. Contains information about 4 7 1 libraries. Publishing activity is n o t e d , but publications are n o t cited. F I N O , Jose F e d e r i c o . Lista de bibliotecas especializadas de Buenos Aires. B u e n o s Aires, 1 9 4 8 . 9 p. H E R N A N D E Z D E C A L D A S , Angela. Bibliotecas y centros de d o c u m e n t a c i ó n agropecuarios, b o t á n i c o s y dasonomicos de America Latina. Pasto, Col., 1 9 6 3 . (Universidad de Narifto. Instituto T e c n o l o g i c o Agrícola. Biblioteca. Ser. bibliográfica, n o . 3 ) L E N D V A Y O V A , Olga. Estado actual de bibliotecas agrícolas en America del Sur. Turrialba, C. R . , I n s t i t u t o Interamericano de Ciencias Agrícolas, 1 9 6 6 . 4 6 p. ( B i b l i o t e c o l o g i a y d o c u m e n t a c i ó n , no. 7 ) PAN A M E R I C A N UNION. Columbus Memorial Library. Guia de bibliotecas de America Latina. Washington, D. C., 1 9 6 3 . 1 6 5 p. (Bibliographic series, no. 5 1 ) T y p e s o f libraries are identified. Publications are not c i t e d . SHAW. Ralph R „ S A M P E R , Armando, and G R O P P , Arthur E. Facilidades de intercomunicación científica agrícola en America Latina. Turrialba, C. R . , 1 9 5 3 . 71 p. ( I n s t i t u t o Interamericano de Ciencias Agrícolas. Publ. mise. no. 3 ) A bibliography o f the publications o f d o c u m e n t a t i o n centers and special libraries 1 9 5 0 - 1 9 6 4 follows.

235

Bibliography of 462 bibliographical publications of documentation centers and special libraries 1950-1964 Point of time: May 1968 ARGENTINA CENTRO DE DOCUMENTACION BIBLIOTECOLOGICA, Universidad Nacional del Sur, Bahia Bianca. - Bibliografia bibliotecologica argentina. 1963. vii, 84 p. Compiler: Nicolás Matijevic. Contains 559 references. CENTRO DE INVESTIGACION DOCUMENTARIA, Instituto Nacional de Tecnologia Industriai, Buenos Aires. - Informativo bibliografico, no. 1 - , 1 9 6 1 - . FONDO NACIONAL DE LAS ARTES, Buenos Aires. - Bibliografia argentina de artes y letras, No. 1 - , en./mar. 1 9 5 9 - . - Bibliografia critica de Carlos Mauricio Pacheco, por Marta Lena Paz. 1963. 97 p. (Compilaciones especiales, no. 14) - Bibliografia de la pagina literaria de La Gaceta de S.M. de Tucumán (1956 - 1961), por David Lagmanovich. 1963. 46 p. (Ib„ no. 15) - Bibliografia de Manuel Galvez, por Natalio Kisnerman. 1963. 75 p. - Bibliografia de Roberto J. Payro, por Stella Maris Fernandez de Vidal. 1962. 73 p. (Ib., no. 13) - Contribución a la bibliografia de Alfonsina Storni, por Marta Baralis. 1963. 66 p. (Ib., no. 18) Contribución a la bibliografia de Enrique Larreta, por María L. Montero y Angelica L. Tortola. 1964. 64 p. (Ib., no. 19) - El cuento folklorico y literario regional, por Susana Chertudi. 1963. 38 p. (Ib., no. 16) INSTITUTO BIBLIOGRAFICO DE LA PROVINCIA DE BUENOS AIRES, La Piata. Bibliografia argentina de ciencias de la educación, no. 2 - , nov. 1 9 6 1 - . 1 9 6 2 - . - Bibliografia argentina de filosofia, no. 2 - , nov. 1 9 6 1 - . 1 9 6 2 - . - Bibliografia argentina de filosofia y ciencias de la educación; obras y artículos publicados, 1958/59, no. 1, jun. 1960. 133 p. With no. 2: title ¿hanged to Bibliografia argentina de filosofía, and Bibliografía de la ciencia de la educación, each published separately. Bibliografia argentina de historia, 1960 - 1961, no. 1 - 2 , 1964. - Bibliografía argentina de psicologia, 1960/1961; no. 1 / 2 - . 1963—Imprints for 1958/1959 were included in Bibliografia argentina de filosofia y ciencias de la educación, no. 1. - Exposición del libro latinoamericano; catalogo, 1. 1950. - Indice analitico de Archivos de pedagogia y ciencias afines. 1906 - 1914; de Archivos de ciencias de la educación, 191.4 - 1919. 1961. 99 p. INSTITUTO BIBLIOTECOLOGICO, Universidad de Buenos Aires. - Bibliografía filosofía del siglo XX; catalogo de la Exposición - Bibliografía Internacional de la Filosofía del Siglo XX. /1952/ 465 p. - Bibliografía sobre planificación, producción y racionalización; preparada con motivo del Congreso Nacional de Productividad y Bienestar Social. 1955. 4 v. - Bibliografía sobre reforma y autonomia universitaria. 1956. 87 p. Suplemento. 1956. 17 p. - Boletín informativo, no. 1 - , sept. 1 9 6 4 - . No. 1 has title: Nuevas obras incorporadas.

236

-

Catalogo de la B i b l i o t e c a ; obras. / 1 9 6 4 / 1 4 6 p. Catalogo de las p u b l i c a c i o n e s de la Universidad de B u e n o s Aires Editadas d u r a n t e el período 1 9 4 5 - 1 9 5 0 , c o n motivo de la E x p o s i c i ó n F e r i a del L i b r o Argentina q u e se celebra en la ciudad de B u e n o s Aires para c o n m e m o r a r el diez y siete de o c t u b r e el A ñ o del Libertador General S a n Martín 1 9 5 0 . / 1 9 5 0 / 6 7 p. D o c u m e n t a c i ó n bibliográfica en el c a m p o de la agronomía y medicina veterinaria. Clase c o r r e s p o n d i e n t e al ciclo "Bibliografías E s p e c i a l e s " del Curso de C a p a c i t a c i ó n para documentalistas. 1 9 5 3 . 1 6 p. mimeogr. Medios audiovisuales; bibliografía. 1 9 6 3 . 1 0 p. (Publ. no. 1 8 ) mimeogr. C o m p i l e r : Susana Luisa UiTeaga. Nomina de p u b l i c a c i o n e s periódicas de bibliotecologia y d o c u m e n t a c i ó n e x i s t e n t e s e n la B i b l i o t e c a . 1 9 5 8 . 2 0 p. mimeogr.

BRAZIL C E N T R O B R A S I L E I R O D E P E S Q U I S A S E D U C A C I O N A I S , R i o de J a n e i r o . Bibliografía analítica dos d o c u m e n t o s de trabalho apresentados a C o n f e r e n c i a sábre E d u c a c ü o e Desenvolvimento E c o n ó m i c o e Social na America Latina, Santiago de Chile, 5 - 1 9 de m a r c o de 1 9 6 2 . 1 9 6 2 . 2 4 p. Bibliografía brasileira de e d u c a d o , v. 1, 1 9 5 3 - . / 1 9 5 4 / . Bibliografía de e d u c a ^ a o . 1 9 6 1 . 3 0 p. Bibliografía de ensino superior no Brasil. 1 9 6 1 . 6 4 p. mimeogr. Bibliografía de pesquisa educacional. 1 9 6 3 . 2 9 p. mimeogr. Bibliografía sfibre e d u c a d o d e m o c r á t i c a . 1 9 6 1 . 17 p. mimeogr. Bibliografía sobre p l a n e j a m e n t o da educa^ao no Brasil, /n.d./ S u p l e m e n t o . 1 9 6 3 . 4 p. Bio-bibliografía d o professor Anísio Teixeira, 1 9 3 4 - 1 9 6 0 . 1 9 6 0 . 3 p. mimeogr. A e d u c a c a o no Distrito F e d e r a l ; bibliografía abrangondo o período 1 9 3 0 - 1 9 5 7 . /n.d./ 13 p. E s t r a t i f i c a d o e mobilidade social no Brasil; f o n t e s bibliográficas. 1 9 5 6 . 1 1 6 p. F o n t e s para o estudo da e d u c a c a o no Brasil. / 1 9 5 9 / v. 1. ( 4 3 6 p.) (Publ., serie 9 : L e v a n t a m e n t o s bibliográficos, v. l , t . l ) V o l . 1: Bahia, f o n t e s oficiáis. Lista de p u b l i c a j o e s d o 1NEP e do C B P E . 1 9 6 4 . 8 p. Lista de p u b l i c a r e s s3bre oportunidades educacionais no Brasil. 1 9 5 9 . 3 p. P u b l ' c a j o e s do Ministerio da E d u c a f a o e Cultura. 1 9 6 4 . 4 p. Selective bibliography o f works in English and F r e n c h o n Brazilian e d u c a t i o n . / 1 9 6 2 ? / 2 p. C E N T R O L A T I N O A M E R I C A N O D E P E S Q U I S A S EM C I E N C I A S S O C I A L S , Rio de J a n e i r o . Bibliografía; C e n t r o L a t i n o Americano de Pesquisas em Ciencias Sociais, 1 9 6 2 - . Estratificación y movilidad social en Argentina; fuentes bibliográficas ( 1 8 8 0 - 1 9 5 8 ) . 1 9 5 9 . 4 6 p. (Publ. no. 6 ) C o m p i l e r : Sergio Bagu. Estratificación y movilidad social en el Uruguay; fuentes bibliográficas ( 1 8 8 0 - 1 9 5 8 ) . 1 9 5 9 . 6 0 p. (Publ. no. 5 ) Compiler: Isaac G a n ó n . Estratificación y movilidad sociales en Chile; fuentes bibliográficas desde los orígenes históricos hasta 1 9 6 0 . 1 9 6 1 . 157 p. (Publ. no. 17) Compilers: A n t o n i o Ruiz Urbina, Alejandro Zorbas D., and Luis D o n o s o Varela. Estructura y reforma agraria en America Latina; bibliografía. 1 9 6 2 . 51 p. mimeogr. Migra^ooes internas no Brasil: bibliografía leventado pelo Instituto Nacional de I m i g r a ^ o c C e n t r o L a t i n o Americano de Pesquisas em Ciencias Sociais. / 1 9 6 3 ? / 27 p. mimeogr. Pesquisa educacional na America L a t i n a ; fontes bibliográficas. 1 9 6 4 . 5 6 p. C E N T R O R E G I O N A L D E P E S Q U I S A S E D U C A C I O N A I S . S a o Paulo. l ' m a bibliografía sobre instru^ao programada e máquinas de aprender. 1 9 6 3 . 3 0 p.

237

I N S T I T U T O B R A S I L E I R O DE B I B L I O G R A F I A E D O C U M E N T A D O , Rio de Janeiro. - A m a z ó n i a : bibliografia, 1914 - 1962. 1963. 8 4 2 p. - Bibliografia brasileira de agricultura, v. 1 - , 1 9 5 6 / 1 9 5 8 - , / 1 9 6 2 / - . - Bibliografia brasileiro de b o t á n i c a , v. 1 - , 1 9 5 0 / 1 9 5 5 - , / 1 9 5 7 / . Bibliografía brasileira de ciencias sociais, v. 1 - , 1954 - , / 1 9 5 5 / —. Bibliografía brasileira de d o c u m e n t a d o , v. 1 - , 1 8 1 1 /1960—. I 9 6 0 - . Bibliografía brasileira de m a t e m á t i c a e f i s i c a , v . 1 - , 1 9 5 0 / 1 9 5 4 — . 1 9 5 5 . - Bibliografia brasileira de medicina, v. 1 - , 1 9 3 7 / 1 9 3 8 - . 1 9 3 9 - . Vol. 1 - 4 : Catalogo me'díco brasileiro, published in 5>ao Paulo. Editor: Jorge de A n d r a d e Maia. - Bibliografia brasileira de q u í m i c a . V. 1 - , 1 9 5 0 / 1 9 5 5 - . 1 9 5 5 - . - Bibliografía brasileira de zoologia. V. 1 - . 1 9 5 0 / 1 9 5 5 - . / 1 9 5 6 / — . - Boletim i n f o r m a t i v o . V. 1, no. l - , j a n . / f c v . 1955 — . C o n t i n u e d by Noticias diversas. B o u b a ; bibliografía brasileira. 1958. 20 p. - C A P P A L : Catalogo colectivo de p u b l i c a r e s periódicas da America Latina. 1962. 2 v. - Catálogo da biblioteca de energia a t o m i c a . 1956 - 1959. 4 v. - C u r a r e ; bibliografia. 1957. 386 p. Doen^a de Chagas. 1958. 126 p. (Bibliografías brasileiras sòbre doen^as tropicais, 2) In: Listade Publica^oc^ ( 1 9 6 5 ) ; the Institute cites 2 v. of this title. E s b o z o de u m guia da literatura botánica. 1957. 81 p. Prepared by Carlos T o l e d o Rizzini. Esquistossomose. 1958. 85 p. (Bibliografías brasileiras sobre doen(;as tropicais. 3) In: Lista de P u b l i c a r e s ( 1965); the Institute cites 2 v. of this title. F e b r e amarela. 1958. 88 p. (Bibliografías brasileiras sobre doen^as tropicais. 4 ) Guia de literatura medica e biologica; súmulas para u t i l i z a l o no Curso de Pesquisas Bibliográficas em Medicina. 1962. 9 8 , 17 p. Prepared under the auspices of the I n s t i t u t o by C¿lia Ribeiro and Hagar Espanha G o m e s . - Guia para pesquisas bibliográficas em ciencia e tecnologia; para uso da cadeira de tecnica da o r g a n i z a d o e da pesquisa bibliográfica do Curso de Pesquisas Bibliográficas em Tecnologia. 1961. 104 p. Leishmaniose. 1958. 57 p. (Bibliografías brasileiras sobre d o e n ^ a s tropicais. 5) In: Lista de P u b l i c a r e s ( 1965); the Institute cites 2 v. of this title. Lista selecionada dás publica^oes recibidas, no. 1 , j a n . / j u n . 1 9 5 5 . Malaria. 1958. 129 p. (Bibliografías brasileiras s à b r e d o e n ^ a s tropicais. 6) N o r m a l i z a d ? 0 de d o c u m e n t a b a 0 no Brasil. 1960. 104 p. Prepared by the A s s o c i l o Brasileira de N o r m a s Técnicas, Rio d e Janeiro. - N o r m a s para c a t a l o g a l o de impresos; 2. ed. brasileira. 1962. 502 p. Translation of the Vatican Library cataloging rules. Noticias diversas, v. l , n o . l - . j a n . 1961 - . Supersedes Boletim i n f o r m a t i v o . Periódicos brasileiros de cultura. 1956. 182 p. Periódicos de agricultura e ciencias afins existentes ñas bibliotecas brasileiras. 1963. unpaged. C o n t a i n s 190 entries of foreign periodicals and 121 of Brazilian origin. Sumários de energia nuclear. 1 9 5 9 . CHILE C E N T R O DE D O C U M E N T A C I O N P E D A G O G I C A , S u p e r i n t e n d e n c i a de E d u c a c i ó n , Santiago. Boletín bibliográfico. Año l . n o . 1 , ( 1 9 6 4 ? ) - . F O N D O HISTRORICO Y BIBLIOGRAFICO JOSE TORIBIO MEDINA. Santiago. B a r t o l o m é de las Casas, 1474 1566; bibliografía crítica y c u e r p o

238

• -

-

de materiales para el estudio de su vida, escritos, actuación y polémicas que suscitaron durante cuatro siglos, por Lewis Hanke. 1954. x x x i , 394 p. Bibliografía de la imprenta en Santiago de Chile, desde sus orígenes hasta febrero de 1 8 1 7 , por J . T . Medina. 1 9 6 1 . xxxviii, x ü , 179, xiv, 131 p. Colección de d o c u m e n t o s inéditos para la historia de Chile; Indice, 1526 - 1618, 1963. 61 p. Covers the 3 0 v. of the first series and 6 of the second series. Ensayo bio-bibliográfico sobre Hernán Cortés: obra postuma de José Toribio Medina, 1 9 5 2 . cviii, 243 p. Historia de la imprenta en los antiguos dominos españoles de América y Oceanía, por José Toribio Medina; prólogo de Guillermo Feliú Cruz; complemento bibliográfico de José Zamudio Z. 1958. 2 v. Historiografía colonial de Chile. 1 9 5 8 - . v. 1 - . José Toribio Medina: estudios históricos, biográficos, críticos y bibliográficos sobre la independencia de Chile. 1 9 6 4 - . v. 1 - . Revistas hispanoamericanas, índice bibliográfico 1843 - 1935, recopilado por Sturgis E. Leavitt con la colaboración de Madaline W. Nichols y Jefferson Rea Spell. 1960. x x i i i , 5 8 9 p. Index to 5 0 literary journals. Viajes relativos a Chile, traducidos y prologados por José Toribio Medina, ordenados y precedidos de unas Notas para una bibliografía sobre viajeros relativos a Chile, por Guillermo Feliú Cruz. 1962. 2 v. The " N o t a s " forms nearly half of v. 1, and each traveller's account in the two volumes, additionally, is introduced by bibliographical references on the edition used by Medina.

COLOMBIA CENTRO DE BIBLIOGRAFIA Y DOCUMENTACION, Universidad Nacional, Bogotá. Boletín informativo, v. 1, no. 1 - , abr. 1961 - . INSTITUTO C A R O Y C U E R V O , Bogotá. - Anuario bibliográfico colombiano, 1951/1956 — . 1 9 5 8 - . Bibliografía de bibliografías colombianas, de Gabriel Giraldo Jaramillo; 2a. ed. corr. y puesta al día por Rubén Pérez Ortiz. 1960. xvi, 204 p. (Publ., ser. bibliográfica, 1) Bibliografía de la lingüistica española, por Homero Seris. 1964. lix, 981 p. (Publ.19) Bibliografía de R u f i n o Jose'Cuervo, por Rafael Torres Quintero. 1951. 104 p. (Publ. Ser. minor, 2) Indice de "El Repertorio c o l o m b i a n o " por José J.Ortega Torres. 1961. 172 p. (Publ.: ser. bibliográfica, 3) Indice del "Papel periódico ilustrado" y de "Colombia ilustrada". 1961. 243 p. (Publ.: ser. bibliográfica, 4 ) Manual de filología hispánica; guía bibliográfica, crítica y metódica, por Gerhard Rohlfs; trad. castellana del manuscrito alemán. 1957. 377 p. (Publ. 12) Seudónimos colombianos. 1961. xvi; 276 p. (Publ.; ser. bibliográfica, 2) ECUADOR CASA DE C l ' L T L ' R A ECUATORIANA, Quito. Bibliografía científica del Ecuador, por Carlos Manuel Larrea. 1948 1953. 5 v. Biblioteca Nacional: Incunables y libros raros y curiosos de los siglos XV, XVI, XVII. 1959. 108 p. Publication of the National Library published with support from the Casa de Cultura Ecuatoriana. - Catálogo de la primera exposición cartográfica nacional. /1954? / 19 p. - Fuentes principales de la bibliografía ecuatoriana.por Alfredo Chaves. 1958. 24 p. Historia de la imprenta en el Ecuador de 1 755 a 1830. por Alexander A.M. Stols. 1953. 251 p.

239

-

Indice de traducciones ecuatorianas, por Rafael Alvarado. 1 9 5 4 . 31 p. . 2 a . ed. corr. y a u m . con un apéndice sobre traducciones mundiales. 1 9 5 7 . 5 4 p. Lista de los instrumentos internacionales concluidos por el E c u a d o r . 1 9 6 0 . 3 1 9 p. T e x t o s de catedráticos jesuítas en Q u i t o colonial; estudio y bibliografía, por Miguel Sánchez Astudillo. 1 9 5 9 . 1 4 6 p.

MEXICO Bj-NCO DE MEXICO. i a bibliografía e c o n o m i c a de M é x i c o en 1 9 5 4 y 1 9 5 5 . D e p a r t a m e n t o de Estudios E c o n ó m i c o s . Compiter: J o s é Bullejos. 1 9 5 6 . 119 p. Bibliografía industrial de Me'xico, 1 9 5 2 / 1 9 5 3 —. Oficina de Investigaciones Industriales. Indice de monografías c informes t é c n i c o s del D e p a r t a m e n t o de Investigaciones Industriales, 1 9 4 3 - 1 9 6 2 . / 1 9 6 3 / 9 5 p. I n f o r m a c i ó n del mercado c o m ú n y bibliografía preliminar sobre actividades e c o n ó m i c a s de los países latino-americanos. Servicio Bibliográfico y Archivo T é c n i c o , D e p a r t a m e n t o de Investigaciones Industriales, 1 9 6 0 . 8 6 p. C E N T R O DE DOCUMENTACION C I E N T I F I C A Y TECNICA, México. T h e Centro was discontinued in 1 9 6 2 , becoming the Centro de Investigación y de Estudios Avanzados del Instituto Politécnico Nacional de M é x i c o . Boletín. V . 1, en. 1 9 5 2 - v . ii, no. 2 , í e b . 1 9 6 2 . Guía de publicaciones periódicas científicas y técnicas de A m é r i c a Latina. 1 9 6 2 . 1 9 3 p. Published in collaboration with the División o f S c i e n c e and Development o f the Pan American Union. Lista de publicaciones en su h e m e r o t e c a . 1 9 6 0 . 1 1 0 p. Lista de revistas científicas mexicanas. / 1 9 5 3 / 8 p. I N S T I T U T O B I B L I O G R A F I C O M E X I C A N O , Biblioteca Nacional, Me'xico. A n t o n i o de Espinosa; el segundo impresor m e x i c a n o . / 1 9 6 2 / 1 2 0 p. (Publ. 7) 2 5 items are described. Catálogo descriptivo de los libros impresos en la ciudad de Salamanca en el siglo xvi existentes en la Biblioteca Pública de Guadalajara. 1 9 6 1 . 2 4 7 p. (Publ. 6 ) La literatura jurídica española del siglo de oro en la Nueva España, por Javier Malagrfn Barceló. / 1 9 6 0 / 1 7 3 p. (Publ. 3) URUGUAY C E N T R O DE DOCUMENTACION C I E N T I F I C A , TECNICA Y ECONOMICA. Biblioteca Nacional, Montevideo. Catálogo de las revistas científicas, t í c n i c a s y e c o n ó m i c a s en curso de publicación en el Uruguay. 1 9 6 1 . 21 p. Includes listing o f 164 titles. Catálogo de las revistas científicas, técnicas y e c o n ó m i c a s publicadas en el Uruguay desde 1 8 5 0 . 1 9 5 4 . 2 9 p. Catálogo de las revistas científicas, técnicas y e c o n ó m i c a s en curso de publicación en el Uruguay en 1 9 6 1 , con suplemento hasta 1 9 6 3 . 1 9 6 3 . 3 0 p. - C o n t r i b u c i ó n a la bibliografía sobre epidemiología y epizootología de las zoonosis en el Uruguay. 1 9 5 7 . 7 p. Guía de revistas bibliográficas científicas, técnicas y e c o n ó m i c a s . 1 9 6 3 . 19 p. Indice de trabajos publicados en Revista de E c o n o m í a , 1 9 4 7 - 1 9 5 8 ; Instituto de Teoría y Política E c o n ó m i c a s , 1 9 5 4 - 1 9 6 0 ; Revista de E c o n o m i c a , Finanzas y Administración, 1 9 4 2 1 9 6 0 ; S e l e c c i ó n de temas sobre Administración Pública, 1 9 5 8 - 1 9 6 2 . 1 9 6 3 . 1 1 5 p. Inventario de las revistas científicas, técnicas y e c o n ó m i c a s existentes en las bibliotecas del Uruguay. 2 0 p a r t v Data taken from Prospectus. Revistas latino-americanas de e c o n o m í a . 1 9 5 9 . 1 2 p.

240

SCIENCE COOPERATION OFFICE FOR LATIN AMERICA. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Montevideo. Catálogo general de colecciones micológicas latinoamericanas. 1952 - 1955. 2 v. Contribución a la bibliografía latinoamericana sobre biología marina, 1955 - 1960; lista provisional. /1961/ 106 p. Grupo de trabajo para la Selección de Revistas Científicas Latino-americanas, Río Piedras, Puerto Rico, 28 abr. - 10 mayo 1964. /1964/ - Oceanografía: física del mar; bentos; equinodermos; biología de peces. 1963.

Publications of Special Libraries, 19S0 - 1964 ARGENTINA BIBLIOTECA, Colegio de Doctores en Ciencias Económicas y Contadores Públicos Nacionales, Buenos Aires. - Catálogo metódico. 1950. 235 p. BIBLIOTECA, Congreso de la Nación, Buenos Aires. Bibliografía de San Martin. 1950. 83 p. (Información bibliografía, publ. 7) - Bibliografía sobre amnistía. 1958. 26 p. - Boletín, v. 1 - , 1918 - 1 9 2 9 ; / 2 a ¿p./V. 1 - 2 , 1932 - 1933;/3a. ép./ no. 1 - , 1 9 3 4 - . Suspended publication 1 9 4 4 - j u n . 1946; 1 9 4 9 - o c t . 1956. Derecho municipal. 1951. 28 p. (Informacio'n bibliografía, publ. 10) Gobierno de facto; validez de decretos-leyes (bibliografía) 1963. 39 p. (Ser. Antecedentes para la documentación parlamentaria, 7.) Integración económica latinoamericana. 1963. 180 p. (Ser. Asuntos económicos, 1.) Petróleo; bibliografía. 1964. 73 p. (Ser. Asuntos económicos, 3.) Propiedad intelectual. 1951. 31 p. (Información bibliográfica. Publ. 9.) R/gimen de partidos políticos. 1962.(Ser. Legislación argentina) Serie bibliográfica mensual, no. 1 - , 1941 ? - . Title varies: Serie bibliográfica, 1941 - 1942; Serie bibliográfica mensual, 1 9 4 2 - . Servicios públicos. /1951 / 66 p. (Información bibliográfica. Publ. 8.) BIBLIOTECA, Escuela de Te'cnicos para la Sanidad, Universidad Nacional del Litoral. Santa Fe. Boletín bibliográfico bimensual. Mar./abr. 1 9 6 0 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Agronomía, Universidad Nacional de La Plata, La Plata. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 3 6 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Agronomía y Veterinaria, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico. Earliest cited in Union list of seriáis: 1944. - Catálogo de publicaciones periódicas; Suplemento, no. 1 dic. 1961 - . The Catálogo was issued in 1937. - Compilación de las bibliografías existentes en la Biblioteca. 1951. 30 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Ciencias Económicas, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires. - Informativo bibliográfico, no. 1 - 2 1 , 1938 - 1 9 4 0 ; n . s . , v . l , n o . 1 - , 1 9 4 7 - . Title varies: Boletín bibliográfico mensual, 1947 - 1955. Publication suspended in 1956. - Tesis doctorales de la Facultad de Ciencias Económicas, 1916 - 1951. 1952. 83 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Ciencias Económicas, Comerciales y Políticas, Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Rosario. Boletín quicenal; síntesis bibliográfica de publicaciones periódicas, Ano 1 - , en. 1 9 6 0 - . 241

B I B L I O T E C A , F a c u l t a d de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales, Universidad Nacional de La Plata. La Plata. Boletín bibliográfico. Ano 1, no. 1 - , e n . / j u l . 1 9 5 9 - . B I B L I O T E C A , F a c u l t a d de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales, Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Santa F e . Catálogo m e t o d i c o ; sección de e d u c a c i ó n e instrucción pública. 1 9 5 7 . 1 2 0 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Facultad de Ciencias Médicas, Universidad de B u e n o s Aires, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 9 - . B I B L I O T E C A , F a c u l t a d de F i l o s o f í a y Letras, Universidad Nacional, T u c u m á n . Boletín bibliográfico, l - , e n . / f e b . 1 9 4 6 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Facultad de Ingeniería, Universidad de B u e n o s Aires, Buenos Aires. Bibliografía sobre enseñanza de la ingeniería. 1 9 6 0 . 5 9 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Instituto de Física y Matemática, Universidad Nacional, Tucumán. Catálogo de libros y publicaciones periódicas; sección física. 1 9 5 5 . 1 0 3 p. (Pubi. 6 8 9 . ) B I B L I O T E C A , Instituto Nacional de Previsio'n S o c i a l , Buenos Aires. Ediciones bibliográficas. T h e C o l u m b u s Memorial Library has no. 8 (7 p.). 1 9 5 2 . B I B L I O T E C A , Legislatura, Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata. El folklore argentino en la B i b l i o t e c a . . . Catalogo c o m p l e m e n t a r i o de las obras adquiridas. Compiler: F r a n c i s c o M. T i m p o n e . 1 9 5 0 . 1 6 6 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Ministerio de O b r a s y Servicios Públicos, B u e n o s Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 4 5 B I B L I O T E C A . Sociedad R u r a l Argentina, B u e n o s Aires. Cataloga de publicaciones periódicas. 1 9 6 1 . 5 9 p. B I B L I O T E C A A R Q U I T E C T O A L E J A N D R O C H R I S T O P H E R S E N , Sociedad Central de Arquitectos, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 1 —. B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales " B e r n a r d i n o Rivadavia". Buenos Aires. Catálogo de las series en curso de publicacio'n. 1 9 4 7 - 1 9 5 5 i.e. 1 9 5 7 ( 1 9 5 7 . ) 13 p. B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Ministerio de Salud Publica y Bienestar Social, Provincia de Santa F e , Santa F e . Catálogo general de libros y revistas. 1 9 5 2 . 2 9 6 p. Guía temtáica de los t r a b a j o s y c o l a b o r a c i o n e s más importantes aparecidos en revistas y publicaciones en general recibidas, l - , o c t . 1 9 5 0 - . B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Universidad Nacional de C u y o . Mendoza. Boletín bibliográfico, n o . l - , o c t . 1 9 4 0 - . Catálogo de publicaciones ( 1 9 3 9 - 1 9 6 0 ) ; precedido de un ensayo bibliográfico sobre el despertar literario de Mendoza ( 1 6 0 7 - 1 9 0 0 ) , por Arturo Andrés R o i g . / 1 9 6 3 / 1 1 9 p. (Cuadernos de B i b l i o t e c a , 3.) Tentativa de bibliografía razonada de la Rusia c o n t e m p o r á n e a . / 1 9 6 1 / 1 2 5 p. (Cuadernos de B i b l i o t e c a , 1.) B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Universidad Nacional del Sur, Bahía Blanca. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 9 - . Ultimas adquisiciones, no. l - , j u n . 3 0 . 1 9 6 2 - . B I B L I O T E C A " D A L M A C I O V E L E Z S A R S F I E L D " , Colegio de Escribanos de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata. Catálogo. 1 9 5 6 . 2 5 5 p.

242

B I B L I O T E C A "DOMINGO F. SARMIENTO", Caja Nacional de Ahorro Postai, Buenos Aires. Crai. Jose' de San Martin; material paia uso de educadores y estudiantes. 1961. 15 p. Información bibliográfica, Año 1, no. 1 - , mayo 1 9 4 8 - . La revolución de Mayo; material para uso de educadores y estudiantes. 1960. 24 p. B1IBLIOTECA "ESTANISLAO S. ZEBALLOS", Universidad Nacional del Litoral, Rosario. Desarrollo economico, mercado común y Alianza para el Progreso; bibliografía actualizada; 2a. ed. 1963. 265, xxxviii p. B I B L I O T E C A MAYOR, Universidad Nacional, Córdoba. Informativo. V. 1 - , set. I 9 6 0 - . Each issue has sections: Ultimas obras incorporadas a la Biblioteca Mayor. B1IBLIOTECA NACIONAL MILITAR, Círculo Militar, Buenos Aires. Catálogo de materias militares. 1957. 484 p. B1IBLIOTECA PUBLICA "JOAQUIN V. G O N Z A L E Z " , Facultad de Ciencias Jurídicas y Sociales, Universidad Nacional, La Plata. Registro bibliográfico de obras y artículos sobre ciencias jurídicas y sociales publicados en el país, No. 1 - , ag. 1 9 5 9 - . First issue covers 1957. B1IBLIOTECA SANITARIA, Ministerio de Asistencia Social y Salud Publica, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 2 - . B I B L I O T E C A Y ARCHIVO, Dirección General de Publicaciones, Ministerio de Justicia, Buenos Aires. Indice de la bibliografía jurídica; movimiento de trienio 1948 - 1950. 1951. 47 p. BHBLIOTECA Y MUSEO NUMISMATICO, Banco Central de la República Argentina, Buenos Aires. Bibliografía bancaria argentina. 1951. 163 p. (Ser. Bibliografías, 1) Boletín bibliografico. (No. 1.) Abr. 1944. B1IBLIOTECAS DE MARINA, Servicio de Informaciones Navales, Ministerio de Marina. Boletín bibliográfico. Año 1, t. 1 - . 1943/1944. D E P A R T A M E N T O DE BIBLIOTECA Y DIFUSION, Banco Industrial de la República Argentina, Buenos Aires. Catalogo bibliográfico. 1959. D E P A R T A M E N T O DE BIBLIOTECA Y PUBLICACIONES, Facultad de Ciencias Exactas, Físicas y Naturales, Universidad de Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires. Catálogo de publicaciones periódicas; Suplemento, no. 1 - , die. 1961 —. D E P A R T A M E N T O DE BIBLIOTECAS, Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganadería, Buenos Aires. Arroz; bibliografía seleccionada. 1959. 12 p. (Circular bibliografica, no. 8) Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 3 4 - . Catálogo centralizado de la Biblioteca Justicialista. 1955. 186 p. (Circular bibliografía interna, no. 5) Circular bibliográfica, no. 1 - , /195 ? / Exposición internacional del libro cooperativo. 1959. 63 p. Lista de abreviatures de títulos de revistas agropecuaries. 1956. p. 43 - 64. Reprinted from Boletín bibliográfico. V. 21, no. 4. D1IRECCION GENERAL DE BIBLIOTECAS, Ministerio de Educación, La Plata. Biblioteca, no. 1 - , 1 9 5 1 - . DIIVISION BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio de Economía, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 8 - .

243

DIVISION P U B L I C A C I O N E S Y B I B L I O T E C A , Dirección d e Vialidad, Provincia de Buenos Aires, La Plata. Catálogo de la Biblioteca Técnica. 1963. 3 5 0 p. (Pubi. n o . 37) SECCION DE BIBLIOTECA Y D I F U S I O N , Subsecretaría d e E c o n o m í a , Provincia de E n t r e Rios. E n t r e Rios. Boletín bibliografico, no. 1 - , 1956? S E R V I C I O DE B I B L I O T E C A S Y P U B L I C A C I O N E S DE T R A N S P O R T E S , Ministerio de Obras y Servicios Públicos, Buenos Aires. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 / 2 - , 1 9 5 3 - . BOLIVIA B I B L I O T E C A , Escuela de Administración Publica, Universidad Mayor de San Andrés, La Paz. Indice bibliográfico en administración pública; libros y o t r a s p u b l i c a c i o n e s en idioma esparíol, p o r Katherine L. Montague y Marcela Meneses O r o s c o . 1959. xii, 130 p. B I B L I O T E C A , F a c u l t a d de D e r e c h o , Ciencias Políticas y Sociales, Universidad Mayor de San Francisco Xavier. Catálogo. 1946 - 1952. Compiler: Manuel Giménez Carranza. 2 v. BRAZIL B I B L I O T E C A , Banco do E s t a d o de Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo. Catálogo das obras. 1956. 3 1 0 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Bolsa de Valores, P o r t o Alegre. Catálogo. 1959. 104 p . B I B L I O T E C A , Cámara d o s D e p u t a d o s , Rio de Janeiro. Rela^ao das p u b l i c a r e s e n c a d e r n a d a s da Organizaj'ao d a s N a ^ o e s Unidas, e o u t r a s em ingles, f r a n c é s e espanhol. 1951. 44 p. - Boletim. V. 1, no. 1 - , j a n . / J u n . 1 9 5 2 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Casa de R u i Barbosa, Rio de Janeiro. - Catálogo. 1944 - 1951. 2 v. ( A - B ; C - E ) . - Catálogo. 1957 - 1959. 3 v. B I B L I O T E C A , Comissao de Energia A t ó m i c a , Rio de J a n e i r o . Catálogo, 1 - , 1 9 5 6 - . B I B L I O T E C A , C o m p a n h i a de Seguros de Vida " P r o v i d e n c i a d o S u l " , P ò r t o Alegre. - Bibliografía de o b r a s de b i b l i o t e c o n o m i a e referencia. 1 9 5 8 . 25 p. Boletim informativo. V. 1, no. 1 - , j a n . / m a r . 1 9 5 9 - . B I B L I O T E C A , D e p a r t a m e n t o de A g u a s e Energia Eléctrica, Secretaria da V i a r i o e Obras Publicas. - Catálogo. 1956. B I B L I O T E C A , D e p a r t a m e n t o de Profilaxia d e Lepra d o E s t a d o d e Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo. - Catálogo geral d o s periódicos existentes na Biblioteca. 1 9 4 2 - 1951. 3 v. - Sumarios bibliográficos, 1 9 3 3 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Divisáo de E x p e r i m e n t a d o c Pesquisas, C a m p i ñ a s , E s t a d o de Sao Paulo. Relamió de publicoes catalogadas, no. 1 - , j a n . 1 9 5 4 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Escola de A g r o n o m i a Eliseu Maciel, Pelotas, Rio G r a n d e d o Sul. Boletim bibliográfico, 1 9 3 8 - .

244

BIBLIOTECA, Exercito, Ministerio da Guerra, Rio de Janeiro. - Boletim de noticias bibliográficas. Fontes para a historia da F.E.B. / F o r j a Expedicionaria Brasileira/ 1958. 154 p. BIBLIOTECA, Faculdade de Arquitetura e Urbanismo, Universidade, Sao Paulo. - Indice de arquitetura brasileira, 1950 - 1962. 1963. 2 v. (Pubi. 10.) Indice urbanístico. 1959. 32 p. Pre-fabríca^ao. Bibliografìa. 1964. 24 p. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Agronómico, Campiñas, Estado de Sao Paulo. Boletim bibliográfico, no. 1 - , jan. 1 9 5 4 - . BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Brasileiro de Geografía e Estatística, Rio de Janeiro. Boletim bibliográfico, no. 1 - , 1 9 4 8 - . BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Belas Artes, Párto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul. Boletim informativo. No. 2 has imprint date: 1960. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Historico e Geográfico, Santos, Estado de Sao Paulo. Boletim, no. l - , o u t . 1 9 4 9 - . BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Tecnológico de Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre. P u b l i c a r e s periódicas. 1953. 53 p. (Boletim. No. 24.) BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro. Carlos Chagas; bio-bibliografía. 1959. 44 p. BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio da Fazenda. Rio de Janeiro. Bibliografía. 1950 - 1952. Lists published separately. Columbus Memorial Library lists on: Sindicalismo; Emigracao e c o l o n i z a d o ; Economía do Brasil; Direito civil and Suplemento; Finanzas públicas; A d m i n i s t r a d o municipal; Comércio, communica^des; Direito comercial and Suplemento; Direito and Suplemento; Direito público e direito internacional público and Suplemento; Direito penal and Suplemento. - Boletim informativo, no. 1 - , set. 1 9 4 7 - . BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio da Justina e Negocios Interiores, Rio de Janeiro. - Catálogo; direito, 1941 - 1945. 1961. 572 p. Suplemento, 1 - 5 , 1956 - 1960. 1958 - 1961. 5 v. BIBLIOTECA, Ministérioda Viapao de Obras Públicas, Rio de Janeiro. Catálogo; 2a ed. atual. 1954. 396 p. BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio das Relajoes Exteriores, Rio de Janeiro. Bibliografía anual, 1958 - . BIBLIOTECA, Ministério do Trabalho, Indùstria e Come'rcio, Rio de Janeiro. - Boletim bibliográfico, 1 9 5 1 - . - Catálogo, 1945/1949. 1951. 312 p. Trabalho, previdencia social, industria e comércio, imigrai;ao; bibliografía. Ano 1, no. 1 - ano 2, no. 2, 1951 - 1952. BIBLIOTECA, Servido de Informataci Agricola, Rio de Janeiro. Bibliografía sobre assuntos de bem-estar rural. 1953. 33 p. BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Reitoria, Universidade. Sao Paulo. Bibliografía bibliotccológica brasileira. 1952. Compilcr: Maria Luisa Monteiro da Cunha. 41 p. (Ser. Biblioteconómica: bibliografia bibliotecológica. V. 1 ) Catálogo das p u b l i c a r e s periódicas da Universidade de Sao Paulo. 1951. 52 p. - - - - 2a. ed. 1959. 73 p. - Catálogo das p u b l i c a r e s periódicas das instituyeos anexas e complementarias da Universidade de S í o Paulo. /1953/ 74 p. 245

-

Indice bibliográfico das p u b l i c a r e s da Universidade de Sao Paulo. 1 9 5 1 - . C o l u m b u s Memorial Library has parts: F a c u l d a d e d e Direito; Escola Politécnica; F a c u l d a d e de Filosofía, Ciencias e L e t r a s ; F a c u l d a d e d e Ciencias E c o n ó m i c a s e Administrativas e I n s t i t u t o de A d m i n i s t r a d o . N o r m a s para a c o m p i l a p o de u m catálogo colectivo de periódicos. . P r i m e r a c o n t r i b u i d o . 1957. 95 p . Relaijao das p u b l i c a r e s d o s organismos i n t e m a c i o n a i s recebidas. ( 1 9 5 0 . ) 15 p. (Bibliografía. No. 1.)

B I B L I O T E C A " N O E L Y C A R V A L H O " , I n s t i t u t o de Fisiología E x p e r i m e n t a l . Universidade, P o r t o Alegre. C a t á l o g o . 1959. 77 p.

CHILE B I B L I O T E C A , Congreso, Santiago. - A n t á r t i d a . 1959. 7 p . (Ser. Bibliografías. No. 8.) - Energía a t ó m i c a . 1959. 7 p . ( I b . No. 7.) R e c o n s t r u c c i ó n de zonas devastadas (Bibliografía.) 1960. 8 p. (Ib. No. 10.) - R e f o r m a agraria. 1961 - 1962. 2 pts. (Ib. No. 11 a n d supl. 1.) B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Escuela de Medicina, Universidad, Santiago. F i c h e r o chileno de medicina. Lista alfabética de revistas en la Biblioteca. 1 9 6 2 . - Lista de revistas p o r materia. / 1 9 6 2 / - N u e v o s títulos, l - , j u n . 1 9 5 4 - . T í t u l o s de revistas i n c o r p o r a d o s en 1963. 1963. B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Universidad Católica, Santiago. - Bibliografía eclesiástica chilena. 1951. x x x , 3 5 8 p. C o m p i l a t i o n directed by María Teresa Saenz. Boletín de la Biblioteca Central y de las bibliotecas, no. 1 - , o c t . / d i c . 1 9 5 3 - . - C a t á l o g o colectivo de revistas y publicaciones periódicas en e c o n o m í a y materias afines existentes en treinta y cinco bibliotecas de Santiago. 1962. 2 2 0 , 5 3 p. Prepared jointly with t h e I n s t i t u t o de E c o n o m í a de la Universidad de Chile. B I B L I O T E C A C E N T R A L , Universidad de Chile, Santiago. N u e v o s títulos. Mar. 1 9 5 6 - . B I B L I O T E C A DE P A R A S I T O L O G I A , Universidad de Chile, Santiago. A r t í c u l o s de revistas, no. l - , m a y o 1 9 5 2 - . COLOMBIA B I B L I O T E C A , Asociación Nacional de Industriales, Medellín. Publicaciones periódicas. 1962. 11 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Caja de Cre'dito Agrario, Industrial y Minero, Bogotá. Bibliografía socio-cconómica. 1964 - 1 9 6 5 . 2 pts. B I B L I O T E C A , C e n t r o de Estudios sobre Desarrollo E c o n ó m i c o , Universidad de los Andes, Bogotá. - Listadenuevasadquisiciones.no. l - , j u l . 1959-. B I B L I O T E C A , Centro I n t e r a m e r i c a n o de Vivienda, Bogotá. - Bibliografía colombiana de vivienda de interés social, construcción y p l a n e a m i e n t o , por Luis Florén Lozano. 1954 1 9 5 8 , 2a. ed. 1 9 5 9 . 109 p. (Ser. Bibliografía. 3.) Bibliografía de la vivienda de interés social en C o l o m b i a en 1 9 5 3 , p o r Luis F l o r í n L o z a n o . 1954. 34 p. (Ser. bibliográfica. No. 1.) Guía bibliográfica, por Josefa Emilia S a b o r . 1953. 10 p. (Ser. bibliografía. No. 1.) Lista de nuevas adquisiciones de la Biblioteca; l a . acumulacio'n anual-6a. a c u m u l a c i ó n anual, 1954 - 1962. 1955 - 1964. 6 v.

B I B L I O T E C A , C e n t r o N a c i o n a l de Investigaciones Agrícolas " T i b a i t a t á " , Bogotá. - Boletín bibliográfico, l - , j u l . 1 9 5 4 - . Lista de publicaciones q u e se reciben a c t u a l m e n t e , 1 9 5 9 . (Bol. bibliogr. V. 6, n o . 5 - 6 , nov./dic. 1 9 5 9 . ) Selección de p u b l i c a c i o n e s p e r i ó d i c a s recibidas. 1 9 5 5 . 3 2 p. B I B L I O T E C A , C o n t r a l o r í a G e n e r a l de la R e p ú b l i c a , Bogotá. - Catálogo de la Sección " A u t o r e s " , 1 9 5 5 . 4 7 p . , 1 9 5 6 . 227 p. f • C a t á l o g o de la Sección C o l o m b i a . 1 9 5 5 . 25 p. , 1 9 5 6 . 81 p. - C a t á l o g o de la Sección " D e p a r t a m e n t o s " . 1 9 5 5 . 14 p. B I B L I O T E C A , D e p a r t a m e n t o A d m i n i s t r a t i v o de Planeación y Servicios T é c n i c o s , Bogotá. - Boletín bibliográfico ( n u e v a s adquisiciones), no. 1 - , ag. 1 9 6 2 - . - C a t á l o g o de las p u b l i c a c i o n e s d o n a d a s por el Banco Internacional de R e c o n s t r u c c i ó n y F o m e n t o sobre Desarrollo E c o n ó m i c o . 1963. B I B L I O T E C A , D e p a r t a m e n t o d e C a p a c i t a c i ó n , E m p r e s a Nacional de Telec o m u n i c a c i o n e s , Bogotá. C u a d e r n o bibliográfico, n o . 1 - , 1 9 6 1 - . B I B L I O T E C A , D e p a r t a m e n t o A d m i n i s t r a t i v o Nacional de Estadística, Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 8 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Dirección N a c i o n a l de Estadística, Bogotá. Lista d e publicaciones catalogadas. 1 9 5 1 . B I B L I O T E C A , Escuela S u p e r i o r de A d m i n i s t r a c i ó n Publica, Bogotá. Bibliografía sobre a d m i n i s t r a c i ó n , p o r José Ignacio B o h o r q u e z C. y Blanca Calvo de Ribero. 1964. - C a t a l o g o de la colección " A l f r e d o Michelsen". / 1 9 6 2 / 6 1 p . - Catalogo de publicaciones sobre las principales materias existentes en la Biblioteca. 1962. 179 p. Indice de los principales a r t í c u l o s d e las revistas coleccionadas en la Biblioteca hasta Julio de 1963. n.d. C o m p i l e r s : José Ignacio B o h o r q u e z C., and Lucrecia Baquero Morales. I n f o r m a c i ó n mensual. En. 1 9 6 3 - . Lista provisional p o r o r d e n a l f a b é t i c o de a u t o r e s de las publicaciones existentes en la Biblioteca, m a r z o I o de 1 9 6 2 . / 1 9 6 2 / 6 6 p. B I B L I O T E C A , Facultad de A g r o n o m í a , Universidad Nacional, Medellín. Boletín analítico m e n s u a l , n o . 1 - , m a r . 1 9 6 3 - . Lista de publicaciones en serie q u e recibe la Biblioteca. 1954. 50 p. Lista de publicaciones seriadas q u e se e n c u e n t r a n en la Biblioteca. 1963. Publicaciones periódicas y seriadas q u e o f r e c e m o s en canje. 1963. Publicaciones periódicas q u e solicitamos en canje. 1963. Ultimas adquisiciones de la Biblioteca. N o . 26 bears d a t e : Oct. 1954. B I B L I O T E C A . Facultad de Ciencias E c o n ó m i c a s , Universidad de A n t i o q u i a , Medellín. - Boletín bibliográfico. N o . 1 —, jul. 1 9 6 2 - . Indice e c n o n ó m i c o c o l o m b i a n o . V. l . n o . l - , o c t . 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de D e r e c h o , Universidad de A n t i o q u i a , Medellín. Boletín jurídico-bibliográfico. A ñ o 1, no. l - , j u n . 1 9 4 5 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Facultad de D e r e c h o , Universidad de Caldas, Manizales. Bibliografía sobre d e r e c h o civil. 1 9 6 3 . (Ser. Bibliografías. No. 1.)

247

BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Electromeca'nica y Telecomunicaciones, Universidad del Cauca, Popayán. Boletín bibliográfico (nuevas adquisiciones), no. 1 - , ene. 1 9 6 2 - . Issued jointly with the Facultad de Ingeniería Civil. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Ingeniería, Química e Ingeniería Electromecánica, Cali. Lista de publicaciones recibidas. Abr./mayo 1961-. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Medicina, Universidad Nacional, Bogotá. Inventario de revistas medicas y afines. 1961. 42 p. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Colombiano de la Reforma Agraria, Bogotá. Boletín de adquisiciones, no. 1 - , 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Asuntos Nucleares. Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , en. 1961 —. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto Tecnológico Agrícola, Universidad de Narino, Pasto. Boletín bibliográfico agropecuario, no. 1 - , en. 1 9 6 2 - . Title varies: no. 1 - 6 : Boletín bibliográfico. Publicaciones periódicas agropecuaries, botánicas y dasonómicas de América Latina. /1963/ 79 p. (Ser. bibliográfica. No. 4.) BIBLIOTECA, Laboratorio Químico Nacional, Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico, 1961 / l a . entrega/ - . BIBLIOTECA, Malterías Unidas, Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico. Compilen María Uribe. 1961. 14 p. BIBLIOTECA, Servicio Geológico Nacional, Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , en./mayo 1 9 5 6 - . BIBLIOTECA, Servicio Técnico Agrícola Colombiano Americano, Bogotá. Catálogo de las publicaciones del STACA. 1962. 6 p. BIBLIOTECA, Universidad de los Andes, Bogotá. Nuevas adquisiciones, no. 1 - , ag. 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA, Universidad del Atlántico, Barranquilla. Boletín de adquisiciones, no. l - , j u n . 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA, Universidad Tecnológica, Pereira. Boletín informativo y bibliográfico, No. 1 - , oct. 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA "ANTONIO GARCIA BANUS". Facultad de Química e Ingeniería Química, Universidad Nacional, Bogotá. Boletín bibliográfico. Año 1, no. l - , o c t . 1959-. BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Universidad del Valle, Cali. Boletín de adquisiciones, no. l - , f e b . 1961 —. BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Universidad Javeriana, Bogotá. Libros de consulta en la Biblioteca de la Universidad. 1961. Lista de revistas técnicas que posee la Biblioteca Central. 1961. 18 p. BIBLIOTECA DEPARTAMENTAL, Manizales. Boletín informativo, No. 1 - , nov. 1954-, BIBLIOTECA GENERAL, Universidad de Antioquia, Medellín. - Bibliografía sobre temas de Navidad. 1963. Boletín de bibliografía antioqueña, no. 1 - , ag./oct. 1 9 6 3 - . Boletín informativo y bibliográfico, no. 1 - , jul. 1961 —. - Catálogo de revistas extranjeras, por Arturo Ocampo Jiménez /1963? /, vii, 74 p. 248

B I B L I O T E C A G E N E R A L , Universidad de Nariño, Pasto. Boletín informativo y b i b l i o g r á f i c o , n o . 1 - , abr. 1 9 6 2 - . Catálogo por Angela Hernández de Caldas c o n la c o l a b o r a c i ó n de R u t h B a e n a V e l a s c o . 1 9 6 0 . 3 4 7 p. B I B L I O T E C A G E N E R A L , Universidad Industrial de S a n t a n d e r . Bucaramanga. Noticias bibliográficas, no. 1 - , j u n . 1 9 6 2 - . B I B L I O T E C A G E N E R A L , Universidad Pedagógica de C o l o m b i a , T u n j a . Boletín bibliográfico, n o . 1 - , j u l . 1 9 5 8 - . B I B L I O T E C A " L U I S A N G E L A R A N G O " , B a n c o de la R e p ú b l i c a , B o g o t á . Boletín cultural y bibliográfico, n o . 1 , e n . 1 9 5 8 - . C a t á l o g o ; libros de t e x t o . 1 9 S 6 . 3 8 p. Catálogo general. 1 9 6 1 . v. 1 ( 2 3 6 p . ) Catálogo g e n e r a l de libros. 1 9 4 8 - 1 9 5 0 . 3 v. E x p o s i c i ó n bibliográfica; relaciones literarias y editoriales entre (-'rancia y C o l o m b i a ; catálogo. 1 9 6 4 . Indice analítico, no. 1. 1 9 5 6 . 2 2 p. I n d e x to Anales de e c o n o m í a y estadística and íts successor. E c o n o m í a y estadística, 1 9 3 8 - 1 9 5 5 . B I B L I O T E C A M E D I C A , Universidad de A n t i o q u i a , Medellín. Lista de duplicados o f r e c i d o s en c a n j e . 1 9 6 2 . 3 t. Lista de publicaciones periódicas e x i s t e n t e s . 1 9 6 3 . B I B L I O T E C A Y F I C H E R O , Ministerio de Agricultura, B o g o t á . Boletín bibliográfico sobre industrias m e n o r e s . 1 9 6 3 . Boletín mensual del material s e l e c c i o n a d o de las publicaciones y artículos recibidos, no. 1 - 6 8 , 1 9 5 7 - 1 9 5 9 . S E C C I O N D E S E R V I C I O S B I B L I O T E C A R I O S , Ministerio de E d u c a c i ó n N a c i o n a l , Bogotá. Bibliografía bibliotecólogica f u n d a m e n t a l . 1 9 6 3 . (Divulgaciones b i b l i o t e c o l ó g i c a s . No. 8 . ) COSTA RICA B I B L I O T E C A , Dirección G e n e r a l de Estadística y C e n s o s , Ministerio de E c o n o m í a y Hacienda, San J o s é . Lista de publicaciones puestas al servicio de la B i b l i o t e c a . S e p t . 1 9 5 1 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Escuela Superior de A d m i n i s t r a c i ó n Pública, S a n J o s é . Catálogo, 1 9 5 4 - 1 9 5 7 . 1 9 5 8 . 2 1 2 p. ( S e r . bibliográfica. 5 . ) , 1 9 5 8 - 1 9 5 9 . / 1 9 6 0 / 1 2 4 p. ( S e r . bibliográfica. 7 . ) Lista de nuevas adquisiciones. E n . / f e b . 1 9 5 8 - . B I B L I O T E C A , Universidad N a c i o n a l , San José'. Lista de tesis de grado de la Universidad de C o s t a R i c a hasta 1 9 5 7 . 1 9 6 1 . 3 8 0 p. (Ser. Bibliotecología. 1 0 . ) Nuevas adquisiciones. Tesis de grado, 1 9 5 8 - . 1 9 5 9 - . ( S e r . B i b l i o t e c o l ó g i a , 11 - ) B I B L I O T E C A C O N M E M O R A T I V A O R T O N , lnter-American Institute o f Agricultural Sciences, Turrialba. Cacao. 1 9 5 4 . 2 5 8 p. (Lista bibliográfica. No. 2 . ) . S u p p l e m e n t . 1 9 5 8 . 1 3 2 p. Café. 1 9 5 3 . 2 2 6 p. (Lista bibliográfica. No. 1.) . / 2 a . ed./ 1 9 6 0 . 6 3 7 p. ( L i s t a bibliográfica. No. 1.) . S u p p l e m e n t o no. 1. 1 9 6 3 . 1 8 1 p. Coleccion de referencia de la B i b l i o t e c a C o n m e m o r a t i v a O r t o n . 1 9 6 4 . 1 6 7 p. (Bibliotecología y d o c u m e n t a c i ó n . No. 1.)

249

-

-

-

Curso de instrucción en el uso de la biblioteca y preparación de bibliografías. 1952. 45 p. Fuentes de información sobre literatura de cacao. 1958. 11 p. Fuentes de información sobre literatura de café. 1956. 6 p. Fuentes de información a la literatura de pastos y forrajes. 1959. 12 p. Lista de referencias sobre horticultura en el idioma español. 1954. 23 p. Lista de revistas agrícolas latinoamericanas. 1953. p. 93 - 115. (Reunión Técnica de Bibliotecarios Agrícolas, Doc. 8, DT/6) Lista seleccionada de publicaciones sobre investigación. 1955. 15 p. Maíz. 1960. 2 v. (Lista bibliográfica. No. 3.) . /Suplemento/ 1964. 188p. (Bibliografías, no. 3 Supl. No. 1.) Obras de la colección de referencia de la Biblioteca. 1962. 88 p. Publicaciones periódicas de la Biblioteca Conmemorativa Orton. 1964. 83 p. (Bibliotecología y documentación.No. 2.)

CUBA BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Tecnología. Universidad de La Habana, Havana. Boletín. Issues at the Columbus Memorial Library begin with ano 2, no. 2, abr./jun. 1964. BIBLIOTECA DE ARTE, Instituto Nacional de Cultura, Havana. Catálogo. /1958/ 39 p. SECCION BIBLIOTECA, Museo Julio Lobo, Havana. Bibliografía sobre Revolución Francesa, Consulado e Imperio. 1 9 5 8 - . ECUADOR BIBLIOTECA "JUAN BAUTISTA VAQUEZ", Universidad de Cuenca. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , dic. 25, 1 9 4 5 - . EL SALVADOR BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Medicina, San Salvador. Catálogo de revistas científicas; Suplemento no. 2. 1963. 36 p. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Estudios Económicos, Ministerio de Economía, San Salvador. - Bibliografía; índice cumulativo, 1950—. / 1 9 5 0 / - . - Bibliografía selecta del Diario oficial, abr.-jun. 1952; legislación general, banca . . . 1952. 46 p. GUATEMALA BIBLIOTECA, Banco de Guatemala, Guatemala. Boletín de Biblioteca. En./jun. 1 9 5 3 - . Publication suspended in 1956. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Fomento de la Producción, Guatemala. Boletín bibliográfico, 1 - , 1 9 5 5 - . HONDURAS DEPARTAMENTO DE BIBLIOTECAS Y CENTRAL DE INFORMACION BIBLIOGRAFICA, Universidad Nacional, Tegucigalpa. Bibliotecas, no. 1 - , en./mar. 1 9 6 2 - .

250

MEXICO BIBLIOTECA, Banco de México, México, D.F. - Bibliografía económica de México. V. 1 - , mar. 1 9 5 5 - . - La bibliografía económica de México en 1956 y 1957. 1960. 141 p. - Bibliografía sobre migración de trabajadores a los Estados Unidos. 1959. 122 p. - Boletín bibliográfico. V. 1 - , en. 1 9 5 5 - . - Inversiones extranjeras, 1940 - 1961. 1962. 41 p. (Ser. de bibliografías especiales. No. 4.) BIBLIOTECA, Departamento de Fisiología, Facultad de Medicina, Universidad Nacional, México, D.F. Catálogo de la hemerobiblioteca. 1958. 206 p. BIBLIOTECA, Universidad de Nuevo León, Nuevo León. Catálogo de índices de los libros de Alfonso Reyes. 1955. 89 p. BIBLIOTECA, Universidad Autónoma de San Luis Potosí, San Luis Potosí. - Catálogo de los manuscritos de la Biblioteca Pública de la Universidad Autónoma de San Luis Potosí. 1958. 66 p. - Exposición bibliográfica médica potosina. / 1 9 5 0 / 56, 8 p. - Fichas de bibliografía potosina. Arto l , n o . 1 - , jul./ag. 1 9 4 9 - . - Primera exposición de bibliografía potosina. /1953/ 183 p. BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Instituto Mexicana del Seguro Social, Méxioo, D.F. Crónica bibliográfia. Afio 1, no. 1 - , 1 9 5 7 - . BIBLIOTECA "JOSE TORIBIO MEDINA", Pan American Institute of Geography and History, México, D.F. - Lista de adquisiciones, ag. 1 9 5 6 - . Lista de publicaciones periódicas actualmente recibidas. 1961. 122 p. Title also in English. - Lista de publicaciones periódicas en la Biblioteca. 1962. 74 p. Title also in English. DEPARTAMENTO DE BIBLIOTECAS, Secretaría de Educación Pública, México, D.F. El Libro y el pueblo. V. 1, no. 1 - , mar. 1 9 2 2 - . DEPARTAMENTO DE BIBLIOTECAS, Secretaría de Hacienda y Crédito Público, México, D.F. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , nov. 10, 1 9 5 4 - . Daily: no. 1 - 2 6 , nov. 2 0 - d i c . 1954; semi-monthly: no. 2 7 - , en. 15, 1 9 5 5 - . DIRECCION GENERAL DE PRENSA, MEMORIA, BIBLIOTECA Y PUBLICACIONES, México, D.F. La prensa liberal frente a la intervención y el imperio, por Carlos J. Sierra. 1962. 205 p. L1BRARY, México City College, México, D.F. A descriptive list of research papers and theses accepted by the Gradúate School, 1 9 5 4 / 1 9 6 0 . / 1 9 6 0 / 38 p. LIBRARY, United Nations, México, D.F. - Guía analítica de publicaciones periódicas. 1960. 38 p. - Mercado común latinoamericano; integración económica centroamericana. 1961. 24, 3 p. NCARAGUA BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Universidad Nacional, León. Boletín, 1 - , jun./jul. 1 9 6 3 - .

251

PANAMA BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de F o m e n t o E c o n ó m i c o , Panamá. - Bibliografía de economía de la República de Panamá. 1958. 63 p. BIBLIOTECA, Universidad, Panamá. Bibliografía de y sobre Me'ndez Pereira y la Universidad. 1961. 18 p. Bibliografía panameña existente en la Biblioteca. / 1 9 5 3 / 109 p. (loose-leaf) Lista bibliográfica de los trabajos de graduación y tesis presentados en la Universidad, 1939 - 1960. 1960. 186 p. PERU BIBLIOTECA, Banco Central de Reserva, Lima. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , 1 9 5 5 - . BIBLIOTECA, Cámara de Diputados del Congreso, Lima. Boletín bibliográfico. A n o 1, no. 1 - , nov. 1 9 4 3 - . Municipalidades; bibliografía y guía legislativa. 1958. 125 p. BIBLIOTECA, Colegio de Abogados, Lima. Boletín. Afio l , n o . 1 - , 1 9 5 1 - . BIBLIOTECA, Escuela Nacional de Agricultura, Lima. Relación de la existencia de tesis a diciembre de 1953. / 1 9 5 4 / 47 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Medicina, Universidad Mayor de San Marcos, Lima. Boletín bibliográfico. V. 1 - , 1 9 4 5 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Medicina Veterinaria, Universidad Mayor de San Marcos, Lima. Contribución a la bibliografía veterinaria americana, por R a m ó n Ponce Paz. 1951. 4 7 p. BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Lima. Maris Aestus. Ario 1, no. 1 - , jul. 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA, Universidad Mayor de San Marcos, Lima. Boletín bibliográfico. A n o 1, n o . 1 - , jul. 1 9 2 3 - . BIBLIOTECA C E N T R A L , Ministerio de Trabajo y Asuntos Indíjgenas, Lima. Boletín bibliográfico. No. 1 - , m a y o 1 9 5 6 - , D E P A R T A M E N T O DE A R C H I V O Y BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Lima. Catálogo de la m a p o t e c a ; del Siglo XVI al Siglo XX. 1957. 512 p. (Publ. T. 1.) URUGUAY BIBLIOTECA, Consejo Nacional de Gobierno, Montevideo. Boletín bibliográfico, no. l - , j u l . / d i c . 1 9 5 5 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Arquitectura, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , 1 9 5 0 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Ciencieas Económicas y de Administración, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. - Bibliografía: Curso intensivo de capacitación en problemas de desarrollo económico. 1963. 17 p. Bibliografía sobre administración pública. 1962. 16 p.

252

BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Derecho y Ciencias Sociales, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , en. 1 9 3 5 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. - Aportes para una bibliografía de José Martí. 1954. 40 p. - Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , abr./mayo 1 9 5 0 - . - Catálogo de la exposición del übro del S. XVIII. 1952. 72 p. - Las obras de arte, cinematografía (incorporadas en 1952) 1953. 114 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Medicina, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. - Bibliografía nacional de medicina, tomada de publicaciones periódicas existentes en la Biblioteca, por Elvira Vidaur de Carnelli y Raquel Ortiz Aguiar. 1962. 14 p. Boletín bibliográfico. V. 1, n o . 1 - 2 , mar. 1948 - feb. 1949; jun. 1955 - mar. 1956. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Odontología, Universidad de la República. Montevideo. - Boletín bibliográfico, no. 1 - , en./jul. 1 9 6 3 - . - Catálogo./1951/ 86 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Química y Farmacia, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. Informativo. Año 1, no. l - , e n . 1 9 5 3 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Veterinaria, Universidad de la República, Montevideo. Boletín bibliográfico. Arto 1, no. 1 - ano 11, no. 2. 1 9 5 2 - 1 9 6 2 . BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Investigación de Ciencias Biológicas, Montevideo. - Publicaciones periódicas: revistas y seriados gratuitos: 162 títulos. 1963. 17 p. Publicaciones periódicas recibidas, indizadas y no indizadas en "Current Contents". 1963. 8 p. BIBLIOTECA, Inter-American Children's Intitute, Montevideo. Bibliografía: bibliotecas infantiles. Libros, folletos y artículos de revistas existentes en la Biblioteca. 1 9 5 1 - , 4 p. Bibliografía: educación de adultos; libros, folletos y artículos de revistas existentes en la Biblioteca. 1951. 5 p. - Bibliografía: vacunación contra la poliomielitis; folletos y artículos de revistas existentes en la Biblioteca. 1956. 16 p. - Bibliografía sobre bacilo Calmette Guerin; libros, folletos y artículos existentes en la Biblioteca. Suplemento. 1956. 18 p. The basic compilation was issued in 1949. BIBLIOTECA, Poder Legislativo, Montevideo. - Alfredo Palacios. 1955. 102, 66 p. (Referencia no. 27.) - Bibliografía de la Biblioteca del Poder Legislativo. /1955/ 9 p. Bibliografía uruguaya. En./abr. 1962- . Began issuance 3 times annually, the third issue an annual cumulation. - Bolsad de trabajo. 1950. 31 p. (Referencia no. 13.) - Consejo de la Economía Nacional. /1950/ 3 pts. in 6 v. (Referencia no. 14.) - Guía de diarios y periódicos archivados en la Camareta Salón no. 20: obras reservados, n.d. 37 p. (Referencia no. 31.) Impuesto a la renta, n.d. 14 p. . 1960. 6 8 p. (Referencia no. 38.) . 1960. 55 p. (Referencia no. 47.) Lista de anales, boletines y revistas que se reciben actualmente. 1948 - 1959. 2 v. Vol. 2 issued as Referencia no. 35. - Lista de obras incorporadas. En./jun. 1 9 3 9 - . Semi-annual: 1 9 3 9 - 1 9 4 6 ; monthly: 1947 - 1959; annual: 1961 - 1964. Suspended publication: 1959 - 1960. - Turismo. /1958/ 143 p. (Referencia no. 32.)

253

BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Consejo Nacional de Enseñanza Secundaria, Montevideo. Boletín bibliográfico. N o . l - , 1953 - en./jun. 1962. - Obras leidas en la Biblioteca Central durante los aííos 1948, 1949 y 1950. 1951. 9 p. BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganadería, Montevideo. - Bibliografía agrícola del Uruguay, 1 9 6 2 / 1 9 6 3 - . • Boletín bibliográfico. V. 1, no. 1 - v . 4, no. 1, mayo 1953-en. 1956. - Boletín bibliográfico. Año l , n o . l - , j u n . 1 9 6 2 - . BIBLIOTECA PEDAGOGICA CENTRAL, Consejo de Enseñanza Primaria y Normal, Montevideo. Información bibliográfica, no. 1 - , mar. 1 9 6 3 - . MUSEO Y BIBLIOTECA PEDAGOGICOS, Montevideo. Boletín informativo. No. 1 - 7 1 . 1 9 5 3 - 1 9 6 1 . VENEZUELA BIBLIOTECA, Electricidad de Caracas, Caracas. Boletín trimestral. Jul./Sept. 1 9 5 5 - . BIBLIOTECA, Escuela de Artes Plásticas y Artes Aplicades Cristóbal Rojas, Caracas. Catálogos de los libros existentes. 1959. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Agronomía, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Maracay. - Boletín bibliográfico, no. l - , d i c . 1 9 5 3 - . - Fuentes periódicas de información bibliográfica. 1963. 9 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Derecho, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas. Boletín de publicaciones recibidas, 1 9 5 7 - . BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Derecho, Universidad de los Andes, Mérida. Catálogo de la Biblioteca. 1959. 286 p. BIBLIOTECA, Facultad de Ingeniería, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas. Indice alfabe'tico de las revistas existentes hasta diciembre de 1963. 1963. BIBLIOTECA, Instituto de Medicina Experimental, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas. Indice alfabético de las revistas existentes. /1958/ 49 p. BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio de Hacienda, Caracas. Catálogo de los libros existentes. /1954/ 174 p. BIBLIOTECA, Ministerio de Sanidad y Asistencia Social, Caracas. - Catálogo de publicaciones periódicas existentes hasta julio 1961. 1961. 146 p. Indice alfabético de las revistas existentes, no. 1 - , 1 9 4 8 - . - Venezuelan medical and related periodicals, libraries and societies; report to the Second International Congress on Medical Librarianship. 1963. BIBLIOTECA, Tribunales del Distrito Federal Fundación Rojas Astudillo, Caracas. Bibliografía jurídica venezolana; derecho civil. 1958. 132 p. - Boletín , no. 1 - , 1951 BIBLIOTECA, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas. Bibliografía venezolana de histología, embriología y genética. 1961. 259 p. (Ediciones de la Biblioteca: Colección Bibliográfica. 1.) - Catálogo de obras ingresadas. Oct./nov. 1 9 5 9 - . From nov./dic. 1960: Libros ingresados. - Obras que posee la Biblioteca. 1953. 76 p.

254

BIBLIOTECA CENTRAL, Universidad de los Andes, Mérida. Boletín bibliográfico. Ano 1, no. 1 - , feb. 1 9 4 7 - . BIBLIOTECA DE CIENCIAS MORFOLOGICAS, Instituto Anatómico, Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas. Catálogo de libros y revistas. 1964. BIBLIOTECA GENERAL, Academia Nacional de la Historia, Caracas. Catalogos de las bibliotecas bolivariana y mirandina de la misma institución. 1957. 146 p. BIBLIOTECA GENERAL, Universidad del Zulia, Maracaibo. Boletín, no. l - , j u l . / d i c . 1 9 6 1 - .

255

Bibliographical activities of the All-Union Library of Foreign Literature in Moscow By G.V. Matveyeva

All-Union State Library of Foreign Literature, Moscow The Ail-Union State Library of Foreign Literature (henceforth referred t o as VGBIL), founded in July 1921 and open to the public in April 1922, is at the present time one of the largest special public libraries in the Soviet Union and the central repository of foreign literature in the country. During the first years of its existence the VGBIL concentrated its attention on a search for new forms and methods of work, and primarily on solving such problems as that of establishing a collection of the most valuable current literature in foreign languages, establishing a permanent contigent of readers, and revealing the content of the existing collection and the additions to it. When it began its operations, the VGBIL had several dozen books. At the present time, after being in existence 45 years, the VGBIL has assembled a collection equalling 3.5 million stock units in 127 Western and Oriental languages (not counting the language of the peoples of the USSR). The annual increase represents 150,000 books and periodicals from 60 countries on all continents. The stocks cover all subject fields, with the exception of literature on technology, medicine, and agriculture. A large percentage of the collection is made up of literature relating to social-political and natural sciences, belles lettres, books on linguistics, literature science, and reference works. The VGBIL provides foreign literature services both for institutions (ministries, departments, central publishing houses, scientific institutes and organizations, and institutions of higher learning) and for scientists and specialists. In 1967 the library hat 43,000 readers, to whom more than two million books, journals, and newspapers were issued. In addition, the VGBIL issues books by interlibrary suscription to 1800 of its subscribers in 300 cities distributed over the extensive territory of the Soviet Union, and also sends literature on international subscription to 73 foreign libraries in 28 countries. One of the basic functions of the VGBIL is to inform Soviet readers and soviet institutions and organizations about the development of science and literature abroad and to publicize and propagandize among Soviet specialists the most significant achievements of foreign science and culture, thereby promoting development of broad cultural ties between the peoples inhabiting the Soviet Union and various countries of the world. Hence the VGBIL carries out bibliographic processing of all the foreign literature entering the library and engages in scientific research work in the field of foreign library science, bibliography, and bibliology. There are several departments in the library which concern themselves with scientific bibliographic work, but the bulk of the work is concentrated in the 256

scientific bibliographic department. The personnel of the VGBIL (the library permanently employs 6 0 0 persons, of whom around 3 5 0 are specialists — librarians and bibliographers with the highest qualifications and having a knowledge of foreign languages) perform an enormous amount of work in revealing the contents of foreign literature (books and periodicals) coming both into the VGBIL and into the other largest libraries in the Soviet Union. The bibliographers of the VGBIL examine and register foreign publications and maintain bibliographic files which serve as a basis for compiling references of various kinds and as a foundation for the preparation of bibliographic indexes and information bulletins. For a number of years the VGBIL has been issuing annotated bibliographic information and catalog cards for all new books entering the library and for articles from jounals and newspapers in the field of the social-political and natural sciences, as well on foreign library science. The bibliographic card has the following structure: the author, title, and publication data are given in the language of the original; then a translation is given of the title of book or article in Russian, or an indicative abstract is given if the title does not give a full indication of the content. Each year more than 6 0 , 0 0 0 different annotated cards are printed, the total printing of which runs to 8 million copies. In addition, 4 0 , 0 0 0 unannotated cards are annually added to the bibliographic card files of the VGBIL. The bibliographic catalog cards for new foreign books entering the VGBIL stocks are issued in series, and by divisions within the series. At the present time there are sixteen series of cards (52 divisions), for example, ones such as history, philosophical sciences, economic sciences, natural sciences, belles lettres, linguistics, and foreign language teaching methods. By way of example the "Natural Sciences" series includes the following divisions: mathematics, astronomy, physics and mechanics, chemistry, geological and geographic sciences, and biology: while the "Literature Science" series includes the literature science of England, the United States, Australia, and Canada; Belgium, France, French-speaking Switzerland, and French-speaking Canada; Austria, the German Democratic Republic, the Federal Republik of Germany, and Switzerland; Spain, Latin America, and Portugal; the Scandinavian countries, Finland, and the Netherlands; Italy; Bulgaria; Hungary; Poland; Romania; Czechoslovakia; Yugoslavia. The catalog cards for new foreign books are provided with codes by which the publications in question may be obtained in the reading rooms of the library or taken out under the international subscription arrangement of the VGBIL. The bibliographic information cards issued by the VGBIL for articles in foreign scientific periodicals reflect information about materials published in 1500 foreign journals and collections f r o m 4 0 countries of the world. This form of bibliographic card represents an up-to-date source of information and is highly important to specialists. The cards are issued in three series (biology; mathematics; physics), and for the greater convenience of the specialists using them each series 257

is broken down into narrower divisions and subdivisions. For example, the "Biology" series has eleven divisions (morphology, physiology, and chemistry of cells and tissues; genetics, biochemistry of protein and nucleic acid etc.); each of the divisions is in turn divided into narrow specialties (for example, the "phyiology of blood circulation and respiration" division includes such subdivisions as a general division; blood pressure, physiology of the heart; temperature regulation and hypothermy; respiration). In addition to the data indicated above, the bibliographic information card indicates the code for the series and divisions, the UDC code, the symbol for the journal adopted at the VGB1L, and the serial number of the card. The bibliographic information cards for articles and materials on matters of library science, bibliography, documentation, and bibliology published in foreign periodicals render great assistance to libraries and educational institutions, bibliographers, and specialists in library science. The cards are prepared on the basis of examination and registration of around 120 special library science journals and collections in 25 foreign languages published in different countries and received by the VGBILD and other libraries in Moscow. A card contains a bibliographic description and indicative abstract giving a brief account of the contents of an article, or else a translation of the title if it reveals the contents. Articles in the following subject divisions are selected for information purposes: library organization, bibliography, documentation, bibliology, bibliographic reference and information work, enlargement, processing, and storage of stocks, reader service, construction and outfitting of libraries, training of library personnel, and so forth. Much work is done in bibliographic recording of current foreign publications entering the VGBIL in the humanities. On the basis of such registration systematic bibliographic files are established at the VGBIL, often ones of extremely great value. Thus in 1967 alone more than 300 journals and newspapers were recorded, including ones in English, German, French, and oriental languages. Worthy of particular note is the bibliographic file of translations of works by foreign authors into Russian, which contains descriptions of individual editions and registration of periodicals dating from the end of the 18th century to the present. Of considerable interest are the files of works in Russian and foreign languages on questions of linguistics and methods of teaching foreign languages. These files were established in the 1930's. The bibliographic files for the main European and the most common oriental languages in social-political subjects cover questions of international politics, the domestic political situation, the national economy, and the cultural development of individual foreign countries. The bibliographic files on the natural sciences and the humanities are made available for use by the readers of the library and, as has already been mentioned, represent the basis for preparation of bibliographic reference lists and bibliographic work. It is to be pointed out that each year the library draws up around 50,000 reference lists, and receive reference lists from various institutions and individual 258

readers f r o m different cities in the country and abroad. The bibliographic reference work performed is highly diversified in nature: finding of the necessary bibliographic and factual information, giving of oral references in questions of the social and natural sciences and in matters of literature and art; and preparation of written reference lists o f t e n requiring very thorough and intensive work on the part of bibliographers. On the whole the bibliographic reference services at the library are performed by qualified specialists of the bibliographic office; however, personnel f r o m other departments of the library, primarily the scientific bibliography department, are enlisted for this work. The fact that the bibliographic reference activities of the library actively assist readers and are becoming one of the leading activities is attested by the ever increasing numbers of reference lists prepared each year. Thus in the last 10 years this number has increased by a factor of nearly 2.5, reaching 50,000. A large share of the bibliographic activities of the VGBIL is represented by the work of preparing of master catalogs, bulletins, bibliographic indexes, and reference guides. The total volume of production of this kind represents nearly 100 printed sheets a year. Thus, since 1948 the VGBIL has been issuing a Cumulative Bulletin of new foreign books entering the libraries of the USSR. This publication is issued in two series series A, natural sciences, and series B, social sciences six times a year in each series. The material in the bulletin is arranged in systematic order and the descriptions of the books are accompanied by a translation of the titles into Russian and a list of the libraries which have these books. Each issue of the bulletin is provided with an alphabetic index of authors and book titles. More than 5 0 0 libraries participate in the bulletin. Since 1949 the VGBIL has been publishing an annual Master Catalog of Foreign Scientific Journals entering the libraries of the USSR (Natural Sciences. Medicine. Agriculture. Technology.) The names of the journals, more than 9,000 of which were recorded in the latest issue, are arranged in alphabetical order in the catalog, and a systematic index of the journals included is given at the end. There is a great demand among specialists for the bibliographic bulletin "Chemical Information", which appears 12 times a year and contains up-to-date information about foreign sources and materials (approximately 30,000 articles). In collaboration with the fundamental social science library of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, the VGBIL publishes the bibliographic information bulletins "New Foreign Economic Literature", "New Foreign Historical Literature", "New Books and Articles on Oriental Studies", and others. Along with its periodical publications the VGBIL prepares and publishes bibliographic biographical indexes devoted to foreign writers (classical and contemporary). These indexes appear in the series "Foreign Writers" and contain introductory articles about the life and work of the writers, in the systematic form of a bibliography of the editions of their works and critical literature in the original 259

language and in Russian. In this particular series more than 100 indexes have already been published, including for example, ones devoted to Jack London, Brecht, Becher, O'Henry, Barbus, I. Andric, Nezval, J. Reed, Laxness, Tewfik al Hakim, and others. The library prepares fundamental scientific bibliographic reference guides and bibliographies incorporating an annotated bibliography of Russian translations of the works of the individual writers and critical literature in Russian, as well as appendixes dealing with literary history and a number of auxiliary indexes. Such bibliographies include the indexes "Prosper Merime'e", "Shakespeare", (Which, by the way, has been acknowledged in the writer's own country of England to be a unique publications), "Honore Balzac", and others. Among the scientific bibliographic reference guides we would like to mention the first volume of the "Basic Works of Foreign Fiction" (based on materials from Europe and the United States), the creation and pride of almost 40 years of work by the bibliographers and specialists of the VGBIL. The second volume of this publication (based on materials for the countries of Asia and Africa) is now in preparation. Also of scientific interest is the bibliographic reference guide "Fiction of the Latin American Countries in the Russian Press". Together with the Union of Soviet Writers the VGBIL is publishing a bibliographic reference index "Translations of Soviet Writers into Foreign Languages", three volumes of which have already been published. Work is now in progress on the extensive bibliographic indexes "The Resistance Movement in European Countries during the Second World War" (50 printed sheets), "Goethe in the Russian Press" (40 printed sheets), and "Translations of Slavic Authors into Russian" (80 printed sheets). The major bibliographic work conducted by the VGBIL requires constant refinement of professional skills, improvement in qualifications, search for innovations, and study of the methodology of bibliographic work. Precisely for this reason may each bibliographic work issuing from the VGBIL be regarded as the result of combined efforts, the fruit of the joint work of its staff.

260

Bibliographical work in ministerial libraries and information centers (MILIC). (In connection with national social and economic development.) Annotated scheme

By K. I. L. M. Peters Documentation Department, Ministry of Education and Sciences, The Hague 1.

Introduction

1.1

Study of function continued. After having examined the Additional Remarks of K. Peters (Toronto 1967) on Function of ministerial libraries and services to be rendered (published in Proceedings of the General Council Meeting 1966, p. 8 0 - 8 7 ) the Section of Parliamentary and Administrative Libraries was of the opinion that this study, a very urgent matter, had to be continued.

1.2

Relation to national development. In analysing the process of an adequate transfer of information in the various policy fields, special attention should be paid to the requirements of the development work and planning in coherence with the needs of the educational, social and economic development of the country concerned.

1.3

Importance for function. This relationship with national social development is essential for the whole approach of the final report on: Function of Milic and services to be rendered. It is seen as important too for IFLA and Unesco, where special attention is given now to library planning integrated in national development planning.

1.4

Frame-work of library planning. Functions of Milic should be studied within the frame-work of library planning, which, according to Unesco, should pay attention to determination of library services, set targets and prepare realistic decisions in order to make sure that these objectives will be reached through a rational and reasonable use of resources available. (1)

1.5

Specific group of Milic. The Section agreed that the Function of Milic firstly will be analysed for a group of Milic in ministries with a policy field specifically connected with the educational, social and economic development. Special attention should be paid to the international cooperation concerning the bibliographic information transfer in the field of social research and social sciences.

(1)

C. V. Penna. Planning library services. Unesco Bulletin for Libraries, 21 ( 1 9 6 7 ) nr. 2. p. 60.

261

1.6

Stress on bibliographic work. The Section asked to continue the analysis of function, sub functions and indispensable activities of Milic. For the 1968 General Council Meeting in Frankfurt, stress will be laid on bibliographic function and activities in connection with the common theme of the Section for Special Libraries and of the Committee on Bibliography: Bibliographic Work in Special Libraries.

1.7

Research on common theme. Considering the increased requirements in obtaining operational information on the latest achievements in science and technology, the Committee on Bibliography in Toronto 1967 has asked: " t o assist in the development and implementation of longterm research programs on problems of current bibliographical information within national and international aspects."

1.8

Contribution to reports and studies proposed. With regard to Milic the Section of Parliamentary and Administrative Libraries could contribute not only to the asked "reports with information on the level of growth and systems of current bibliographical information" and to the reference book on problems of current bibliographic information, but also to the study of fundamental problems in planning library and documentation services, developing into indispensable operational institutions.

1.9

Scheme on the five questions proposed. In the scheme of "Bibliographic work in Milic", the five questions proposed in the joint resolution of the Section of Special Libraries and of the Committee on Bibliography (Toronto 1967) are taken as central points (see especially 3/7).

2.

Information system and bibliographic work

2.1

Specialized information centre. A Milic can be seen as a special library developed into a specialized information centre, providing systematically documentary information needed for the policy field of the minister involved. This means that the four main aspects: i. e. library work, documentation work, information and publication work have evolved as essential parts of a coordinated information system.

2.2

Information system. A Milic is an "information system" in the sense of a complex of people, equipment, procedures and bibliographic material providing the information needed by a specific group of users. It can be seen as a sort of input and output process where information taken from documents is stored in a central "memory" from where it can be retrieved and disseminated and finally integrated in the knowledge present in the mind of an individual decision maker or research worker.

2.3

Determination by a policy field. This information system is created by a minister for the efficient transfer of information needed by all those who

262

have responsibility for planning, research and development in his policy field. Since here a specific group of Milic is involved, working in a policy field connected with educational, social or economic development, the stress will be on social research information. 2.4

Scientific and technical information, (including social science information). In its policy field the Milic especially is responsible for the transfer of the pertinent scientific and technical information taken in the sense of "all facts, concepts and instructions arising in the natural and social sciences and their related technologies, and capable of being communicated, interpreted and processed". (2)

2.5

Not discipline-oriented. The Milic is not "discipline-oriented", as a university library, but "mission-oriented" (on development). Instead of trying to get the complete bibliographic control of one or more disciplines, it has to cover "inter-disciplinary" literature significant for the policy, social research and development involved.

2.6

Role in the bibliographic network. Not only the Minister of Education and Sciences as coordinator, but also each of the other ministers, has a task in promoting an optimal transfer of scientific and technical information in the sector he is responsible for. He, therefore, will urge his Milic to take part in the national network and division of work by disseminating all information it collects and processes itself in current bibliographies or other publications.

2.7

Place of bibliographic work. An IFLA-resolution of 1966, underlining the growing importance of international collaboration in the field of bibliography, asked all libraries to participate in studying the problem of the place of bibliography in the systems of scientific and technical information and the role of the library as centre of bibliographic information. The next chapters can be seen as a contribution to these studies.

2.8

Bridge function. Since the Milic, partly through international cooperation, has to import and process effectively the bibliographic information in its field, it must for its specific part assume responsibility in organizing the stream of indispensable new knowledge. In connection with a sort of bridge function the Milic can have an agreement to provide as "service in return" comprehensive information on literature produced in the own country.

2.9

Control of national production. Within that task and agreement, the Milic normally will try to collect and to control bibliographically the national literature significant for its information field. In this way the ministerial library at least can function as a national centre for that specific part of bibliographic information.

(2)

O E C D : S c i e n t i f i c and t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m s and p o l i c i e s . Third ministerial m e e t i n g o n s c i e n c e . Paris, 1 9 6 8 , p . 5 .

263

3.

Information Held and information requirements

3.1

Information field is: policy field. In answering the proposed first question: "how to classify and to identify the enquiries for information coming from the users", we have to ascertain first that the information field here, is not a discipline as e. g. pedagogics, but a policy field with social, economic and other aspects and with information requirements of a very specific group of users.

3.2

Minister exponent of users. A Milic is created by a minister and is essentially determined by his field and tasks within the integrated policy of the government. Starting point for all operations of the Milic are in theory the information requirements of the minister. He is essentially the first user and "exponent" of all information requirements in his policy field.

3.3

Action field and action points. The main "action points", i. e. persons or groups, responsible for the policy, planning, research and development work concerned, can be located and could be symbolized by a number of circles, centering around the minister.

3.4

Profiles of information requirements. The "action points", i. e. the main persons involved, can help in establishing their "profiles". Much user research, however, has to be done because "identification of enquiries of users" here must be seen against the background of "general requirements" of integrated planning and of national development as a whole, which are often not yet clearly ascertained.

3.5

Need of rationalized decision making. In most ministries of industrial societies the decision making will be rationalized and reorganized. Since development progress depends on the effectiveness with which information is brought to bear on that policy and planning work, the Milic must help in fully utilising the body of pertinent information in order to get optimal decisions based on optimal information.

3.6

Information on other policy fields. Development in the education field will have repercussions in economics and the whole welfare sector. In the area of wellbeing the care of education, social work, physical and mental health, housing, labour, social security, public safety etc. will be entrusted to separate ministries, but the problems are interdependent and information is sometimes relevant for more than one ministry.

3.7

Information on overall aspects. The various ministries will also need general information about overall aspects of national development. Nearly all policy fields are influenced by general factors as: demographic growth and changes; technological development, industrial development, urbanization, increase of prosperity, changes in the set of values etc. Information on pertinent fundamental research must be available for all ministries.

3.8

Information on social research results predominant. For policy and planning not all the information on each of the social sciences is relevant. Especially for the research and development work involved, there is a strong need for current bibliographic information on the results of the so-called "social research". It means research of social problems posed not by a discipline but by the development of society, mostly with an applied scientific character and an interdisciplinary approach.

3.9

Delegation of information work indispensable. Problem areas, but still more the literature concerning them, are increasing so quickly that decision makers and research workers have not enough time to do the indispensable work of bibliographic control and processing themselves (see chapter 4). They are obliged to delegate a considerable number of tasks. They may expect that their own Milic is in a position to answer incidental individual questions with adequate literature reports etc. and to provide them currently with bibliographic information on their field.

4

Bibliographic control and processing

4.1

Starting points for the problems of "contents and methods of documentation, reference and bibliographic work" (second question proposed) are purpose, extent and depth of the bibliographic control needed (Problems of the so-called data-information and of data-banks outside the scheme on bibliographic work are left out here.)

4.2

Bibliographic input. Records for bibliographic information to be stored in the "memory" of the information system (chapter 6) in the last instance are determined by the requirements of the core groups of users mentioned in chapter 3.

4.3

Bibliographic control is connected with the main purpose of the input and output processes and the essential task of the operator of the Milic information system. He must bring together the core group of users and that part of the existing information which is indispensable for their function and work. For that confrontation the Milic must have full bibliographic control of the pertinent source material, i. e. it must have physical or bibliographic access to that part of the material published all over the world.

4.4

Limits of bibliographic control. The bibliographic control of the pertinent literature existing in the own country can be very comprehensive, especially given a special "agreement on service in return" (2.8). For the pertinent literature produced in other countries, however, there will be practical reasons of time, money etc. to concentrate on certain priorities; on certain countries where the bulk of the pertinent social research is published; on certain languages practically accessible; on certain types of material (reports, periodicals). Such limits can be reasonable, but have to be clearly defined and indicated to the users. „„,

4.5

Geography of source material in the sense of identification of existing sources is a preliminary action, enabling afterwards to start with selection, acquisition, analysis and other unit operations of the bibliographic processing. A sort of " c h a r t " has to indicate e. g. in what countries, in what institutions social research regarding the policy field is executed; in what series or periodicals and by what editors the reports are published or where they are stencilled and limited distributed.

4.6

Problems of selection are connected with acquisition in the broad sense of interpretation of the criteria for selection of material to be added to the collection or to be bibliographically stored in the " m e m o r y " of the Milic. These criteria to provide service in narrow relation to the information requirements included in the profiles (3.4) are very complex, being related not only to immediate requirement, but also to the future needs in connection with the continuous development in the process of planning and in social research.

4.7

Depth of analysis in connection with the condensity of recording causes a main group of problems in the bibliographic processing of the Milic (data information is left outside the scheme). The source must be analysed i. e. be examined more in detail and the essential "analytics" to be used as reference points for the literature searchers etc. must be worded in rather condensed records for storing in the memory. Short indicative abstracts can already indicate more than mere title descriptions, but e. g. for social research reports sometimes longer descriptive résumés with more detailed clues on purpose, period, problem, hypotheses, population, methods and results of the research may be useful for Milic purposes.

4.8

Indications for arranging can help to solve the problem of more detailed clues by techniques of classification, where the source is analysed by arranging information into certain categories, comparing similar attributes. The specific requirements of the essential users of the Milic will be the key factors influencing the depth of classification.

4.9

Searchable medium. The last input activity is to put the various results of analysis (analytics) on a searchable medium: on a card, on microcard, on paper tape, on magnetic tape etc. The information can be disseminated e.g. in current bibliographies (chapter 5) and the recorded analytics can be used as reference points in searching information by means of the storage and retrieval system (chapter 6).

5.

Utilization of current bibliographic data

5.1

Important problem. The question on the utilization of current bibliography is very important for the development of Milic. It has to be studied in collaboration with the Committee on Bibliography, asking in Toronto (1967) assistan

266

in "the development and implementation of long term research programs on problems of current bibliographic information". 5.2

On initiative information in the sense of providing currently and systematically bibliographic data on the latest publications is characteristic for ministerial libraries, developed into information centres. After having processed new literature the Milic will not stop, just waiting for enquiries, but will spread the information as soon as possible before it is getting more or less obsolete.

5.3

Current awareness indispensable. OECD ministers agree that effective communication of information to policy makers, research and development workers etc., is a key factor in national advance and in the economic and social development. (3) For these persons the information deluge brought as a main problem how to keep up to date; how to discover in time what is new in their field (current awareness).

5.4

Promotion by ministers self-evident. As governmental coordinator for the whole question of information transfer the Minister of Education and Sciences has to promote the speeding up of the current dissemination of scientific and technical information (including that on the results of social research). Each of the ministers, however, will also stimulate this within his own policy field. It would be unconceivable if he would not urge the own Milic to disseminate timely and effectively all significant information newly processed and produced.

5.5

Information gap in social sciences. The Milic have to establish and accelerate their current bibliographic information also because an international current bibliography as existing in the field of chemics, medicine etc. is completely lacking as far as the results of social research are concerned. Moreover, social research (e. g. for education) is more nationally conditioned than natural sciences and the first thing to fill the gap in this domain is to establish national current bibliographies for education and other social fields.

5.6

Current title bibliographies of newly published research results, stored in the memory of Milic are therefore of great importance. Not only for filling the gap but also for shortening the time lag between the moment the research worker finished his investigation and the time its results are made available for the decision maker.

5.7

Current abstract periodicals, however, can provide more detailed information. They can be seen as by-products from cards with indicative abstracts, stored in the memory of Milic.

(3)

O E C D : Scientific and technical i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m s and policies. Third ministerial meeting o n science. Paris 1 9 6 8 , p . 5 .

267

5.8

Acceleration by new techniques. OECD ministers ask to study the new technical possibilities for speeding up the dissemination of the indispensable current bibliographic information. It, however, does not mean that a Milic, not yet disposing of a computer, able to turn out at once all information, must be passively hiding the new bibliographic data in its "memory" (see chapter 6—7).

6.

Bibliographic files

6.1

System of bibliographic files. The fourth question on "methods and procedures of building up such files and how to use them", is rather complicated as far as the preliminary background question of the purpose of the whole information system of Milic is concerned. File creation policy, searching approach and searching methods in last instance have to be studied against the background of that purpose and of the information requirements involved (see chapter 3).

6.2

Memory aspects of the "system" may be discussed in connection with the idea of a central depositary place where both: results of internal processing activities and of bibliographic work of other institutions are collected in order to use them for searching purpose.

6.3

More than a clearing house. A Milic working as an information centre will be more than a clearing house, disseminating as a sort of "turning table" mainly what is processed by other institutes. It means that a Milic certainly will store in an information file the recorded results of its own analysing work.

6.4

Various files and indexes. In the depositary place for the central information a Milic moreover can collect card files produced by other centres and various other bibliographies in the form of books, periodicals etc. One of the problems to be studied in connection with searching is the variety of classification of all this bibliographic information material.

6.5

Central information room. It can be very important for a Milic to have all the bibliographic files mentioned combined in one room with catalogues of its own document collections and bibliographic reference material in various forms. The depositary place can also develop into a focus point for the core group of users, where they can do their own literature search or ask the assistance of the information specialists of the Milic.

7.

Mechanisation and automation

7.1

Experience. Since there is insufficient information on the experience Milic acquired in the mechanisation and automation of bibliographic searching, the fifth question here mainly will be limited to a more general question,

268

namely why Milic feel the need, at least in some industrial societies, to study, experiment and conclude on these matters. 7.2

Education field. The United States Office for Education has started realizing large projects in its Educational Resources Information Centre (ERIC) and e. g. in Western Germany the Bibliographie Pädagogik is experimenting in that field. In its Documentation Centre for Education in Europe the Council of Europe has created a Working Group for the application of new methods and techniques for a bibliographic pooling of National Educational Documentation and Information Centres (NEDIC).

7.3

Inevitable decision. It can be useful to investigate why not only these Milic and their international centre but also ministers in the OECD feel that their countries "must decide very soon whether they will cooperate actively in harmonizing their equipment and processes" or accept a passive and less effective role later. (4)

7.4

High volume situation generally is a decisive factor for computerizing. Given the size and complexity of the information problem and the rate at which it is growing, it is likely that in the policy fields of the ministers involved, at least for the international cooperation, computer help will be indispensable for the timely and effective transfer of the information needed.

7.5

Key factor in and lifeblood of progress in a technical advanced society is the scientific and technical information (including the facts, concepts and instructions arising in the social sciences). Given the need for prompt appreciation of each national situation, and speedy action to ensure the effective deployment, development and exploitation of the national investment and resources employed in information services, investigation is needed to coordinate the evolution in the national information services (including Milic).(4)

7.6

Critical phase Milic. Since Milic are developing into dynamic information centres building up adequate searching information systems, the ministers involved have to investigate for their policy field if the Milic has to be enabled to continue in operation in a high volume situation and in an information field with changing and increasingly differentiated input requirements. If the growing trends of the Milic involved are not satisfying in that respect, partly other solutions might be considered.

7.7

Timely adaptation to the speedy changing and increasing requirements of the information in any case will be indispensable. Even if not asked explicitly, it will become inevitable in the near future to meet these needs adequate-

(4)

O E C D : Scicntific and technical i n f o r m a t i o n systems and policies. Third ministerial meeting o n science. Paris, 1968, p. 3.

269

ly with available new techniques. It is unlikely that countries that continue to rely on the "library" level of technology will even have access much longer to all the world's scientific literature. ( 5 ) 7.8

Influence on work. Not only the increasing rationalisation of ministerial policy, planning and development work, but also the introducing o f new techniques in the near future will lead to changes in the work. Improved storage and retrieval techniques will diminish manual work but increase possibilities for enlarged bibliographic control, higher selection criteria, deeper analysis and longer descriptive abstracts.

7.9

Computerized pooling. If the international pooling of abstracts, as e. g. pursued in the Council of Europe by a group of Milic, is prepared by a five year plan, already in that period influence on the work will be evident. Decisions about input and output have to be taken timely and an effective cooperative system asks for compatibility of basic standards (cf. chapter 8 - 9 ) .

8.

National cooperation

8.1

Cooperation between Milic on national level is indispensable for accelerated development. Milic, each assisting to policy, planning and development in a certain sector or aspect of society, have to provide mutually assistance and to integrate their bibliographic work. This certainly is indispensable with a view to the overall planning of government and with the requirements of national development.

8.2

Officially organized cooperation, as in the Standing Conference for Governmental Documentation (PCOD, founded in the Netherlands in 1952), is preferable because of the possibilities for promoting the work systematically in the frame of the overall information policy of the government and of the library and documentation development, under the Minister o f Education. (6!

8.3

Study of common problems and promotion of the common interests can be achieved more systematically by regular meetings (cf. Suggestions study of the PCOD for the I F L A General Council Meeting 1964, p. 15).

8.4

Bibliographic

control of the social research literature as far as relevant for

national development can be improved by work division and national cooperation of the Milic. 8.5

Cooperation in the own sector with other information centres and libraries can help to avoid overlapping and even to establish pooling of abstracting

(5)

C i t a t i o n f r o m : S c i e n t i f i c a n d t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m s and p o l i c i e s . T h i r d m i n i s t e r i a l m e e t i n g o n s c i e n c e . Paris, 1 9 6 8 , p. 3.

(6)

C . V . P c n n a . P l a n n i n g l i b r a r y s e r v i c e s . U n c s c o B u l l e t i n f o r L i b r a r i e s . 2 1 ( 1 9 6 7 ) n r . 2.

270

etc. University institutes (e. g. psychological or sociological institutes) often are not created and equipped for current processing and dissemination of documentary information. Narrow contact, however, with librarians and research workers involved can lead to effective bibliographic cooperation on particular subject. 8.6

Cooperation with professional organizations for librarians and national sections of 1FLA or FID can be very useful for the development of the bibliographic work and for defining adequately functions and tasks in the national network.

8.7

Cooperation in training and in promoting the professional level and status of librarians, information specialists etc. provides opportunities to find common standards (also financial) for the various functions involved.

9

International cooperation

9.1

Indispensable for bibliographic control. In connection with the expected accelerated development in the near future and with what is already mentioned about the "inevitable decision" of countries (see 7.3) it will be evident that the Milic cannot match adequately the information requirements of national development without international cooperation and work division.

9.2

Integration in scientific information policy. For the same reason IFLA, promoting study of function and activities of Milic, must join the study and discussion going on in intergovernmental organizations as Unesco, Council of Europe and OECD (e. g. Scientific and technical information systems and policies).

9.3

Service in return essential. For an effective international cooperation concerning adequate information for planning and development each Milic must be able to fall back on national centres in other countries having really bibliographic control on the related social research production of that country (see Service in return, point 2.8).

9.4

Cooperative system nationally based. Reports on social research, on results of commissions, working groups, study conferences etc. produced in a country are narrowly connected with the national situation. A large part is difficult to find because they are scattered over all types of publications and often disseminated in stencilled form for limited distribution. Also in connection with language difficulties a national centre better can analyze and classify literature relevant for national development.

9.5

Cooperation to information field. Policy fields connected with development in education, social affairs, economic affairs, agriculture etc. better 271

can be served by the specialized information centres involved (Milic) as by national libraries, parliamentary libraries and other more "universal" types of libraries. Current bibliographies, nationally covering the related policy fields, are more adequate means for international cooperation in these specific information fields, than discipline oriented bibliographies. International cooperation in educational, agriculture documentation often will be organized according to that idea. 9.6

Regional networks of national centres. The meeting of the Subgroup of administrative libraries at the IFLA General Council Meeting Brussels 1955, already voiced its preference for a documentary exchange on the basis of the special information field and for a regional action as first stage. How such a regional network of national centres can work is indicated in National Educational Documentation and Information Centres, NEDIC.

9.7

Regional pooling. In order to be ready in the near future for an international cooperation in social research information already now the question of regional or international pooling must be studied (cf. point 7.9).

9.8

IFLA stress on function aspects. The already mentioned meeting of the Subgroup of administrative libraries in 1955 stressed that cooperation in IFLA should not disturb international cooperation as existing in some fields (e. g. agriculture, education). It is in the line of the ideas of IFLA (and Unesco) to concentrate on function and services to be rendered by each of the various types of libraries and to study the integration in overall planning of libraries and national development.

9.9

Coordination in order to promote current bibliography. It is likely that after the excellent initiative of the Section of Special Libraries and the Committee on Bibliography to concentrate both bibliographic work in special libraries, further coordination within IFLA will follow. In any case the subgroup for administrative libraries needs a narrow contact with sections or groups for special libraries, bibliographies etc.

272

Co-operation problems o f a current educational bibliographical information system By K . I . L . M . Peters

1

Introduction

1.1

This paper on co-operation p r o b l e m s o f an individual " c u r r e n t educational bibliographic information s y s t e m " ( o r b i s ) integrated in a particular minister ial library and i n f o r m a t i o n c e n t e r , has been asked in c o n n e c t i o n with the overall programme o f the C o m m i t t e e on Bibliography on: problems o f bibliography; e x c h a n g e o f e x p e r i e n c e ; and establishment o f co-operation in this field. ( 1 )

1.2

It might especially c o n t r i b u t e to what in Resolution I o f the programme Copenhagen 1 9 6 9 is asked: to study the p r o b l e m s o f current bibliographic i n f o r m a t i o n ; the responsibilities o f libraries in that field; and the co-ordination and co-operation possibilities.

1.3

It even could be seen as an u n p r e t e n t i o u s beginning o f the study o f problems, m e n t i o n e d in R e s o l u t i o n 11 1 9 6 9 as: " F o r m i n g o f library-bibliographic information-retrieval systems ( o p t i m a l models) in various kinds o f libraries".

1.4

In a way it, therefore, also fits in to the international collection o f theoretical and methodological articles entitled " L i b r a r y and current bibliographic i n f o r m a t i o n " ( I I I ) and t o the m a n y c o u n t r y reports, answering t o the C O B ( C o m m i t t e e on Bibliography) questionnaire.

1.5

T h e s u b j e c t , however, is not only related t o the programme o f the C O B , but these co-operation problems - as explained in a contribution to the I F L A c o u n c i l meeting 1 9 6 9 ( 2 ) - are c o n n e c t e d with the main objectives o f I F L A as a whole: p r o m o t i o n o f functioning and co-operation o f the various types o f libraries and o f integrated bibliographic organization.

1.6

T h e fact that here — as c o n c r e t e starting p o i n t for the analysis o f more general co-operation p r o b l e m s — is taken a current bibliographic information system in the field o f e d u c a t i o n , provides an opportunity to link up the s u b j e c t with the general t h e m e Libraries as a force in education; with library and d o c u m e n t a t i o n planning within integrated educational plann-

(1)

O. S. C h u b a r y a n . Library and Bibliography. I F L A , Copenhagen, 1 9 6 9 .

( 2)

P r o m o t i o n o f f u n c t i o n i n g and bibliographic c o - o p e r a t i o n o f ministerial libraries and i n f o r m a t i o n centres (Milic). T h e Hague, D o c u m e n t a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , 1 9 6 9 , Metod o c 4 2 ( f u r t h e r cited as M. 4 2 ) , p. 1 - 2 and p. 13.

273

ing and with the scientific and technical information policy, closely related to the overall policy in the field of education and sciences. 1.7

In the next chapters ( 2 - 7 ) the co-operation problems of the particular bibliographic systems are concentrated around special aspects of the subject library concerned: Type and character; role and responsibilities: collection aspect; contents analysis and mechanization; literature search: and current awareness service.

2

Type and character of the overall information system

2.1

Since the current bibliographic information system involved essentially is an integrated part or aspect of a ministerial library and information centre (Milic), it is necessary to know what the type and character is of this total information system and why the bibliographic information is in the very heart of that overall structure.

2.2

The current bibliographic information system involved is a part or an aspect of a ministerial library and information centre of the level, as defined by the Netherlands Standing Conference of ministerial libraries, (3) where the library has already completely developed into a wholly integrated unity of library-documentation and information centre.

2.3

The overall information system thus is a special library but grown out to a real information centre. Within the group of special libraries it has to be characterized as a governmental library, created for an adequate and effective information transfer needed by categories of functionaries, having responsibility for the decision making, planning, research- and development work in the development field of the ministry involved. (4)

2.4

The fact that the conventional library here has already developed into an information centre also means that in this dynamic documentary information system the stress is not laid on collection, loan and conservation, but more on the quick processing and spreading of the most important and for the national development significant and indispensable information.

2.5

This significant information primarly has to be seen as scientific and technical information with a stress on social research information. This scientific and technical information is taken - as it is described by the OECD as: "all facts, concepts and instructions arising in the natural and social sciences and their related technologies as far as this information can be communicated, interpreted and processed".

(3) ( 4)

Metodoc nr. 42, ID, p. 2. Metodoc Nr. 42. p. 3.

274

2.6

Since library here no longer is a "secluded book depositary" but "an active organism, playing considerable role in all spheres of social and economic life of the society", (5) the current bibliographic information system is right in the heart of this information transfer.

2.7

As is common for special libraries this information system is restricted to a certain subject and shows particular activity in the documentation of the literature of the specific information field (education). (6) It is at the same time sharply concentrated on the needs of the three core categories of users: administrators, research workers and practicioners (innovators), responsible for the progress and development in the field involved.

2.8

This bibliographic information is a central activity, not only in the library and documentation centre of the Ministry of Education, but also in the other ministerial libraries of the same level and type. They play an important role in the handling and transfer of bibliographic information for the various sciences and their application for society development.

2.9

In the national co-operation in the Netherlands Standing Conference of Ministerial Libraries (PCOD) as important task is seen: the stimulation and co-ordination of that part of the bibliographic information transfer which is important for the governmental task in society development.

3

Responsibilities in bibliographic control and co-operation

3.1

As far as the vertical co-operation in the particular subject field is concerned, general and essential questions arise from the leading idea and facturai policy line of national educational documentation and information centers (Nedic), (7) as established internationally in Unesco and regionally c. g. in the Council of Europe. (8)

3.2

In this decentralising policy line of Nedic is supposed to collect and to process at least the complete educational literature of the country and to provide a current bibliographic information on this basis of comprehensive national bibliographical control. In the Netherlands Nedic this programme is nearly realized (see next chapters).

3.3

Such national current bibliographic information systems, each responsible for the control of the complete national educational literature production

( 5)

O. S. C h u b a r y a n , Library and b i b l i o g r a p h y , p. 2.

( 6)

I F L A Libraries in the World.

( 7)

N a t i o n a l e d u c a t i o n d o c u m e n t a t i o n centres. Rivista die legislazione scolastics c o m p a r a t a 25 ( 1 9 6 7 ) 3, 4 (also available as M e t o d o c 28. T h e Hague, D o c u m e n t a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t . 1967).

( 8)

R e s o l u t i o n ( 6 5 ) 18 of the C o m m i t t e e of Ministers o n N a t i o n a l E d u c a t i o n a l D o c u m e n t a t i o n C e n t r e s and E u r o p e a n C o - o p e r a t i o n . T e x t see M e t o d o c 4 2 , IIB.

275

in the near future could come to a nationally based European system, within the frame work of the emerging world-wide educational documentation and information system under the sponsorship of Unesco. (9) 3.4

In sofar as these Nedic have much in common in purpose, information field and core groups of users, they already have a rather good basis for future mechanization of the bibliographical co-operation, under condition that they start in time with agreements on compatible title description, classification and analysis techniques. (10)

3.5

The national subject bibliographic system within the Netherlands Nedic possibly in the near future can participate in an improved European coordination system working on computer basis. Then, however, a major problem will be an eventually linking up with a coming national overall organ for the promotion of the information transfer for the sciences and their practical implementation for the various sections of society.

3.6

This central organ, for the moment in preparation, certainly will have a responsibility for the promotion of a national policy concerning the information transfer, including responsibility for the development of co-ordinated systems of bibliographical information.

3.7

A co-operation problem however, will be the linking up with systems of special bibliographies in general, and in particular with the bibliographic system in the Nedic, which as library and documentation department of the Ministry of Education and Sciences certainly also has a responsibility for the development of a co-ordinated bibliographic system in the field of education and sciences.

3.8

Even if the coming central organ would function as: "a central institution for the planning, development, co-ordination, methodological guidance and research in the field of bibliography", parts or aspects of these functions could be fulfilled by already existing agencies. For example the Standing Conference of Ministerial Libraries, PCOD, could be responsible in so far as the bibliographic co-operation for the public benefit, for the government and for the society development is involved.

3.9

In so far as the co-ordination is concerned between the system of bibliographical information (information on literature) and the systems of subject

( 9)

Eudised, E u r o p e a n D o c u m e n t a t i o n and I n f o r m a t i o n System for E d u c a t i o n , V o l u m e 1. R e p o r t of the working p a r t y o n the application of c o m p u t e r t e c h n i q u e s t o educational d o c u m e n t a t i o n and i n f o r m a t i o n . Strasbourg, Council of E u r o p e , 1969. M e t o d o c 42, II Problems in mechanized pooling f o r the d e v e l o p m e n t of e d u c a t i o n in Europe.

(10)

information on the latest findings and experience of science and practice, both aspects are integrated in the Library and Documentation Department of the Ministry of Education and Sciences. In this Nedic the bibliographical information is only part of the overall information system. Especially in its current awareness service (chapter 8) the system is concentrated on social research and policy reports in the subject field as far as they are representing those latest findings.

4

Collection aspect and co-operation

4.1

The collection aspect, the library work - in the narrow sense of the care of the original information sources and the loan of that material - is completely integrated in the overall information system of the library and documentation centre. National co-operation problems partly arise f r o m the fact that in many library types these activities are more isolated and have not yet found an integrated relation to national bibliographic information.

4.2

Since to-day effective bibliographic work only can be realized on the basis of adequate collections of the information centre, Nedic has an extraordinary good basis because of its complete collection of all national educational literature. In its special field it is the most comprehensive collection of the country. It covers not only printed material available in the book trade but also stencilled or limited distributed sources. It also covers all form categories: books, periodicals, handbooks, reference works, research and policy reports, legislative and administrative source material etc.

4.3

As far as the national material is concerned the acquisition policy is very simple because all is hunted up and all is to be acquired what has a certain value in itself. For the material from abroad acquisition norms have to be established with the core groups of users and certain agreements about the acquisition field could be arranged with university libraries, research libraries and other institutes. Study is made on the requirements of integrated educational planning. (11)

4.4

Integrated educational planning - seen as a continuous process aiming at the efficient realization of the educational objectives - asks for a current bibliographic information on all significant results of study and research, playing such a role in the production of new tools for the innovation of education. The ministerial centre, therefore, especially collaborates with the Fundation for Educational Research and its Advisory Committee on Educational Research Documentation, in which a. o. the researchers, the innovating pedagogical centres and the government arc represented.

4.5

In connection with the extensiveness of the integrated planning process a great variety of social research is involved not only in the educational 277

sciences but also in the socio-cultural and economic sciences. This interdisciplinary viewpoint will make it difficult to find clear dividing lines for f u t u r e acquisition agreements with university libraries, mainly starting f r o m the separate disciplines as such. This however is only a difficulty for the foreign literature because of the complete average of national literature by the centre. 4.6

Since the ministerial library and information centre has been established for acquiring and processing a particular b o d y of information in a clearly defined but interdisciplinary subject field, it quite naturally f u n c t i o n s as a sort of national or of central subject library. As a Nedic it has a task to assure at least the bibliographic control and the physical access to the complete national literature involved. Also the acquisition field for the foreign literature is rather broad. It is not limited to the normally available periodicals and monographs, but a stress is laid on h u n t i n g u p the social research reports involved, even if they are only stencilled or limited distributed.

4.7

This particular situation certainly will play a role in the f u t u r e interlibrary co-ordination in a collection building as far as foreign literature is concerned. The State Advisory Committee on Librarianship is studying (12) these and o t h e r co-operation problems, partly in connection with the f u t u r e developm e n t (in mechanized f o r m ) of an overall national bibliography, based on legal deposit, until now n o t existing in the Netherlands.

4.8

A n o t h e r important point of study in the State Advisory C o m m i t t e e , that of f u r t h e r development of mechanized central catalogues, is at the same time i m p o r t a n t for the f u t u r e co-operation in the field of cataloguing and for the participation in international projects of shared cataloguing. The Central Catalogue of b o o k s (CC) and the Central Catalogue of periodicals (CCP) already now receive all the catalogue cards f r o m the ministerial library as well as f r o m university and many other libraries.

4.9

The Advisory Committee mentioned already paid attention to the expected development of central subject libraries. This study, however, has to be continued and, on an international scale, I F L A could contribute to a qualitative analysis of this type of library and of its role in the library system. For the Section of Special Libraries in any case is this a crucial question.

5

Contents analysis and mechanization

5.1

In the activities of the ministerial centre the acquisition of the source material is only seen as a first unit in the continuous process of its overall inform-

(11)

M e t o d o c nr. 4 2 , II C D o c u m e n t a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t and educational planning.

(12)

De wetenschappelijke bibliothekcn in Nederland (Programme for a long term policy established by the State Advisory C o m m i t t e e on Librarianship). The Hague. 1969.

278

ation system and as distinguished f r o m the currently p r o d u c i n g bibliographic i n f o r m a t i o n on new publications and f r o m the dissemination of these p r o d u c t s for c u r r e n t awareness. 5.2

A collection of bibliographies, abstracting periodicals and o t h e r published bibliographic tools as such c a n n o t be regarded as current bibliographic inf o r m a t i o n . In the ministerial i n f o r m a t i o n centre it is, however, considered highly i m p o r t a n t material and in the acquisition policy these tools get priority. For the international bridge f u n c t i o n as a Nedic and for the f u n c t i o n of national subject library this material hardly can be extensive e n o u g h a n d it is t o be e x p e c t e d that in the f u t u r e even m u c h of m i c r o f o r m material and magnetic tapes also will be c o n c e n t r a t e d there.

5.3

It is e x p e c t e d that in the f u t u r e most of the c o n t e n t s analysis and classification w o r k will be d o n e in specialized i n f o r m a t i o n centres and central subject libraries. It then will be e x e c u t e d in a favourable situation: close t o t h e specific collection, the specialists and the special groups of users. If t h e storage and retrieval will be m e c h a n i z e d the results of that w o r k t h e n easily can be spread t o all interested in the field.

5.4

Since the national subject library covers already the c o m p l e t e n a t i o n a l literature on e d u c a t i o n , with a view of using it as service-in-return, it is m o r e convenient t o give priority t o regional and international bibliographical coo p e r a t i o n . Moreover, at the national level in the e d u c a t i o n a l fields at the m o m e n t only one c o m p a r a b l e c u r r e n t abstracting service is existing. ( 1 3 ) ( N u f f i c on university e d u c a t i o n . ) T h e horizontal co-ordination in the field of the social sciences with bibliographic work of o t h e r ministerial libraries is e x p e c t e d to grow in the near f u t u r e .

5.5

The p r o p o s e d European d o c u m e n t a t i o n and i n f o r m a t i o n system f o r education, E U D I S E D , is a more u r g e n t project also because it will be providing an o p p o r t u n i t y to co-ordinate in a high volume situation, w h e r e a rationalized and m e c h a n i z e d current bibliographic co-operation will be indispensable and on the long run will save m o n e y . ( 1 4 ) G o v e r n m e n t s will be interested because this p r o j e c t is directly involved in the E u r o p e a n developm e n t of e d u c a t i o n and the long term educational integration p o l i c y .

5.6

Moreover, if this project will be realized, the national e d u c a t i o n a l library simultaneously and with the same once-for-all e f f o r t could p a r t i c i p a t e in the c o m i n g shared cataloguing, d e p e n d i n g for the N e t h e r l a n d s o n the

(13)

E u r o p e a n survey o n the e d u c a t i o n a l d o c u m e n t a t i o n and i n f o r m a t i o n s y s t e m in 1 9 6 7 . Strasbourg, C o u n c i l o f E u r o p e , 1 9 6 8 , p. 5 9 .

(14)

Eudised report p. 28: " T h e o n l y financial saving that c o u l d be achieved w o u l d b e through the a v o i d a n c e o f analysing, compressing and organizing relevant literature f r o m o t h e r countries, relying instead o n c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o a shared E u r o p e a n and international s y s t e m " .

279

establishment of a legal deposit and of the related "Netherlands Bibliograp h y " . In all these projects the main problem, however, is: how to come in time to the indispensable agreements on title description, on classification and on a machine readable format. 5.7

The Netherlands Nedic also is in a good situation for participation in a regional or international pooling of abstracts because most of the new national publications involved are currently abstracted in the centre and classified to a certain depth according to the UDC. The centre is already contributing to the abstracting services of the Council of Europe and of Unesco (15) and also these informative abstracts taken by themselves could be made more compatible for use in a mechanized system.

5.8

Co-operation problems mainly are concerned with the still missing agreements on a common classification, on a list of descriptors and on a thesaurus. The study of question will be continued in connection with Eudised, as a regional system within the frame work of the emerging world wide educational documentation and information system under the sponsorship of Unesco.

5.9

For the co-operation of Nedic a favourable condition is that they have much in common in aim, principal tasks and core groups of users. Criteria for selection of what has to be processed and what has to be bibliographically stored in the " m e m o r y " of the retrieval system can be compatible to a rather high degree. These criteria at the same time are very complex, being related not only to immediate requirements, but also to the future needs in connection with the continuous development in the process of planning and in social research.

6

Literature searching and data compilation

6.1

The literature research activities; the question analysis, the conducting of the search and the reporting of the results have to be regarded as the most essential aspects by its aim and by the major questions to be posed explicitly by the core groups of users or implicitly by their vital problems.

6.2

The storage and retrieval system must contain high level information, because the centre is supposed to provide also documentary answers to searching questions, put to it by high level functionaries. The information activities must be as responsive as possible to the needs, desires and innovative ideas of the core groups of users.

6.3

For the co-ordination within the national network for transfer of scientific and technical information attention has to be paid to the principle, stressed

(15)

Metodoc nr. 42, II D. Co-operative educational abstracting service. .

in the SATCOM report, (16) that the administrative entities responsible for scientific and technical information programs must be so organized and coordinated that they represent a logical and efficient division of functions. Too strong centralization has to be avoided, otherwise the responsiveness, so essential for effectivity, could be lost. 6.4

For the work division within the overall national network and the role of central subject libraries it is also worth mentioning that - according to that report - the organization of the information activities must involve constant attention to the simplification and consolidation of existing knowledge and its frequent reprocessing to adapt it t o the needs of diverse users.

6.5

In the centre a tendency to repackaging and to systematically compiling of bibliographic data (and other data) is increasing. Retrospective literature lists, originally produced as answer to one individual enquiry but stored in several copies as reserve material, often are asked so frequently that a system for improving, updating and disseminating hardly can be avoided.

6.6

Literature searches for answering enquiries or questionnaires about particular aspects of a schooltype or of a branch of the schoolsystem are leading to compilations of such data. By keeping copies as reserve material and improving and updating gradually the original answers, now a "system" of these structure surveys (Docinforms) is growing.

6.7

If in a Nedic or other central subject library the literature search has to be adapted to high level questions and if the bibliographic information has to grow in depth, the information specialists involved must have adequate education and qualifications.

7

Current awareness services

7.1

On initiative information in the sense of providing currently and systematically bibliographic data on the latest publications also is characteristic for the centre and for Nedic. After having processed new literature a Nedic will not stop just waiting for enquiries, but will spread the information as soon as possible, before it is getting more or less obsolete.

7.2

In the Pedagogische Bibliografie, (17) the current title bibliography of the centre, each month also titles of significant new foreign literature are indicated, but only for the Netherlands publications the coverage is compre-

(16)

Scientific and technical c o m m u n i c a t i o n , a pressing n a t i o n a l p r o b l e m and r e c o m m e n d a t i o n for its s o l u t i o n . ( R e p o r t established by the C o m m i t t e e o n scientific and technical c o m m u n i c a t i o n ( S A T C O M ) . Washington. 1969.

(17)

Pedagogische Bibliografie voor O n d e r w i j s en W e t e n s c h a p p e n ( m o n t h l y c u r r e n t title bibliography for e d u c a t i o n and sciences). 's-Gravenhage, Staatsuitgeverij.

281

hensive. An overall index is published yearly. Separately a yearbibliography o f N e t h e r l a n d s ' e d u c a t i o n research literature is produced. 7.3

Because o f the fact that the c o m p l e t e Netherlands literature involved already is c o l l e c t e d , catalogued and currently indexed by the centre for that part n o t many co-operation problems will arise. In the future overall Netherlands n e t w o r k for the transfer o f scientific and technical i n f o r m a t i o n , however, special a t t e n t i o n has t o be paid to the work division in the shared cataloguing and the bibliographic c o n t r o l o f the foreign literature involved.

7.4

Current title bibliographies on education are lacking, however, in most countries. Y e a r bibliographies, if existing, mostly appear very late. Regional or international pooling, even if limited to educational research bibliography would be o f great importance. Not only for filling gaps, but also for shortening the time lag between the m o m e n t the research worker finishes his investigation and the time that its results really are made accessible for the decision m a k e r , the research w o r k e r and the innovator.

7.5

Besides the current educational title bibliography "Pedagogische Bibliografie" the centre publishes each m o n t h in its abstracting periodical, " D o c u m e n t a t i e b l a d " , ( 1 8 ) indicative abstracts covering comprehensively the new educational publications o f the c o u n t r y and signalizing the most significant actual production from abroad.

7.6

A pooling o f current "indicative a b s t r a c t s " on a European basis would have much advantages for several reasons, including the draw b a c k that the Netherlands abstracting periodical m e n t i o n e d now is produced in a less used language. But then the abstracts have t o be published without much less time lag than in the already existing loose leaf co-operative system o f " A b s t r a c t s " , mainly o f policy reports, o f the Council o f Europe.

7.7

However, a timely current pooling o f longer " i n f o r m a t i v e a b s t r a c t s " o f well selected educational research reports and comparative studies must have priority in the international co-operation, because it better will meet the demands o f research and development w o r k and o f integrated policy and planning.

7.8

In the already m e n t i o n e d C o m m i t t e e for D o c u m e n t a t i o n o f educational research the centre is collaborating with representatives o f those fields in a project for longer informative abstracts o f educational research published in the Netherlands.

(18)

282

D o c u m e n t a t i e b l a d voor Ondenvijs en Wetenschappen ( m o n t h l y abstracting periodical for education and sciences). 's-Gravenhage, Staatsuitgeverij.

Bibliographical activities of special libraries of the Federal Republic of Germany By Heinz Siegel Library of the German Patent Office, Munich In order to discuss the bibliographic activities of special libraries, and to understand them, a few preliminary remarks on the subject of special libraries in the Federal Republic as a group are indicated. It will certainly surprise y o u that special libraries as an organization, such as Aslib, have been in existence, in the Federal Republic, for a very short time only. Of course that does not mean that special libraries are a new development. On the contrary, they were the first libraries that were able to f u n c t i o n again after the Second World War; as early as 1946, a loose organization named the "Arbeitsgemeinschaft Technisch-Wissenschaftlicher Bibliotheken" was created. Independently of their being joined together in an organization, a considerable number of special libraries had been in existence in Germany for decades. If you want to know more about this, you will find a detailed discussion of special libraries by Norbert Fischer in " H a n d b u c h der Bibliothekswissenschaft" 2nd edition, Vol. 2, pp. 555 to 632 and some brief data in the chapter "Spezialbibliotheken" in G. v. Busse and H. Ernestus'just published book "Das Bibliothekswesen der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Eine Einführung". In addition, there are a number of journal articles discussing special libraries. In our publication, we find expressions, on the one hand of the multiplicity of types of special libraries and on the other hand, good descriptions of individual special libraries; but, an unequivocal determination as to the question which libraries are to be considered special libraries, is not yet available. That is due primarily to the splintering of the German library world (which some call its wealth), but secondarily there are difficulties inherent in the matter itself. How is a special library t o be defined? Possibly on the basis of the supporting organization, or on the basis of the subject field covered; which are the characteristics making for a (special) library? Perhaps space, stock, personnel, administration? Whichever basis you accept, it is easy to become confused; at the very least, you will find many overlaps. The supporting agencies may be state, semi-public, municipal and private organizations; the subject fields may be a single discipline or several, extending to the fluent transition to the universal library, as is the case, e. g. in the libraries of our technical universities. The basic characteristics are equally indefinite: there are large collections of books without professional staff and without professional administration, and there are small collections with professional staff and corresponding administration. But, even though the theory is not able to state in a satisfactory manner what makes a special library and which libraries fall under that concept, the actual practice has outlined the right way, for quite a while, by the formation of a num283

ber of associations uniting special libraries of various types. Without entering into detail, and without undertaking any value judgements, we give you the names of some of these organizations, so as to show the variety of collections involved: - Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Spezialbibliotheken (Association of Special Libraries) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Parlaments- und Behördenbibliotheken (Association of Parliamentary and Government Libraries) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft kommunaler, wissenschaftlicher Bibliotheken (Association of Municipal Scientific Libraries) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft pädagogischer Bibliotheken (Association of Educational Libraries) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft der katholisch-theologischen Bibliotheken (Association of Libraries of Catholic Theology) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Archiv- und Bibliothekswesen in der Evangelischen Kirche (Association for Archives and Libraries within the Protestant Church) - Arbeitsgemeinschaft Werkbücherei für das Bundesgebiet und Berlin (Association of Factory Libraries for the Federal Republik and Berlin) There are still loose organizations, with occasional meetings, in the field of medicine, court, industries, museums, archives, music, association, school, vocational school, and young people's libraries, and libraries in similar fields. The large number of the organizations and of the types of libraries involved, make it necessary, for our specific task, to decide which libraries we wanted t o take into consideration. We have excluded the general libraries with their special collections, the libraries of institutes and seminaries, of universities and technical universities, inasmuch as they are still largely connected with the general central library. A few of these libraries of institutes which have achieved an independent importance, have been included. Not without some concern, we have omitted the libraries of the high schools and technical universities. We also passed by the libraries of the lower courts, libraries of schools, and libraries having an entirely private character. We have given only examples of other types of libraries such as museum, art and municipal libraries. We also had to be satisfied with examples of the large government libraries with their branches, e. g. of the Bundespost (Federal Post Office) with its 23 branches, and of the 87 libraries of the Bundeswehr (Federal Army). Likewise, we have not separated special libraries and central subject libraries, which represent now one of the main efforts in the Federal Republic. Both of them are alike in exceptional cases, but are not identical. On the basis of these self-imposed restrictions, we consider the following three types of libraries to be special libraries: 1. Libraries of companies and corporations, 2. Parliamentary and government libraries, 3. Libraries of independent institutes and associations. Considerable difficulties arise from the very problem of including all types of libraries that should be considered. For there exists no listing of libraries, or special libraries, in the Federal Republic of Germany that could be called even 284

approximately complete. Neither the "Jahrbuch der Deutschen Bibliotheken" nor the "Verzeichnis der Spezialbibliotheken" nor the "Internationale Bibliotheksadressbuch" nor the "Minerva-Handbuch" nor any one of the other library directories present a survey showing the actually operating special libraries in the Federal Republik. Accordingly, it is not surprising that even inasmuch as the mere number of special libraries is concerned, we are dependent on estimates varying from 1,000 to 2,000. Possibly, the card index of the "Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Spezialbibliotheken", which is now being compiled, or the second edition of the "Verzeichnis der Spezialbibliotheken" will provide more satisfactory data in the near future. All three groups of libraries considered by them have one common characteristic in regard to the field covered, and to the way of its coverage: They are related to actual practice, in a very special way, and they must be able to supply their users with well known information sources as well as with the most recent ones. No matter whether they are libraries for applied science and technology with its many disciplines, for law, for the social economic sciences, for medicine, chemistry, agriculture, education, art, administration, etc., special libraries make a determined effort to fulfill the almost contradictory demands for thorough basic information and for speed and up-to-dateness. This contradiction may also be observed in the material presented by us: short-lived publications are listed beside those that are of a fundamental character and intended to be used a long time. For the collection of our material, we have selected some 1,000 libraries which we believe to be able to prepare important bibliographic publications. The following sources were used: 1. the primary bibliographies, viz. the "Wöchentliches Verzeichnis", listing the publications available through the regular book trade as well as those not being traded through that channel, 2. the "Verzeichnis amtlicher Druckschriften", 3. the bibliographic reports in professional journals, including reviews and survey articles, and 4. the holdings of the Library of the German Patent Office. In addition, we addressed questionnaires to several hundred libraries, particularly those of private companies. The result is a listing of 646 publications in our "Auswahlverzeichnis"; 74 come from private company libraries, 246 were published by the libraries of parliaments and government agencies, and 326 originate in libraries of institutes and associations. The unequal presentation of the three types of libraries is not based on subjective selection, but represents an objective state of affairs. As far as the numbers are concerned, we had applied equally to the libraries of private companies, of parliaments and of government agencies, while we had made an immediate selection in the case of the libraries of institutions and associations. The fact that the libraries of private companies are less strongly represented, means therefore, that these libraries have less reason to develop bibliographic activities, inasmuch as their clientele is usually limited to members of the firm, and is served primarily by all information and various card files. Even in cases where bibliographies have been prepared, it was stressed frequently that they are intended primarily for internal use, or that they are confidential and not accessible to outsiders. Later on, we shall come back to the uneven distribution. 285

In regard to the total number of publications listed here, we want to say that this collection of material has been brought together for the first time, inasmuch as this type of bibliographic activity is concerned. It is questionable whether all publications included really belong here; on the other side, it is easy to show lacunae. But, for several reasons, we could not aim at completeness or at a critical bibliography; we hope, however, that the relatively large amount of material will serve as a basis of further considerations, viz. whether such a bibliography is indeed useful and desirable. We wish to present the first considerations in that respect, by way of catchwords. The first point is that, in special libraries even more than in general libraries, the information of the user takes place by means of catalogs and oral communication. The catalogs, no matter what their form may be, are frequently more differentiated than the usual library catalogs and include, particularly, journal articles and other analytics. Each special library has its own specific materials. These materials include, as a matter of course, books and journals covering its subject field, but also reports, preprints, reprints, proceedings of meetings, parliamentary reports, official and unofficial informations, patents, official and semi-official documents and the wide field of company publications, microfilms, and many other varied items. The collection is largely based on the wishes of the client who requires information, and sources of information — even remote ones — are watched and collected by means of which the library will be able to satisfy the demands made on it. To that end, the knowledge of the librarian who is active in a special library needs to extend more into depth rather than into latitude, and accordingly, catalogs and experience are sufficient for rapid oral information. The value of that information consists in the speed with which it is produced. The smaller special library (smaller as to the number of users and to the subject field covered) can be satisfied with those two means. As its users and tasks increase, written information will become necessary, as an almost automatic complement; its activities includes literature searches, bibliographic compilations concerning specific problems and large subject fields, referrals to documentation services, sometimes the preparation of abstracts from selected publications and lists of acquisitions and of journals. As you can see f r o m our "selected list" ("Auswahlverzeichnis"),the two last named types of publication, viz. acquisitions lists and lists of journals, are more or less in the foreground of the bibliographic activities of special libraries. When we disregard the information about the holdings of various titles as such, the value of these lists consists particularly in the furthering of the contact between the library and its users. It cannot be stated in a general way, to which extent these listings are useful for a wider circle outside the organization or institution itself; their usefulness is probably moderate, but will become more important when we are faced with special problems and look for pertinent special libraries. An undoubted benefit is derived from these lists by those special libraries that have identical or similar problems to the libraries covered by the lists, e. g. court libraries, medical libraried, aeronautics and patent libraries. The libraries with similar fields of interest obtained from these list value suggestions for the filling of lacunae of their own holdings; if purchase is not possible, these lists are 286

the condition of a purposeful, rapid inter-library loan exchange. Briefly, the lists serve cooperation and prevent duplication of work. Another large group covered includes the wide field of bibliographic activities that is taken for granted in the case of special libraries. By that, we mean special subject libraries in the narrow sense of the word, i. e. the true domain of special libraries. It would carry us too far to give examples of that type here. Each page of the selective list contains several special bibliographies of this type. The benefit of that work is quite evident, inasmuch as we can assume that the pertinent material involved is listed sufficiently and satisfactorily, i. e. material is covered "sufficiently and satisfactorily" for the expert and investigator and therefore, a majore for less strict demands, e. g. for students and the general public. The bibliographic dream of completeness does not exist any longer, even in the case of special bibliographies, and it can be a goal only for very small subjects or as a sample finding list of materials and numbers for certain mass products, such as patents standards, reports, and similar publications. The way in which the material is collected for these subject bibliographies is more important than their completeness. First, there is always the title - o f monographs, journal articles, progress reports, university publications, abstract services, etc. As far as the listing of the titles is concerned, there exists — besides the principle of selection — only the task of an adequate arrangement. This arrangement takes general classification principles, such as the UDC, into account only in rare cases, but generally is based on the classification systems of the publishing special library. That means a considerable extra effort for the outsider, and there is good reason why there is a tendency toward uniform classification principles in various subject fields. The classification principles are of ever greater urgency in cases where actual subject information is supplied, beyond the formal access to material. This is also where bibliography and documentation reach their closest approach. The material prepared and the classification system generally come f r o m the subject expert, and the librarian is the go-between who gives access to third parties by compiling and publishing. Examples of this type are: "Die Bibliographie der Pflanzenschutzliteratur" and the "Dokumentationsring Elektrotechnik", which is a joint effort of eight company libraries; we may also mention the bibliographic parts of the "Atomkerndokumentation" and the " L u f t f a h r t d o k u m e n t a t i o n " and several literature lists in the field of chemistry. We wish to add a complementary remark in regard to the material processed on a subject basis. A large part never reaches the form of a typed or written bibliography, but remains at the originating organization in the form of catalogs and indexes and is reserved, when it is printed out in any way, for internal use. The uneven needs for information from the literature, the unequal conditions for processing of the literature, and last but not least, the limited circle of users, imply certain restrictions. That is the reason why company libraries have a relatively 287

small representation in our "selected lists". Besides the first two large groups, there is also a numerically small one, which is however, not unimportant. They are publications that on the one hand go beyond lists of accessions or holdings, and on the other hand, hardly supply any material processed on a subject basis. They include several fields of their general subject area, and usually are rather voluminous. Only large special libraries can afford this type of publication, or else they are the result of private bibliographic zeal, which, however, we shall not consider here. The following are examples: the listings of the Technische Informationsbibliothek, the "Kieler Schrifttumskunden zu Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft" of the Bibliothek des Instituts für Weltwirtschaft, the various publications of the libraries of the Bundestag, of the Zentralbibliothek der Kernforschungsanlage Jülich, and of the Library of the German Patent Officce. It is easy to say how and why these publications are useful. They benefit in particular the libraries themselves in regard to their information services; then, they are useful as first information for the individual user. What remains, is the last group of widely varying single bibliographies which cannot be defined more closely. We can only say that they do not fit into one of the three main groups; since they are, at the same time, less important, we shall not give any additional comments or examples. The circle of the subject bibliographies is closed in that way. Undoubtedly, more comments could have been made usefully to one or the other point, particularly in the case of the second group. But, we feel that our main task is the presentation of a collection of materials. The subsequent remarks point out one or the other fact within the arrangement given, to round off our theme or to call attention to still unanswered questions. One of them has to do with the title and literature cards which probably also are part of the bibliographic activities of special libraries, e. g. the title cards of the Bibliothek des Instituts für Weltwirtschaft, the literature cards "Bauwesen", "Bodenmechanik und Grundbau", those of the Verein Deutscher Maschinenbauanstalten, the library of the Bundesgerichtshof (Federal Supreme Court), and the card index of the ASpB-Kartei, the continuation of which has been suspended. Even though these card indexes lie outside the form of publication considered by us here, we felt that they should, at least, be mentioned. From them, it is only a small step to the special catalogs, the preparation of which is a special endeavour of special libraries. That means that the bibliographic activity is not limited by any means to a coherent written publication, and that it does not relate exclusively to bibliographies as such. It follows further, from the same train of thought, that many documentation and information services of various organizations, such as companies, government agencies, associations, committees, etc. should be included when we talk of special libraries. Their inclusion follows directly from the problem of the number of scientific and other publications. For the individual organization, it is between hundreds to tens of thousands annually. The method of listing them and making 288

their availability known is a joint task, and as soon as the number becomes excessive, cooperation of librarian and documentalist is advisable if not indispensable. This double function has been practiced in special libraries for a long time — or, at least, it has been considered a problem to be solved. Proof may be found in many of the bibliographical compilations listed; we show a closer subject relation than is the case in general bibliographies. Besides the immediate usefulness in regard to the field covered, we want to point out, by way of conclusion, the general advantage of bibliographic activities in special libraries. Even though special libraries generally are reference libraries with restricted access, their bibliographic activity enables a larger group to participate in their holdings by informations, photocopies and microfilms. I leave it to your judgement whether the "selected list" submitted to you in its imperfect form, of which we are fully conscious, can be of any use to you. I should be pleased to have an echo of our presentation with proposals for improvement and wishes for continuation, possibly at a more suitable place. NB. The selected list ("Auswahlverzeichnis bibliographischer Veröffentlichungen von Spezialbibliotheken der Bundesrepublik Deutschland") may be obtained from the German Patent Office Library at Munich.

289

Selective list of special bibliographies By Giinther Reichardt, Jiilich Mme Louise-Noelle Malclés writes in the introduction t o her b o o k "Les sources d u travail bibliographique" that special bibliographies being new and relatively seld o m are rather specialized in their theme and as such have to be dug u p (il reste á les dépister). Or rather one could say: they are inaccessible (elles sont a u t a n t dire inaccessibles), since they are published outside the normal b o o k t r a d e , witho u t the usual publishers' advertising, marketing and selling (elles sont diffusées hors de l'édition). Mr. Siegel has taken on him the burden of searching and "digging u p " and he has f o u n d 6 1 4 bibliographical titles published by 278 special libraries at 6 2 places in the Federal Republic of Germany and compiled them n o w to a stock-list. 3 3 9 of these titles, that is more than 5 0 %, are genuine special bibliographies, whereas the rest consists of accession lists, periodical catalogues, shelf lists, inventory records, and papers dealing with special library work. Many of these special bibliographies are shown in the Exhibit of the University Library here. O u t of the 3 3 9 special bibliographies 6 9 titles (= 20 7c) refer t o technology, 6 4 titles (= 19 7c) to natural science, 21 titles (= 6 7c) to agriculture and f o r e s t r y , a n d 2 0 titles (= 6 7c) to medicine. The complete percentage of scientific and technical bibliographies, viz. 51 7c, reflects and shows the importance of special bibliographies in the fields of pure and applied sciences, important also for the bodies financing these special libraries, i. e. for institutions of science and technology, industry and factories, and science and research institutes. Mr. Chubaryan in his paper "Tekushchaya bibliograficheskaya informaciya v p o m o s h c h proizvodstva" (Sovetskaja bibliografija 1961, 5 (69), 8 - 2 0 ) has very convincingly shown the importance of current bibliographical information to industry. Here, we have n o w the same proof of the high importance of special bibliographies. Let us return to Mr. SiegePs list: -

38 27 21 20 17

special bibliographies refer to history to economics to law to education to geography

= = = = =

11 % 8 7c 6 7c 6 % 5 7c

The rest (42 titles) deals with the fine arts, literature, politics, sociology, archives, theology, statistics, archaeology, newspapers e. a. This does not signify, by any means, that there d o not exist many German special bibliographies in the humanities; but it shows that in the field of humanities there are only a few special libraries in the Federal Republic of Germany that work on or publish special bibliographies.

290

The reason for this is that the trend for specializing is mainly felt in the field of science and technology, and that the importance of special bibliographies for information o u t p u t and requirements is particularly realized and acknowledged by the financing bodies of science and technology, that is by institutions that are active in industry, economy and research. The economic and industrial financing bodies know that special bibliographies are extremely useful and desperately needed and think it worthwhile to support the preparation of special bibliographies for promoting research activities and covering the local requirements. The same result and the same great importance of special bibliographies for information work has been underlined only just last year by a conference of the Central Library of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences whose proceedings are published in a special volume of 210 pages, as part of the Bulletin of the Central Library of the Bulgarian Academy. By this direction of the information endeavor it is also evident that special bibliographies hardly compete with national bibliographies, which in the first place serve as a means of registration and statistics of the national book-production and as such are prepared by National Libraries, National Biographical Centres or Booksellers' Associations. Special bibliographies on the other hand can only be, and are, prepared by specialists, as a rule by scientists, information scientists. Special bibliographies are characterized by being differentiated and heterogeneous as to subject arrangement. If the bibliographies are well done, they are by virtue of their complex systematic and subject structure not easily read by a layman, or even for that matter by a chief librarian or a reviewer. This fact has been admitted and expressly stated by the reviewer of Model's "Geophysikalische Bibliographie von Nord- und Ostsee" in the German library journal. (ZfBB 15 (1968), 3, 1 9 9 - 2 0 2 ) . For, special bibliographies are the result of a thorough literature search and they place the subject matter, the factual information, the practical use for research for today and for tomorrow so much into the foreground that the author - in most cases a scientist, an information scientist, in any case, often not a librarian - is effaced in the background. In this way one might look at special bibliographies as being the result of an inductive method of research, which starting hypothetically from the objects of a given field takes the properties of these objects as a basis for classification. Therefore special bibliographies can be used and can be understood in the best way by information scientists, for these bibliographies have their special scientific problems, their special bibliographical problems and their special practical problems. I am of the definite opinion that it is not easy to speak about them before a distinguished audience of librarians and library directors. For the proper bibliographic realm of the librarian is the bibliography of bibliographies. Here we have the great collectors w h o gather bibliographies: Schneider and Besterman, Vorstius and Malclès, Kirpicheva and Totok, Winchell and Szentmihâlyi. Now, Mr. Siegel has contributed his share and reaped his harvest in a field that is either completely missing or only randomly mentioned in bibliographical hand-

291

books. The subject is dry and unknown, not easily unearthed and difficult to lay hands on, so that large bibliographical works tend to pass by the multicoloured wealth of special bibliographies or just venture along its borders. Concerning the coordination of all the special bibliographies, a centre for these problems is missing in most countries, and the efficiency of this information work is often limited by the narrow area for which the special bibliographies are prepared. Therefore, it is not astonishing that this list of special bibliographies, prepared by Mr. Siegel, is not complete and represents only a first step in getting hold of all German special bibliographies; the arrangement should be by subject, with a view to use in information work. But, in yet another aspect special bibliographies have an advantage over all other bibliographies: whereas national bibliographies restrict and confine themselves to literature published within one state's borders and even bibliographical handbooks all show a national bias to native bibliographical publications, the special bibliographies are the true international bibliographies. They try to list the literature on a given subject on an international scale from all countries and in all languages. Thus they may serve as an indication of how really international science is in a particular country, and whether it is supported in that way. Even though it seems unfortunately impossible to learn from history, still we may learn from each other and get to know one another by bibliographic listings of the scientific literature of other countries. Seen in this respect, special bibliographies and inventories of special bibliographies are no luxury, but a serious necessity for each country. For they show the international state of science and we all gain the knowledge of an international language by the international collection of titles. That language is not Esperanto nor is it English, nor Russian. It is the language of mutual respect and the knowledge of interdependence. In this respect special bibliographies make a handsome contribution to learning the "know-how" of the pertinent authorities and agencies in various countries. Thus even small special bibliographies have a great effect: they are a measure for progress throughout the world.

292

Computerization of British Technology Index: man-machine collaboration in the production of indexes By E. J. Coates British Technology Index, London B. T. I. Aims and structure British Technology Index was established by the Library Association in 1962 as a reference tool for the location of material on specific subjects in British technical periodical literature. It was known from the failure of two earlier commercial attemps to provide a similar service, that the economic establishment of the Index was likely to be a difficult operation, and the structural features were designed to give as much information as possible in unit space. The information is presented in such a way as to afford maximum ease of use to the enquirer who has noted the existence of an article, often on a new specific development, and who now wishes to refer to it again. In such an index design, the comprehensive and wide angle type of search is less conveniently catered for, but this limitation was accepted, because it was felt that the Index was more likely to succeed commercially if it aimed primarily to serve on type of enquiry, which was known to be of importance in many special libraries. Despite the density of information presented, British Technology Index is in fact consulted by the ultimate users, engineers and technical personnel, directly as well as by their intermediaries the librarians and information officers. Nevertheless the Index has not a together escaped criticism which says, in effect, that it gives too much information. The underlying point of this criticism seems to be that very complexity of technical information which a specific subject index is called upon to reflect must carry its burden of communication "noise". There are two senses in which the concept of "noise" may be applied in the sphere of information stores and retrieval. There is, on the one hand, the completely concrete and measurable "noise" in the form of what in the post coordinate indexing field are called false drops. One receives irrelevant information from the system. In a second sense, noise is the effect of the structure and detail of the index upon the user. This is in part derived from the characteristics of the user himself, his conditioning, and of the urgency of the motivation behind the enquiry. A user may be disconcerted by the structure of an index so much that he will never consult it, or he may be initially disconcerted but eventually content. Certainly if he requires the information for some really urgent purpose he will not be dismayed at mere detail. By the use of detailed specification and complex headings, BTI is relatively free of noise of the first kind, but because of the detail, a user may experience noise (or distraction) of the second kind. It is uncertain to what extent noise of this latter kind is due to detail per se and to what extent to the element of disorder in the detail, but undoubtedly ordering of the detail reduces the danger of the user being simply distracted by detail. Further, by introducing an element of predictability into the index it saves the habitual user time and establishes his confidence in the system. 293

The philosophy behind BTI is that such an index should attempt to reflect in an ordered fashion the complexity of the concepts actually found in the literature. Each article indexed is given a subject heading which is in effect a highly abbreviated summary of its subject content. Formally, this subject heading is a word or a phrase, or more frequently, a short string or words or phrases, each element being marked off by punctuation. A string combines the notion of a catchword, which is its first element, with that of a sentence. The catchword is the user's point of entry into the index, but it is the sentence - the complete string of the subject heading — which is the unit of information. In English, and possibly other languages sentences may easily be converted into dependent prepositional phrases. A BTI subject heading is often no more than an English prepositional phrase with the prepositions deleted. It is also structured in the sense that each element is articulated with the preceding and following elements and not to others, as well as in the sense that elements are arranged in terms of categories such as PATIENT (something acted upon), PRODUCT (something produced), ACTION, AGENT and Type.Any two of these categories placed together imply a relationship; thus this technique has been called relational analysis. Its end product is an indexing language possessing a uniform syntax. Computerisation A given subject heading produces in its wake a given set of cross references, and the structure and derivation of the cross references are given later on. Some of the cross references are produced by manipulating the elements in the subject heading string; others are derived from extraneous sources, from lists of synonyms and from hierarchically related lists of terms. The major part of this paper deals with computer programs which produce the cross references of the first kind, by rearranging the terms in input subject headings, and which extract as appropriate from a magnetic tape store, cross references of the second kind. A byproduct of great potential importance from these computer operations is a print-out authority file of indexing decisions taken, which indexers find it essential to consult in order to maintain consistency of pattern in freshly produced subject headings. These operations — the production and extraction from store of required cross references and the maintenance of an authority file have for the last six years been carried out manually by clerks and indexers. It has been estimated that perhaps 15 to 20 % of indexers' time has been spent in these essential ancillary activities. Among the commercially important desiderata, currency of entries in relation to the source articles to which they refer is a primary consideration. It is essential that the time lag between the source article and the publication of the indexed entry should be minimal. One method of ensuring reliability in this respect would be to employ a large staff, some of whom would from time to time be supernumeraries. Such an expansion of staff might be feasible to a subsidised organization serving a market several orders larger than the foreseeable market for information services of this kind. It is not feasible, nor perhaps desirable in 294

the concrete situation in which we find ourselves. Such increases in the staff as we could contemplate would not be large enough to effect a decisive improvement in reliability of currency performance. Therefore the Library Association has given its attention to the possibility of gaining time by mechanization. There are three areas in the index production cycle in which the requisite time might conceivably be gained. These are in indexing itself, in the ancillary processes to which allusion has already been made, and in physical production. The indexing process itself is already highly streamlined. A certain irreducible time is naturally required to read and ascertain exactly what a paper or article is about, but once this information has been acquired, very little additional decision time is needed to present this information in structured subject heading form. BTI's methodology in subject analysis has been outlined in earlier papers (refs. 1 - 3 ) and will not be detailed here. For physical production purposes we employ photolisting of Varityped copy on cards, followed by photolithography from the master film produced. This so-called non-conventional printing method is also relatively efficient in its use of time, because master copy preparation or "typesetting" proceeds while indexing is still in progress and can be completed shortly after indexing cut-off day. The time delay for typesetting after editorial cut-off is thus virtually eliminated, though a computer using typographical programs and outputting directly, whether on- or off-line to a suitable fast filmsetter would of course give a still more satisfactory time of performance. It is however, in the sphere of the ancillary processes that the greatest possibilities of time saving by computerization seemed to lie. Not only would these ancillary processes be completed much faster by computer than manually; more important, an appreciable increase of indexing time would be available to a staff of the same size; most important of all, a minor emergency of staff absence would have a less decisive effect upon currency performance. The whole object of the BTI computerization project has been directed towards this end. Project Development A preliminary outline of an integrated scheme of computer assistance for British Technology Index, covering data processing and typesetting is given in ref. 4. The present paper deals with subsequent work on the data processing side of the project, and its implementation for production purposes in April of this year. The first stage of developing the project required that the existing manual procedures for constructing cross references should be fully formalised. In view of the emphasis that had previously been placed upon structural regularity, on minimisation of the areas to be left for free ad hoc decision by the editor and indexers, the index was already oriented in the direction required for computer processing. The work of refinement and elaboration of the manual procedures to the point at which they could be embodied in a computer program occupied only a concentrated spell of activity lasting 6 weeks in the summer of 1964. One issue of general importance became evident at this early stage, and this was the existence of certain semantically complex situations in BTI subject headings which were not 295

amenable to transformation by algorithm. Fortunately, these situations are comparatively rare, b u t a greater potential difficulty was that they might not be easily recognisable by indexers. This early encounter aided the crystallisation of a concept of computer aid in which human indexers take some trouble t o facilitate communication with the machine, rather than the concept of one hundred per cent automation of the processes concerned. It is possible that this concept is also appropriate to many situations in which computers are required to perform operations upon linguistic material. The result of this first phase of the work was that British Technology Index was able to hand over to a c o m p u t e r programming organization an almost completely defined sequence of requirements. This apparent advantage is not without its difficulties when one is approaching commercial consultants in computing. These agencies in such a situation may possibly take the view that part of their function has been usurped by the customer. Nevertheless in new applications of computers to library and library type requirements it may well be economical and conducive to rapid progress if the preliminary system analysis detailing the environment in which the computer is to work is carried out by library and information personnel rather than by system analysis. If the most advantageous use is to be made of the operational system which finally emerges, it is highly desirable that the library or information scientist shall be creatively involved in all stages of planning up to the point at which it begins to be necessary to consider the operational parameters of actual computers suitable for the task. The BTI system was submitted to the Computing Laboratory of the University of Newcastle upon Tyne during the summer of 1966, and in due course, having studied the system and its relation to other work on which they were already engaged in the computer handling of bibliographic records, the Computing Laboratory agreed to undertake the necessary feasibility research. Programming, under the general directions of Professor E. S. Page, was for the English Electric KDF9 computer, using KDF9 Usercode. The costs were met by Office of Scientific and Technical Information, a section of the British Department of Education and Science. Programming for the data processing was completed and tested in about 12 months. As an ancillary to the tests carried out in the Computing Laboratory, BTI itself carried out some trials on the ability of its indexers to handle the input coding required for the inversion cross reference generating program. These trials were highly satisfactory and their results were incorporated in three of the monthly production issues in the summer of 1967. At the conclusion of the data processing programming, a further series of programs and tests were completed to assess the feasibility of computer typesetting for BTI. Typographical and magnetic tape to paper conversion programs produced satisfactory input to a Monophoto filmsetter. This machine with a rated output of 3 characters per second is not sufficiently fast to be used for regular production purposes, and the implementation of the computer typesetting is at present awaiting tests on a faster filmsetter which is about to become available in Great Britain. 296

In the meantime, in view of the importance of stabilising and improving the currency performance of BTI, the Library Association decided to adopt computerization of the data processing for production purposes. This decision came into effect with the April 1968 issue, and has already produced a demonstrable increase in the work capacity of the indexing staff which has remained unchanged in number. Extraction of synonym and related subject cross references Input preparation is carried out at the BTI Editorial Office, using a Vonotelex typewriter linked paper tape punch. There are two streams of input. The first consists of the subject heading suitably coded in accordance with the requirements of the computer program for producing inversion cross references. The second stream comprises synonym and related subject cross references appropriate to the subject heading in the first stream, and which are not already in magnetic tape store. These categories of cross references, unlike the inversion cross references, to be discussed later, cannot be produced by manipulation of the words and phrases in subject headings. Once in magnetic tape store they do not have to be input again, irrespective of the number of times the same subject heading may arise. This store of what has been termed here second stream material is cumulated month by month, and we hope to continue to cumulate in this way for 18 months to 2 years before being overtaken by prohibitive storage and processing costs arising from the sheer quantity of material. In the indexing process, the indexer, having written out his proposed subject heading, checks each of the constituent terms with a visual copy of the synonym and related subject cross reference store. If he finds a term in the store, then no further action is required to produce appropriate synonym and related subject cross reference copy for the printer. On processing day each month the computer compares the input subject headings and generated inversion cross references with the destination terms (i. e. the terms to which the user is directed) in the store of synonym and related subject cross references. When a match is found, the cross reference so matched is copied and in due course output together with the generated inversion cross references. The matching process covers not only comparison of single elements in subject headings, but also single words in phrases, as well as combined elements. Thus for instance a subject heading which begins ALUMINA:

Ceramics:

Electrical insulating materials

is matched in the store with 1.

ALUMINA which outputs

ALUMINUM OXIDE. See ALUMINA

297

2.

ALUMINA:

Ceramics: CERAMICS. Related Headings ALUMINA: Ceramics CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY. Related Headings CERAMICS CLAY PRODUCTS. See CERAMICS INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY. See CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY

which o u t p u t s

3.

ALUMINA:

Ceramics:

which o u t p u t s

Electrical insulating materials INSULATING MATERIALS, Electrical. Related Headings, ALUMINA: Ceramics: Electrical insulating materials ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: Materials. Related Headings INSULATING MATERIALS, Electrical

An example of a match with part only of a subject heading element would arise in a heading which begins THERMAL EXPANSION This is matched in the store with THERMAL which o u t p u t s

HEAT. Related Headings THERMAL

There is in this case no match with the complete element THERMAL EXPANSION An important facility of the Matching Program arises in connection with the first of these examples, where it is to be noted that ALUMINA: Ceramics o u t p u t s not a single cross reference, but a hierarchical chain of references of the following character CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY

f

CERAMICS

INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY

f

CLAY PRODUCTS

ALUMINA: Ceramics

298

The Matching store program is so devised that the higher portion of a chain, once input, automatically links up with a new cross reference, inserted at the lower end of the chain. Thus when GLAZES is used as a subject heading for the first time, the second stream input requires only the data GLAZES/CERAMICS to produce, on matching, a complete chain similar to that produced for ALUMINA: Ceramics. The resultant economy of input punching is considerable. Mention has been made of the fact that the indexer needs to check initially every subject heading element against a visual copy of the magnetic tape matching store. The actual arrangements made for the BTI production processing were that the whole of the synonym and related subject cross references in the 1964 Annual Volume were initially inserted in the store, using the economical punching convention illustrated above. After April 1st, 1968, every subject heading has been checked against the 1964 volume. If it is present there, the corresponding synonym and relational cross references are already in store. If not present, the data is punched into the second stream which is incorporated with other information in the printed out cumulating authority file. The indexer has then to check the 1964 Annual Volume and the authority file which commenced on April 1st to ascertain whether cross references leading to subject heading terms are already in magnetic tape store. This section of the paper deals briefly with the BTI computer program for extracting relational and synonym cross references from magnetic tape store on matching with subject heading elements and combinations of elements. The matching process as described does not include the matching .of internal elements in subject heading strings. Thus in the example of the heading THERMAL EXPANSION no mention was made of any extraction of cross reference terms leading to EXPANSION. In fact, an appropriate reference DIMENSIONAL CHANGES. Related Headings EXPANSION is extracted, not by matching the subject heading, but by matching the leading term of the inversion reference EXPANSION, Thermal. See THERMAL EXPANSION. The matching process takes place after inversion references have been generated and sorted with the "parent" subject headings. In this way although the matching process examines only terms and blocks of terms on the left hand end of each string, any individual item in a string which can become the leading term of an inversion reference is processed by the matching program. Generation of "See" cross references The sequence of operations (a) compare two sorted sequences, (b) on finding identical data, output other data associated in store is a familiar one in data processing, and essentially raised no new issues in programming, even though the particular application was novel and demanded some special features. The same cannot be said for the inversion cross reference program. This may be said to 299

have broken new ground on the conceptual side. KWIC index and their variants, deriving from computer programs which manipulate natural language words are commonplace. In the BT1 inversion program what is input is word strings which include not only the words themselves but also information on the connective relationships between the words. In order to place new concepts into a semantically unified index structure, it has always been necessary for indexers to take cognisance of these relationships in their day to day work. In the manual regime they could remain implicit - any relationship was indicated by the punctuating comma which separated consecutive elements of subject headings. In the computer regime, for the purpose of automatic generation of inversion cross references it is necessary to make some of these relationships explicit by means of the differentiated punctuation which has been employed in B.T.I, since the beginning of 1968. It needs to be stressed that the explicit relational analysis is carried only so far as is necessary for the purpose of generating inversion cross references on the computer. In constructing subject headings indexers will often need to carry the analysis further. The first distinction that has been made is between the relation subsisting between the Properties, associated Actions, Materials and Parts of stated class of Things (or Entities) and the class of Things itself on the one hand; and the sub class of the stated Things defined or delimited by the possession of a particular property, associated action, material or part. The former relations is syntactic, the latter is generic. (1) A few examples will make this clear. Syntactic relation Thing - Property BUILDINGS:

Earthquake resistance (i. e. the earthquake resistance of buildings of various kinds)

Thing - Action PIPES:

Vibrations (i. e. vibrations of pipes, affecting pipes)

STEEL:

Welding (i. e. Welding of steel)

RADIO:

Frequency modulation (i. e. the frequency modulation process in a frequency modulation radio system)

SHAFTS:

(1)

300

Whirling (i. e. whirling of shafts)

" G e n e r i c r e l a t i o n " b e t w e e n t w o c o n c e p t s A and B is used here in the sense that the c o m b i n a t i o n AB is included in A . and not that B is included in A.

Thing - Material PRESSURE VESSELS:

Steel

(i. e. steel used for pressure vessels) Thing - Part LOCOMOTIVES:

Gas turbines (i. e. gas turbines forming part of locomotive)

Generic relation Thing - Property BUILDINGS,

Earthquake resistant (i. e. a class of buildings specially designed to resist earthquakes)

Thing - Action PIPES,

Vibrating (i. e. a class of pipes, temporarily distinguished from nonvibrating pipes)

STEEL,

Welding (i. e. steel suitable for welding)

RADIO,

Frequency modulation (i. e. a frequency modulation radio system)

SHAFTS,

Whirling (i. e. a class of shafts, temporarily distinguished from nonwhirling shafts)

Thing - Material PRESSURE VESSELS:

Steel

(i. e. a class of pressure vessels distinguished from others by being constructed of steel)

301

Thing - Part LOCOMOTIVES,

Gas turbine (i. e. a class of locomotives possessing gas turbines)

It will be noticed that the colon ( : ) is the punctuation indicator of syntactic relations, that the comma ( , ) indicates generic relations, except where the specifying factor is a material when the indicator is semi-colon ( ;). The close resemblance to Ranganathan's facet indicator notation was not consciously contrived, yet does correctly suggest the parentage of many of the underlying features of the B.T.I, structure. In automatic inversion (or reversal) of subject heading strings it is necessary to suggest degrees of tightness of binding between the elements in a string, and the comma is meant to suggest a tighter bond than the colon, with the semi-colon indicating a bond of intermediate tightness. For subject heading elements connected by syntactic relationships, the following formula connects the subject heading input with the required inversion cross reference output: Input Subject Heading . A : .B

Output cross references (1) B:A . . .

See A:B

(2) A

See . . . A

where A and B are consecutive word of phrase elements in subject heading. In this simple structure the 2nd half of the cross reference is a mirror image of the first, and truncation proceeding right-to-left along the subject heading string, occurs exactly as in Ranganathian chain procedure. When the consecutive elements in a heading are connected in a generic relationship, the formula becomes: Input Subject Heading ..A, .B or . . . A; . B

Output cross references (1) B A . . . .

See . . . . A, B

(2) A, B . . .

See . . . . A, B

(1) B;A . . .

See . . . . A; B

(2) A; B . . .

See . . . . A; B

where the species defining concept is a material. Many strings combine both types of relationships, and the program applies both formulae, treating the first as the most general case and superimposing the second as a modification. Attention may be drawn to two points. One of these is that in the second formula the punctuation as well as element order undergoes transformation. This is of considerable importance in preserving intelligibility in inversion, 302

especially as strings containing both generic and syntactic relationships. The second feature to be noted is that on the input side there is a further punctuation character — a point — following the relation indicating ,; o r : . This second operator (always suppressed on output) instructs the computer whether or not a term in input initiates a cross reference. The point is a positive instruction. Where a string element is "unsought" or non-significant as a possible access term the formula is Input Subject Heading . . . . A:

IB

Output cross reference (1) A . . . .

The conjunctive relation occurs in BTI in two situations. The first is exemplified by ALUMINUM-CHROMIUM-NICKEL qualitatively describing an alloy thus constituted. Here a term rotating formula is employed Input Subject Heading . . . . A-.B-.C

Output cross reference (1) A-B-C

See . . . . A-B-C

(2) B-C-A . . . . See . . . . A-B-C (3) C-A-B . . . . See . . . . A-B-C The second conjunctive situation occurs when a limited class of objects is specified by two or more terms as in the class of HOUSES which is distinguished from others, both by being of wood construction and by being prefabricated. This concept in a string is fed to the computer as HOUSES ; . Wood* . Prefabricated, and the output is (1) PREFABRICATED WOOD HOUSES .

See HOUSES ; Wood , , Prefabricated

(2) WOOD ; Houses

See HOUSES ; Wood

It is instructive to compare this with a verbally similar but conceptually distinct example, namely Houses constructed of a material called Prefabricated wood. This is the input as HOUSES ; . Wood , . Prefabricated and the output is (1) PREFABRICATED WOOD ; Houses.

See HOUSES ; Wood , Prefabricated

(2) WOOD , Prefabricated ; Houses.

See HOUSES ; Wood , Prefabricated

The computer program has certain facilities which give the indexer great flexibi-

303

lity. It is sometimes for good reasons possible to use a shorter form of words for a concept in a heading than can be permitted when the same concept is required as the first term of a cross reference. An example is Education for welding, in which case the input WELDING : . Education . Technical education gives the output TECHNICAL EDUCATION : Welding.

See WELDING: Education

Mention has been made already of non-significant terms which initiate no corresponding cross reference. There is a class of terms of even greater diffusiveness, labelled in the programming as NILSIG which neither initiate cross references nor when appearing internally in a cross reference appear in the normal formula position. An example is SWIMMING BA THS: Measurement: Metric system (which is news in a country which has not yet adopted the metric system). Input here is SWIMMING + . BATHS: < Measurement: . Metric system and output is (1) METRIC SYSTEM: Swimming baths measurement. See SWIMMING BATHS: Measurement: Metric system (2) BATHS, Swimming.

See

SWIMMING BATHS

Had the more usual NonSig operator been used i. e. SWIMMING + . BATHS:

[ Measurement: . Metric system

the output (1) would have been METRIC SYSTEM: Measurement: Swimming baths . . . etc. A list of these NILSIG TERMS is given as Appendix 1. For economic reasons their identification is a task for the indexer rather than for the computer. Output (2) of this example also illustrates the facility for inverting phrases to bring the second word into the leading position. A further valuable facility is that which produces an output which has manipulated two elements in a string as if one. An example is input as ORGANOCHLORINE COMPOUNDS : * Pesticides: . Toxicity and duly output as (1) TOXICITY: Organochlorine compounds: Pesticides. See ORGANOCHLORINE COMPOUNDS: Pesticides: Toxicity 304

There are facilities for computer manipulation of certain types of 3 and 4 word phrases. Altogether there are 28 separate basic formulae, reflecting relational situations, particular situations of significance or non-significance, and the need for certain purely formal manipulations. Indexers accustomed to producing the cross reference manually have no difficulty in marking the coding - and indeed do better work. We have no experience yet of training an indexer unpractised in the previous manual system. The following example of input and output gives some idea of the scale of the saving in clerical effort on a fairly long subject heading string INPUTNUCLEAR + . REACTORS , . Heavy water moderated *. Steam generating : . Fission products : . Iodine : removal : . Steam : . Condensers OUTPUT : CONDENSERS : Steam : Iodine removal : Fission products : Steam generating heavy water moderated nuclear reactors. See NUCLEAR REACTORS, Heavy water moderated , , Steam generating : Fission products : Iodine removal : Steam : Condensers STEAM : Iodine removal : Fission products : Steam generating heavy water moderated nuclear reactors. See NUCLEAR REACTORS, Heavy water moderated , , Steam generating : Fission products : Iodine removal : Steam IODINE : Removal: Fission products : Steam generating heavy water moderated nuclear reactors. See NUCLEAR REACTORS, Heavy water moderated , , Steam generating : Fission products : Iodine removal FISSION PRODUCTS : Steam generating heavy water moderated nuclear reactors. See NUCLEAR REACTORS , Heavy water moderated , , Steam generating : Fission products STEAM GENERATING HEAVY WATER MODERATED NUCLEAR REACTORS. See NUCLEAR REACTORS , Heavy water moderated , , Steam generating HEAVY WATER MODERATED NUCLEAR REACTORS. See NUCLEAR REACTORS , Heavy water moderated REACTORS , Nuclear. See NUCLEAR REACTORS NUCLEAR ENERGY Related Headings: FISSION PRODUCTS PRIME MOVERS Related Headings: NUCLEAR ENERGY 305

Production Routine In view of the novelty of the programs it was felt desirable to entrust the production processing to the University of Newcastle upon Tyne Computing Laboratory for the time being, despite the time lost in transporting data media between London and Newcastle. Monthly indexing cut-off day in London is followed by processing day in Newcastle and BTI are editing the o u t p u t two days after cut-off day. The first edited sheets are in the hands of the British National Bibliography Production Unit for Varityper setting 2 1/2 days after cut-off. Editing the print out sheets is a comparatively minor matter. The transfer from all-capital print out to upper and lower case Varityper setting produces few problems as BTI capitalisation rules are punctuation dependent. Only incidental capitalisation for proper names is marked by the editing staff. Some of the manipulation involving the NILSIG situation demands the changing of a plural to a singular form of one word in the cross reference. Situations where this possibility exists are marked for the indexers' special attention by the computer. As has already been mentioned, the extension of the BTI computer processing to typesetting awaits the availability in Great Britain of a suitable filmsetter. This development is a necessary precursor of any further exploitation of computer assistance by BTI. Once it has been achieved, a number of possible additions to the present service should be brought within the range of feasibility. Undoubtedly we should then investigate the need for an author index to BTI, and possibly for other rearrangements of the matter. The question of single-copy, one-off, print-out rearrangements or extracts will also almost certainly be opened up, and undoubtedly consideration will need to be given to making available magnetic tape copies of BTI to organizations able to process them for their special needs. Computer searching of the data against user requests will also become a live issue in its subject organisational, technical and economic aspects. General conclusions The program for generating inversion cross references could, of course, be used by other organizations wishing to mechanise indexing processes. Small changes in the program would give the possibility of index structure other than that of BTI. The one requirement appears to be that the subject headings should be consistently structured according to some sufficiently general semantic principle. Much of the effort that has so far been made to exploit computers for the purpose of compiling indexes and other information stores for retrieval have been dominated, consciously or unconsciously, by the goal of automatic indexing. This has perhaps been an inevitable stage in the mutual approach of two disciplines, neither of which has adequately understood the basic techniques of the other. Computers have, misguidedly, one may think, been regarded as devices which will obviate or reduce intellectual effort: so we have already a number of large and important computer produced indexes, in the production of which, only the mini-

306

mum of intellectual processing has been applied at the input stage. Such indexes are making valuable contributions to the accessibility of knowledge, largely because they are carrying out assignements too great to be encompassed by human indexers. In this environment in which computers are habitually employed to form indexes by listing words from natural language text or titles, the BTI computerisation scheme may perhaps legitimately claim attention as an example of a concept-index making use of a computer for regular production purposes. It will be apparent from the details given earlier in the paper that it has been highly structured character of the index that has most readily lent itself to computer methodology. An interesting side issue arises here, which may possibly have wider implications for computer processing of library type records. This is that BTI subject headings, highly structured though they are, still contain a residuum of non-computable elements, which occur in between . 5 % and 1 % of all cross references produced. The reasons for this are partly economic, in that a very much more elaborate program to cover a small percentage of cases would seriously have increased processing time, and also partly because of the urgency of our need to go over to computer production. Fortunately we have found these situations easy to detect before inputting to the computer, and they cause very little practical difficulty in operating the computer processing as a whole. Nevertheless, system-wise they are untidy. Possibly such untidiness is not altogether avoidable in the more sophisticated computer processing of linguistic data at the present time. It is important that other experiments should not be held up because of this factor. In the BTI application the man-machine interface is rather closer to the machine (i. e. the man assumes direct responsibility for more of the work) than is usually envisaged in the literature of computer produced indexes. Here again the reasons are partially economic ones and may be transitory. It does seem to be the case that at the present time if we demand a close resemblance or identity between the computer produced end-product and its human produced counterpart, then we are obliged to take some trouble to adapt ourselves to the computer's idiosyncracies. Once the present close-up-to-the-machine interface has proven itself indubitably, we hope to take some steps towards a controlled relaxation which brings the computer nearer to the indexing process proper. There appear to be two possible lines of development here both springing from a common root. We consider it important to investigate the indexing consistency-error recognition abilities of computers. Some kinds of error situation recognition appear possible on the basis of the amount of conceptual analysis we have already done for the inversion cross reference program. Other error situations will require more extended subject analysis of a classificatory kind. We consider also that socalled on-line indexing which involves the omission of a visual authority file, in favour of direct "consultation" of the computer on the acceptability of a tentatively proposed heading would probably be a fruitful field for research, which need not await the wide availability of conversational mode computers. The conceptual work needed in this case would overlap greatly with that required for the detection of error situations.

307

References COATES, E. J., Monitoring current technical information with the British Technology Index. Aslib Proc., 14, p. 4 2 6 - 3 7 . COATES, E. J., Aims and methods of British Technology Index. Indexer, 3, p. 1 4 6 - 5 2 . COATES, E. J., Chain procedure, alphabetical subject headings and relational analysis. Electrotechnology (Bangalore) Special Documentation issue, 1964. p. 3 3 - 9 . COATES, E. J., Bibliographical indexes (In: Computer Typesetting Conference, London, 1964. Proceedings. London, Institute of Printing, 1964. p. 4 4 - 9 ) .

Appendix 1 List of "NILSIG" terms isolated during programming for computer production of inversion " S e e " cross reference

Additives

Equipment

Prevention

Appliances

Formation

Processing

Calculations

History

Production

Calibration

Industry

Products

Components

Inhibition

Properties

Constituents

Inhibitors

Protection

Control

Installation

Removal

Costs

Machines

Repair

Degradation

Maintenance

Research

Derivatives

Manufactures

Specimens

Design

Materials

Studies

Detection

Measurement

Synthesis

Determination (without " o f f )

Operation

Testing

Parts

Tests

Distribution

Performance

Treatment

Efficiency

Plant

Utilisation

308

Diagram to illustrate index structure Any of the underlined approach terms can be used for tracing an article on echo ranging in off shore drilling for petroleum. The arrowed lines represent cross references. ACOUSTICS SOUND

SONAR ULTRASONIC OFF SHORE DRILLING, Petroleum-

DRILLING, Offshore, Petroleum V

n

V

PETROLEUM, Drilling, Off shore, Echo ranging 1 ^ Acoustic systems for off shore oil drilling. I Engineer, 224 (18 Aug 67) p. 237^8. I J OIL, Petroleum CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY MINING

I ENGINEERING

T ~

INDUSTRIAL

CHEMICAL

CHEMISTRY

INDUSTRIES

309

Appendix 2 Specimen page of Print Out Authority File

m

•u •o •K

è •e

«

*» A

u « -IZM o < a» OO h< U U 1 ~ 2 Z>_JLJ « V 7Ïa•• zUJoZc< >v UlOZa V |